<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
      xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
      xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
      xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
      <channel>
            <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/938/index.xml"/>
            <title>Download New Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Animals &amp; Nature</title>
            <description>Please visit                   <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/938/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/938/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
            <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/938/</link>
            <language>en-US</language>
            <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
            <pubDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
            <lastBuildDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:51 GMT</lastBuildDate>
            <generator>Notepad++</generator>
            <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/938/</docs>
            <image>
                  <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/938/logo.jpg</url>
                  <title>Download New Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Animals &amp; Nature</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/938/</link>
            </image>
            <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
            <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/938/logo.jpg"/>
            <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
            <itunes:owner>
                  <itunes:name>Mrs. Karolann Braun</itunes:name>
                  <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
            </itunes:owner>
            <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
            <itunes:summary>Please visit                   <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/938/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/938/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
            <itunes:category text="Education"/>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Mutti macht jetzt Schläferchen: Über Haustiere, Gesundheit, Krankheit und Tod. Der tägliche Wahnsinn in der Tierarzt-Praxis by Stefan Hauck</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478830</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mutti macht jetzt Schläferchen: Über Haustiere, Gesundheit, Krankheit und Tod. Der tägliche Wahnsinn in der Tierarzt-Praxis
Author: Stefan Hauck
Narrator: Hans-Peter Zimmermann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch beschreibt und erklärt anschaulich, warum Tiere ihren Haltern sehr oft ähneln, warum sie häufig gleiche Krankheiten entwickeln wie ihre Besitzer, und was Sie als Tierfreund konkret unternehmen können, damit Ihre Gefährten wieder gesund werden. Wie klassische und ganzheitliche Tiermediziner ticken, sowie die damit verbundenen Therapieansätze, werden ebenfalls erörtert. Außerdem macht sich der Autor Gedanken darüber, wie Haustiere unsere Schattenseiten beleuchten. Wer diesbezüglich offen ist, wird von seinem Tier und durch sein Tier ganz viel lernen können. Und schließlich geht es um das Tabuthema des Tötens. Unsere Gesellschaft hat das Töten delegiert: An die Metzger, die Tierärzte und die Jäger. Sie sind die Bösen, die Vollstrecker. Als langjähriger Tierarzt gehört der Autor auch dazu. Man könnte meinen, dass jemand nach Tausenden von Tiertötungen abgebrüht sein müsste. Der Autor ist es nicht. Er möchte Ihnen erzählen, wie es ihm damit geht. Dieses Hörbuch ist also in erster Linie für Halter von Haustieren gedacht, und zwar für gegenwärtige, vergangene und zukünftige. Vielleicht wird sich der ein oder andere Tierarzt-Kollege, auch wenn das Hörbuch gänzlich auf Fach-Chinesisch verzichtet, von den Erfahrungen eines ganzheitlich denkenden Kollegen inspirieren lassen.</description>
                  <author>Stefan Hauck</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 20 Sep 2019 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863523527.mp3" length="842863" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478830</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863523527.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:12:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mutti macht jetzt Schläferchen: Über Haustiere, Gesundheit, Krankheit und Tod. Der tägliche Wahnsinn in der Tierarzt-Praxis
Author: Stefan Hauck
Narrator: Hans-Peter Zimmermann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch beschreibt und erklärt anschaulich, warum Tiere ihren Haltern sehr oft ähneln, warum sie häufig gleiche Krankheiten entwickeln wie ihre Besitzer, und was Sie als Tierfreund konkret unternehmen können, damit Ihre Gefährten wieder gesund werden. Wie klassische und ganzheitliche Tiermediziner ticken, sowie die damit verbundenen Therapieansätze, werden ebenfalls erörtert. Außerdem macht sich der Autor Gedanken darüber, wie Haustiere unsere Schattenseiten beleuchten. Wer diesbezüglich offen ist, wird von seinem Tier und durch sein Tier ganz viel lernen können. Und schließlich geht es um das Tabuthema des Tötens. Unsere Gesellschaft hat das Töten delegiert: An die Metzger, die Tierärzte und die Jäger. Sie sind die Bösen, die Vollstrecker. Als langjähriger Tierarzt gehört der Autor auch dazu. Man könnte meinen, dass jemand nach Tausenden von Tiertötungen abgebrüht sein müsste. Der Autor ist es nicht. Er möchte Ihnen erzählen, wie es ihm damit geht. Dieses Hörbuch ist also in erster Linie für Halter von Haustieren gedacht, und zwar für gegenwärtige, vergangene und zukünftige. Vielleicht wird sich der ein oder andere Tierarzt-Kollege, auch wenn das Hörbuch gänzlich auf Fach-Chinesisch verzichtet, von den Erfahrungen eines ganzheitlich denkenden Kollegen inspirieren lassen.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mutti macht jetzt Schläferchen: Über Haustiere, Gesundheit, Krankheit und Tod. Der tägliche Wahnsinn in der Tierarzt-Praxis
Author: Stefan Hauck
Narrator: Hans-Peter Zimmermann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch beschreibt und erklärt anschaulich, warum Tiere ihren Haltern sehr oft ähneln, warum sie häufig gleiche Krankheiten entwickeln wie ihre Besitzer, und was Sie als Tierfreund konkret unternehmen können, damit Ihre Gefährten wieder gesund werden. Wie klassische und ganzheitliche Tiermediziner ticken, sowie die damit verbundenen Therapieansätze, werden ebenfalls erörtert. Außerdem macht sich der Autor Gedanken darüber, wie Haustiere unsere Schattenseiten beleuchten. Wer diesbezüglich offen ist, wird von seinem Tier und durch sein Tier ganz viel lernen können. Und schließlich geht es um das Tabuthema des Tötens. Unsere Gesellschaft hat das Töten delegiert: An die Metzger, die Tierärzte und die Jäger. Sie sind die Bösen, die Vollstrecker. Als langjähriger Tierarzt gehört der Autor auch dazu. Man könnte meinen, dass jemand nach Tausenden von Tiertötungen abgebrüht sein müsste. Der Autor ist es nicht. Er möchte Ihnen erzählen, wie es ihm damit geht. Dieses Hörbuch ist also in erster Linie für Halter von Haustieren gedacht, und zwar für gegenwärtige, vergangene und zukünftige. Vielleicht wird sich der ein oder andere Tierarzt-Kollege, auch wenn das Hörbuch gänzlich auf Fach-Chinesisch verzichtet, von den Erfahrungen eines ganzheitlich denkenden Kollegen inspirieren lassen.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[Polish] - Uspokajające odgłosy natury (bez muzyki) ułatwiające głęboki sen, medytację, relaks: Delikatny deszcz, bijące źródło, koncert ptaków, cykanie świerszczy, odgłosy burzy tropikalnej, szum morza by Liliana Lis</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478660</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Uspokajające odgłosy natury (bez muzyki) ułatwiające głęboki sen, medytację, relaks: Delikatny deszcz, bijące źródło, koncert ptaków, cykanie świerszczy, odgłosy burzy tropikalnej, szum morza
Author: Liliana Lis
Narrator: Daniel Perskawiec
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Odgłosy natury: Hamak dla duszy. Z tym audiobookiem doświadczysz siły pochodzącej z natury i poczujesz się jak na wymarzonych wakacjach. Odgłosy natury - ponad 4 godziny dźwięków pochodzących z całego świata. Nagrania wykonano w najnowocześniejszej technologii, w wysokiej jakości hi-fi i z zastosowaniem najlepszej atmosfery przestrzeni. Zakres dźwięków sięga od delikatnych aż po bardzo mocne (bez muzyki). Dźwięki idealnie nadają się do stosowania w medytacji lub jako tło akustyczne. Zawartość: •Spokojny ptasi koncert, •Delikatny letni deszcz, •Ciepłe lecznicze źródła Islandii, •Spokojne cykanie świerszczy w Toskanii, •Miarowe mruczenie kota, •Tropikalna burza w Australii, •Łagodne fale oceanu. Nagrania wprowadzają słuchającego w stan głębokiego wewnętrznego spokoju i mają również dobroczynne działanie na szumy uszne. Poczucie nieskończoności i siły pochodzącej z natury zawsze fascynowały ludzi. Zanurz się w głębię nieskończonego relaksu.</description>
                  <author>Liliana Lis</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jan 2019 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664510488.mp3" length="963995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478660</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664510488.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:17:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Uspokajające odgłosy natury (bez muzyki) ułatwiające głęboki sen, medytację, relaks: Delikatny deszcz, bijące źródło, koncert ptaków, cykanie świerszczy, odgłosy burzy tropikalnej, szum morza
Author: Liliana Lis
Narrator: Daniel Perskawiec
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Odgłosy natury: Hamak dla duszy. Z tym audiobookiem doświadczysz siły pochodzącej z natury i poczujesz się jak na wymarzonych wakacjach. Odgłosy natury - ponad 4 godziny dźwięków pochodzących z całego świata. Nagrania wykonano w najnowocześniejszej technologii, w wysokiej jakości hi-fi i z zastosowaniem najlepszej atmosfery przestrzeni. Zakres dźwięków sięga od delikatnych aż po bardzo mocne (bez muzyki). Dźwięki idealnie nadają się do stosowania w medytacji lub jako tło akustyczne. Zawartość: •Spokojny ptasi koncert, •Delikatny letni deszcz, •Ciepłe lecznicze źródła Islandii, •Spokojne cykanie świerszczy w Toskanii, •Miarowe mruczenie kota, •Tropikalna burza w Australii, •Łagodne fale oceanu. Nagrania wprowadzają słuchającego w stan głębokiego wewnętrznego spokoju i mają również dobroczynne działanie na szumy uszne. Poczucie nieskończoności i siły pochodzącej z natury zawsze fascynowały ludzi. Zanurz się w głębię nieskończonego relaksu.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Uspokajające odgłosy natury (bez muzyki) ułatwiające głęboki sen, medytację, relaks: Delikatny deszcz, bijące źródło, koncert ptaków, cykanie świerszczy, odgłosy burzy tropikalnej, szum morza
Author: Liliana Lis
Narrator: Daniel Perskawiec
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Odgłosy natury: Hamak dla duszy. Z tym audiobookiem doświadczysz siły pochodzącej z natury i poczujesz się jak na wymarzonych wakacjach. Odgłosy natury - ponad 4 godziny dźwięków pochodzących z całego świata. Nagrania wykonano w najnowocześniejszej technologii, w wysokiej jakości hi-fi i z zastosowaniem najlepszej atmosfery przestrzeni. Zakres dźwięków sięga od delikatnych aż po bardzo mocne (bez muzyki). Dźwięki idealnie nadają się do stosowania w medytacji lub jako tło akustyczne. Zawartość: •Spokojny ptasi koncert, •Delikatny letni deszcz, •Ciepłe lecznicze źródła Islandii, •Spokojne cykanie świerszczy w Toskanii, •Miarowe mruczenie kota, •Tropikalna burza w Australii, •Łagodne fale oceanu. Nagrania wprowadzają słuchającego w stan głębokiego wewnętrznego spokoju i mają również dobroczynne działanie na szumy uszne. Poczucie nieskończoności i siły pochodzącej z natury zawsze fascynowały ludzi. Zanurz się w głębię nieskończonego relaksu.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[Italian] - Malastrega: Fiaba Ecologica by Eliana Olivotto</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478486</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Malastrega: Fiaba Ecologica
Author: Eliana Olivotto
Narrator: Cristina Gianni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Malastrega: Lo scenario di questa fiaba è il bosco, un mondo tra il fantastico ed il reale dove ogni senso è colpito. L&amp;#039; olfatto è catturato dalla fragranza balsamica dei pini e delle resine, dai piacevoli aromi di erbe e di fiori, dalle essenze preparate dai folletti, segreti abitanti del bosco, dall&amp;#039; erba appena falciata, dal profumo di fieno e di muschio, dagli aromi dei mirtilli, delle fragole e delle more. Gli occhi vengono allietati dalla parata dei funghi che, simile ad una sfilata di moda, mostra abiti e cappelli davvero unici nel loro genere. L&amp;#039; orecchio è ammaliato da suoni magici: l&amp;#039;appena percettibile respiro degli alberi secolari, il concerto degli uccelli nascosti tra i rami e le foglie, lo scalpiccio dei passi di chi va per la legna e per funghi ed il gocciolio ritmico dell&amp;#039;acqua che scende dalle pareti delle grotte. In questo scenario unico e meraviglioso Beatrice, Giovanni e Alessandro, tre coraggiosi bambini, vivono la loro avventura fatta di profumi, colori, suoni, giochi, incontri, insidie, pericoli e sfide. Prima di tutte quella di insegnare agli esseri umani a rispettare la terra e la Natura.</description>
                  <author>Eliana Olivotto</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 18 May 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707021794.mp3" length="868474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478486</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707021794.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:35:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Malastrega: Fiaba Ecologica
Author: Eliana Olivotto
Narrator: Cristina Gianni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Malastrega: Lo scenario di questa fiaba è il bosco, un mondo tra il fantastico ed il reale dove ogni senso è colpito. L&amp;#039; olfatto è catturato dalla fragranza balsamica dei pini e delle resine, dai piacevoli aromi di erbe e di fiori, dalle essenze preparate dai folletti, segreti abitanti del bosco, dall&amp;#039; erba appena falciata, dal profumo di fieno e di muschio, dagli aromi dei mirtilli, delle fragole e delle more. Gli occhi vengono allietati dalla parata dei funghi che, simile ad una sfilata di moda, mostra abiti e cappelli davvero unici nel loro genere. L&amp;#039; orecchio è ammaliato da suoni magici: l&amp;#039;appena percettibile respiro degli alberi secolari, il concerto degli uccelli nascosti tra i rami e le foglie, lo scalpiccio dei passi di chi va per la legna e per funghi ed il gocciolio ritmico dell&amp;#039;acqua che scende dalle pareti delle grotte. In questo scenario unico e meraviglioso Beatrice, Giovanni e Alessandro, tre coraggiosi bambini, vivono la loro avventura fatta di profumi, colori, suoni, giochi, incontri, insidie, pericoli e sfide. Prima di tutte quella di insegnare agli esseri umani a rispettare la terra e la Natura.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Malastrega: Fiaba Ecologica
Author: Eliana Olivotto
Narrator: Cristina Gianni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Malastrega: Lo scenario di questa fiaba è il bosco, un mondo tra il fantastico ed il reale dove ogni senso è colpito. L&amp;#039; olfatto è catturato dalla fragranza balsamica dei pini e delle resine, dai piacevoli aromi di erbe e di fiori, dalle essenze preparate dai folletti, segreti abitanti del bosco, dall&amp;#039; erba appena falciata, dal profumo di fieno e di muschio, dagli aromi dei mirtilli, delle fragole e delle more. Gli occhi vengono allietati dalla parata dei funghi che, simile ad una sfilata di moda, mostra abiti e cappelli davvero unici nel loro genere. L&amp;#039; orecchio è ammaliato da suoni magici: l&amp;#039;appena percettibile respiro degli alberi secolari, il concerto degli uccelli nascosti tra i rami e le foglie, lo scalpiccio dei passi di chi va per la legna e per funghi ed il gocciolio ritmico dell&amp;#039;acqua che scende dalle pareti delle grotte. In questo scenario unico e meraviglioso Beatrice, Giovanni e Alessandro, tre coraggiosi bambini, vivono la loro avventura fatta di profumi, colori, suoni, giochi, incontri, insidie, pericoli e sfide. Prima di tutte quella di insegnare agli esseri umani a rispettare la terra e la Natura.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - ... oder einfach so!: Warum Hunde sich nicht alles verdienen müssen by Kathy Sdao</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477961</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ... oder einfach so!: Warum Hunde sich nicht alles verdienen müssen
Author: Kathy Sdao
Narrator: Antje Hartmann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Häufig wird von Hundetrainern die oberste Maxime vertreten, dass Hunde sich jedes Privileg erst von uns erarbeiten müssen – ohne Gegenleistung keine Aufmerksamkeit, keine Zuneigung, keine Belohnung.  Auch im auf positiver Verstärkung basierten Clickertraining ist dies oft der Fall. Hier gibt es zwar keine Strafen – aber ist &amp;#039;Bindung durch Kontrolle&amp;#039; eigentlich wirklich fair dem Tier gegenüber? Oder ist sie überhaupt effektiv?  Kann man gute Trainingstechnik und Empathie miteinander in Einklang bringen? Man kann nicht nur, man muss – meint Kathy Sdao und argumentiert überzeugend, dass es so manches im Leben &amp;#039;einfach nur so&amp;#039; geben sollte. Sie zeigt Alternativen zur strikten Rationierung aller Privilegien auf, die zugleich die Mensch-Hund-Beziehung vertiefen und festigen. Dieses Buch ist kein Ratgeber und keine Anleitung, sondern eine kleine philosophische Gedankenreise, geprägt von Selbstreflexion, Humor und Empathie. &amp;#039;Ein spiritueller Paradigmenwechsel für alle Hundeliebhaber.&amp;#039; (Dana C. Crevling)</description>
                  <author>Kathy Sdao</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783954642267.mp3" length="890323" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477961</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783954642267.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ... oder einfach so!: Warum Hunde sich nicht alles verdienen müssen
Author: Kathy Sdao
Narrator: Antje Hartmann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Häufig wird von Hundetrainern die oberste Maxime vertreten, dass Hunde sich jedes Privileg erst von uns erarbeiten müssen – ohne Gegenleistung keine Aufmerksamkeit, keine Zuneigung, keine Belohnung.  Auch im auf positiver Verstärkung basierten Clickertraining ist dies oft der Fall. Hier gibt es zwar keine Strafen – aber ist &amp;#039;Bindung durch Kontrolle&amp;#039; eigentlich wirklich fair dem Tier gegenüber? Oder ist sie überhaupt effektiv?  Kann man gute Trainingstechnik und Empathie miteinander in Einklang bringen? Man kann nicht nur, man muss – meint Kathy Sdao und argumentiert überzeugend, dass es so manches im Leben &amp;#039;einfach nur so&amp;#039; geben sollte. Sie zeigt Alternativen zur strikten Rationierung aller Privilegien auf, die zugleich die Mensch-Hund-Beziehung vertiefen und festigen. Dieses Buch ist kein Ratgeber und keine Anleitung, sondern eine kleine philosophische Gedankenreise, geprägt von Selbstreflexion, Humor und Empathie. &amp;#039;Ein spiritueller Paradigmenwechsel für alle Hundeliebhaber.&amp;#039; (Dana C. Crevling)</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ... oder einfach so!: Warum Hunde sich nicht alles verdienen müssen
Author: Kathy Sdao
Narrator: Antje Hartmann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Häufig wird von Hundetrainern die oberste Maxime vertreten, dass Hunde sich jedes Privileg erst von uns erarbeiten müssen – ohne Gegenleistung keine Aufmerksamkeit, keine Zuneigung, keine Belohnung.  Auch im auf positiver Verstärkung basierten Clickertraining ist dies oft der Fall. Hier gibt es zwar keine Strafen – aber ist &amp;#039;Bindung durch Kontrolle&amp;#039; eigentlich wirklich fair dem Tier gegenüber? Oder ist sie überhaupt effektiv?  Kann man gute Trainingstechnik und Empathie miteinander in Einklang bringen? Man kann nicht nur, man muss – meint Kathy Sdao und argumentiert überzeugend, dass es so manches im Leben &amp;#039;einfach nur so&amp;#039; geben sollte. Sie zeigt Alternativen zur strikten Rationierung aller Privilegien auf, die zugleich die Mensch-Hund-Beziehung vertiefen und festigen. Dieses Buch ist kein Ratgeber und keine Anleitung, sondern eine kleine philosophische Gedankenreise, geprägt von Selbstreflexion, Humor und Empathie. &amp;#039;Ein spiritueller Paradigmenwechsel für alle Hundeliebhaber.&amp;#039; (Dana C. Crevling)</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Katzen: Kleine Philosophie der Passionen by Renate Just</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477062</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzen: Kleine Philosophie der Passionen
Author: Renate Just
Narrator: Anja Buczkowski
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2008
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Keineswegs haben wir je beabsichtigt, mit fünf Katzen zusammenzuleben. Diese Tiere pflegen über einen zu kommen wie kleinformatige Hausdämonen launischen Charakters, denen man adäquate Opfergaben darreicht, um sich ihrer Wohlgesonnenheit zu versichern. Manchmal sind sie trotzdem die fürchterlichsten Unholde, spitzzähnige Glühaugenwesen und manchmal wiederum markieren sie die reinsten Friedensengelchen.&amp;#039; Renate Just berichtet von höchst eigenwilligen Beziehungskisten zwischen dem Menschen und seinen Tieren. Der Alltag mit den individualistischen Hausgenossen hat jede Menge Freud, gelegentlich Leid und oft Komik zu bieten. Über die eigenen Milchschüsselchen hinausblickend kolportiert sie interessante Ereignisse und Einsichten zum Thema Katze kreuz und quer in der Literatur- und Weltgeschichte.</description>
                  <author>Renate Just</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2008 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198030790.mp3" length="900313" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477062</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198030790.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:50:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzen: Kleine Philosophie der Passionen
Author: Renate Just
Narrator: Anja Buczkowski
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2008
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Keineswegs haben wir je beabsichtigt, mit fünf Katzen zusammenzuleben. Diese Tiere pflegen über einen zu kommen wie kleinformatige Hausdämonen launischen Charakters, denen man adäquate Opfergaben darreicht, um sich ihrer Wohlgesonnenheit zu versichern. Manchmal sind sie trotzdem die fürchterlichsten Unholde, spitzzähnige Glühaugenwesen und manchmal wiederum markieren sie die reinsten Friedensengelchen.&amp;#039; Renate Just berichtet von höchst eigenwilligen Beziehungskisten zwischen dem Menschen und seinen Tieren. Der Alltag mit den individualistischen Hausgenossen hat jede Menge Freud, gelegentlich Leid und oft Komik zu bieten. Über die eigenen Milchschüsselchen hinausblickend kolportiert sie interessante Ereignisse und Einsichten zum Thema Katze kreuz und quer in der Literatur- und Weltgeschichte.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzen: Kleine Philosophie der Passionen
Author: Renate Just
Narrator: Anja Buczkowski
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2008
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Keineswegs haben wir je beabsichtigt, mit fünf Katzen zusammenzuleben. Diese Tiere pflegen über einen zu kommen wie kleinformatige Hausdämonen launischen Charakters, denen man adäquate Opfergaben darreicht, um sich ihrer Wohlgesonnenheit zu versichern. Manchmal sind sie trotzdem die fürchterlichsten Unholde, spitzzähnige Glühaugenwesen und manchmal wiederum markieren sie die reinsten Friedensengelchen.&amp;#039; Renate Just berichtet von höchst eigenwilligen Beziehungskisten zwischen dem Menschen und seinen Tieren. Der Alltag mit den individualistischen Hausgenossen hat jede Menge Freud, gelegentlich Leid und oft Komik zu bieten. Über die eigenen Milchschüsselchen hinausblickend kolportiert sie interessante Ereignisse und Einsichten zum Thema Katze kreuz und quer in der Literatur- und Weltgeschichte.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - &amp;#039;Selber könnt ihr aussterben, wenn ihr so doof seid!&amp;#039; schrie Sophie Bee by Indra Tissier</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477009</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Selber könnt ihr aussterben, wenn ihr so doof seid!&amp;#039; schrie Sophie Bee
Author: Indra Tissier
Narrator: Indra Tissier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Klimawandel, Artensterben, Naturkatastrophen…, diese Begriffe sind aus unserem Alltag nicht mehr wegzudenken. Dennoch scheint sich in Anbetracht der Dringlichkeit kaum etwas zu verändern.  Da fragt man sich schon, wie das hier zu einer wunderbaren Zukunft führen soll. Hast auch du das Bedürfnis positiven Einfluss auf die Gesundheit des Planeten zu nehmen?  Bist du es leid, dich einer Ohnmacht hinzugeben?  Klar ist auf jeden Fall: Du hast die Macht!  Denn du kannst wählen und das hat Konsequenzen.  Dazu braucht man natürlich Wissen über Zusammenhänge, sachliche Informationen, ehrliche Zahlen, um sich ein Bild der Lage und der eigenen Handlungsmöglichkeiten zu schaffen.  Du bist hier richtig! Die Biene Sophie Bee und Noa, ein ganz normaler Junge, finden wissenschaftlich fundierte Tatsachen schwer zu begreifen und wandeln sie deshalb in vorstellbare Einheiten (z.B.xTonnen=ySchwimmbäder voll) um. Erlebe ihre märchenhafte Verbindung und lerne nebenbei den Stand aktuellster Studienaussagen.  Begleite ihre wunderbar lustige, bestärkend schöne Freundschaft und finde heraus:  Was deinen ökologischen Fußabdruck angeht, bist DU genauso wichtig und wirkungsvoll, wie alle anderen Mitglieder der Gesellschaft!  Hast du Lust in dieses phantastische Abenteuer einzutauchen, den Geheimbund zwischen Tier und Mensch zu erleben und dann zu entscheiden, welche Strategie in deinem Alltag umsetzbar wäre?  Safe - hier findest du Lösungsvorschläge für verschiedene Herausforderungen des Lebens!  Mit Ehrfurcht beschreibt dieses Hörbuch Verbindungen im Ökosystem. Die Wirklichkeit ist teilweise entsetzlich, doch anstatt mit schlechtem Gefühl wird man mit Mut und Kraft überschüttet.  Diese zauberhafte Erzählung basiert auf Elementen des generativen Coachings, ist weich, achtsam und geht unmittelbar ans Herz.  Auch für Erwachsene gibt es in der beispiellosen Geschichte enorm viel über Insekten zu lernen.        Leser-/ Hörerstimmen:   &amp;#039;Es berührt tiefgründig und macht Gänsehaut.&amp;#039; (S.K.)  &amp;#039;Das Buch deckt die Einzigartigkeit eines jeden Lebewesens auf, die Leichtigkeit des Seins, das Mitgefühl, aber auch die Klarheit des eigenen Standpunktes.&amp;#039; (E.E.)  &amp;#039;Unterhaltsames Faktenaufzählen mit beeindruckenden Beispielen.   Solchen Input braucht die Welt!&amp;#039; (K.L.)    Altersempfehlung: ab 10 Jahre, gemeinsam gehört ab 6 Jahre    Wichtigste Quellen:  Insektenatlas,Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung,Bund für Umwelt und Naturschutz ; WWF Publikation,Vielfalt auf den Acker,Sept. 2019 ; NABU,der Regenwurm im Porträt ; Landwirtschaft: Von Nutztieren und Maschinen,vom Säen und Ernten,Margot Wilhelmi ; WWF Regenwurm-Manifest: Regenwürmer sind ein vernachlässigter Bodenschatz,03.01.17 ; Every Day For Future,TOPP Verlag ; WWF Magazin,3 2019 ; WWF Hintergrundpapier,Umweltzerstörung und Gesundheit,Naturschutz und Pandemiegefahr,April 2020 ; Die Geschichte der Bienen,Maja Lunde ; WWF Young Panda,Kleine ganz groß,05/16 ; WWF Young Panda Aktuell,Wühler,Krabbler,Allesfresser,05/15 ; WWF Jugendmagazin,Bienen ; Plastikatlas,Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung,Bund für Umwelt und Naturschutz ; Wir sind das Klima,Jonathan Safran Foer ; Alles auf grün,Liz Gogerly und Miguel Sanchez ; Stellungnahme der Umweltverbände BUND,DNR,DUH,Germanwatch,Grüne Liga,Greenpeace,NABU und WWF zum Entwurf der &amp;#039;Verordnung zur Änderung der Düngeverordnung und anderer Vorschriften&amp;#039; (Referentenentwurf vom 20.12.2019),15.01.2020 ; Wikipedia &amp;#039;Overview-Effekt&amp;#039;,Ron Goran ; Mary Oliver,Poems</description>
                  <author>Indra Tissier</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 03 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707370335.mp3" length="818929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477009</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707370335.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:49:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Selber könnt ihr aussterben, wenn ihr so doof seid!&amp;#039; schrie Sophie Bee
Author: Indra Tissier
Narrator: Indra Tissier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Klimawandel, Artensterben, Naturkatastrophen…, diese Begriffe sind aus unserem Alltag nicht mehr wegzudenken. Dennoch scheint sich in Anbetracht der Dringlichkeit kaum etwas zu verändern.  Da fragt man sich schon, wie das hier zu einer wunderbaren Zukunft führen soll. Hast auch du das Bedürfnis positiven Einfluss auf die Gesundheit des Planeten zu nehmen?  Bist du es leid, dich einer Ohnmacht hinzugeben?  Klar ist auf jeden Fall: Du hast die Macht!  Denn du kannst wählen und das hat Konsequenzen.  Dazu braucht man natürlich Wissen über Zusammenhänge, sachliche Informationen, ehrliche Zahlen, um sich ein Bild der Lage und der eigenen Handlungsmöglichkeiten zu schaffen.  Du bist hier richtig! Die Biene Sophie Bee und Noa, ein ganz normaler Junge, finden wissenschaftlich fundierte Tatsachen schwer zu begreifen und wandeln sie deshalb in vorstellbare Einheiten (z.B.xTonnen=ySchwimmbäder voll) um. Erlebe ihre märchenhafte Verbindung und lerne nebenbei den Stand aktuellster Studienaussagen.  Begleite ihre wunderbar lustige, bestärkend schöne Freundschaft und finde heraus:  Was deinen ökologischen Fußabdruck angeht, bist DU genauso wichtig und wirkungsvoll, wie alle anderen Mitglieder der Gesellschaft!  Hast du Lust in dieses phantastische Abenteuer einzutauchen, den Geheimbund zwischen Tier und Mensch zu erleben und dann zu entscheiden, welche Strategie in deinem Alltag umsetzbar wäre?  Safe - hier findest du Lösungsvorschläge für verschiedene Herausforderungen des Lebens!  Mit Ehrfurcht beschreibt dieses Hörbuch Verbindungen im Ökosystem. Die Wirklichkeit ist teilweise entsetzlich, doch anstatt mit schlechtem Gefühl wird man mit Mut und Kraft überschüttet.  Diese zauberhafte Erzählung basiert auf Elementen des generativen Coachings, ist weich, achtsam und geht unmittelbar ans Herz.  Auch für Erwachsene gibt es in der beispiellosen Geschichte enorm viel über Insekten zu lernen.        Leser-/ Hörerstimmen:   &amp;#039;Es berührt tiefgründig und macht Gänsehaut.&amp;#039; (S.K.)  &amp;#039;Das Buch deckt die Einzigartigkeit eines jeden Lebewesens auf, die Leichtigkeit des Seins, das Mitgefühl, aber auch die Klarheit des eigenen Standpunktes.&amp;#039; (E.E.)  &amp;#039;Unterhaltsames Faktenaufzählen mit beeindruckenden Beispielen.   Solchen Input braucht die Welt!&amp;#039; (K.L.)    Altersempfehlung: ab 10 Jahre, gemeinsam gehört ab 6 Jahre    Wichtigste Quellen:  Insektenatlas,Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung,Bund für Umwelt und Naturschutz ; WWF Publikation,Vielfalt auf den Acker,Sept. 2019 ; NABU,der Regenwurm im Porträt ; Landwirtschaft: Von Nutztieren und Maschinen,vom Säen und Ernten,Margot Wilhelmi ; WWF Regenwurm-Manifest: Regenwürmer sind ein vernachlässigter Bodenschatz,03.01.17 ; Every Day For Future,TOPP Verlag ; WWF Magazin,3 2019 ; WWF Hintergrundpapier,Umweltzerstörung und Gesundheit,Naturschutz und Pandemiegefahr,April 2020 ; Die Geschichte der Bienen,Maja Lunde ; WWF Young Panda,Kleine ganz groß,05/16 ; WWF Young Panda Aktuell,Wühler,Krabbler,Allesfresser,05/15 ; WWF Jugendmagazin,Bienen ; Plastikatlas,Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung,Bund für Umwelt und Naturschutz ; Wir sind das Klima,Jonathan Safran Foer ; Alles auf grün,Liz Gogerly und Miguel Sanchez ; Stellungnahme der Umweltverbände BUND,DNR,DUH,Germanwatch,Grüne Liga,Greenpeace,NABU und WWF zum Entwurf der &amp;#039;Verordnung zur Änderung der Düngeverordnung und anderer Vorschriften&amp;#039; (Referentenentwurf vom 20.12.2019),15.01.2020 ; Wikipedia &amp;#039;Overview-Effekt&amp;#039;,Ron Goran ; Mary Oliver,Poems</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/477009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Selber könnt ihr aussterben, wenn ihr so doof seid!&amp;#039; schrie Sophie Bee
Author: Indra Tissier
Narrator: Indra Tissier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Klimawandel, Artensterben, Naturkatastrophen…, diese Begriffe sind aus unserem Alltag nicht mehr wegzudenken. Dennoch scheint sich in Anbetracht der Dringlichkeit kaum etwas zu verändern.  Da fragt man sich schon, wie das hier zu einer wunderbaren Zukunft führen soll. Hast auch du das Bedürfnis positiven Einfluss auf die Gesundheit des Planeten zu nehmen?  Bist du es leid, dich einer Ohnmacht hinzugeben?  Klar ist auf jeden Fall: Du hast die Macht!  Denn du kannst wählen und das hat Konsequenzen.  Dazu braucht man natürlich Wissen über Zusammenhänge, sachliche Informationen, ehrliche Zahlen, um sich ein Bild der Lage und der eigenen Handlungsmöglichkeiten zu schaffen.  Du bist hier richtig! Die Biene Sophie Bee und Noa, ein ganz normaler Junge, finden wissenschaftlich fundierte Tatsachen schwer zu begreifen und wandeln sie deshalb in vorstellbare Einheiten (z.B.xTonnen=ySchwimmbäder voll) um. Erlebe ihre märchenhafte Verbindung und lerne nebenbei den Stand aktuellster Studienaussagen.  Begleite ihre wunderbar lustige, bestärkend schöne Freundschaft und finde heraus:  Was deinen ökologischen Fußabdruck angeht, bist DU genauso wichtig und wirkungsvoll, wie alle anderen Mitglieder der Gesellschaft!  Hast du Lust in dieses phantastische Abenteuer einzutauchen, den Geheimbund zwischen Tier und Mensch zu erleben und dann zu entscheiden, welche Strategie in deinem Alltag umsetzbar wäre?  Safe - hier findest du Lösungsvorschläge für verschiedene Herausforderungen des Lebens!  Mit Ehrfurcht beschreibt dieses Hörbuch Verbindungen im Ökosystem. Die Wirklichkeit ist teilweise entsetzlich, doch anstatt mit schlechtem Gefühl wird man mit Mut und Kraft überschüttet.  Diese zauberhafte Erzählung basiert auf Elementen des generativen Coachings, ist weich, achtsam und geht unmittelbar ans Herz.  Auch für Erwachsene gibt es in der beispiellosen Geschichte enorm viel über Insekten zu lernen.        Leser-/ Hörerstimmen:   &amp;#039;Es berührt tiefgründig und macht Gänsehaut.&amp;#039; (S.K.)  &amp;#039;Das Buch deckt die Einzigartigkeit eines jeden Lebewesens auf, die Leichtigkeit des Seins, das Mitgefühl, aber auch die Klarheit des eigenen Standpunktes.&amp;#039; (E.E.)  &amp;#039;Unterhaltsames Faktenaufzählen mit beeindruckenden Beispielen.   Solchen Input braucht die Welt!&amp;#039; (K.L.)    Altersempfehlung: ab 10 Jahre, gemeinsam gehört ab 6 Jahre    Wichtigste Quellen:  Insektenatlas,Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung,Bund für Umwelt und Naturschutz ; WWF Publikation,Vielfalt auf den Acker,Sept. 2019 ; NABU,der Regenwurm im Porträt ; Landwirtschaft: Von Nutztieren und Maschinen,vom Säen und Ernten,Margot Wilhelmi ; WWF Regenwurm-Manifest: Regenwürmer sind ein vernachlässigter Bodenschatz,03.01.17 ; Every Day For Future,TOPP Verlag ; WWF Magazin,3 2019 ; WWF Hintergrundpapier,Umweltzerstörung und Gesundheit,Naturschutz und Pandemiegefahr,April 2020 ; Die Geschichte der Bienen,Maja Lunde ; WWF Young Panda,Kleine ganz groß,05/16 ; WWF Young Panda Aktuell,Wühler,Krabbler,Allesfresser,05/15 ; WWF Jugendmagazin,Bienen ; Plastikatlas,Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung,Bund für Umwelt und Naturschutz ; Wir sind das Klima,Jonathan Safran Foer ; Alles auf grün,Liz Gogerly und Miguel Sanchez ; Stellungnahme der Umweltverbände BUND,DNR,DUH,Germanwatch,Grüne Liga,Greenpeace,NABU und WWF zum Entwurf der &amp;#039;Verordnung zur Änderung der Düngeverordnung und anderer Vorschriften&amp;#039; (Referentenentwurf vom 20.12.2019),15.01.2020 ; Wikipedia &amp;#039;Overview-Effekt&amp;#039;,Ron Goran ; Mary Oliver,Poems</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Rendezvous mit einem Oktopus. Extrem schlau und unglaublich empfindsam: Das erstaunliche Seelenleben der Kraken by Sy Montgomery</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476583</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rendezvous mit einem Oktopus. Extrem schlau und unglaublich empfindsam: Das erstaunliche Seelenleben der Kraken
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sophie Von Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Acht Arme, drei Herzen und eine Seele! Der heimliche Star der Meere: der Oktopus.  Er kann 1600 Küsse auf einmal verteilen, er kann mit seiner Haut schmecken, Farbe und Form ändern und sich trotz eines Körpergewichts von 45 Kilogramm durch eine apfelsinengroße Öffnung zwängen. Und nicht nur seine körperlichen Superkräfte machen den Achtarmigen zu einem Wunderwesen der Meere. Kraken sind vor allem schlau. Sie können schummeln und tricksen, spielen, lernen, sie können Menschen erkennen und Kontakt aufnehmen. In ihrem preisgekrönten Bestseller erzählt die Naturforscherin Sy Montgomery auf berührende, kenntnisreiche und unterhaltsame Weise von ihren Begegnungen mit diesen außergewöhnlichen Lebewesen. &amp;#039;Wenn man dieses Buch gelesen hat, versteht man die Seele der Ozeane&amp;#039; Peter Wohlleben Die Schauspielerin Sophie von Kessel, selber begeisterte Taucherin, liest diese Geschichten einer Annäherung an das Unbekannte, eine unvergeßliche Reise zu Wesen wie aus einer anderen Welt.</description>
                  <author>Sy Montgomery</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jun 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664399113.mp3" length="839940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476583</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664399113.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:15:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rendezvous mit einem Oktopus. Extrem schlau und unglaublich empfindsam: Das erstaunliche Seelenleben der Kraken
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sophie Von Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Acht Arme, drei Herzen und eine Seele! Der heimliche Star der Meere: der Oktopus.  Er kann 1600 Küsse auf einmal verteilen, er kann mit seiner Haut schmecken, Farbe und Form ändern und sich trotz eines Körpergewichts von 45 Kilogramm durch eine apfelsinengroße Öffnung zwängen. Und nicht nur seine körperlichen Superkräfte machen den Achtarmigen zu einem Wunderwesen der Meere. Kraken sind vor allem schlau. Sie können schummeln und tricksen, spielen, lernen, sie können Menschen erkennen und Kontakt aufnehmen. In ihrem preisgekrönten Bestseller erzählt die Naturforscherin Sy Montgomery auf berührende, kenntnisreiche und unterhaltsame Weise von ihren Begegnungen mit diesen außergewöhnlichen Lebewesen. &amp;#039;Wenn man dieses Buch gelesen hat, versteht man die Seele der Ozeane&amp;#039; Peter Wohlleben Die Schauspielerin Sophie von Kessel, selber begeisterte Taucherin, liest diese Geschichten einer Annäherung an das Unbekannte, eine unvergeßliche Reise zu Wesen wie aus einer anderen Welt.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rendezvous mit einem Oktopus. Extrem schlau und unglaublich empfindsam: Das erstaunliche Seelenleben der Kraken
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sophie Von Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Acht Arme, drei Herzen und eine Seele! Der heimliche Star der Meere: der Oktopus.  Er kann 1600 Küsse auf einmal verteilen, er kann mit seiner Haut schmecken, Farbe und Form ändern und sich trotz eines Körpergewichts von 45 Kilogramm durch eine apfelsinengroße Öffnung zwängen. Und nicht nur seine körperlichen Superkräfte machen den Achtarmigen zu einem Wunderwesen der Meere. Kraken sind vor allem schlau. Sie können schummeln und tricksen, spielen, lernen, sie können Menschen erkennen und Kontakt aufnehmen. In ihrem preisgekrönten Bestseller erzählt die Naturforscherin Sy Montgomery auf berührende, kenntnisreiche und unterhaltsame Weise von ihren Begegnungen mit diesen außergewöhnlichen Lebewesen. &amp;#039;Wenn man dieses Buch gelesen hat, versteht man die Seele der Ozeane&amp;#039; Peter Wohlleben Die Schauspielerin Sophie von Kessel, selber begeisterte Taucherin, liest diese Geschichten einer Annäherung an das Unbekannte, eine unvergeßliche Reise zu Wesen wie aus einer anderen Welt.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Das andere Ende der Leine: Was unseren Umgang mit Hunden bestimmt by Patricia B. McConnell</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476469</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das andere Ende der Leine: Was unseren Umgang mit Hunden bestimmt
Author: Patricia B. McConnell
Narrator: Anja Taborsky
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  6, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch wirft eine revolutionäre, neue Perspektive auf unseren Umgang mit Hunden: Es beleuchtet unser Verhalten im Vergleich zu dem der Hunde! Als Doktorin der Zoologie, Tierverhaltenstherapeutin und Hundetrainerin mit mehr als zwanzig Jahren Praxiserfahrung betrachtet Patricia McConnell uns Menschen augenzwinkernd wie eine interessante Spezies von Säugetieren. Fundiert, aber höchst unterhaltsam beschreibt sie, wie wir uns in Gegenwart von Hunden verhalten, wie die Hunde unser Verhalten interpretieren (oder missverstehen) könnten und wie wir am besten mit unseren vierbeinigen Freunden umgehen, um das Beste aus ihnen herauszuholen. Beginnen Sie, Hundeverhalten aus der Sicht eines Hundes zu betrachten und Sie werden verstehen, warum vieles, das wie Ungehorsam Ihres Hundes aussieht, einfach ein großes Missverständnis ist. Denn wir sind Primaten, die Hunde Caniden - und sprechen folglich andere Sprachen! Hier erfahren Sie: - Wie Ihr Hund eher auf Zuruf kommt, wenn Sie sich weniger wie ein Affe und mehr wie ein Hund benehmen - Warum der Rat, &amp;#039;Dominanz&amp;#039; über den Hund erlangen zu müssen, Sie in Schwierigkeiten bringen kann - Welche Persönlichkeitstypen Menschen und Hunden gemeinsam sind und warum die meisten Hunde lieber mit großzügigen Herrschern als mit &amp;#039;Möchtegern-Alphas&amp;#039; zusammenleben - ... und vieles mehr! Zahlreiche kleine Geschichten, Erlebnisse und amüsante Begebenheiten am Rande machen dieses Hörbuch zu einer Fundgrube für Aha-Erlebnisse, bei denen höchstes Hörvergnügen garantiert ist. So viel Spaß kann Verhaltensforschung machen!</description>
                  <author>Patricia B. McConnell</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 06 Dec 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664462800.mp3" length="884625" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476469</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664462800.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:1:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das andere Ende der Leine: Was unseren Umgang mit Hunden bestimmt
Author: Patricia B. McConnell
Narrator: Anja Taborsky
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  6, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch wirft eine revolutionäre, neue Perspektive auf unseren Umgang mit Hunden: Es beleuchtet unser Verhalten im Vergleich zu dem der Hunde! Als Doktorin der Zoologie, Tierverhaltenstherapeutin und Hundetrainerin mit mehr als zwanzig Jahren Praxiserfahrung betrachtet Patricia McConnell uns Menschen augenzwinkernd wie eine interessante Spezies von Säugetieren. Fundiert, aber höchst unterhaltsam beschreibt sie, wie wir uns in Gegenwart von Hunden verhalten, wie die Hunde unser Verhalten interpretieren (oder missverstehen) könnten und wie wir am besten mit unseren vierbeinigen Freunden umgehen, um das Beste aus ihnen herauszuholen. Beginnen Sie, Hundeverhalten aus der Sicht eines Hundes zu betrachten und Sie werden verstehen, warum vieles, das wie Ungehorsam Ihres Hundes aussieht, einfach ein großes Missverständnis ist. Denn wir sind Primaten, die Hunde Caniden - und sprechen folglich andere Sprachen! Hier erfahren Sie: - Wie Ihr Hund eher auf Zuruf kommt, wenn Sie sich weniger wie ein Affe und mehr wie ein Hund benehmen - Warum der Rat, &amp;#039;Dominanz&amp;#039; über den Hund erlangen zu müssen, Sie in Schwierigkeiten bringen kann - Welche Persönlichkeitstypen Menschen und Hunden gemeinsam sind und warum die meisten Hunde lieber mit großzügigen Herrschern als mit &amp;#039;Möchtegern-Alphas&amp;#039; zusammenleben - ... und vieles mehr! Zahlreiche kleine Geschichten, Erlebnisse und amüsante Begebenheiten am Rande machen dieses Hörbuch zu einer Fundgrube für Aha-Erlebnisse, bei denen höchstes Hörvergnügen garantiert ist. So viel Spaß kann Verhaltensforschung machen!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das andere Ende der Leine: Was unseren Umgang mit Hunden bestimmt
Author: Patricia B. McConnell
Narrator: Anja Taborsky
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  6, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch wirft eine revolutionäre, neue Perspektive auf unseren Umgang mit Hunden: Es beleuchtet unser Verhalten im Vergleich zu dem der Hunde! Als Doktorin der Zoologie, Tierverhaltenstherapeutin und Hundetrainerin mit mehr als zwanzig Jahren Praxiserfahrung betrachtet Patricia McConnell uns Menschen augenzwinkernd wie eine interessante Spezies von Säugetieren. Fundiert, aber höchst unterhaltsam beschreibt sie, wie wir uns in Gegenwart von Hunden verhalten, wie die Hunde unser Verhalten interpretieren (oder missverstehen) könnten und wie wir am besten mit unseren vierbeinigen Freunden umgehen, um das Beste aus ihnen herauszuholen. Beginnen Sie, Hundeverhalten aus der Sicht eines Hundes zu betrachten und Sie werden verstehen, warum vieles, das wie Ungehorsam Ihres Hundes aussieht, einfach ein großes Missverständnis ist. Denn wir sind Primaten, die Hunde Caniden - und sprechen folglich andere Sprachen! Hier erfahren Sie: - Wie Ihr Hund eher auf Zuruf kommt, wenn Sie sich weniger wie ein Affe und mehr wie ein Hund benehmen - Warum der Rat, &amp;#039;Dominanz&amp;#039; über den Hund erlangen zu müssen, Sie in Schwierigkeiten bringen kann - Welche Persönlichkeitstypen Menschen und Hunden gemeinsam sind und warum die meisten Hunde lieber mit großzügigen Herrschern als mit &amp;#039;Möchtegern-Alphas&amp;#039; zusammenleben - ... und vieles mehr! Zahlreiche kleine Geschichten, Erlebnisse und amüsante Begebenheiten am Rande machen dieses Hörbuch zu einer Fundgrube für Aha-Erlebnisse, bei denen höchstes Hörvergnügen garantiert ist. So viel Spaß kann Verhaltensforschung machen!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Durch ein Hundeohr - Entspannungsmusik für Hunde: Sorgt bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung by Joshua Cranston, Regina Baldoni</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476456</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Durch ein Hundeohr - Entspannungsmusik für Hunde: Sorgt bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung
Author: Joshua Cranston, Regina Baldoni
Narrator: Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  6, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch enthält beruhigende Musik- und Klangwelten für Hunde, die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass sie Ihrem treuen Freund beim Entspannen helfen, während Sie unterwegs sind. Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zeigen, dass bestimmte Frequenzen Einfluss auf den Gemütszustand von Hunden haben können. Britische Tierärzte nutzen daher vor Operationen die ausgewählten Musiken in diesem Hörbuch, um damit den Stress der Tiere zu reduzieren. Es gibt eine Menge Hörbücher und CDs, die versprechen, Hunde über den Klang zu beruhigen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. &amp;#039;Durch ein Hundeohr&amp;#039; wurde von renommierten britischen Tierärzten und erfahrenen Ton-Ingenieuren zusammengestellt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Audio-Frequenzen Hunde tatsächlich beruhigen und das Gehirn in einen tiefenentspannten Zustand versetzen.  Erleben Sie Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn der Postbote vorbeigeht, wenn es draußen gewittert oder bei Anstrengung nach einer Operation. Die sanften und schwebenden Klänge... sorgen bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung und vermeiden Trennungsangst, unerwünschtes Bellen, Wimmern, Jammern oder Kauen.  Hinweise zur Anwendung: - Das Hörbuch hat eine Laufzeit von insgesamt 10 Stunden. Bitte lassen Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst nicht derart lange allein!  - Die Stücke sind in einer erprobten, aufeinander aufbauenden Dramaturgie angeordnet, lassen Sie das Hörbuch deswegen bitte immer von Anfang an laufen. - Machen Sie die Klangwelten bitte nicht zu laut. Eine reduzierte, moderate Lautstärke hat sich bewährt. - Versuchen Sie störende Geräuschquellen (also beispielsweise Telefon, Radio oder Fernseher) möglichst auszuschalten.</description>
                  <author>Joshua Cranston, Regina Baldoni</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Aug 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664427755.mp3" length="959416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476456</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664427755.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:1:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Durch ein Hundeohr - Entspannungsmusik für Hunde: Sorgt bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung
Author: Joshua Cranston, Regina Baldoni
Narrator: Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  6, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch enthält beruhigende Musik- und Klangwelten für Hunde, die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass sie Ihrem treuen Freund beim Entspannen helfen, während Sie unterwegs sind. Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zeigen, dass bestimmte Frequenzen Einfluss auf den Gemütszustand von Hunden haben können. Britische Tierärzte nutzen daher vor Operationen die ausgewählten Musiken in diesem Hörbuch, um damit den Stress der Tiere zu reduzieren. Es gibt eine Menge Hörbücher und CDs, die versprechen, Hunde über den Klang zu beruhigen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. &amp;#039;Durch ein Hundeohr&amp;#039; wurde von renommierten britischen Tierärzten und erfahrenen Ton-Ingenieuren zusammengestellt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Audio-Frequenzen Hunde tatsächlich beruhigen und das Gehirn in einen tiefenentspannten Zustand versetzen.  Erleben Sie Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn der Postbote vorbeigeht, wenn es draußen gewittert oder bei Anstrengung nach einer Operation. Die sanften und schwebenden Klänge... sorgen bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung und vermeiden Trennungsangst, unerwünschtes Bellen, Wimmern, Jammern oder Kauen.  Hinweise zur Anwendung: - Das Hörbuch hat eine Laufzeit von insgesamt 10 Stunden. Bitte lassen Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst nicht derart lange allein!  - Die Stücke sind in einer erprobten, aufeinander aufbauenden Dramaturgie angeordnet, lassen Sie das Hörbuch deswegen bitte immer von Anfang an laufen. - Machen Sie die Klangwelten bitte nicht zu laut. Eine reduzierte, moderate Lautstärke hat sich bewährt. - Versuchen Sie störende Geräuschquellen (also beispielsweise Telefon, Radio oder Fernseher) möglichst auszuschalten.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Durch ein Hundeohr - Entspannungsmusik für Hunde: Sorgt bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung
Author: Joshua Cranston, Regina Baldoni
Narrator: Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  6, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Hörbuch enthält beruhigende Musik- und Klangwelten für Hunde, die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass sie Ihrem treuen Freund beim Entspannen helfen, während Sie unterwegs sind. Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zeigen, dass bestimmte Frequenzen Einfluss auf den Gemütszustand von Hunden haben können. Britische Tierärzte nutzen daher vor Operationen die ausgewählten Musiken in diesem Hörbuch, um damit den Stress der Tiere zu reduzieren. Es gibt eine Menge Hörbücher und CDs, die versprechen, Hunde über den Klang zu beruhigen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. &amp;#039;Durch ein Hundeohr&amp;#039; wurde von renommierten britischen Tierärzten und erfahrenen Ton-Ingenieuren zusammengestellt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Audio-Frequenzen Hunde tatsächlich beruhigen und das Gehirn in einen tiefenentspannten Zustand versetzen.  Erleben Sie Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn der Postbote vorbeigeht, wenn es draußen gewittert oder bei Anstrengung nach einer Operation. Die sanften und schwebenden Klänge... sorgen bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung und vermeiden Trennungsangst, unerwünschtes Bellen, Wimmern, Jammern oder Kauen.  Hinweise zur Anwendung: - Das Hörbuch hat eine Laufzeit von insgesamt 10 Stunden. Bitte lassen Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst nicht derart lange allein!  - Die Stücke sind in einer erprobten, aufeinander aufbauenden Dramaturgie angeordnet, lassen Sie das Hörbuch deswegen bitte immer von Anfang an laufen. - Machen Sie die Klangwelten bitte nicht zu laut. Eine reduzierte, moderate Lautstärke hat sich bewährt. - Versuchen Sie störende Geräuschquellen (also beispielsweise Telefon, Radio oder Fernseher) möglichst auszuschalten.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - ... und wenn es doch Liebe ist?: Neues zur Hund-Mensch-Beziehung by Clive Wynne</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476376</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ... und wenn es doch Liebe ist?: Neues zur Hund-Mensch-Beziehung
Author: Clive Wynne
Narrator: Denis Rühle
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was macht die fünfzehntausend Jahre währende Bindung vom Hund an den Menschen und umgekehrt so einzigartig? Die Nützlichkeit des Hundes für den Menschen, sagten die einen. Der Opportunismus des Hundes, der beim Menschen ein bequemes Auskommen fand, sagten die anderen. Eine evolutionär herausgebildete besondere Form der Intelligenz, die Hunden ein außergewöhnliches Verstehen des menschlichen Verhaltens ermöglicht, so die aktuell am häufigsten vertretene These.</description>
                  <author>Clive Wynne</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783954642250.mp3" length="874164" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476376</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783954642250.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:55:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ... und wenn es doch Liebe ist?: Neues zur Hund-Mensch-Beziehung
Author: Clive Wynne
Narrator: Denis Rühle
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was macht die fünfzehntausend Jahre währende Bindung vom Hund an den Menschen und umgekehrt so einzigartig? Die Nützlichkeit des Hundes für den Menschen, sagten die einen. Der Opportunismus des Hundes, der beim Menschen ein bequemes Auskommen fand, sagten die anderen. Eine evolutionär herausgebildete besondere Form der Intelligenz, die Hunden ein außergewöhnliches Verstehen des menschlichen Verhaltens ermöglicht, so die aktuell am häufigsten vertretene These.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ... und wenn es doch Liebe ist?: Neues zur Hund-Mensch-Beziehung
Author: Clive Wynne
Narrator: Denis Rühle
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was macht die fünfzehntausend Jahre währende Bindung vom Hund an den Menschen und umgekehrt so einzigartig? Die Nützlichkeit des Hundes für den Menschen, sagten die einen. Der Opportunismus des Hundes, der beim Menschen ein bequemes Auskommen fand, sagten die anderen. Eine evolutionär herausgebildete besondere Form der Intelligenz, die Hunden ein außergewöhnliches Verstehen des menschlichen Verhaltens ermöglicht, so die aktuell am häufigsten vertretene These.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Welpenerziehung - Wie Sie den Hund Ihrer Träume erziehen: Schritt für Schritt durch richtiges Training zur erfolgreichen Hundeerziehung by Elisa Kuhn</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475779</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung - Wie Sie den Hund Ihrer Träume erziehen: Schritt für Schritt durch richtiges Training zur erfolgreichen Hundeerziehung
Author: Elisa Kuhn
Narrator: Constanze Buttmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
★★ Welpenerziehung – Wie Sie den Hund Ihrer Träume erziehen ★ ★ Schritt für Schritt durch richtiges Training zur erfolgreichen Hundeerziehung Haben Sie sich gerade einen Welpen ins Haus geholt oder denken darüber nach, Ihr Leben mit einem Vierbeiner zu teilen? Sie wissen jedoch noch nicht, welche Rasse es werden soll oder woher Sie Ihren Liebling holen sollten? Sie möchten auf alles vorbereitet sein und möchten schon vorab wissen, worauf Sie sich einlassen? Und damit aus dem kleinen Fellknäuel ein wohlerzogener Hund wird, möchten Sie gerne wissen, wie Sie Ihrem Hund sämtliche Kommandos und Grundregeln des Zusammenlebens beibringen können? Dann wird Ihnen dieser Ratgeber mit Sicherheit helfen! Denn hier finden Sie nicht nur Einkaufslisten für die Grundausstattung, Tipps und Tricks zum richtigen Umgang mit Ihrem Welpen und Schritt für Schritt Anleitungen für die Grundkommandos, sondern auch wertvolle Informationen zur Ernährung, sowie der richtigen Sozialisierung. Dieses Buch begleitet Sie von Anfang an. Vom Beschluss einen Welpen anzuschaffen, über die notwendige Ausstattung, bis hin zur hündischen Kommunikation und der Erklärung wie Ihr Welpe lernt. Wertvolle Tipps zur Erziehung helfen Ihnen dabei aus Ihrem Welpen einen wohlerzogenen Hund zu machen, den man problemlos überallhin mitnehmen kann. Außerdem erfahren Sie: ✦ worauf Sie beim Kauf unbedingt achten sollten✦ welche verschiedenen Arten der Kommunikation es gibt und wie Sie Signale richtig erkennen✦ wie Sie den Welpen langsam an Ihr zu Hause gewöhnen und Vertrauen zu ihm aufbauen✦ wie Sie die Körpersprache Ihres Welpen richtig deuten✦ wann Sie mit dem Training beginnen sollten✦ wie Sie vorgehen, wenn einmal etwas nicht so klappt wie es sollte✦ wie Sie Ihren Welpen langsam an das Alleinbleiben heranführen✦ worauf Sie bei der Fütterung und der Ernährung aufpassen müssen✦ wie Sie Ihrem Welpen unerwünschtes verhalten abgewöhnen …und vieles, vieles mehr! Sie lernen zu verstehen wie Ihr Welpe denkt und wie er seine Emotionen mit Hilfe von Körpersprache vermittelt. Dieser Ratgeber begleitet Sie auch noch über das Welpenalter Ihres Hundes hinaus. Sie erhalten Tipps und Ratschläge für Ihren heranwachsenden Hund, sowie Informationen darüber, wie Sie mit Ihrem Hund weiter trainieren, sobald er erwachsenen geworden ist. Würden Sie gerne erfahren, wie aus Ihrem Welpen ein glücklicher Hund wird, der Ihnen keine Probleme macht und Ihnen als perfekter Begleiter zur Seite steht? Dann holen Sie sich jetzt dieses Hörbuch zum Spezialpreis und laden es direkt auf Ihr Smartphone oder Ihren PC herunter!</description>
                  <author>Elisa Kuhn</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707392450.mp3" length="905816" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475779</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707392450.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:54:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung - Wie Sie den Hund Ihrer Träume erziehen: Schritt für Schritt durch richtiges Training zur erfolgreichen Hundeerziehung
Author: Elisa Kuhn
Narrator: Constanze Buttmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
★★ Welpenerziehung – Wie Sie den Hund Ihrer Träume erziehen ★ ★ Schritt für Schritt durch richtiges Training zur erfolgreichen Hundeerziehung Haben Sie sich gerade einen Welpen ins Haus geholt oder denken darüber nach, Ihr Leben mit einem Vierbeiner zu teilen? Sie wissen jedoch noch nicht, welche Rasse es werden soll oder woher Sie Ihren Liebling holen sollten? Sie möchten auf alles vorbereitet sein und möchten schon vorab wissen, worauf Sie sich einlassen? Und damit aus dem kleinen Fellknäuel ein wohlerzogener Hund wird, möchten Sie gerne wissen, wie Sie Ihrem Hund sämtliche Kommandos und Grundregeln des Zusammenlebens beibringen können? Dann wird Ihnen dieser Ratgeber mit Sicherheit helfen! Denn hier finden Sie nicht nur Einkaufslisten für die Grundausstattung, Tipps und Tricks zum richtigen Umgang mit Ihrem Welpen und Schritt für Schritt Anleitungen für die Grundkommandos, sondern auch wertvolle Informationen zur Ernährung, sowie der richtigen Sozialisierung. Dieses Buch begleitet Sie von Anfang an. Vom Beschluss einen Welpen anzuschaffen, über die notwendige Ausstattung, bis hin zur hündischen Kommunikation und der Erklärung wie Ihr Welpe lernt. Wertvolle Tipps zur Erziehung helfen Ihnen dabei aus Ihrem Welpen einen wohlerzogenen Hund zu machen, den man problemlos überallhin mitnehmen kann. Außerdem erfahren Sie: ✦ worauf Sie beim Kauf unbedingt achten sollten✦ welche verschiedenen Arten der Kommunikation es gibt und wie Sie Signale richtig erkennen✦ wie Sie den Welpen langsam an Ihr zu Hause gewöhnen und Vertrauen zu ihm aufbauen✦ wie Sie die Körpersprache Ihres Welpen richtig deuten✦ wann Sie mit dem Training beginnen sollten✦ wie Sie vorgehen, wenn einmal etwas nicht so klappt wie es sollte✦ wie Sie Ihren Welpen langsam an das Alleinbleiben heranführen✦ worauf Sie bei der Fütterung und der Ernährung aufpassen müssen✦ wie Sie Ihrem Welpen unerwünschtes verhalten abgewöhnen …und vieles, vieles mehr! Sie lernen zu verstehen wie Ihr Welpe denkt und wie er seine Emotionen mit Hilfe von Körpersprache vermittelt. Dieser Ratgeber begleitet Sie auch noch über das Welpenalter Ihres Hundes hinaus. Sie erhalten Tipps und Ratschläge für Ihren heranwachsenden Hund, sowie Informationen darüber, wie Sie mit Ihrem Hund weiter trainieren, sobald er erwachsenen geworden ist. Würden Sie gerne erfahren, wie aus Ihrem Welpen ein glücklicher Hund wird, der Ihnen keine Probleme macht und Ihnen als perfekter Begleiter zur Seite steht? Dann holen Sie sich jetzt dieses Hörbuch zum Spezialpreis und laden es direkt auf Ihr Smartphone oder Ihren PC herunter!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung - Wie Sie den Hund Ihrer Träume erziehen: Schritt für Schritt durch richtiges Training zur erfolgreichen Hundeerziehung
Author: Elisa Kuhn
Narrator: Constanze Buttmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
★★ Welpenerziehung – Wie Sie den Hund Ihrer Träume erziehen ★ ★ Schritt für Schritt durch richtiges Training zur erfolgreichen Hundeerziehung Haben Sie sich gerade einen Welpen ins Haus geholt oder denken darüber nach, Ihr Leben mit einem Vierbeiner zu teilen? Sie wissen jedoch noch nicht, welche Rasse es werden soll oder woher Sie Ihren Liebling holen sollten? Sie möchten auf alles vorbereitet sein und möchten schon vorab wissen, worauf Sie sich einlassen? Und damit aus dem kleinen Fellknäuel ein wohlerzogener Hund wird, möchten Sie gerne wissen, wie Sie Ihrem Hund sämtliche Kommandos und Grundregeln des Zusammenlebens beibringen können? Dann wird Ihnen dieser Ratgeber mit Sicherheit helfen! Denn hier finden Sie nicht nur Einkaufslisten für die Grundausstattung, Tipps und Tricks zum richtigen Umgang mit Ihrem Welpen und Schritt für Schritt Anleitungen für die Grundkommandos, sondern auch wertvolle Informationen zur Ernährung, sowie der richtigen Sozialisierung. Dieses Buch begleitet Sie von Anfang an. Vom Beschluss einen Welpen anzuschaffen, über die notwendige Ausstattung, bis hin zur hündischen Kommunikation und der Erklärung wie Ihr Welpe lernt. Wertvolle Tipps zur Erziehung helfen Ihnen dabei aus Ihrem Welpen einen wohlerzogenen Hund zu machen, den man problemlos überallhin mitnehmen kann. Außerdem erfahren Sie: ✦ worauf Sie beim Kauf unbedingt achten sollten✦ welche verschiedenen Arten der Kommunikation es gibt und wie Sie Signale richtig erkennen✦ wie Sie den Welpen langsam an Ihr zu Hause gewöhnen und Vertrauen zu ihm aufbauen✦ wie Sie die Körpersprache Ihres Welpen richtig deuten✦ wann Sie mit dem Training beginnen sollten✦ wie Sie vorgehen, wenn einmal etwas nicht so klappt wie es sollte✦ wie Sie Ihren Welpen langsam an das Alleinbleiben heranführen✦ worauf Sie bei der Fütterung und der Ernährung aufpassen müssen✦ wie Sie Ihrem Welpen unerwünschtes verhalten abgewöhnen …und vieles, vieles mehr! Sie lernen zu verstehen wie Ihr Welpe denkt und wie er seine Emotionen mit Hilfe von Körpersprache vermittelt. Dieser Ratgeber begleitet Sie auch noch über das Welpenalter Ihres Hundes hinaus. Sie erhalten Tipps und Ratschläge für Ihren heranwachsenden Hund, sowie Informationen darüber, wie Sie mit Ihrem Hund weiter trainieren, sobald er erwachsenen geworden ist. Würden Sie gerne erfahren, wie aus Ihrem Welpen ein glücklicher Hund wird, der Ihnen keine Probleme macht und Ihnen als perfekter Begleiter zur Seite steht? Dann holen Sie sich jetzt dieses Hörbuch zum Spezialpreis und laden es direkt auf Ihr Smartphone oder Ihren PC herunter!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Hundeerziehung: Hundetraining und Welpenerziehung inkl. Intelligenztraining für Hunde + geniale Hundespiele für Drinnen und Draußen by Matthias Sommer</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475141</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundeerziehung: Hundetraining und Welpenerziehung inkl. Intelligenztraining für Hunde + geniale Hundespiele für Drinnen und Draußen
Author: Matthias Sommer
Narrator: Philipp Riegels
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Beste für Ihren Hund   Hunde sind unglaublich faszinierende Tiere! Wir sind immer wieder aufs Neue überrascht, wie viele verborgene Talente in den kleinen Vierbeinern stecken. Doch Talente wollen und müssen auch gefördert werden! Hundetrainer wissen: Hunde haben viele Bedürfnisse und einen außerordentlich großen Bewegungsdrang! Genau deshalb sollte sich jeder Hundehalter ausgiebig mit dem wichtigen Thema Hundeerziehung beschäftigen – schließlich geht es hier auch ganz besonders um das Wohl Ihres Hundes. Für viele Hundehalter kann aber genau das zu einer wahren Herausforderung werden. Schließlich soll der Hund ja auch schnell stubenrein werden und auf verschiedene Kommandos hören. Aber keine Panik: Mit diesem Buch haben Sie einen treuen Begleiter, der Ihnen das Thema Hunde- und Welpenerziehung in der Praxis von der Pike auf erklärt und und sicher keine Fragen mehr offenlässt!   Geniale Tipps und Tricks vom Profi   Der Autor Matthias Sommer kennt diese Probleme nur zu gut! Mit seinen praxisnahen und leicht verständlichen Tipps konnte er schon zahlreichen Hundehaltern immens helfen. Dabei zeigt er Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, worauf es bei der Welpen- und Hundeerziehung wirklich ankommt! Auch der richtige Einsatz von Hilfsmitteln, wie zum Beispiel dem Clicker oder Hundespielzeug wird hier ausgiebig von allen Seiten beleuchtet. Außerdem erfahren Sie in diesem einzigartigen Buch: - die Körpersprache des Hundes - die Psychologie des Hundes - worauf Sie bei der Welpenerziehung unbedingt achten sollten - wie Ihr Hund sofort auf Ihre Kommandos hört - viele geniale Hundespiele - die Geheimnisse des erfolgreichen Hundetrainings und vieles vieles mehr...   Also worauf warten Sie noch? Matthias Sommer konnte schon zahlreichen Hundehaltern mit seinen praxisnahen Tipps helfen! Gehören Sie auch dazu!</description>
                  <author>Matthias Sommer</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066560157.mp3" length="863910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475141</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066560157.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundeerziehung: Hundetraining und Welpenerziehung inkl. Intelligenztraining für Hunde + geniale Hundespiele für Drinnen und Draußen
Author: Matthias Sommer
Narrator: Philipp Riegels
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Beste für Ihren Hund   Hunde sind unglaublich faszinierende Tiere! Wir sind immer wieder aufs Neue überrascht, wie viele verborgene Talente in den kleinen Vierbeinern stecken. Doch Talente wollen und müssen auch gefördert werden! Hundetrainer wissen: Hunde haben viele Bedürfnisse und einen außerordentlich großen Bewegungsdrang! Genau deshalb sollte sich jeder Hundehalter ausgiebig mit dem wichtigen Thema Hundeerziehung beschäftigen – schließlich geht es hier auch ganz besonders um das Wohl Ihres Hundes. Für viele Hundehalter kann aber genau das zu einer wahren Herausforderung werden. Schließlich soll der Hund ja auch schnell stubenrein werden und auf verschiedene Kommandos hören. Aber keine Panik: Mit diesem Buch haben Sie einen treuen Begleiter, der Ihnen das Thema Hunde- und Welpenerziehung in der Praxis von der Pike auf erklärt und und sicher keine Fragen mehr offenlässt!   Geniale Tipps und Tricks vom Profi   Der Autor Matthias Sommer kennt diese Probleme nur zu gut! Mit seinen praxisnahen und leicht verständlichen Tipps konnte er schon zahlreichen Hundehaltern immens helfen. Dabei zeigt er Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, worauf es bei der Welpen- und Hundeerziehung wirklich ankommt! Auch der richtige Einsatz von Hilfsmitteln, wie zum Beispiel dem Clicker oder Hundespielzeug wird hier ausgiebig von allen Seiten beleuchtet. Außerdem erfahren Sie in diesem einzigartigen Buch: - die Körpersprache des Hundes - die Psychologie des Hundes - worauf Sie bei der Welpenerziehung unbedingt achten sollten - wie Ihr Hund sofort auf Ihre Kommandos hört - viele geniale Hundespiele - die Geheimnisse des erfolgreichen Hundetrainings und vieles vieles mehr...   Also worauf warten Sie noch? Matthias Sommer konnte schon zahlreichen Hundehaltern mit seinen praxisnahen Tipps helfen! Gehören Sie auch dazu!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundeerziehung: Hundetraining und Welpenerziehung inkl. Intelligenztraining für Hunde + geniale Hundespiele für Drinnen und Draußen
Author: Matthias Sommer
Narrator: Philipp Riegels
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Beste für Ihren Hund   Hunde sind unglaublich faszinierende Tiere! Wir sind immer wieder aufs Neue überrascht, wie viele verborgene Talente in den kleinen Vierbeinern stecken. Doch Talente wollen und müssen auch gefördert werden! Hundetrainer wissen: Hunde haben viele Bedürfnisse und einen außerordentlich großen Bewegungsdrang! Genau deshalb sollte sich jeder Hundehalter ausgiebig mit dem wichtigen Thema Hundeerziehung beschäftigen – schließlich geht es hier auch ganz besonders um das Wohl Ihres Hundes. Für viele Hundehalter kann aber genau das zu einer wahren Herausforderung werden. Schließlich soll der Hund ja auch schnell stubenrein werden und auf verschiedene Kommandos hören. Aber keine Panik: Mit diesem Buch haben Sie einen treuen Begleiter, der Ihnen das Thema Hunde- und Welpenerziehung in der Praxis von der Pike auf erklärt und und sicher keine Fragen mehr offenlässt!   Geniale Tipps und Tricks vom Profi   Der Autor Matthias Sommer kennt diese Probleme nur zu gut! Mit seinen praxisnahen und leicht verständlichen Tipps konnte er schon zahlreichen Hundehaltern immens helfen. Dabei zeigt er Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, worauf es bei der Welpen- und Hundeerziehung wirklich ankommt! Auch der richtige Einsatz von Hilfsmitteln, wie zum Beispiel dem Clicker oder Hundespielzeug wird hier ausgiebig von allen Seiten beleuchtet. Außerdem erfahren Sie in diesem einzigartigen Buch: - die Körpersprache des Hundes - die Psychologie des Hundes - worauf Sie bei der Welpenerziehung unbedingt achten sollten - wie Ihr Hund sofort auf Ihre Kommandos hört - viele geniale Hundespiele - die Geheimnisse des erfolgreichen Hundetrainings und vieles vieles mehr...   Also worauf warten Sie noch? Matthias Sommer konnte schon zahlreichen Hundehaltern mit seinen praxisnahen Tipps helfen! Gehören Sie auch dazu!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Tierkommunikation: Heilung und Therapien: Tiere heilen - so geht´s! by Penelope Smith</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474105</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation: Heilung und Therapien: Tiere heilen - so geht´s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In meiner Arbeit geht es um die sogenannte Interspezies-Kommunikation, die telepathische Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Tier. Hier möchte ich erklären, wie Sie mit einfachen Techniken Ihren tierischen Freunden helfen können.  1. Heilung und Therapie von Tieren (30:32)  2. Techniken zur Wiederherstellung des Orientierungssinns (16:19)  3. Kommunikation und Therapie (10:11)  4. Meditation &amp;#039;In den Körper des Tieres schlüpfen&amp;#039; (09:01)  5. Beratende Kommunikation (Teil 1) (06:44)  6. Beratende Kommunikation (Teil 2) (22:53)  7. Die Rolle des Trainings (10:04)  8. Ferntherapie (05:31)  9. Vermisste Tiere wiederfinden (05:25)  10. Mit verstorbenen Tieren kommunizieren (11:15)  11. Körperlose Wesenheiten und Seelenaustausch (07:42)  12. Anleitungen für Therapiesitzungen (07:11)  13. Regeln der Ethik (04:18)</description>
                  <author>Penelope Smith</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783946433897.mp3" length="911557" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474105</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783946433897.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:27:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation: Heilung und Therapien: Tiere heilen - so geht´s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In meiner Arbeit geht es um die sogenannte Interspezies-Kommunikation, die telepathische Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Tier. Hier möchte ich erklären, wie Sie mit einfachen Techniken Ihren tierischen Freunden helfen können.  1. Heilung und Therapie von Tieren (30:32)  2. Techniken zur Wiederherstellung des Orientierungssinns (16:19)  3. Kommunikation und Therapie (10:11)  4. Meditation &amp;#039;In den Körper des Tieres schlüpfen&amp;#039; (09:01)  5. Beratende Kommunikation (Teil 1) (06:44)  6. Beratende Kommunikation (Teil 2) (22:53)  7. Die Rolle des Trainings (10:04)  8. Ferntherapie (05:31)  9. Vermisste Tiere wiederfinden (05:25)  10. Mit verstorbenen Tieren kommunizieren (11:15)  11. Körperlose Wesenheiten und Seelenaustausch (07:42)  12. Anleitungen für Therapiesitzungen (07:11)  13. Regeln der Ethik (04:18)</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation: Heilung und Therapien: Tiere heilen - so geht´s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In meiner Arbeit geht es um die sogenannte Interspezies-Kommunikation, die telepathische Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Tier. Hier möchte ich erklären, wie Sie mit einfachen Techniken Ihren tierischen Freunden helfen können.  1. Heilung und Therapie von Tieren (30:32)  2. Techniken zur Wiederherstellung des Orientierungssinns (16:19)  3. Kommunikation und Therapie (10:11)  4. Meditation &amp;#039;In den Körper des Tieres schlüpfen&amp;#039; (09:01)  5. Beratende Kommunikation (Teil 1) (06:44)  6. Beratende Kommunikation (Teil 2) (22:53)  7. Die Rolle des Trainings (10:04)  8. Ferntherapie (05:31)  9. Vermisste Tiere wiederfinden (05:25)  10. Mit verstorbenen Tieren kommunizieren (11:15)  11. Körperlose Wesenheiten und Seelenaustausch (07:42)  12. Anleitungen für Therapiesitzungen (07:11)  13. Regeln der Ethik (04:18)</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Tierkommunikation: Die Tierseele verstehen: So geht&amp;#039;s! by Penelope Smith</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473976</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation: Die Tierseele verstehen: So geht&amp;#039;s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In meiner Arbeit geht es um die sogenannte Interspezies-Kommunikation, d.h. die telepathische Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Tier. Dabei liegt mir besonders die Einheit allen Lebens, die Verbundenheit aller Wesen am Herzen, unabhängig davon um welche Lebensform es sich handelt.  Und so will ich Sie mit auf eine Reise nehmen. Es ist eine Reise durch eine bunte Mischung von Erfahrungen, die ich als professionelle Tierkommunikatorin beim Zuhören, Beobachten, Verstehen und Erleben von Tieren gemacht habe. Lassen Sie sich von der Vielfalt, Intelligenz, Sensibilität, Wahrnehmung und Weisheit der Tiere, von ihrem Verständnis und Ehrgefühl, von ihrer Freude, Verspieltheit, Treue, Vornehmheit und allen anderen Eigenschaften überraschen, die Lebewesen besitzen können.  Doch nur wer sich auf die Suche nach der Tierseele begibt, wird sie verstehen.  1. Die Tierseele verstehen (17:36)  2. Die Sichtweisen der Tiere (14:27)  3. Eigenwillige und intelligente Tiere (11:16)  4. Langeweile beim Training (04:22)  5. Motivation, Sicherheit auf lange Sicht, ausgewogene Beziehungen (11:51)  6. Domestizierte Tiere, ein stimulierendes Umfeld schaffen (14:50)  7. Tiere in Gefangenschaft (04:09)  8. Tierische Ausdrucksweisen, mitgefühlte Krankheit, ein Traume bewältigen (16:05)  9. Tricks und Gewohnheiten (14:00)  10. Entwicklung, Veränderung und frühere Leben (12:05)  11. Die Lebensaufgaben der Tiere (08:31)  12. Dem Tod ins Auge sehen (10:23)  13. Hochachtung vor allen Lebensformen (04:59)</description>
                  <author>Penelope Smith</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783946433910.mp3" length="926006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473976</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783946433910.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:24:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation: Die Tierseele verstehen: So geht&amp;#039;s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In meiner Arbeit geht es um die sogenannte Interspezies-Kommunikation, d.h. die telepathische Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Tier. Dabei liegt mir besonders die Einheit allen Lebens, die Verbundenheit aller Wesen am Herzen, unabhängig davon um welche Lebensform es sich handelt.  Und so will ich Sie mit auf eine Reise nehmen. Es ist eine Reise durch eine bunte Mischung von Erfahrungen, die ich als professionelle Tierkommunikatorin beim Zuhören, Beobachten, Verstehen und Erleben von Tieren gemacht habe. Lassen Sie sich von der Vielfalt, Intelligenz, Sensibilität, Wahrnehmung und Weisheit der Tiere, von ihrem Verständnis und Ehrgefühl, von ihrer Freude, Verspieltheit, Treue, Vornehmheit und allen anderen Eigenschaften überraschen, die Lebewesen besitzen können.  Doch nur wer sich auf die Suche nach der Tierseele begibt, wird sie verstehen.  1. Die Tierseele verstehen (17:36)  2. Die Sichtweisen der Tiere (14:27)  3. Eigenwillige und intelligente Tiere (11:16)  4. Langeweile beim Training (04:22)  5. Motivation, Sicherheit auf lange Sicht, ausgewogene Beziehungen (11:51)  6. Domestizierte Tiere, ein stimulierendes Umfeld schaffen (14:50)  7. Tiere in Gefangenschaft (04:09)  8. Tierische Ausdrucksweisen, mitgefühlte Krankheit, ein Traume bewältigen (16:05)  9. Tricks und Gewohnheiten (14:00)  10. Entwicklung, Veränderung und frühere Leben (12:05)  11. Die Lebensaufgaben der Tiere (08:31)  12. Dem Tod ins Auge sehen (10:23)  13. Hochachtung vor allen Lebensformen (04:59)</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation: Die Tierseele verstehen: So geht&amp;#039;s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In meiner Arbeit geht es um die sogenannte Interspezies-Kommunikation, d.h. die telepathische Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Tier. Dabei liegt mir besonders die Einheit allen Lebens, die Verbundenheit aller Wesen am Herzen, unabhängig davon um welche Lebensform es sich handelt.  Und so will ich Sie mit auf eine Reise nehmen. Es ist eine Reise durch eine bunte Mischung von Erfahrungen, die ich als professionelle Tierkommunikatorin beim Zuhören, Beobachten, Verstehen und Erleben von Tieren gemacht habe. Lassen Sie sich von der Vielfalt, Intelligenz, Sensibilität, Wahrnehmung und Weisheit der Tiere, von ihrem Verständnis und Ehrgefühl, von ihrer Freude, Verspieltheit, Treue, Vornehmheit und allen anderen Eigenschaften überraschen, die Lebewesen besitzen können.  Doch nur wer sich auf die Suche nach der Tierseele begibt, wird sie verstehen.  1. Die Tierseele verstehen (17:36)  2. Die Sichtweisen der Tiere (14:27)  3. Eigenwillige und intelligente Tiere (11:16)  4. Langeweile beim Training (04:22)  5. Motivation, Sicherheit auf lange Sicht, ausgewogene Beziehungen (11:51)  6. Domestizierte Tiere, ein stimulierendes Umfeld schaffen (14:50)  7. Tiere in Gefangenschaft (04:09)  8. Tierische Ausdrucksweisen, mitgefühlte Krankheit, ein Traume bewältigen (16:05)  9. Tricks und Gewohnheiten (14:00)  10. Entwicklung, Veränderung und frühere Leben (12:05)  11. Die Lebensaufgaben der Tiere (08:31)  12. Dem Tod ins Auge sehen (10:23)  13. Hochachtung vor allen Lebensformen (04:59)</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Ein Schwein in geheimer Mission: Aufklärung mit allen Mitteln by Lydia Nehring</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473829</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Schwein in geheimer Mission: Aufklärung mit allen Mitteln
Author: Lydia Nehring
Narrator: Johannes Wördemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2014
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eines Tages war es einfach da: Watschel, ein süßes Schweinchen - und, es kann sogar sprechen! Allerdings: es hat eine geheime Mission zu erfüllen: Den gemeinen Nachbarn Herrn Wichterle in einen liebevollen Schweinezüchter zu verwandeln. Denn dieser grobe Klotz erweist sich nun gar nicht als Tierfreund... Doch ausgestattet mit Opa Krempels listigen Erfindungen und einer gehörigen Portion Mut, gelingt es Watschel und seinen Freunden, den gemeinen Schweinezuchtbesitzer in einen wunderbaren Tierhalter zu verwandeln... Die Handlung ergänzende Geräusche und Atmosphären, sowie ein wunderbar aufgelegter Johannes Wördemann, machen &amp;#039;Ein Schwein in geheimer Mission&amp;#039; zu einem spannenden Hörvergnügen.</description>
                  <author>Lydia Nehring</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2014 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783944849553.mp3" length="849646" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473829</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783944849553.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:23:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Schwein in geheimer Mission: Aufklärung mit allen Mitteln
Author: Lydia Nehring
Narrator: Johannes Wördemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2014
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eines Tages war es einfach da: Watschel, ein süßes Schweinchen - und, es kann sogar sprechen! Allerdings: es hat eine geheime Mission zu erfüllen: Den gemeinen Nachbarn Herrn Wichterle in einen liebevollen Schweinezüchter zu verwandeln. Denn dieser grobe Klotz erweist sich nun gar nicht als Tierfreund... Doch ausgestattet mit Opa Krempels listigen Erfindungen und einer gehörigen Portion Mut, gelingt es Watschel und seinen Freunden, den gemeinen Schweinezuchtbesitzer in einen wunderbaren Tierhalter zu verwandeln... Die Handlung ergänzende Geräusche und Atmosphären, sowie ein wunderbar aufgelegter Johannes Wördemann, machen &amp;#039;Ein Schwein in geheimer Mission&amp;#039; zu einem spannenden Hörvergnügen.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Schwein in geheimer Mission: Aufklärung mit allen Mitteln
Author: Lydia Nehring
Narrator: Johannes Wördemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2014
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eines Tages war es einfach da: Watschel, ein süßes Schweinchen - und, es kann sogar sprechen! Allerdings: es hat eine geheime Mission zu erfüllen: Den gemeinen Nachbarn Herrn Wichterle in einen liebevollen Schweinezüchter zu verwandeln. Denn dieser grobe Klotz erweist sich nun gar nicht als Tierfreund... Doch ausgestattet mit Opa Krempels listigen Erfindungen und einer gehörigen Portion Mut, gelingt es Watschel und seinen Freunden, den gemeinen Schweinezuchtbesitzer in einen wunderbaren Tierhalter zu verwandeln... Die Handlung ergänzende Geräusche und Atmosphären, sowie ein wunderbar aufgelegter Johannes Wördemann, machen &amp;#039;Ein Schwein in geheimer Mission&amp;#039; zu einem spannenden Hörvergnügen.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Grundkurs: Tierkommunikation: Mit Tieren sprechen - So geht&amp;#039;s! by Penelope Smith</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473694</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundkurs: Tierkommunikation: Mit Tieren sprechen - So geht&amp;#039;s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Johannes Lubig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie Sie mit Ihren Haustieren und wild lebenden Tieren sprechen können, zeigt Ihnen Penelope Smith einfach und klar. Die Schritte dahin - 1. sich entspannen und öffnen, 2. dem Tier eine Mitteilung senden, 3. eine Antwort empfangen - werden exakt erklärt und mit einfachen Übungen vertieft. Teil 2 gibt tiefe Einblicke in Herz, Seele und Hirn unserer tierischen Gefährten und macht auf fesselnde Weise mit dem faszinierenden, komplexen Wesen &amp;#039;Tier&amp;#039; vertraut. Penelope Smith lehrt seit über 30 Jahren Tierkommunikation, ist international bekannt durch ihre Publikationen, u. a. ihr Hörbuch &amp;#039;Gespräche mit Delfinen&amp;#039;. 1. Wie man mit Tieren kommuniziert   6.42  2. Schritt 1 - sich entspannen und öffnen   11.00   3. Schritt 2 - eine Mitteilung senden  8.43  4. Mitteilung senden - Schritt für Schritt 7.04  5. Eine Antwort erhalten  23.05  6. Zusammenfassung der Schritte  13.09  7. Intelligenz und Bewusstsein der Tiere  8.46  8. und Instinkt 12.17  9. Vernunft  13.43  10. Bewusstsein  3.55  11. Sprache der Tiere  16.03  12. All-Einssein  15.32</description>
                  <author>Penelope Smith</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783946433842.mp3" length="874038" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473694</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783946433842.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:20:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundkurs: Tierkommunikation: Mit Tieren sprechen - So geht&amp;#039;s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Johannes Lubig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie Sie mit Ihren Haustieren und wild lebenden Tieren sprechen können, zeigt Ihnen Penelope Smith einfach und klar. Die Schritte dahin - 1. sich entspannen und öffnen, 2. dem Tier eine Mitteilung senden, 3. eine Antwort empfangen - werden exakt erklärt und mit einfachen Übungen vertieft. Teil 2 gibt tiefe Einblicke in Herz, Seele und Hirn unserer tierischen Gefährten und macht auf fesselnde Weise mit dem faszinierenden, komplexen Wesen &amp;#039;Tier&amp;#039; vertraut. Penelope Smith lehrt seit über 30 Jahren Tierkommunikation, ist international bekannt durch ihre Publikationen, u. a. ihr Hörbuch &amp;#039;Gespräche mit Delfinen&amp;#039;. 1. Wie man mit Tieren kommuniziert   6.42  2. Schritt 1 - sich entspannen und öffnen   11.00   3. Schritt 2 - eine Mitteilung senden  8.43  4. Mitteilung senden - Schritt für Schritt 7.04  5. Eine Antwort erhalten  23.05  6. Zusammenfassung der Schritte  13.09  7. Intelligenz und Bewusstsein der Tiere  8.46  8. und Instinkt 12.17  9. Vernunft  13.43  10. Bewusstsein  3.55  11. Sprache der Tiere  16.03  12. All-Einssein  15.32</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundkurs: Tierkommunikation: Mit Tieren sprechen - So geht&amp;#039;s!
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Johannes Lubig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie Sie mit Ihren Haustieren und wild lebenden Tieren sprechen können, zeigt Ihnen Penelope Smith einfach und klar. Die Schritte dahin - 1. sich entspannen und öffnen, 2. dem Tier eine Mitteilung senden, 3. eine Antwort empfangen - werden exakt erklärt und mit einfachen Übungen vertieft. Teil 2 gibt tiefe Einblicke in Herz, Seele und Hirn unserer tierischen Gefährten und macht auf fesselnde Weise mit dem faszinierenden, komplexen Wesen &amp;#039;Tier&amp;#039; vertraut. Penelope Smith lehrt seit über 30 Jahren Tierkommunikation, ist international bekannt durch ihre Publikationen, u. a. ihr Hörbuch &amp;#039;Gespräche mit Delfinen&amp;#039;. 1. Wie man mit Tieren kommuniziert   6.42  2. Schritt 1 - sich entspannen und öffnen   11.00   3. Schritt 2 - eine Mitteilung senden  8.43  4. Mitteilung senden - Schritt für Schritt 7.04  5. Eine Antwort erhalten  23.05  6. Zusammenfassung der Schritte  13.09  7. Intelligenz und Bewusstsein der Tiere  8.46  8. und Instinkt 12.17  9. Vernunft  13.43  10. Bewusstsein  3.55  11. Sprache der Tiere  16.03  12. All-Einssein  15.32</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Grundlagen des modernen Weinbaus: Hans Reiner Schultz erzählt by Klaus Sander, Hans Reiner Schultz</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473619</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundlagen des modernen Weinbaus: Hans Reiner Schultz erzählt
Author: Klaus Sander, Hans Reiner Schultz
Narrator: Hans Reiner Schultz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Inhalt: 01 Die Weinrebe 02 Klimatische Voraussetzungen 03 Weinbauzonen 04 Regionale Identität 05 Lehren aus der Reblauskatastrophe 06 Rebschnitt 07 Laubwandmanagement 08 Blütephase 09 Laubschnitt 10 Pilzkrankheiten 11 Pflanzenschutzmittel 12 Traubenbildung 13 Beerenentwicklung 14 Aromastoffgruppen 15 Traubenverarbeitung 16 Weinbereitung 17 Farbstabilität 18 Rotundone 19 Hefe 20 Schweflige Säure 21 Gärung 22 Reinzuchthefen 23 Ausbau im Holzfass 24 Ökologischer und biodynamischer Anbau 25 Terroir</description>
                  <author>Klaus Sander, Hans Reiner Schultz</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 15 Feb 2019 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863850258.mp3" length="920300" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473619</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863850258.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:17:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundlagen des modernen Weinbaus: Hans Reiner Schultz erzählt
Author: Klaus Sander, Hans Reiner Schultz
Narrator: Hans Reiner Schultz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Inhalt: 01 Die Weinrebe 02 Klimatische Voraussetzungen 03 Weinbauzonen 04 Regionale Identität 05 Lehren aus der Reblauskatastrophe 06 Rebschnitt 07 Laubwandmanagement 08 Blütephase 09 Laubschnitt 10 Pilzkrankheiten 11 Pflanzenschutzmittel 12 Traubenbildung 13 Beerenentwicklung 14 Aromastoffgruppen 15 Traubenverarbeitung 16 Weinbereitung 17 Farbstabilität 18 Rotundone 19 Hefe 20 Schweflige Säure 21 Gärung 22 Reinzuchthefen 23 Ausbau im Holzfass 24 Ökologischer und biodynamischer Anbau 25 Terroir</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundlagen des modernen Weinbaus: Hans Reiner Schultz erzählt
Author: Klaus Sander, Hans Reiner Schultz
Narrator: Hans Reiner Schultz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Inhalt: 01 Die Weinrebe 02 Klimatische Voraussetzungen 03 Weinbauzonen 04 Regionale Identität 05 Lehren aus der Reblauskatastrophe 06 Rebschnitt 07 Laubwandmanagement 08 Blütephase 09 Laubschnitt 10 Pilzkrankheiten 11 Pflanzenschutzmittel 12 Traubenbildung 13 Beerenentwicklung 14 Aromastoffgruppen 15 Traubenverarbeitung 16 Weinbereitung 17 Farbstabilität 18 Rotundone 19 Hefe 20 Schweflige Säure 21 Gärung 22 Reinzuchthefen 23 Ausbau im Holzfass 24 Ökologischer und biodynamischer Anbau 25 Terroir</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - HUNDESPIELE Das Hundebuch: 101 geniale Spiele für Hunde - Spielerische Hundeerziehung für Drinnen und Draußen inkl. Intelligenztraining: Die besten Beschäftigungen für den Hund by Jonathan Lehmann</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473274</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - HUNDESPIELE Das Hundebuch: 101 geniale Spiele für Hunde - Spielerische Hundeerziehung für Drinnen und Draußen inkl. Intelligenztraining: Die besten Beschäftigungen für den Hund
Author: Jonathan Lehmann
Narrator: Eduard Janzen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Beste für Ihren Hund! Der Hund gilt nicht umsonst als bester Freund des Menschen! Es ist wissenschaftlich erwiesen, dass Hunde zu den sozialsten Tieren überhaupt gehören. Daher ist es besonders wichtig, dem Hund mit genügend Zuwendung und Aufmerksamkeit gegenüber zu treten. Am besten gelingt das mit Hundespielen: Denn ein Hund braucht nicht nur Bewegung, er will auch gefordert werden! Das gilt auch insbesondere für die kognitiven Fähigkeiten. Hunde verfügen nämlich über eine enorme Gedächtnisleistung, die es stetig zu fördern gilt. Dabei richtet sich dieses Hörbuch an alle, die: •einen Hund besitzen •Ihren Hund glücklich machen wollen •Selber neue spaßige Spiele mit dem Hund spielen möchten Spiele perfekt für die Praxis! Der Autor Jonathan Lehmann kennt sich bestens mit Hunden aus. Er wuchs in einem kleinen Dorf in der Nähe von Hannover auf und ist schon seit der frühen Kindheit bestens mit Hunden vertraut. In diesem Buch zeigt er Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, wie Sie eine einzigartige Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufbauen können. Lassen Sie sich überraschen! Egal ob Schnüffelspiele, Denkspiele oder Laufspiele – in diesem Buch erhalten Sie wirklich Alles, worüber sich der Vierbeiner freut! Spielerische Hundeerziehung Neben dem Spaßfaktor, werden in diesem Hörbuch auch die Themen Lernen und Hundeerziehung aufgeführt. Dabei erfahren Sie: ✅ Die Körpersprache und Mimik des Hundes ✅ Hundetraining, das direkt umsetzbar ist ✅ Welche Beschäftigungen für Hunde am besten geeignet sind ✅ Wie Hundeerziehung spielerisch gelingt ✅ Intelligenztraining für den Hund ✅ Wie Sie eine unvergleichliche Beziehung zu ihrem Hund aufbauen ✅ Wie Sie Ihren Hund auch körperlich fit halten Also worauf warten Sie noch? Mit den Hundespielen aus diesem Hörbuch sind Spaß, Spannung und Action garantiert! Dieses Hörbuch ist übrigens auch eine super Geschenkidee für jeden Hundeliebhaber und Hundehalter!</description>
                  <author>Jonathan Lehmann</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066572761.mp3" length="841753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473274</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066572761.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:10:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - HUNDESPIELE Das Hundebuch: 101 geniale Spiele für Hunde - Spielerische Hundeerziehung für Drinnen und Draußen inkl. Intelligenztraining: Die besten Beschäftigungen für den Hund
Author: Jonathan Lehmann
Narrator: Eduard Janzen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Beste für Ihren Hund! Der Hund gilt nicht umsonst als bester Freund des Menschen! Es ist wissenschaftlich erwiesen, dass Hunde zu den sozialsten Tieren überhaupt gehören. Daher ist es besonders wichtig, dem Hund mit genügend Zuwendung und Aufmerksamkeit gegenüber zu treten. Am besten gelingt das mit Hundespielen: Denn ein Hund braucht nicht nur Bewegung, er will auch gefordert werden! Das gilt auch insbesondere für die kognitiven Fähigkeiten. Hunde verfügen nämlich über eine enorme Gedächtnisleistung, die es stetig zu fördern gilt. Dabei richtet sich dieses Hörbuch an alle, die: •einen Hund besitzen •Ihren Hund glücklich machen wollen •Selber neue spaßige Spiele mit dem Hund spielen möchten Spiele perfekt für die Praxis! Der Autor Jonathan Lehmann kennt sich bestens mit Hunden aus. Er wuchs in einem kleinen Dorf in der Nähe von Hannover auf und ist schon seit der frühen Kindheit bestens mit Hunden vertraut. In diesem Buch zeigt er Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, wie Sie eine einzigartige Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufbauen können. Lassen Sie sich überraschen! Egal ob Schnüffelspiele, Denkspiele oder Laufspiele – in diesem Buch erhalten Sie wirklich Alles, worüber sich der Vierbeiner freut! Spielerische Hundeerziehung Neben dem Spaßfaktor, werden in diesem Hörbuch auch die Themen Lernen und Hundeerziehung aufgeführt. Dabei erfahren Sie: ✅ Die Körpersprache und Mimik des Hundes ✅ Hundetraining, das direkt umsetzbar ist ✅ Welche Beschäftigungen für Hunde am besten geeignet sind ✅ Wie Hundeerziehung spielerisch gelingt ✅ Intelligenztraining für den Hund ✅ Wie Sie eine unvergleichliche Beziehung zu ihrem Hund aufbauen ✅ Wie Sie Ihren Hund auch körperlich fit halten Also worauf warten Sie noch? Mit den Hundespielen aus diesem Hörbuch sind Spaß, Spannung und Action garantiert! Dieses Hörbuch ist übrigens auch eine super Geschenkidee für jeden Hundeliebhaber und Hundehalter!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - HUNDESPIELE Das Hundebuch: 101 geniale Spiele für Hunde - Spielerische Hundeerziehung für Drinnen und Draußen inkl. Intelligenztraining: Die besten Beschäftigungen für den Hund
Author: Jonathan Lehmann
Narrator: Eduard Janzen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Beste für Ihren Hund! Der Hund gilt nicht umsonst als bester Freund des Menschen! Es ist wissenschaftlich erwiesen, dass Hunde zu den sozialsten Tieren überhaupt gehören. Daher ist es besonders wichtig, dem Hund mit genügend Zuwendung und Aufmerksamkeit gegenüber zu treten. Am besten gelingt das mit Hundespielen: Denn ein Hund braucht nicht nur Bewegung, er will auch gefordert werden! Das gilt auch insbesondere für die kognitiven Fähigkeiten. Hunde verfügen nämlich über eine enorme Gedächtnisleistung, die es stetig zu fördern gilt. Dabei richtet sich dieses Hörbuch an alle, die: •einen Hund besitzen •Ihren Hund glücklich machen wollen •Selber neue spaßige Spiele mit dem Hund spielen möchten Spiele perfekt für die Praxis! Der Autor Jonathan Lehmann kennt sich bestens mit Hunden aus. Er wuchs in einem kleinen Dorf in der Nähe von Hannover auf und ist schon seit der frühen Kindheit bestens mit Hunden vertraut. In diesem Buch zeigt er Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, wie Sie eine einzigartige Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufbauen können. Lassen Sie sich überraschen! Egal ob Schnüffelspiele, Denkspiele oder Laufspiele – in diesem Buch erhalten Sie wirklich Alles, worüber sich der Vierbeiner freut! Spielerische Hundeerziehung Neben dem Spaßfaktor, werden in diesem Hörbuch auch die Themen Lernen und Hundeerziehung aufgeführt. Dabei erfahren Sie: ✅ Die Körpersprache und Mimik des Hundes ✅ Hundetraining, das direkt umsetzbar ist ✅ Welche Beschäftigungen für Hunde am besten geeignet sind ✅ Wie Hundeerziehung spielerisch gelingt ✅ Intelligenztraining für den Hund ✅ Wie Sie eine unvergleichliche Beziehung zu ihrem Hund aufbauen ✅ Wie Sie Ihren Hund auch körperlich fit halten Also worauf warten Sie noch? Mit den Hundespielen aus diesem Hörbuch sind Spaß, Spannung und Action garantiert! Dieses Hörbuch ist übrigens auch eine super Geschenkidee für jeden Hundeliebhaber und Hundehalter!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Der Ruf der rosa Delfine: Wie die schlauen Säugetiere uns in die letzten Geheimnisse des bedrohten Amazonas einweihen by Sy Montgomery</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472918</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Ruf der rosa Delfine: Wie die schlauen Säugetiere uns in die letzten Geheimnisse des bedrohten Amazonas einweihen
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Beate Himmelstoß
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sy Montgomery ist mit ihrem Bestseller &amp;#039;Rendezvous mit einem Oktopus&amp;#039; in die erste Liga der Nature Writer vorgestoßen, auch in Deutschland. Doch nicht nur Oktopoden liegen der Naturforscherin und Autorin am Herzen – sie hat für viele faszinierende Kreaturen Leib und Leben riskiert, aber insbesondere für die rosa Amazonas-Delfine. Viermal ist sie ins Amazonas-Delta gereist, um ihnen auf die Spur zu kommen, wurde von Ameisen gebissen, teilte mit Spinnen das Quartier und schwamm mit Piranhas. Schnell wird ihr klar: Man kann den rosa Delfin nicht erfassen, wenn man nicht begreift, wo er in der Evolution steht und welche Rolle er im Ökosystem Regenwald spielt – es ranken sich zahlreiche Mythen um die &amp;#039;Botos&amp;#039;, die Amazonas-Bewohner verehren und fürchten sie. Sy Montgomery begegnet allen auf Augenhöhe: Den &amp;#039;Indigenas&amp;#039;, die mit dem ständigen Schwund ihres Lebensraumes ringen müssen, den Forscher*innen, die ihr Leben dem Studium des Amazonas-Deltas gewidmet haben, und nicht zuletzt den Tieren und Pflanzen der Region. Ihre Liebe zu den Geheimnissen unserer Natur ist ansteckend – und in Zeiten des Klimawandels notwendiger denn je!</description>
                  <author>Sy Montgomery</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066671556.mp3" length="873499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472918</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066671556.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:52:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Ruf der rosa Delfine: Wie die schlauen Säugetiere uns in die letzten Geheimnisse des bedrohten Amazonas einweihen
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Beate Himmelstoß
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sy Montgomery ist mit ihrem Bestseller &amp;#039;Rendezvous mit einem Oktopus&amp;#039; in die erste Liga der Nature Writer vorgestoßen, auch in Deutschland. Doch nicht nur Oktopoden liegen der Naturforscherin und Autorin am Herzen – sie hat für viele faszinierende Kreaturen Leib und Leben riskiert, aber insbesondere für die rosa Amazonas-Delfine. Viermal ist sie ins Amazonas-Delta gereist, um ihnen auf die Spur zu kommen, wurde von Ameisen gebissen, teilte mit Spinnen das Quartier und schwamm mit Piranhas. Schnell wird ihr klar: Man kann den rosa Delfin nicht erfassen, wenn man nicht begreift, wo er in der Evolution steht und welche Rolle er im Ökosystem Regenwald spielt – es ranken sich zahlreiche Mythen um die &amp;#039;Botos&amp;#039;, die Amazonas-Bewohner verehren und fürchten sie. Sy Montgomery begegnet allen auf Augenhöhe: Den &amp;#039;Indigenas&amp;#039;, die mit dem ständigen Schwund ihres Lebensraumes ringen müssen, den Forscher*innen, die ihr Leben dem Studium des Amazonas-Deltas gewidmet haben, und nicht zuletzt den Tieren und Pflanzen der Region. Ihre Liebe zu den Geheimnissen unserer Natur ist ansteckend – und in Zeiten des Klimawandels notwendiger denn je!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Ruf der rosa Delfine: Wie die schlauen Säugetiere uns in die letzten Geheimnisse des bedrohten Amazonas einweihen
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Beate Himmelstoß
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sy Montgomery ist mit ihrem Bestseller &amp;#039;Rendezvous mit einem Oktopus&amp;#039; in die erste Liga der Nature Writer vorgestoßen, auch in Deutschland. Doch nicht nur Oktopoden liegen der Naturforscherin und Autorin am Herzen – sie hat für viele faszinierende Kreaturen Leib und Leben riskiert, aber insbesondere für die rosa Amazonas-Delfine. Viermal ist sie ins Amazonas-Delta gereist, um ihnen auf die Spur zu kommen, wurde von Ameisen gebissen, teilte mit Spinnen das Quartier und schwamm mit Piranhas. Schnell wird ihr klar: Man kann den rosa Delfin nicht erfassen, wenn man nicht begreift, wo er in der Evolution steht und welche Rolle er im Ökosystem Regenwald spielt – es ranken sich zahlreiche Mythen um die &amp;#039;Botos&amp;#039;, die Amazonas-Bewohner verehren und fürchten sie. Sy Montgomery begegnet allen auf Augenhöhe: Den &amp;#039;Indigenas&amp;#039;, die mit dem ständigen Schwund ihres Lebensraumes ringen müssen, den Forscher*innen, die ihr Leben dem Studium des Amazonas-Deltas gewidmet haben, und nicht zuletzt den Tieren und Pflanzen der Region. Ihre Liebe zu den Geheimnissen unserer Natur ist ansteckend – und in Zeiten des Klimawandels notwendiger denn je!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Das Auerhuhn: Peter Berthold erzählt by Peter Berthold, Klaus Sander</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472579</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Auerhuhn: Peter Berthold erzählt
Author: Peter Berthold, Klaus Sander
Narrator: Peter Berthold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 52 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
01 Tetrao urogallus: Pferd des Waldes 02 Geschlechtsdimorphismus: Hahn und Henne 03 Lebensraum Märchenwald 04 Das Auerhuhn als Schirmart 05 Der Rest vom Schützenfest 06 Ernährung im Winter 07 Die Balz 08 Balztolle Hähne 09 Satelliten-Telemetrie 10 Genetik 11 Infraschall 12 In der Voliere 13 Schutz des Auerhuhns Feldaufnahmen: 14 Balzgesang Hahn 15 Henne am Boden 16 Henne im Baumwipfel 17 Henne im Flug 18 Rackelhuhn (Hybride zwischen Auerhuhn und Birkhuhn) 19 Kampf zweier Hähne 20 Balztoller Hahn</description>
                  <author>Peter Berthold, Klaus Sander</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 15 Feb 2019 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863850197.mp3" length="937248" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472579</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863850197.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:52:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Auerhuhn: Peter Berthold erzählt
Author: Peter Berthold, Klaus Sander
Narrator: Peter Berthold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 52 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
01 Tetrao urogallus: Pferd des Waldes 02 Geschlechtsdimorphismus: Hahn und Henne 03 Lebensraum Märchenwald 04 Das Auerhuhn als Schirmart 05 Der Rest vom Schützenfest 06 Ernährung im Winter 07 Die Balz 08 Balztolle Hähne 09 Satelliten-Telemetrie 10 Genetik 11 Infraschall 12 In der Voliere 13 Schutz des Auerhuhns Feldaufnahmen: 14 Balzgesang Hahn 15 Henne am Boden 16 Henne im Baumwipfel 17 Henne im Flug 18 Rackelhuhn (Hybride zwischen Auerhuhn und Birkhuhn) 19 Kampf zweier Hähne 20 Balztoller Hahn</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Auerhuhn: Peter Berthold erzählt
Author: Peter Berthold, Klaus Sander
Narrator: Peter Berthold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 52 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
01 Tetrao urogallus: Pferd des Waldes 02 Geschlechtsdimorphismus: Hahn und Henne 03 Lebensraum Märchenwald 04 Das Auerhuhn als Schirmart 05 Der Rest vom Schützenfest 06 Ernährung im Winter 07 Die Balz 08 Balztolle Hähne 09 Satelliten-Telemetrie 10 Genetik 11 Infraschall 12 In der Voliere 13 Schutz des Auerhuhns Feldaufnahmen: 14 Balzgesang Hahn 15 Henne am Boden 16 Henne im Baumwipfel 17 Henne im Flug 18 Rackelhuhn (Hybride zwischen Auerhuhn und Birkhuhn) 19 Kampf zweier Hähne 20 Balztoller Hahn</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Die Seele der Tiere: Zwei Originalvorträge by Adolf Portmann, Konrad Lorenz</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471929</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Seele der Tiere: Zwei Originalvorträge
Author: Adolf Portmann, Konrad Lorenz
Narrator: Adolf Portmann, Konrad Lorenz
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
1 | Konrad Lorenz: Moralanaloges Verhalten geselliger Tiere Sendung: 16.10.1955, SWF  Bei Tieren in geselligen Verbänden sind Verhaltensweisen etabliert, die reflektorisch Aggression hemmen und ihrer Funktion nach dem moralischen Verhalten analog sind. Tieren kann jedoch kein Grundcharakter zugeschrieben werden, - der Fuchs als raubgierig und verschlagen beispielsweise -, vielmehr geht es um instinkthafte Reaktionsweisen, die innerhalb des Verbands differenziert wirken. Bei Rhesusaffen ist die aggressive Ausgrenzung von Rivalen zugelassen, befindet er sich jedoch in Lebensgefahr, eilt ihm die Gruppe zu Hilfe. Bei Kolkraben ist zu beobachten, dass die Ausbildung einer gefährlichen Bewaffnung, ihres Schnabels, mit einer ebenso starken Hemmung, ihn einzusetzen, einher geht. Die Demutshaltung von Hunden schließlich löst eine starke Tötungshemmung aus und beendet den Kampf der Rivalen unblutig. Wird diese Aggressionshemmung versehentlich durchbrochen, so führt diese Übertretung zu einer Neurose. Auch im Menschen finden sich solche gefühlsmäßigen Reaktionen, die einer Tötung entgegenstehen. Damit wird deutlich, wie hoch der Aufwand ist, solche Gefühle im modernen Krieg zu unterdrücken. 2 | Adolf Portmann: Haben Tiere eine Seele? Sendung: 28.05.1967, SDR Tiere haben ein reiches Innenleben, sie fühlen, haben Stimmungen, nehmen wahr und handeln, man muss ihnen eine Seele zusprechen. Jedoch zeigt sich, dass je nach Kultur und historischer Situation diese Frage nach einer Tierseele völlig unterschiedlich beantwortet wird. In unserer religiösen Tradition ist der Begriff der Seele mit unsterblich konnotiert. Hieraus ergeben sich die Schwierigkeiten um eine Auffassung vom Tier, die sich ausschließlich an einem allgemeinen Begriff des Lebendigen orientiert. Die Struktureinheit des Lebendigen erweist sich zwar immer wieder als schlüssig, allerdings bleiben die Regungen der Tiere weitgehend verborgen und erschließen sich nur auf Umwegen. Hier leistet die moderne Verhaltensforschung Erhebliches, weitab vom Spekulativen verfährt sie streng naturwissenschaftlich. In biologischen Experimenten hat Karl von Frisch beispielsweise die Farbwahrnehmung von Bienen erwiesen und von der menschlichen differenziert. Tierisches Erleben wird damit zur Gewissheit. Auch in der Ergründung der Intimität von Tieren zeigt sich, dass das Paarungsverhalten über das Geschlechtliche weit hinaus geht. Die Auslese ist individuell, es gibt Zu- und Abneigung, die eine Beziehung stiften. Die Vermenschlichung darf nur im kritischen Sinne verwendet werden, als Bezugspunkt und Kontrastfolie.</description>
                  <author>Adolf Portmann, Konrad Lorenz</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jun 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664397690.mp3" length="869145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471929</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664397690.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:55:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Seele der Tiere: Zwei Originalvorträge
Author: Adolf Portmann, Konrad Lorenz
Narrator: Adolf Portmann, Konrad Lorenz
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
1 | Konrad Lorenz: Moralanaloges Verhalten geselliger Tiere Sendung: 16.10.1955, SWF  Bei Tieren in geselligen Verbänden sind Verhaltensweisen etabliert, die reflektorisch Aggression hemmen und ihrer Funktion nach dem moralischen Verhalten analog sind. Tieren kann jedoch kein Grundcharakter zugeschrieben werden, - der Fuchs als raubgierig und verschlagen beispielsweise -, vielmehr geht es um instinkthafte Reaktionsweisen, die innerhalb des Verbands differenziert wirken. Bei Rhesusaffen ist die aggressive Ausgrenzung von Rivalen zugelassen, befindet er sich jedoch in Lebensgefahr, eilt ihm die Gruppe zu Hilfe. Bei Kolkraben ist zu beobachten, dass die Ausbildung einer gefährlichen Bewaffnung, ihres Schnabels, mit einer ebenso starken Hemmung, ihn einzusetzen, einher geht. Die Demutshaltung von Hunden schließlich löst eine starke Tötungshemmung aus und beendet den Kampf der Rivalen unblutig. Wird diese Aggressionshemmung versehentlich durchbrochen, so führt diese Übertretung zu einer Neurose. Auch im Menschen finden sich solche gefühlsmäßigen Reaktionen, die einer Tötung entgegenstehen. Damit wird deutlich, wie hoch der Aufwand ist, solche Gefühle im modernen Krieg zu unterdrücken. 2 | Adolf Portmann: Haben Tiere eine Seele? Sendung: 28.05.1967, SDR Tiere haben ein reiches Innenleben, sie fühlen, haben Stimmungen, nehmen wahr und handeln, man muss ihnen eine Seele zusprechen. Jedoch zeigt sich, dass je nach Kultur und historischer Situation diese Frage nach einer Tierseele völlig unterschiedlich beantwortet wird. In unserer religiösen Tradition ist der Begriff der Seele mit unsterblich konnotiert. Hieraus ergeben sich die Schwierigkeiten um eine Auffassung vom Tier, die sich ausschließlich an einem allgemeinen Begriff des Lebendigen orientiert. Die Struktureinheit des Lebendigen erweist sich zwar immer wieder als schlüssig, allerdings bleiben die Regungen der Tiere weitgehend verborgen und erschließen sich nur auf Umwegen. Hier leistet die moderne Verhaltensforschung Erhebliches, weitab vom Spekulativen verfährt sie streng naturwissenschaftlich. In biologischen Experimenten hat Karl von Frisch beispielsweise die Farbwahrnehmung von Bienen erwiesen und von der menschlichen differenziert. Tierisches Erleben wird damit zur Gewissheit. Auch in der Ergründung der Intimität von Tieren zeigt sich, dass das Paarungsverhalten über das Geschlechtliche weit hinaus geht. Die Auslese ist individuell, es gibt Zu- und Abneigung, die eine Beziehung stiften. Die Vermenschlichung darf nur im kritischen Sinne verwendet werden, als Bezugspunkt und Kontrastfolie.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Seele der Tiere: Zwei Originalvorträge
Author: Adolf Portmann, Konrad Lorenz
Narrator: Adolf Portmann, Konrad Lorenz
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
1 | Konrad Lorenz: Moralanaloges Verhalten geselliger Tiere Sendung: 16.10.1955, SWF  Bei Tieren in geselligen Verbänden sind Verhaltensweisen etabliert, die reflektorisch Aggression hemmen und ihrer Funktion nach dem moralischen Verhalten analog sind. Tieren kann jedoch kein Grundcharakter zugeschrieben werden, - der Fuchs als raubgierig und verschlagen beispielsweise -, vielmehr geht es um instinkthafte Reaktionsweisen, die innerhalb des Verbands differenziert wirken. Bei Rhesusaffen ist die aggressive Ausgrenzung von Rivalen zugelassen, befindet er sich jedoch in Lebensgefahr, eilt ihm die Gruppe zu Hilfe. Bei Kolkraben ist zu beobachten, dass die Ausbildung einer gefährlichen Bewaffnung, ihres Schnabels, mit einer ebenso starken Hemmung, ihn einzusetzen, einher geht. Die Demutshaltung von Hunden schließlich löst eine starke Tötungshemmung aus und beendet den Kampf der Rivalen unblutig. Wird diese Aggressionshemmung versehentlich durchbrochen, so führt diese Übertretung zu einer Neurose. Auch im Menschen finden sich solche gefühlsmäßigen Reaktionen, die einer Tötung entgegenstehen. Damit wird deutlich, wie hoch der Aufwand ist, solche Gefühle im modernen Krieg zu unterdrücken. 2 | Adolf Portmann: Haben Tiere eine Seele? Sendung: 28.05.1967, SDR Tiere haben ein reiches Innenleben, sie fühlen, haben Stimmungen, nehmen wahr und handeln, man muss ihnen eine Seele zusprechen. Jedoch zeigt sich, dass je nach Kultur und historischer Situation diese Frage nach einer Tierseele völlig unterschiedlich beantwortet wird. In unserer religiösen Tradition ist der Begriff der Seele mit unsterblich konnotiert. Hieraus ergeben sich die Schwierigkeiten um eine Auffassung vom Tier, die sich ausschließlich an einem allgemeinen Begriff des Lebendigen orientiert. Die Struktureinheit des Lebendigen erweist sich zwar immer wieder als schlüssig, allerdings bleiben die Regungen der Tiere weitgehend verborgen und erschließen sich nur auf Umwegen. Hier leistet die moderne Verhaltensforschung Erhebliches, weitab vom Spekulativen verfährt sie streng naturwissenschaftlich. In biologischen Experimenten hat Karl von Frisch beispielsweise die Farbwahrnehmung von Bienen erwiesen und von der menschlichen differenziert. Tierisches Erleben wird damit zur Gewissheit. Auch in der Ergründung der Intimität von Tieren zeigt sich, dass das Paarungsverhalten über das Geschlechtliche weit hinaus geht. Die Auslese ist individuell, es gibt Zu- und Abneigung, die eine Beziehung stiften. Die Vermenschlichung darf nur im kritischen Sinne verwendet werden, als Bezugspunkt und Kontrastfolie.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Was der Erde droht und was wir tun können: Der Plan gegen die Klimakatastrophe by Der Spiegel</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471579</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Was der Erde droht und was wir tun können: Der Plan gegen die Klimakatastrophe
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Der Spiegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Meeresspiegel steigt unaufhaltsam, für den Weltklimarat hat die Sintflut bereits begonnen. Was heißt das für die Menschheit? Was erwartet die Küsten, was kann man tun, um Häfen, Häuser, Inseln zu retten? Wie sollen wir künftig leben? Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 49/2018.</description>
                  <author>Der Spiegel</author>
                  <pubDate>Sat, 01 Dec 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664473127.mp3" length="887794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471579</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664473127.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:58:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Was der Erde droht und was wir tun können: Der Plan gegen die Klimakatastrophe
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Der Spiegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Meeresspiegel steigt unaufhaltsam, für den Weltklimarat hat die Sintflut bereits begonnen. Was heißt das für die Menschheit? Was erwartet die Küsten, was kann man tun, um Häfen, Häuser, Inseln zu retten? Wie sollen wir künftig leben? Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 49/2018.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Was der Erde droht und was wir tun können: Der Plan gegen die Klimakatastrophe
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Der Spiegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Meeresspiegel steigt unaufhaltsam, für den Weltklimarat hat die Sintflut bereits begonnen. Was heißt das für die Menschheit? Was erwartet die Küsten, was kann man tun, um Häfen, Häuser, Inseln zu retten? Wie sollen wir künftig leben? Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 49/2018.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Das blaue Wunder: Warum der Mensch die Meere retten muss by Der Spiegel</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470916</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das blaue Wunder: Warum der Mensch die Meere retten muss
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Meer ist Sehnsuchtsort, Sinnbild der Unendlichkeit. Die Ozeane schenken dem Planeten das Leben. Doch in dem großen Blau wütet der Mensch, er vernichtet die Fische, verklappt seinen Müll und befeuert den todbringenden Klimawandel. Was tun? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 33/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
                  <author>Der Spiegel</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 12 Aug 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664060280.mp3" length="878124" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470916</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664060280.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:48:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das blaue Wunder: Warum der Mensch die Meere retten muss
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Meer ist Sehnsuchtsort, Sinnbild der Unendlichkeit. Die Ozeane schenken dem Planeten das Leben. Doch in dem großen Blau wütet der Mensch, er vernichtet die Fische, verklappt seinen Müll und befeuert den todbringenden Klimawandel. Was tun? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 33/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das blaue Wunder: Warum der Mensch die Meere retten muss
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Meer ist Sehnsuchtsort, Sinnbild der Unendlichkeit. Die Ozeane schenken dem Planeten das Leben. Doch in dem großen Blau wütet der Mensch, er vernichtet die Fische, verklappt seinen Müll und befeuert den todbringenden Klimawandel. Was tun? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 33/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Sounds of Nature - Die Hirschbrunft by Thomas Kommer, Gerhard Lischka</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470809</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sounds of Nature - Die Hirschbrunft
Author: Thomas Kommer, Gerhard Lischka
Narrator: Christian Brückner
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2005
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das etwas andere Hörbuch. Eine überraschende Audio-Dokumentation mit authentischen und zugleich meditativen Naturaufnahmen von gurgelnden, röhrenden und brunftenden Hirschen - einzigartig, spannend und sehr unterhaltsam kommentiert von Christian Brückner.  Kult-Charakter! Nicht nur für Hirschforscher, Förster und Zoologen! Holen Sie sich dieses atmosphärisch dichte und einmalige Naturerlebnis in Ihr Wohnzimmer, ins Auto oder direkt auf Ihren mp3-Player und machen Sie sich mit den Machern des Hörspiels durch nebelige Wälder auf die Suche nach der &amp;#039;Hirschbrunft&amp;#039;.</description>
                  <author>Thomas Kommer, Gerhard Lischka</author>
                  <pubDate>Sat, 01 Oct 2005 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198013717.mp3" length="943153" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470809</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198013717.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:27:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sounds of Nature - Die Hirschbrunft
Author: Thomas Kommer, Gerhard Lischka
Narrator: Christian Brückner
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2005
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das etwas andere Hörbuch. Eine überraschende Audio-Dokumentation mit authentischen und zugleich meditativen Naturaufnahmen von gurgelnden, röhrenden und brunftenden Hirschen - einzigartig, spannend und sehr unterhaltsam kommentiert von Christian Brückner.  Kult-Charakter! Nicht nur für Hirschforscher, Förster und Zoologen! Holen Sie sich dieses atmosphärisch dichte und einmalige Naturerlebnis in Ihr Wohnzimmer, ins Auto oder direkt auf Ihren mp3-Player und machen Sie sich mit den Machern des Hörspiels durch nebelige Wälder auf die Suche nach der &amp;#039;Hirschbrunft&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sounds of Nature - Die Hirschbrunft
Author: Thomas Kommer, Gerhard Lischka
Narrator: Christian Brückner
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2005
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das etwas andere Hörbuch. Eine überraschende Audio-Dokumentation mit authentischen und zugleich meditativen Naturaufnahmen von gurgelnden, röhrenden und brunftenden Hirschen - einzigartig, spannend und sehr unterhaltsam kommentiert von Christian Brückner.  Kult-Charakter! Nicht nur für Hirschforscher, Förster und Zoologen! Holen Sie sich dieses atmosphärisch dichte und einmalige Naturerlebnis in Ihr Wohnzimmer, ins Auto oder direkt auf Ihren mp3-Player und machen Sie sich mit den Machern des Hörspiels durch nebelige Wälder auf die Suche nach der &amp;#039;Hirschbrunft&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Der Sommer, der nie endet: Wie der Klimawandel bereits heute unser Leben verändert by Der Spiegel</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470754</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Sommer, der nie endet: Wie der Klimawandel bereits heute unser Leben verändert
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sommer 2018 - Deutschland im meteorologischen Ausnahmezustand. Die meisten Menschen genießen den Sommer ihres Lebens, andere jedoch leiden unter Hitze und Trockenheit. Die Deutschen bekommen eine Ahnung, wie der Klimawandel ihr Leben verändern könnte. Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 32/2018.</description>
                  <author>Der Spiegel</author>
                  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Aug 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664446145.mp3" length="906816" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470754</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664446145.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:36:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Sommer, der nie endet: Wie der Klimawandel bereits heute unser Leben verändert
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sommer 2018 - Deutschland im meteorologischen Ausnahmezustand. Die meisten Menschen genießen den Sommer ihres Lebens, andere jedoch leiden unter Hitze und Trockenheit. Die Deutschen bekommen eine Ahnung, wie der Klimawandel ihr Leben verändern könnte. Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 32/2018.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Sommer, der nie endet: Wie der Klimawandel bereits heute unser Leben verändert
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sommer 2018 - Deutschland im meteorologischen Ausnahmezustand. Die meisten Menschen genießen den Sommer ihres Lebens, andere jedoch leiden unter Hitze und Trockenheit. Die Deutschen bekommen eine Ahnung, wie der Klimawandel ihr Leben verändern könnte. Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 32/2018.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Angeblich beste Freunde: Haustiere by Der Spiegel</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470473</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Angeblich beste Freunde: Haustiere
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Annalena Schmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2017
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jung ist Psy­cho­lo­ge, Be­sit­zer drei­er Hun­de und in sei­ner Frei­zeit Hun­de­for­scher. Ge­mein­sam mit sei­ner Part­ne­rin Da­nie­la Pörtl, ei­ner Ärz­tin, ver­fasst er Fach­ar­ti­kel, die bei­den rei­sen re­gel­mä­ßig zu Kyno­lo­gie­kon­gres­sen. Ihr For­scher­inter­es­se gilt der Be­zie­hung zwi­schen Hund und Hal­ter so­wie der Jahr­tau­sen­de wäh­ren­den ge­mein­sa­men Evo­lu­ti­on des Men­schen und sei­nes treu­es­ten Ge­fähr­ten. Ihre Mis­si­on: die Auf­klä­rung über die gru­se­li­gen Aus­wüch­se der mo­der­nen Ras­se­hun­de­zucht. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 11/2017. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit SPIEGEL TV. ©2017 SPIEGEL-Verlag Rudolf Augstein GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG (P)Carli Davidson</description>
                  <author>Der Spiegel</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jun 2017 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664075727.mp3" length="608262" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470473</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664075727.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Angeblich beste Freunde: Haustiere
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Annalena Schmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2017
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jung ist Psy­cho­lo­ge, Be­sit­zer drei­er Hun­de und in sei­ner Frei­zeit Hun­de­for­scher. Ge­mein­sam mit sei­ner Part­ne­rin Da­nie­la Pörtl, ei­ner Ärz­tin, ver­fasst er Fach­ar­ti­kel, die bei­den rei­sen re­gel­mä­ßig zu Kyno­lo­gie­kon­gres­sen. Ihr For­scher­inter­es­se gilt der Be­zie­hung zwi­schen Hund und Hal­ter so­wie der Jahr­tau­sen­de wäh­ren­den ge­mein­sa­men Evo­lu­ti­on des Men­schen und sei­nes treu­es­ten Ge­fähr­ten. Ihre Mis­si­on: die Auf­klä­rung über die gru­se­li­gen Aus­wüch­se der mo­der­nen Ras­se­hun­de­zucht. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 11/2017. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit SPIEGEL TV. ©2017 SPIEGEL-Verlag Rudolf Augstein GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG (P)Carli Davidson</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Angeblich beste Freunde: Haustiere
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Annalena Schmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2017
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jung ist Psy­cho­lo­ge, Be­sit­zer drei­er Hun­de und in sei­ner Frei­zeit Hun­de­for­scher. Ge­mein­sam mit sei­ner Part­ne­rin Da­nie­la Pörtl, ei­ner Ärz­tin, ver­fasst er Fach­ar­ti­kel, die bei­den rei­sen re­gel­mä­ßig zu Kyno­lo­gie­kon­gres­sen. Ihr For­scher­inter­es­se gilt der Be­zie­hung zwi­schen Hund und Hal­ter so­wie der Jahr­tau­sen­de wäh­ren­den ge­mein­sa­men Evo­lu­ti­on des Men­schen und sei­nes treu­es­ten Ge­fähr­ten. Ihre Mis­si­on: die Auf­klä­rung über die gru­se­li­gen Aus­wüch­se der mo­der­nen Ras­se­hun­de­zucht. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 11/2017. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit SPIEGEL TV. ©2017 SPIEGEL-Verlag Rudolf Augstein GmbH &amp;amp; Co. KG (P)Carli Davidson</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Umwelt: Inseln des Lichts: Großversuch im Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald by Der Spiegel</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470337</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Umwelt: Inseln des Lichts: Großversuch im Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Großversuch im Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald zeigt: Auch in einem Nutzwald ist ein erstaunlicher Reichtum an Pilzen, Insekten und Fledermäusen möglich - wenn man ausgewählte Bäume tötet. Das Vorbild: der gefräßige Borkenkäfer. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 34/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
                  <author>Der Spiegel</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 19 Aug 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664060419.mp3" length="589802" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470337</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664060419.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:18:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Umwelt: Inseln des Lichts: Großversuch im Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Großversuch im Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald zeigt: Auch in einem Nutzwald ist ein erstaunlicher Reichtum an Pilzen, Insekten und Fledermäusen möglich - wenn man ausgewählte Bäume tötet. Das Vorbild: der gefräßige Borkenkäfer. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 34/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Umwelt: Inseln des Lichts: Großversuch im Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Großversuch im Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald zeigt: Auch in einem Nutzwald ist ein erstaunlicher Reichtum an Pilzen, Insekten und Fledermäusen möglich - wenn man ausgewählte Bäume tötet. Das Vorbild: der gefräßige Borkenkäfer. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 34/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[French] - Vagues océaniques apaisantes: déconnecter et se détendre au son de la mer: Océan, vagues de l&amp;#039;océan, vagues de la mer, plage, sons de la mer by Yella A. Deeken</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470111</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Vagues océaniques apaisantes: déconnecter et se détendre au son de la mer: Océan, vagues de l&amp;#039;océan, vagues de la mer, plage, sons de la mer
Author: Yella A. Deeken
Narrator: Emmanuel Teillet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Le pouvoir des vagues et le sentiment d&amp;#039;espace infini ont toujours fasciné l&amp;#039;humanité. Plongez dans un monde de relaxation sans limites. Vivez la mer comme pendant vos nuits de vacances étoilées. Choisissez un lieu tranquille où vous pourrez vous détendre profondément et vous reposer complètement.  Les &amp;#039; vagues océaniques apaisantes &amp;#039; ont été enregistrées sur des plages isolées de la mer Baltique, de Corse et de Tanzanie. En raison de la technologie d&amp;#039;enregistrement de pointe et d&amp;#039;une excellente fidélité, les enregistrements sont parfaitement adaptés à la détente et au sommeil, pour une utilisation dans le domaine du bien-être et de la méditation, pour la radio/le cinéma/la télévision ou comme musique de fond douce. L&amp;#039;écoute peut également avoir un effet très utile sur l&amp;#039;hypertension artérielle, les acouphènes ou l&amp;#039;épuisement professionnel.    Contenu : 1. Douces vagues océaniques en Corse (sans musique, durée : 60 minutes) 2. Douces vagues océaniques dans la mer Baltique (sans musique, durée : 60 minutes) 3. Douces vagues océaniques en Tanzanie avec des sons doux d&amp;#039;un carillon éolien (durée : 35 minutes)</description>
                  <author>Yella A. Deeken</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 06 Feb 2019 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664514813.mp3" length="918644" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470111</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664514813.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:39:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Vagues océaniques apaisantes: déconnecter et se détendre au son de la mer: Océan, vagues de l&amp;#039;océan, vagues de la mer, plage, sons de la mer
Author: Yella A. Deeken
Narrator: Emmanuel Teillet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Le pouvoir des vagues et le sentiment d&amp;#039;espace infini ont toujours fasciné l&amp;#039;humanité. Plongez dans un monde de relaxation sans limites. Vivez la mer comme pendant vos nuits de vacances étoilées. Choisissez un lieu tranquille où vous pourrez vous détendre profondément et vous reposer complètement.  Les &amp;#039; vagues océaniques apaisantes &amp;#039; ont été enregistrées sur des plages isolées de la mer Baltique, de Corse et de Tanzanie. En raison de la technologie d&amp;#039;enregistrement de pointe et d&amp;#039;une excellente fidélité, les enregistrements sont parfaitement adaptés à la détente et au sommeil, pour une utilisation dans le domaine du bien-être et de la méditation, pour la radio/le cinéma/la télévision ou comme musique de fond douce. L&amp;#039;écoute peut également avoir un effet très utile sur l&amp;#039;hypertension artérielle, les acouphènes ou l&amp;#039;épuisement professionnel.    Contenu : 1. Douces vagues océaniques en Corse (sans musique, durée : 60 minutes) 2. Douces vagues océaniques dans la mer Baltique (sans musique, durée : 60 minutes) 3. Douces vagues océaniques en Tanzanie avec des sons doux d&amp;#039;un carillon éolien (durée : 35 minutes)</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Vagues océaniques apaisantes: déconnecter et se détendre au son de la mer: Océan, vagues de l&amp;#039;océan, vagues de la mer, plage, sons de la mer
Author: Yella A. Deeken
Narrator: Emmanuel Teillet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Le pouvoir des vagues et le sentiment d&amp;#039;espace infini ont toujours fasciné l&amp;#039;humanité. Plongez dans un monde de relaxation sans limites. Vivez la mer comme pendant vos nuits de vacances étoilées. Choisissez un lieu tranquille où vous pourrez vous détendre profondément et vous reposer complètement.  Les &amp;#039; vagues océaniques apaisantes &amp;#039; ont été enregistrées sur des plages isolées de la mer Baltique, de Corse et de Tanzanie. En raison de la technologie d&amp;#039;enregistrement de pointe et d&amp;#039;une excellente fidélité, les enregistrements sont parfaitement adaptés à la détente et au sommeil, pour une utilisation dans le domaine du bien-être et de la méditation, pour la radio/le cinéma/la télévision ou comme musique de fond douce. L&amp;#039;écoute peut également avoir un effet très utile sur l&amp;#039;hypertension artérielle, les acouphènes ou l&amp;#039;épuisement professionnel.    Contenu : 1. Douces vagues océaniques en Corse (sans musique, durée : 60 minutes) 2. Douces vagues océaniques dans la mer Baltique (sans musique, durée : 60 minutes) 3. Douces vagues océaniques en Tanzanie avec des sons doux d&amp;#039;un carillon éolien (durée : 35 minutes)</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Tierisch gute Gespräche: Mit Tieren sprechen lernen! by Amelia Kinkade</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469509</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierisch gute Gespräche: Mit Tieren sprechen lernen!
Author: Amelia Kinkade
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ich hoffe, dass die Auszüge und die Übungen aus meinem Buch &amp;#039;Tierisch gute Gespräche&amp;#039; Ihnen helfen werden, die Wünsche Ihrer geliebten Tiere zu hören und sie bei Bedarf zu heilen. Der Gott unseres Zeitalters - die Vernunft - hat uns die Intuition geraubt. Nurindem wir unseren Tieren mit Ehrfurcht begegnen, unseren Geist disziplinieren und uns auf die uns innewohnenden göttlichen Kräfte konzentrieren, werden wir wieder lernen, auf unsere nicht-menschlichen Mitgeschöpfe zu hören und mit ihnen zu sprechen. entfachen Sie diese göttliche Kraft in Ihrem Herzen und entzünden Sie andere Herzen zum Wohle aller Lebewesen!  Amelia  1. Wie sich mein Leben veränderte (14:42)  2. Telepathie verstehen (03:25)  3. Hellseh-Übung (07:16)  4. Hellfühlen (03:21)  5. Übung: Im Inneren des Herzens (06:17)  6. Sich in ein Tier hineinversetzen (03:17)  7. Übung: Fühle wie ein Tier (04:10)  8. Hellhören (07:59)  9. Wenn Ihr nicht derselben Meinung seid (02:42)  10. Übung: Hellhören (05:10)  11. Nachrichten senden (02:30)  12. Wenn Dein Tier nicht nach Hause kommt (01:40)  13. Mit Fotos arbeiten (16:26)</description>
                  <author>Amelia Kinkade</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783946433873.mp3" length="873123" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469509</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783946433873.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:19:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierisch gute Gespräche: Mit Tieren sprechen lernen!
Author: Amelia Kinkade
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ich hoffe, dass die Auszüge und die Übungen aus meinem Buch &amp;#039;Tierisch gute Gespräche&amp;#039; Ihnen helfen werden, die Wünsche Ihrer geliebten Tiere zu hören und sie bei Bedarf zu heilen. Der Gott unseres Zeitalters - die Vernunft - hat uns die Intuition geraubt. Nurindem wir unseren Tieren mit Ehrfurcht begegnen, unseren Geist disziplinieren und uns auf die uns innewohnenden göttlichen Kräfte konzentrieren, werden wir wieder lernen, auf unsere nicht-menschlichen Mitgeschöpfe zu hören und mit ihnen zu sprechen. entfachen Sie diese göttliche Kraft in Ihrem Herzen und entzünden Sie andere Herzen zum Wohle aller Lebewesen!  Amelia  1. Wie sich mein Leben veränderte (14:42)  2. Telepathie verstehen (03:25)  3. Hellseh-Übung (07:16)  4. Hellfühlen (03:21)  5. Übung: Im Inneren des Herzens (06:17)  6. Sich in ein Tier hineinversetzen (03:17)  7. Übung: Fühle wie ein Tier (04:10)  8. Hellhören (07:59)  9. Wenn Ihr nicht derselben Meinung seid (02:42)  10. Übung: Hellhören (05:10)  11. Nachrichten senden (02:30)  12. Wenn Dein Tier nicht nach Hause kommt (01:40)  13. Mit Fotos arbeiten (16:26)</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierisch gute Gespräche: Mit Tieren sprechen lernen!
Author: Amelia Kinkade
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ich hoffe, dass die Auszüge und die Übungen aus meinem Buch &amp;#039;Tierisch gute Gespräche&amp;#039; Ihnen helfen werden, die Wünsche Ihrer geliebten Tiere zu hören und sie bei Bedarf zu heilen. Der Gott unseres Zeitalters - die Vernunft - hat uns die Intuition geraubt. Nurindem wir unseren Tieren mit Ehrfurcht begegnen, unseren Geist disziplinieren und uns auf die uns innewohnenden göttlichen Kräfte konzentrieren, werden wir wieder lernen, auf unsere nicht-menschlichen Mitgeschöpfe zu hören und mit ihnen zu sprechen. entfachen Sie diese göttliche Kraft in Ihrem Herzen und entzünden Sie andere Herzen zum Wohle aller Lebewesen!  Amelia  1. Wie sich mein Leben veränderte (14:42)  2. Telepathie verstehen (03:25)  3. Hellseh-Übung (07:16)  4. Hellfühlen (03:21)  5. Übung: Im Inneren des Herzens (06:17)  6. Sich in ein Tier hineinversetzen (03:17)  7. Übung: Fühle wie ein Tier (04:10)  8. Hellhören (07:59)  9. Wenn Ihr nicht derselben Meinung seid (02:42)  10. Übung: Hellhören (05:10)  11. Nachrichten senden (02:30)  12. Wenn Dein Tier nicht nach Hause kommt (01:40)  13. Mit Fotos arbeiten (16:26)</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Heilsame Klänge für Tiere by Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469510</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilsame Klänge für Tiere
Author: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Narrator: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Heilsame Klänge für Tiere sind zwei einzigartige Klangschalen-Kompositionen, die bei kleinen und großen Tieren tief entspannend wirken: In Stresssituationen, bei Ängsten und Krankheit werden sie ebenso eingesetzt, wie bei Autofahrten, bei Konflikten in Tierheimen und Ställen, aber auch bei der Therapie in Tierpraxen und Kliniken.  Die Mutterton-Komposition wirkt ungemein entspannend, angstlösend und beruhigend. &amp;#039;Es ist ein bisschen wie im Mutterleib mit vielen Geschwistern. Da tönt auch jedes Herz anders, und das sehr harmonisch, weil die Mama den Hauptton vorgibt.&amp;#039; (Feedback einer Hündin)  Die Rudelton-Komposition harmonisiert das Miteinander der Tiere; löst Blockaden bei zänkischem oder einzelgängerischem Verhalten. Effekt: Die Tiere legen sich z.B. einander zugewandt hin, suchen Körperkontakt, putzen sich gegenseitig... &amp;#039;Das ist wie Liebe, geborgen und zärtlich.&amp;#039; (Feedback von Rüde Fox)   Mutterton - 29:19  Rudelton - 33:22</description>
                  <author>Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783946433934.mp3" length="633420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469510</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783946433934.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:1:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilsame Klänge für Tiere
Author: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Narrator: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Heilsame Klänge für Tiere sind zwei einzigartige Klangschalen-Kompositionen, die bei kleinen und großen Tieren tief entspannend wirken: In Stresssituationen, bei Ängsten und Krankheit werden sie ebenso eingesetzt, wie bei Autofahrten, bei Konflikten in Tierheimen und Ställen, aber auch bei der Therapie in Tierpraxen und Kliniken.  Die Mutterton-Komposition wirkt ungemein entspannend, angstlösend und beruhigend. &amp;#039;Es ist ein bisschen wie im Mutterleib mit vielen Geschwistern. Da tönt auch jedes Herz anders, und das sehr harmonisch, weil die Mama den Hauptton vorgibt.&amp;#039; (Feedback einer Hündin)  Die Rudelton-Komposition harmonisiert das Miteinander der Tiere; löst Blockaden bei zänkischem oder einzelgängerischem Verhalten. Effekt: Die Tiere legen sich z.B. einander zugewandt hin, suchen Körperkontakt, putzen sich gegenseitig... &amp;#039;Das ist wie Liebe, geborgen und zärtlich.&amp;#039; (Feedback von Rüde Fox)   Mutterton - 29:19  Rudelton - 33:22</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilsame Klänge für Tiere
Author: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Narrator: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Heilsame Klänge für Tiere sind zwei einzigartige Klangschalen-Kompositionen, die bei kleinen und großen Tieren tief entspannend wirken: In Stresssituationen, bei Ängsten und Krankheit werden sie ebenso eingesetzt, wie bei Autofahrten, bei Konflikten in Tierheimen und Ställen, aber auch bei der Therapie in Tierpraxen und Kliniken.  Die Mutterton-Komposition wirkt ungemein entspannend, angstlösend und beruhigend. &amp;#039;Es ist ein bisschen wie im Mutterleib mit vielen Geschwistern. Da tönt auch jedes Herz anders, und das sehr harmonisch, weil die Mama den Hauptton vorgibt.&amp;#039; (Feedback einer Hündin)  Die Rudelton-Komposition harmonisiert das Miteinander der Tiere; löst Blockaden bei zänkischem oder einzelgängerischem Verhalten. Effekt: Die Tiere legen sich z.B. einander zugewandt hin, suchen Körperkontakt, putzen sich gegenseitig... &amp;#039;Das ist wie Liebe, geborgen und zärtlich.&amp;#039; (Feedback von Rüde Fox)   Mutterton - 29:19  Rudelton - 33:22</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Gespräche mit Delfinen by Penelope Smith</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469512</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gespräche mit Delfinen
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Penelope Smith, die weltweit bekannte Tierkommunikatorin und -Therapeutin, berichtet über ihre Heilung durch wilde Delfine, die ihr halfen, ihre lebenslange Angst vor tiefem Wasser zu überwinden. Sie lernte, mit ihnen zu schwimmen und das Meer zu lieben.  Lassen Sie sich verzaubern durch die Verschmelzung des menschlichen Bewusstseins mit dem der Delfine und lauschen Sie den Ratschlägen der Meeresbewohner für die Gesundung der Ozeane, der Erde und der Vernetzung allen Lebens. Die CD lässt Sie die Heilkraft dieser charismatischen Wesen spüren und die Liebe, die sie für die menschliche Spezies empfinden. Laut Penelope Smith erleichtern Delfine das Verweben von Bewusstsein über unseren ganzen Planeten und helfen erwachenden Menschen, eine energetische Transformation herbeizuführen. Mit fast einer Million verkauften Exemplaren sind Penelope Smith´s &amp;#039;Gespräche mit Tieren&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Tiere als sprechende Gefährten&amp;#039; inzwischen echte Bestseller. Teil 1 - 10:08  Teil 2 - 08:26  Teil 3 - 11:38  Teil 4 - 09:41  Teil 5 - 07:43  Teil 6 - 10:59  Teil 7 - 11:38  Teil 8 - 04:28  Teil 9 - 04:02</description>
                  <author>Penelope Smith</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783946433927.mp3" length="887641" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469512</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783946433927.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:18:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gespräche mit Delfinen
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Penelope Smith, die weltweit bekannte Tierkommunikatorin und -Therapeutin, berichtet über ihre Heilung durch wilde Delfine, die ihr halfen, ihre lebenslange Angst vor tiefem Wasser zu überwinden. Sie lernte, mit ihnen zu schwimmen und das Meer zu lieben.  Lassen Sie sich verzaubern durch die Verschmelzung des menschlichen Bewusstseins mit dem der Delfine und lauschen Sie den Ratschlägen der Meeresbewohner für die Gesundung der Ozeane, der Erde und der Vernetzung allen Lebens. Die CD lässt Sie die Heilkraft dieser charismatischen Wesen spüren und die Liebe, die sie für die menschliche Spezies empfinden. Laut Penelope Smith erleichtern Delfine das Verweben von Bewusstsein über unseren ganzen Planeten und helfen erwachenden Menschen, eine energetische Transformation herbeizuführen. Mit fast einer Million verkauften Exemplaren sind Penelope Smith´s &amp;#039;Gespräche mit Tieren&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Tiere als sprechende Gefährten&amp;#039; inzwischen echte Bestseller. Teil 1 - 10:08  Teil 2 - 08:26  Teil 3 - 11:38  Teil 4 - 09:41  Teil 5 - 07:43  Teil 6 - 10:59  Teil 7 - 11:38  Teil 8 - 04:28  Teil 9 - 04:02</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gespräche mit Delfinen
Author: Penelope Smith
Narrator: Petra Nacke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Penelope Smith, die weltweit bekannte Tierkommunikatorin und -Therapeutin, berichtet über ihre Heilung durch wilde Delfine, die ihr halfen, ihre lebenslange Angst vor tiefem Wasser zu überwinden. Sie lernte, mit ihnen zu schwimmen und das Meer zu lieben.  Lassen Sie sich verzaubern durch die Verschmelzung des menschlichen Bewusstseins mit dem der Delfine und lauschen Sie den Ratschlägen der Meeresbewohner für die Gesundung der Ozeane, der Erde und der Vernetzung allen Lebens. Die CD lässt Sie die Heilkraft dieser charismatischen Wesen spüren und die Liebe, die sie für die menschliche Spezies empfinden. Laut Penelope Smith erleichtern Delfine das Verweben von Bewusstsein über unseren ganzen Planeten und helfen erwachenden Menschen, eine energetische Transformation herbeizuführen. Mit fast einer Million verkauften Exemplaren sind Penelope Smith´s &amp;#039;Gespräche mit Tieren&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Tiere als sprechende Gefährten&amp;#039; inzwischen echte Bestseller. Teil 1 - 10:08  Teil 2 - 08:26  Teil 3 - 11:38  Teil 4 - 09:41  Teil 5 - 07:43  Teil 6 - 10:59  Teil 7 - 11:38  Teil 8 - 04:28  Teil 9 - 04:02</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Heilsame Klänge für Tiere II: Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn by Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469133</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilsame Klänge für Tiere II: Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn
Author: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Narrator: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Heilsame Klänge für Tiere II - Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn sind einzigartige Klangschalen-Kompositionen, die nervösen, kranken, älteren und alten Tieren helfen loszulassen, wenn sie in die Vollendungsphase ihres Lebens gehen. Die Tiere nennen dieses Ereignis nie Sterben oder Tod, sondern sie sprechen von Vollendung und von der &amp;#039;anderen Geburt&amp;#039;.   1. Im Licht I (04:34)  2. Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn (62:04)  3. Im Licht II (06:15)</description>
                  <author>Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783946433941.mp3" length="869520" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469133</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783946433941.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilsame Klänge für Tiere II: Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn
Author: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Narrator: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Heilsame Klänge für Tiere II - Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn sind einzigartige Klangschalen-Kompositionen, die nervösen, kranken, älteren und alten Tieren helfen loszulassen, wenn sie in die Vollendungsphase ihres Lebens gehen. Die Tiere nennen dieses Ereignis nie Sterben oder Tod, sondern sie sprechen von Vollendung und von der &amp;#039;anderen Geburt&amp;#039;.   1. Im Licht I (04:34)  2. Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn (62:04)  3. Im Licht II (06:15)</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilsame Klänge für Tiere II: Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn
Author: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Narrator: Lucien Majrich, Ingrid Rose Fröhling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Heilsame Klänge für Tiere II - Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn sind einzigartige Klangschalen-Kompositionen, die nervösen, kranken, älteren und alten Tieren helfen loszulassen, wenn sie in die Vollendungsphase ihres Lebens gehen. Die Tiere nennen dieses Ereignis nie Sterben oder Tod, sondern sie sprechen von Vollendung und von der &amp;#039;anderen Geburt&amp;#039;.   1. Im Licht I (04:34)  2. Vollendung, Loslassen, Neubeginn (62:04)  3. Im Licht II (06:15)</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Bruder Hengst und Schwester Katze: Verblüffendes aus dem Seelenleben von Mensch und Tier by Hugh-Friedrich Lorenz</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468574</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bruder Hengst und Schwester Katze: Verblüffendes aus dem Seelenleben von Mensch und Tier
Author: Hugh-Friedrich Lorenz
Narrator: Petra Nacke, Hugh-Friedrich Lorenz, Chris Lang
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Kaum jemand, der täglich mit Tieren zu tun hat, bezweifelt deren außergewöhnliche Fähigkeiten, die oftmals geradezu unheimlich &amp;#039;menschlich&amp;#039; wirken: Mitgefühl, Zuwendung, Zärtlichkeit, Intuition, Klugheit, Treue und Mut - all diese Eigenschaften zeichnet auch die Tiere aus!  Das Hörbuch lässt zahlreiche Stimmen mit authentischen Erfahrungen zu Wort kommen: eine Aachener Dressurreiterin, die aus dem Seelenleben ihrer Schimmelstute berichtet, ein Schäfer, dessen Tiere sein Kommen am Klang seines Autos erkennen, ein renommiertes Medium, das mit Tieren kommuniziert, und viele mehr.  Dabei bleibt es nicht bei Spekulationen. Ausgewiesene Tierkommunikatoren dokumentieren &amp;#039;die Botschaft der Tiere&amp;#039; im Detail, z.B. Gabriele Sauerland, deren mit Tieren gewonnene Erkenntnisse vielen Tierhaltern, Tierärzten und Tier-Therapeuten eine große Hilfe sind.</description>
                  <author>Hugh-Friedrich Lorenz</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783946433903.mp3" length="954270" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468574</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783946433903.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:50:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bruder Hengst und Schwester Katze: Verblüffendes aus dem Seelenleben von Mensch und Tier
Author: Hugh-Friedrich Lorenz
Narrator: Petra Nacke, Hugh-Friedrich Lorenz, Chris Lang
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Kaum jemand, der täglich mit Tieren zu tun hat, bezweifelt deren außergewöhnliche Fähigkeiten, die oftmals geradezu unheimlich &amp;#039;menschlich&amp;#039; wirken: Mitgefühl, Zuwendung, Zärtlichkeit, Intuition, Klugheit, Treue und Mut - all diese Eigenschaften zeichnet auch die Tiere aus!  Das Hörbuch lässt zahlreiche Stimmen mit authentischen Erfahrungen zu Wort kommen: eine Aachener Dressurreiterin, die aus dem Seelenleben ihrer Schimmelstute berichtet, ein Schäfer, dessen Tiere sein Kommen am Klang seines Autos erkennen, ein renommiertes Medium, das mit Tieren kommuniziert, und viele mehr.  Dabei bleibt es nicht bei Spekulationen. Ausgewiesene Tierkommunikatoren dokumentieren &amp;#039;die Botschaft der Tiere&amp;#039; im Detail, z.B. Gabriele Sauerland, deren mit Tieren gewonnene Erkenntnisse vielen Tierhaltern, Tierärzten und Tier-Therapeuten eine große Hilfe sind.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bruder Hengst und Schwester Katze: Verblüffendes aus dem Seelenleben von Mensch und Tier
Author: Hugh-Friedrich Lorenz
Narrator: Petra Nacke, Hugh-Friedrich Lorenz, Chris Lang
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2016
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Kaum jemand, der täglich mit Tieren zu tun hat, bezweifelt deren außergewöhnliche Fähigkeiten, die oftmals geradezu unheimlich &amp;#039;menschlich&amp;#039; wirken: Mitgefühl, Zuwendung, Zärtlichkeit, Intuition, Klugheit, Treue und Mut - all diese Eigenschaften zeichnet auch die Tiere aus!  Das Hörbuch lässt zahlreiche Stimmen mit authentischen Erfahrungen zu Wort kommen: eine Aachener Dressurreiterin, die aus dem Seelenleben ihrer Schimmelstute berichtet, ein Schäfer, dessen Tiere sein Kommen am Klang seines Autos erkennen, ein renommiertes Medium, das mit Tieren kommuniziert, und viele mehr.  Dabei bleibt es nicht bei Spekulationen. Ausgewiesene Tierkommunikatoren dokumentieren &amp;#039;die Botschaft der Tiere&amp;#039; im Detail, z.B. Gabriele Sauerland, deren mit Tieren gewonnene Erkenntnisse vielen Tierhaltern, Tierärzten und Tier-Therapeuten eine große Hilfe sind.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Animal Music / Tiermusik: Team of Jeremy Roht: West Dawson, Yukon-Territory by Oswald Wiener, Helmut Schoener</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468514</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Animal Music / Tiermusik: Team of Jeremy Roht: West Dawson, Yukon-Territory
Author: Oswald Wiener, Helmut Schoener
Narrator: Team Of Jeremy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tiermusik: Gibt es über den blinden Trieb von Hunger, Angst und Fortpflanzung hinaus eine Lust des Animalischen am eigenen Laut? Ein Lautwerden im Dienst des Ästhetischen? Hört man Oswald Wieners Feldaufnahmen der nächtlichen Klagegesänge kanadischer Schlittenhunde (Wiener baute dazu eigens einen Recorder, der auch bei extremen Außentemperaturen noch selbsttätig auf akustische Signale reagiert), dann scheinen solche Fragen nicht so abseitig gelegen, erreicht uns solcher Gesang aus der Menschenferne auch wie aus einer anderen Welt: &amp;#039;Die eigentümliche Genießbarkeit dieser Musik, die sich in Wiederholungen bewährt, zwingt zu dem Schluß, daß auch für die Hunde ein abstrakteres ästhetisches Erleben im Vordergrund steht. Im Hintergrund allerdings, stets, eine ästhetisch nicht zu kompensierende Trauer. Das ist nicht Klage über die konkreten Verhältnisse, die Ketten, den Hunger - unüberhörbar ist die Schöpfung selbst angeklagt...&amp;#039; (Oswald Wiener)</description>
                  <author>Oswald Wiener, Helmut Schoener</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 22 Mar 2019 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863851347.mp3" length="776269" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468514</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863851347.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:50:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Animal Music / Tiermusik: Team of Jeremy Roht: West Dawson, Yukon-Territory
Author: Oswald Wiener, Helmut Schoener
Narrator: Team Of Jeremy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tiermusik: Gibt es über den blinden Trieb von Hunger, Angst und Fortpflanzung hinaus eine Lust des Animalischen am eigenen Laut? Ein Lautwerden im Dienst des Ästhetischen? Hört man Oswald Wieners Feldaufnahmen der nächtlichen Klagegesänge kanadischer Schlittenhunde (Wiener baute dazu eigens einen Recorder, der auch bei extremen Außentemperaturen noch selbsttätig auf akustische Signale reagiert), dann scheinen solche Fragen nicht so abseitig gelegen, erreicht uns solcher Gesang aus der Menschenferne auch wie aus einer anderen Welt: &amp;#039;Die eigentümliche Genießbarkeit dieser Musik, die sich in Wiederholungen bewährt, zwingt zu dem Schluß, daß auch für die Hunde ein abstrakteres ästhetisches Erleben im Vordergrund steht. Im Hintergrund allerdings, stets, eine ästhetisch nicht zu kompensierende Trauer. Das ist nicht Klage über die konkreten Verhältnisse, die Ketten, den Hunger - unüberhörbar ist die Schöpfung selbst angeklagt...&amp;#039; (Oswald Wiener)</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Animal Music / Tiermusik: Team of Jeremy Roht: West Dawson, Yukon-Territory
Author: Oswald Wiener, Helmut Schoener
Narrator: Team Of Jeremy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tiermusik: Gibt es über den blinden Trieb von Hunger, Angst und Fortpflanzung hinaus eine Lust des Animalischen am eigenen Laut? Ein Lautwerden im Dienst des Ästhetischen? Hört man Oswald Wieners Feldaufnahmen der nächtlichen Klagegesänge kanadischer Schlittenhunde (Wiener baute dazu eigens einen Recorder, der auch bei extremen Außentemperaturen noch selbsttätig auf akustische Signale reagiert), dann scheinen solche Fragen nicht so abseitig gelegen, erreicht uns solcher Gesang aus der Menschenferne auch wie aus einer anderen Welt: &amp;#039;Die eigentümliche Genießbarkeit dieser Musik, die sich in Wiederholungen bewährt, zwingt zu dem Schluß, daß auch für die Hunde ein abstrakteres ästhetisches Erleben im Vordergrund steht. Im Hintergrund allerdings, stets, eine ästhetisch nicht zu kompensierende Trauer. Das ist nicht Klage über die konkreten Verhältnisse, die Ketten, den Hunger - unüberhörbar ist die Schöpfung selbst angeklagt...&amp;#039; (Oswald Wiener)</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Dem Habicht ins Nest geschaut: Eine Adaption des Buches &amp;#039;Unsere Nachbarn, Familie Habicht&amp;#039; von Klaus Ruge by Klaus Ruge, Carola Preuß</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468284</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Dem Habicht ins Nest geschaut: Eine Adaption des Buches &amp;#039;Unsere Nachbarn, Familie Habicht&amp;#039; von Klaus Ruge
Author: Klaus Ruge, Carola Preuß
Narrator: Klaus Ruge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2015
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dem Habicht ins Nest geschaut&amp;#039; ist eine Adaption des Buches &amp;#039;Unsere Nachbarn, Familie Habicht&amp;#039; von Klaus Ruge. In der Hörversion ist es Sophia, die Schwester von Finn, die mit dem Großvater dem Habicht auf der Spur und genauso fasziniert von ihm ist wie ihr Bruder im Buch. Neben der fast halbstündigen Geschichte um den Habicht, Sophia und den Großvater gibt es noch zwei Erlebnis-Geschichten und eine Sach-Geschichte um den Vogel des Jahres 2015, den Habicht, zu hören. Ideal für alle, die mehr wissen wollen über unsere wenig bekannten Nachbarn.</description>
                  <author>Klaus Ruge, Carola Preuß</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2015 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783866592926.mp3" length="913629" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468284</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783866592926.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:48:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Dem Habicht ins Nest geschaut: Eine Adaption des Buches &amp;#039;Unsere Nachbarn, Familie Habicht&amp;#039; von Klaus Ruge
Author: Klaus Ruge, Carola Preuß
Narrator: Klaus Ruge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2015
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dem Habicht ins Nest geschaut&amp;#039; ist eine Adaption des Buches &amp;#039;Unsere Nachbarn, Familie Habicht&amp;#039; von Klaus Ruge. In der Hörversion ist es Sophia, die Schwester von Finn, die mit dem Großvater dem Habicht auf der Spur und genauso fasziniert von ihm ist wie ihr Bruder im Buch. Neben der fast halbstündigen Geschichte um den Habicht, Sophia und den Großvater gibt es noch zwei Erlebnis-Geschichten und eine Sach-Geschichte um den Vogel des Jahres 2015, den Habicht, zu hören. Ideal für alle, die mehr wissen wollen über unsere wenig bekannten Nachbarn.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Dem Habicht ins Nest geschaut: Eine Adaption des Buches &amp;#039;Unsere Nachbarn, Familie Habicht&amp;#039; von Klaus Ruge
Author: Klaus Ruge, Carola Preuß
Narrator: Klaus Ruge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2015
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dem Habicht ins Nest geschaut&amp;#039; ist eine Adaption des Buches &amp;#039;Unsere Nachbarn, Familie Habicht&amp;#039; von Klaus Ruge. In der Hörversion ist es Sophia, die Schwester von Finn, die mit dem Großvater dem Habicht auf der Spur und genauso fasziniert von ihm ist wie ihr Bruder im Buch. Neben der fast halbstündigen Geschichte um den Habicht, Sophia und den Großvater gibt es noch zwei Erlebnis-Geschichten und eine Sach-Geschichte um den Vogel des Jahres 2015, den Habicht, zu hören. Ideal für alle, die mehr wissen wollen über unsere wenig bekannten Nachbarn.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Waldspaziergang: Naturgeräusche und Meditationen (ohne Musik) zur Entspannung von Körper und Geist: Hochwirksame Entspannungshilfen für tiefen Schlaf, Meditation und Stressabbau by Patrick Lynen</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467311</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Waldspaziergang: Naturgeräusche und Meditationen (ohne Musik) zur Entspannung von Körper und Geist: Hochwirksame Entspannungshilfen für tiefen Schlaf, Meditation und Stressabbau
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Waldspaziergang: Hängematte für die Seele - Naturgeräusche und Meditationen (ohne Musik) zur Entspannung von Körper und Geist   Die Natur hat eine ganz erstaunliche Wirkung auf unseren Körper. Sie bringt uns zur Ruhe, löst uns aus den Grübelzwängen des Alltags, hilft uns endlich loszulassen. Naturgeräusche können Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken sowie Körper und Geist nachhaltig entspannen.   Erleben Sie den Soundtrack der Natur, meditieren Sie in friedvoller Waldumgebung. Alle Tracks wurden aufgenommen mit hochmodernem Equipment in verschiedenen Regionen von Deutschland, Schweden, Schottland, Südfrankreich, den USA und Kanada. Gesamtlaufzeit: über 7 Stunden   Was Sie bekommen:   1.     Geführte Premium-Meditation und Fantasiereise &amp;#039;Die Kraft des Waldes&amp;#039;, gesprochen, 8 Minuten 2.    Ein neuer Tag im Wald: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 115 Minuten 3.    Schottischer Sommerwald an einer kristallklaren Quelle: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 103 Minuten 4.    Tiefer Wald in Südfrankreich mit Grillen: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 55 Minuten 5.    Dämmerung an der Quelle, Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 59 Minuten 6.    Sanftes Frühlingserwachen im Wald: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 27 Minuten 7.    Abenddämmerung und wundervolles Vogelkonzert: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 26 Minuten 8.    Sanfte Brise zieht durch die Baumkronen: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 12 Minuten 9.    Kleiner Vogel singt sein Solo: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 8 Minuten 10.  Tau und Nebel: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 12 Minuten 11.   Geführte Premium-Meditation und Fantasiereise &amp;#039;Schwarzwald&amp;#039;, gesprochen, 22 Minuten Die Anwendungen in diesem Hörbuch wurden in zahlreichen Seminaren und Workshops über Jahre erprobt. Erleben Sie 2 Premium-Meditationen, friedvolle Waldgeräusche, sanft plätschernde Quellen und die beruhigenden Stimmen der Vögel. Sie können es kaum erwarten dieses Hörbuch endlich anzuhören? Dann laden Sie es jetzt gleich herunter! Und tauchen Sie ein - in eine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung.</description>
                  <author>Patrick Lynen</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2019 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664530707.mp3" length="903211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467311</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664530707.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:52:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Waldspaziergang: Naturgeräusche und Meditationen (ohne Musik) zur Entspannung von Körper und Geist: Hochwirksame Entspannungshilfen für tiefen Schlaf, Meditation und Stressabbau
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Waldspaziergang: Hängematte für die Seele - Naturgeräusche und Meditationen (ohne Musik) zur Entspannung von Körper und Geist   Die Natur hat eine ganz erstaunliche Wirkung auf unseren Körper. Sie bringt uns zur Ruhe, löst uns aus den Grübelzwängen des Alltags, hilft uns endlich loszulassen. Naturgeräusche können Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken sowie Körper und Geist nachhaltig entspannen.   Erleben Sie den Soundtrack der Natur, meditieren Sie in friedvoller Waldumgebung. Alle Tracks wurden aufgenommen mit hochmodernem Equipment in verschiedenen Regionen von Deutschland, Schweden, Schottland, Südfrankreich, den USA und Kanada. Gesamtlaufzeit: über 7 Stunden   Was Sie bekommen:   1.     Geführte Premium-Meditation und Fantasiereise &amp;#039;Die Kraft des Waldes&amp;#039;, gesprochen, 8 Minuten 2.    Ein neuer Tag im Wald: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 115 Minuten 3.    Schottischer Sommerwald an einer kristallklaren Quelle: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 103 Minuten 4.    Tiefer Wald in Südfrankreich mit Grillen: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 55 Minuten 5.    Dämmerung an der Quelle, Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 59 Minuten 6.    Sanftes Frühlingserwachen im Wald: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 27 Minuten 7.    Abenddämmerung und wundervolles Vogelkonzert: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 26 Minuten 8.    Sanfte Brise zieht durch die Baumkronen: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 12 Minuten 9.    Kleiner Vogel singt sein Solo: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 8 Minuten 10.  Tau und Nebel: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 12 Minuten 11.   Geführte Premium-Meditation und Fantasiereise &amp;#039;Schwarzwald&amp;#039;, gesprochen, 22 Minuten Die Anwendungen in diesem Hörbuch wurden in zahlreichen Seminaren und Workshops über Jahre erprobt. Erleben Sie 2 Premium-Meditationen, friedvolle Waldgeräusche, sanft plätschernde Quellen und die beruhigenden Stimmen der Vögel. Sie können es kaum erwarten dieses Hörbuch endlich anzuhören? Dann laden Sie es jetzt gleich herunter! Und tauchen Sie ein - in eine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Waldspaziergang: Naturgeräusche und Meditationen (ohne Musik) zur Entspannung von Körper und Geist: Hochwirksame Entspannungshilfen für tiefen Schlaf, Meditation und Stressabbau
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Waldspaziergang: Hängematte für die Seele - Naturgeräusche und Meditationen (ohne Musik) zur Entspannung von Körper und Geist   Die Natur hat eine ganz erstaunliche Wirkung auf unseren Körper. Sie bringt uns zur Ruhe, löst uns aus den Grübelzwängen des Alltags, hilft uns endlich loszulassen. Naturgeräusche können Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken sowie Körper und Geist nachhaltig entspannen.   Erleben Sie den Soundtrack der Natur, meditieren Sie in friedvoller Waldumgebung. Alle Tracks wurden aufgenommen mit hochmodernem Equipment in verschiedenen Regionen von Deutschland, Schweden, Schottland, Südfrankreich, den USA und Kanada. Gesamtlaufzeit: über 7 Stunden   Was Sie bekommen:   1.     Geführte Premium-Meditation und Fantasiereise &amp;#039;Die Kraft des Waldes&amp;#039;, gesprochen, 8 Minuten 2.    Ein neuer Tag im Wald: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 115 Minuten 3.    Schottischer Sommerwald an einer kristallklaren Quelle: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 103 Minuten 4.    Tiefer Wald in Südfrankreich mit Grillen: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 55 Minuten 5.    Dämmerung an der Quelle, Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 59 Minuten 6.    Sanftes Frühlingserwachen im Wald: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 27 Minuten 7.    Abenddämmerung und wundervolles Vogelkonzert: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 26 Minuten 8.    Sanfte Brise zieht durch die Baumkronen: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 12 Minuten 9.    Kleiner Vogel singt sein Solo: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 8 Minuten 10.  Tau und Nebel: Naturgeräusche pur in HD-Stereo, 12 Minuten 11.   Geführte Premium-Meditation und Fantasiereise &amp;#039;Schwarzwald&amp;#039;, gesprochen, 22 Minuten Die Anwendungen in diesem Hörbuch wurden in zahlreichen Seminaren und Workshops über Jahre erprobt. Erleben Sie 2 Premium-Meditationen, friedvolle Waldgeräusche, sanft plätschernde Quellen und die beruhigenden Stimmen der Vögel. Sie können es kaum erwarten dieses Hörbuch endlich anzuhören? Dann laden Sie es jetzt gleich herunter! Und tauchen Sie ein - in eine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Schattenspieler: Was Dein Hund Dir zeigen möchte: Hundeausbildung - Hundetraining - Welpentraining - Hundeerziehung by Tanja Kohl</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467303</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schattenspieler: Was Dein Hund Dir zeigen möchte: Hundeausbildung - Hundetraining - Welpentraining - Hundeerziehung
Author: Tanja Kohl
Narrator: Tanja Kohl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind die besten Seelenspiegel, die es gibt. Sie haben ein sehr feines Gespür dafür, was in Menschen vorgeht. Sie wissen mehr über uns, als wir zeitweise über uns selbst. Und deswegen können wir Menschen viel von unseren Lieblingen lernen. Selbstvertrauen, Selbstreflexion, innere Haltung, Klarheit, Liebe, Geduld und Respekt sind dabei die Schlüsselwörter. Begleiten Sie die Autorin auf dieser außergewöhnlichen Reise. Von der klassischen Hundeerziehung über Erkenntnisse aus der Energiearbeit bis hin zur Telepathie. Mit vielen praktischen Tipps und Übungen zum bewussteren Hundeführen.  Tanja Kohl bildet seit 2001 Blindenführhunde aus und verbindet ihre jahrelange Erfahrung mit neuesten tierpsychologischen Erkenntnissen.</description>
                  <author>Tanja Kohl</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664536792.mp3" length="818151" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467303</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664536792.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:16:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schattenspieler: Was Dein Hund Dir zeigen möchte: Hundeausbildung - Hundetraining - Welpentraining - Hundeerziehung
Author: Tanja Kohl
Narrator: Tanja Kohl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind die besten Seelenspiegel, die es gibt. Sie haben ein sehr feines Gespür dafür, was in Menschen vorgeht. Sie wissen mehr über uns, als wir zeitweise über uns selbst. Und deswegen können wir Menschen viel von unseren Lieblingen lernen. Selbstvertrauen, Selbstreflexion, innere Haltung, Klarheit, Liebe, Geduld und Respekt sind dabei die Schlüsselwörter. Begleiten Sie die Autorin auf dieser außergewöhnlichen Reise. Von der klassischen Hundeerziehung über Erkenntnisse aus der Energiearbeit bis hin zur Telepathie. Mit vielen praktischen Tipps und Übungen zum bewussteren Hundeführen.  Tanja Kohl bildet seit 2001 Blindenführhunde aus und verbindet ihre jahrelange Erfahrung mit neuesten tierpsychologischen Erkenntnissen.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schattenspieler: Was Dein Hund Dir zeigen möchte: Hundeausbildung - Hundetraining - Welpentraining - Hundeerziehung
Author: Tanja Kohl
Narrator: Tanja Kohl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind die besten Seelenspiegel, die es gibt. Sie haben ein sehr feines Gespür dafür, was in Menschen vorgeht. Sie wissen mehr über uns, als wir zeitweise über uns selbst. Und deswegen können wir Menschen viel von unseren Lieblingen lernen. Selbstvertrauen, Selbstreflexion, innere Haltung, Klarheit, Liebe, Geduld und Respekt sind dabei die Schlüsselwörter. Begleiten Sie die Autorin auf dieser außergewöhnlichen Reise. Von der klassischen Hundeerziehung über Erkenntnisse aus der Energiearbeit bis hin zur Telepathie. Mit vielen praktischen Tipps und Übungen zum bewussteren Hundeführen.  Tanja Kohl bildet seit 2001 Blindenführhunde aus und verbindet ihre jahrelange Erfahrung mit neuesten tierpsychologischen Erkenntnissen.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Hundeerziehung und Hundetraining für Anfänger: Erlerne das Hundetraining mit Hundepfeife, Hundespielzeug, Futterbeutel und dem Clicker: Die Hundepsychologie der Hundeerziehung und der Welpenerziehung by Peter Kraft</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467237</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundeerziehung und Hundetraining für Anfänger: Erlerne das Hundetraining mit Hundepfeife, Hundespielzeug, Futterbeutel und dem Clicker: Die Hundepsychologie der Hundeerziehung und der Welpenerziehung
Author: Peter Kraft
Narrator: Alexandra-Elena Bork
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 6 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jeder kann es mit seinem Hund umsetzen!  Sich und seinem Hund etwas Gutes tun  Jeder Hundehalter möchte einen liebenswerten und gut erzogenen Hund.  Der beste Freund des Menschen sollte gut erzogen sein aber auch gefordert und gefördert werden.    Das Buch über die Grundlagen der Hundeerziehung und dem Hundetraining speziell für Anfänger, fasst all das zusammen, was man wissen muss!    Dabei ist es egal, in welchem Alter sich der Hund befindet. Die Übungen von Theorie und Praxis, in diesem Ratgeber sind für alle Altersstufen und Rassen geeignet.    Stärke die Bindung zu Deinem Hund  ⇒Bringe mehr Abwechslung in Deinen Alltag und dem des Hundes  ⇒Erziehe spielerisch und erfolgreich Deinen Hund  ⇒Die wichtigsten Übungen für einen gesunden, lebensfrohen und gut erzogenen Hund  ⇒Erfahre wie auch der Hund zu einer besseren Gesundheit des Menschen beitragen kann    Mit der Hundeerziehung und dem Hundetraining ist es nie zu spät und zugleich kann man auch nie früh genug anfangen.    Unter anderem stehen folgende Inhalte für Dich bereit:  Die Intelligenz der Hunde  Gehorsamstraining  Training mit dem Futterbeutel  Rückruftraining für Welpen und ausgewachsene Hunde  Stöckchen holen  Agilitytraining  Hundeintelligenztraining  Spielen und geistige Beschäftigung  ... und vieles mehr</description>
                  <author>Peter Kraft</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 30 Nov 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707093159.mp3" length="834259" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467237</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707093159.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:6:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundeerziehung und Hundetraining für Anfänger: Erlerne das Hundetraining mit Hundepfeife, Hundespielzeug, Futterbeutel und dem Clicker: Die Hundepsychologie der Hundeerziehung und der Welpenerziehung
Author: Peter Kraft
Narrator: Alexandra-Elena Bork
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 6 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jeder kann es mit seinem Hund umsetzen!  Sich und seinem Hund etwas Gutes tun  Jeder Hundehalter möchte einen liebenswerten und gut erzogenen Hund.  Der beste Freund des Menschen sollte gut erzogen sein aber auch gefordert und gefördert werden.    Das Buch über die Grundlagen der Hundeerziehung und dem Hundetraining speziell für Anfänger, fasst all das zusammen, was man wissen muss!    Dabei ist es egal, in welchem Alter sich der Hund befindet. Die Übungen von Theorie und Praxis, in diesem Ratgeber sind für alle Altersstufen und Rassen geeignet.    Stärke die Bindung zu Deinem Hund  ⇒Bringe mehr Abwechslung in Deinen Alltag und dem des Hundes  ⇒Erziehe spielerisch und erfolgreich Deinen Hund  ⇒Die wichtigsten Übungen für einen gesunden, lebensfrohen und gut erzogenen Hund  ⇒Erfahre wie auch der Hund zu einer besseren Gesundheit des Menschen beitragen kann    Mit der Hundeerziehung und dem Hundetraining ist es nie zu spät und zugleich kann man auch nie früh genug anfangen.    Unter anderem stehen folgende Inhalte für Dich bereit:  Die Intelligenz der Hunde  Gehorsamstraining  Training mit dem Futterbeutel  Rückruftraining für Welpen und ausgewachsene Hunde  Stöckchen holen  Agilitytraining  Hundeintelligenztraining  Spielen und geistige Beschäftigung  ... und vieles mehr</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundeerziehung und Hundetraining für Anfänger: Erlerne das Hundetraining mit Hundepfeife, Hundespielzeug, Futterbeutel und dem Clicker: Die Hundepsychologie der Hundeerziehung und der Welpenerziehung
Author: Peter Kraft
Narrator: Alexandra-Elena Bork
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 6 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jeder kann es mit seinem Hund umsetzen!  Sich und seinem Hund etwas Gutes tun  Jeder Hundehalter möchte einen liebenswerten und gut erzogenen Hund.  Der beste Freund des Menschen sollte gut erzogen sein aber auch gefordert und gefördert werden.    Das Buch über die Grundlagen der Hundeerziehung und dem Hundetraining speziell für Anfänger, fasst all das zusammen, was man wissen muss!    Dabei ist es egal, in welchem Alter sich der Hund befindet. Die Übungen von Theorie und Praxis, in diesem Ratgeber sind für alle Altersstufen und Rassen geeignet.    Stärke die Bindung zu Deinem Hund  ⇒Bringe mehr Abwechslung in Deinen Alltag und dem des Hundes  ⇒Erziehe spielerisch und erfolgreich Deinen Hund  ⇒Die wichtigsten Übungen für einen gesunden, lebensfrohen und gut erzogenen Hund  ⇒Erfahre wie auch der Hund zu einer besseren Gesundheit des Menschen beitragen kann    Mit der Hundeerziehung und dem Hundetraining ist es nie zu spät und zugleich kann man auch nie früh genug anfangen.    Unter anderem stehen folgende Inhalte für Dich bereit:  Die Intelligenz der Hunde  Gehorsamstraining  Training mit dem Futterbeutel  Rückruftraining für Welpen und ausgewachsene Hunde  Stöckchen holen  Agilitytraining  Hundeintelligenztraining  Spielen und geistige Beschäftigung  ... und vieles mehr</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Die drei Säulen der entspannten Hundehaltung by Lars Spiering</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467184</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die drei Säulen der entspannten Hundehaltung
Author: Lars Spiering
Narrator: Wiebke Wulf, Lars Spiering
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie alles über das Verhalten Ihres Hundes.   Sie bekommen Schritt für Schritt erläutert, wie Sie sich ein stressfreies und harmonisches Zusammenleben mit ihrem Hund erarbeiten können.   Sie wollen von Anfang an mit Ihrem Welpen alles richtig machen?  Sie wollen Ihren Hund noch besser verstehen und lernen, so zu kommunizieren, dass er Sie versteht?   Zerren an der Leine, Kläffen an der Tür, Aggression gegenüber anderen Hunden, unerlaubtes Weglaufen, Jagen, Anspringen sollen der Vergangenheit angehören?   Sie planen gar ambitionierten Hundesport oder die Ausbildung eines Helfers auf vier Pfoten?   Sie wollen einfach eine stressfreie und harmonische Hund-Mensch-Beziehung?!    Für alles das bietet Lars Spiering, zertifizierter Hundetrainer mit jahrzehntelanger Erfahrung, ausgebildeter Tierpsychologe und selbst erfolgreicher Hundesportler, die Lösung, die auf drei Säulen beruht.    Alle Hintergründe werden nacheinander kurzweilig erläutert und strukturiert vermittelt.  Verblüffend dabei ist, dass sich letztendlich alles auf eine einfache Formel bringen lässt. Diese Formel ist bei konsequenter Einhaltung essentiell, um miteinander glücklich zu sein.    Schlagen Sie jetzt zu und lernen Sie Ihren Hund zu verstehen!</description>
                  <author>Lars Spiering</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 24 Dec 2018 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707107245.mp3" length="861188" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467184</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707107245.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:12:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die drei Säulen der entspannten Hundehaltung
Author: Lars Spiering
Narrator: Wiebke Wulf, Lars Spiering
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie alles über das Verhalten Ihres Hundes.   Sie bekommen Schritt für Schritt erläutert, wie Sie sich ein stressfreies und harmonisches Zusammenleben mit ihrem Hund erarbeiten können.   Sie wollen von Anfang an mit Ihrem Welpen alles richtig machen?  Sie wollen Ihren Hund noch besser verstehen und lernen, so zu kommunizieren, dass er Sie versteht?   Zerren an der Leine, Kläffen an der Tür, Aggression gegenüber anderen Hunden, unerlaubtes Weglaufen, Jagen, Anspringen sollen der Vergangenheit angehören?   Sie planen gar ambitionierten Hundesport oder die Ausbildung eines Helfers auf vier Pfoten?   Sie wollen einfach eine stressfreie und harmonische Hund-Mensch-Beziehung?!    Für alles das bietet Lars Spiering, zertifizierter Hundetrainer mit jahrzehntelanger Erfahrung, ausgebildeter Tierpsychologe und selbst erfolgreicher Hundesportler, die Lösung, die auf drei Säulen beruht.    Alle Hintergründe werden nacheinander kurzweilig erläutert und strukturiert vermittelt.  Verblüffend dabei ist, dass sich letztendlich alles auf eine einfache Formel bringen lässt. Diese Formel ist bei konsequenter Einhaltung essentiell, um miteinander glücklich zu sein.    Schlagen Sie jetzt zu und lernen Sie Ihren Hund zu verstehen!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die drei Säulen der entspannten Hundehaltung
Author: Lars Spiering
Narrator: Wiebke Wulf, Lars Spiering
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2018
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie alles über das Verhalten Ihres Hundes.   Sie bekommen Schritt für Schritt erläutert, wie Sie sich ein stressfreies und harmonisches Zusammenleben mit ihrem Hund erarbeiten können.   Sie wollen von Anfang an mit Ihrem Welpen alles richtig machen?  Sie wollen Ihren Hund noch besser verstehen und lernen, so zu kommunizieren, dass er Sie versteht?   Zerren an der Leine, Kläffen an der Tür, Aggression gegenüber anderen Hunden, unerlaubtes Weglaufen, Jagen, Anspringen sollen der Vergangenheit angehören?   Sie planen gar ambitionierten Hundesport oder die Ausbildung eines Helfers auf vier Pfoten?   Sie wollen einfach eine stressfreie und harmonische Hund-Mensch-Beziehung?!    Für alles das bietet Lars Spiering, zertifizierter Hundetrainer mit jahrzehntelanger Erfahrung, ausgebildeter Tierpsychologe und selbst erfolgreicher Hundesportler, die Lösung, die auf drei Säulen beruht.    Alle Hintergründe werden nacheinander kurzweilig erläutert und strukturiert vermittelt.  Verblüffend dabei ist, dass sich letztendlich alles auf eine einfache Formel bringen lässt. Diese Formel ist bei konsequenter Einhaltung essentiell, um miteinander glücklich zu sein.    Schlagen Sie jetzt zu und lernen Sie Ihren Hund zu verstehen!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>How to Love Animals: In a Human-Shaped World by Henry Mance</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466889</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Love Animals: In a Human-Shaped World
Author: Henry Mance
Narrator: Henry Mance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  We love animals, but our relationship with them is laced with self-doubt. We watch nature documentaries and cat videos, and pamper our pets. Yet we also know that most farm animals lead miserable lives and many wild animals are losing their homes. We reluctantly accept this as the price for human progress; no one wants a philosophical debate every time they buy a sandwich. The truth is that the way we treat animals is not only irrational and unethical - it&amp;#039;s unsustainable. Henry Mance sets out on a personal quest to see if there is a fairer way to share our planet with the other species who enrich our lives. He goes to work in an abattoir and on a pig farm, and meets chefs, hunters, activists, scientists and conservationists who want to redefine how we think about animals. Even on a planet shaped by human activity, we can find the space to allow other sentient beings to thrive - to put our love for animals into practice. This is not a book about what animals can do for us, but what we can do for animals. Thoughtful, provocative and witty, it is ultimately a story of discovery and hope - and of a future that might just become a reality. © Henry Mance 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
                  <author>Henry Mance</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473593046.mp3" length="1493286" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466889</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473593046.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>12:14:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Love Animals: In a Human-Shaped World
Author: Henry Mance
Narrator: Henry Mance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  We love animals, but our relationship with them is laced with self-doubt. We watch nature documentaries and cat videos, and pamper our pets. Yet we also know that most farm animals lead miserable lives and many wild animals are losing their homes. We reluctantly accept this as the price for human progress; no one wants a philosophical debate every time they buy a sandwich. The truth is that the way we treat animals is not only irrational and unethical - it&amp;#039;s unsustainable. Henry Mance sets out on a personal quest to see if there is a fairer way to share our planet with the other species who enrich our lives. He goes to work in an abattoir and on a pig farm, and meets chefs, hunters, activists, scientists and conservationists who want to redefine how we think about animals. Even on a planet shaped by human activity, we can find the space to allow other sentient beings to thrive - to put our love for animals into practice. This is not a book about what animals can do for us, but what we can do for animals. Thoughtful, provocative and witty, it is ultimately a story of discovery and hope - and of a future that might just become a reality. © Henry Mance 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Love Animals: In a Human-Shaped World
Author: Henry Mance
Narrator: Henry Mance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  We love animals, but our relationship with them is laced with self-doubt. We watch nature documentaries and cat videos, and pamper our pets. Yet we also know that most farm animals lead miserable lives and many wild animals are losing their homes. We reluctantly accept this as the price for human progress; no one wants a philosophical debate every time they buy a sandwich. The truth is that the way we treat animals is not only irrational and unethical - it&amp;#039;s unsustainable. Henry Mance sets out on a personal quest to see if there is a fairer way to share our planet with the other species who enrich our lives. He goes to work in an abattoir and on a pig farm, and meets chefs, hunters, activists, scientists and conservationists who want to redefine how we think about animals. Even on a planet shaped by human activity, we can find the space to allow other sentient beings to thrive - to put our love for animals into practice. This is not a book about what animals can do for us, but what we can do for animals. Thoughtful, provocative and witty, it is ultimately a story of discovery and hope - and of a future that might just become a reality. © Henry Mance 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Day the World Stops Shopping: How ending consumerism gives us a better life and a greener world by J. B. Mackinnon</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466887</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Day the World Stops Shopping: How ending consumerism gives us a better life and a greener world
Author: J. B. Mackinnon
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  We are using up the planet at almost double the rate it can regenerate. To support our economies, we&amp;#039;re told we must shop now like we&amp;#039;ve never shopped before. And whilst we can do it more responsibly, the scale of our consumption remains the biggest factor in the ruination of the planet. Yet our reliance on stuff continues to grow.  But what would our world look like if we stopped? Would civilisation collapse? Would the planet&amp;#039;s ecology be reborn? What would happen to the way we think, make products, use time, express our individuality? Would life be better - or worse? Visiting places where economies have experienced temporary shut-downs, artisan producers, zero-consumption societies and bringing together a host of expert views, this is both a deeply reported thought-experiment, a history of our relationship with consumption, and a story about the future. Our private choices are putting the world in peril. The Day the World Stops Shopping is an essential exploration of who we are and what we use, and a vision of a more sustainable world. © J. B. MacKinnon 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
                  <author>J. B. Mackinnon</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473593060.mp3" length="1402358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466887</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473593060.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:53:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Day the World Stops Shopping: How ending consumerism gives us a better life and a greener world
Author: J. B. Mackinnon
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  We are using up the planet at almost double the rate it can regenerate. To support our economies, we&amp;#039;re told we must shop now like we&amp;#039;ve never shopped before. And whilst we can do it more responsibly, the scale of our consumption remains the biggest factor in the ruination of the planet. Yet our reliance on stuff continues to grow.  But what would our world look like if we stopped? Would civilisation collapse? Would the planet&amp;#039;s ecology be reborn? What would happen to the way we think, make products, use time, express our individuality? Would life be better - or worse? Visiting places where economies have experienced temporary shut-downs, artisan producers, zero-consumption societies and bringing together a host of expert views, this is both a deeply reported thought-experiment, a history of our relationship with consumption, and a story about the future. Our private choices are putting the world in peril. The Day the World Stops Shopping is an essential exploration of who we are and what we use, and a vision of a more sustainable world. © J. B. MacKinnon 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Day the World Stops Shopping: How ending consumerism gives us a better life and a greener world
Author: J. B. Mackinnon
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  We are using up the planet at almost double the rate it can regenerate. To support our economies, we&amp;#039;re told we must shop now like we&amp;#039;ve never shopped before. And whilst we can do it more responsibly, the scale of our consumption remains the biggest factor in the ruination of the planet. Yet our reliance on stuff continues to grow.  But what would our world look like if we stopped? Would civilisation collapse? Would the planet&amp;#039;s ecology be reborn? What would happen to the way we think, make products, use time, express our individuality? Would life be better - or worse? Visiting places where economies have experienced temporary shut-downs, artisan producers, zero-consumption societies and bringing together a host of expert views, this is both a deeply reported thought-experiment, a history of our relationship with consumption, and a story about the future. Our private choices are putting the world in peril. The Day the World Stops Shopping is an essential exploration of who we are and what we use, and a vision of a more sustainable world. © J. B. MacKinnon 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations by Daniel Yergin</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations
Author: Daniel Yergin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Prize and The Quest reveals how climate battles and energy revolutions are mapping our future A new type of Cold War is emerging between China and the West. . The global order is being simultaneously shaken by climate change and the shale revolution in oil and gas - and now by the coronavirus. Controversial fracking technology has given America unprecedented leverage as the world&amp;#039;s leading energy powerhouse, ahead of Saudi Arabia and Russia, upending the chessboard of global politics and changing the psychology of the global economy. Despite being weighed down by sanctions, Russia is pivoting east toward China as Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping unite to challenge America and lay claim to almost all of the South China Sea, one of the world&amp;#039;s most critical trade routes. Elsewhere, the map of the Middle East created after World War I is being attacked by ISIS and Iran&amp;#039;s Revolutionary Guards as the region struggles to come to grips with the recent oil price collapse caused by the rise of shale. Oil producers, from the Middle East and Moscow to corporate boardrooms around the world, now fear that peak demand for oil is coming as renewable energy vies with fossil fuels. The New Map tells a sweeping story about how the role of energy in climate change is shaping geopolitical discussions, challenging our industries and our lifestyles, and accelerating a second energy revolution - the quest for renewables. It also brings realism to the debates over the energy transition. © Daniel Yergin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
                  <author>Daniel Yergin</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241518700.mp3" length="1397781" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241518700.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>15:48:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations
Author: Daniel Yergin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Prize and The Quest reveals how climate battles and energy revolutions are mapping our future A new type of Cold War is emerging between China and the West. . The global order is being simultaneously shaken by climate change and the shale revolution in oil and gas - and now by the coronavirus. Controversial fracking technology has given America unprecedented leverage as the world&amp;#039;s leading energy powerhouse, ahead of Saudi Arabia and Russia, upending the chessboard of global politics and changing the psychology of the global economy. Despite being weighed down by sanctions, Russia is pivoting east toward China as Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping unite to challenge America and lay claim to almost all of the South China Sea, one of the world&amp;#039;s most critical trade routes. Elsewhere, the map of the Middle East created after World War I is being attacked by ISIS and Iran&amp;#039;s Revolutionary Guards as the region struggles to come to grips with the recent oil price collapse caused by the rise of shale. Oil producers, from the Middle East and Moscow to corporate boardrooms around the world, now fear that peak demand for oil is coming as renewable energy vies with fossil fuels. The New Map tells a sweeping story about how the role of energy in climate change is shaping geopolitical discussions, challenging our industries and our lifestyles, and accelerating a second energy revolution - the quest for renewables. It also brings realism to the debates over the energy transition. © Daniel Yergin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations
Author: Daniel Yergin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Prize and The Quest reveals how climate battles and energy revolutions are mapping our future A new type of Cold War is emerging between China and the West. . The global order is being simultaneously shaken by climate change and the shale revolution in oil and gas - and now by the coronavirus. Controversial fracking technology has given America unprecedented leverage as the world&amp;#039;s leading energy powerhouse, ahead of Saudi Arabia and Russia, upending the chessboard of global politics and changing the psychology of the global economy. Despite being weighed down by sanctions, Russia is pivoting east toward China as Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping unite to challenge America and lay claim to almost all of the South China Sea, one of the world&amp;#039;s most critical trade routes. Elsewhere, the map of the Middle East created after World War I is being attacked by ISIS and Iran&amp;#039;s Revolutionary Guards as the region struggles to come to grips with the recent oil price collapse caused by the rise of shale. Oil producers, from the Middle East and Moscow to corporate boardrooms around the world, now fear that peak demand for oil is coming as renewable energy vies with fossil fuels. The New Map tells a sweeping story about how the role of energy in climate change is shaping geopolitical discussions, challenging our industries and our lifestyles, and accelerating a second energy revolution - the quest for renewables. It also brings realism to the debates over the energy transition. © Daniel Yergin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Summertime: Reflections on a vanishing future by Danielle Celermajer</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466832</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Summertime: Reflections on a vanishing future
Author: Danielle Celermajer
Narrator: Felicity Jurd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
I went and sat alone where Jimmy has been lying. It is way down in the bush. The light is soft, the air and the earth are cool, and the smell is of leaves and the river. I cannot presume to know what he is doing when he lies here, but it seems that he is taking himself back to an ecology not wrought by the terror of the fires, not fuelled by our violence on the earth. He is letting another earth heal him.  Philosopher Danielle Celermajer&amp;#039;s story of Jimmy the pig caught the world&amp;#039;s attention during the Black Summer of 2019��-20. Gathered here is that story and others written in the shadow of the bushfires that ravaged Australia. In the midst of the death and grief of animals, humans, trees and ecologies Celermajer asks us to look around - really look around - to become present to all beings who are living and dying through the loss of our shared home. At once a howl in the forest and an elegy for a country&amp;#039;s soul, these meditations are lyrical, profound and heartbreaking.</description>
                  <author>Danielle Celermajer</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781761042836.mp3" length="848359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466832</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781761042836.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:45:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Summertime: Reflections on a vanishing future
Author: Danielle Celermajer
Narrator: Felicity Jurd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
I went and sat alone where Jimmy has been lying. It is way down in the bush. The light is soft, the air and the earth are cool, and the smell is of leaves and the river. I cannot presume to know what he is doing when he lies here, but it seems that he is taking himself back to an ecology not wrought by the terror of the fires, not fuelled by our violence on the earth. He is letting another earth heal him.  Philosopher Danielle Celermajer&amp;#039;s story of Jimmy the pig caught the world&amp;#039;s attention during the Black Summer of 2019��-20. Gathered here is that story and others written in the shadow of the bushfires that ravaged Australia. In the midst of the death and grief of animals, humans, trees and ecologies Celermajer asks us to look around - really look around - to become present to all beings who are living and dying through the loss of our shared home. At once a howl in the forest and an elegy for a country&amp;#039;s soul, these meditations are lyrical, profound and heartbreaking.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Summertime: Reflections on a vanishing future
Author: Danielle Celermajer
Narrator: Felicity Jurd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
I went and sat alone where Jimmy has been lying. It is way down in the bush. The light is soft, the air and the earth are cool, and the smell is of leaves and the river. I cannot presume to know what he is doing when he lies here, but it seems that he is taking himself back to an ecology not wrought by the terror of the fires, not fuelled by our violence on the earth. He is letting another earth heal him.  Philosopher Danielle Celermajer&amp;#039;s story of Jimmy the pig caught the world&amp;#039;s attention during the Black Summer of 2019��-20. Gathered here is that story and others written in the shadow of the bushfires that ravaged Australia. In the midst of the death and grief of animals, humans, trees and ecologies Celermajer asks us to look around - really look around - to become present to all beings who are living and dying through the loss of our shared home. At once a howl in the forest and an elegy for a country&amp;#039;s soul, these meditations are lyrical, profound and heartbreaking.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Fire Flood Plague: Australian writers respond to 2020 by Sophie Cunningham</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466828</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Flood Plague: Australian writers respond to 2020
Author: Sophie Cunningham
Narrator: Aimee Horne, Rupert Degas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 began with fire storms raging through the country, followed by floods, and then a global pandemic that has changed how Australians think, feel and live. We all experienced this year differently, but one thing rings true for all us: this is a year we won&amp;#039;t forget. This anthology brings together original work from a diverse collection of Australian voices, from writers to scientists, journalists to historians, all expressing what 2020 meant to them. They write of ash falling from the sky, fish dying on riverbanks, loved ones lost, loved ones reunited, the historical resonance of fire and plague for Indigenous Australians, geopolitical tensions, the changed nature of travel, friendships rekindled on Zoom, the urgency of the Black Lives Matter movement, the state of the arts and the media, the importance of nurturing our inner lives, communities destroyed and communities rebuilding. FIRE FLOOD PLAGUE a vital cultural record of the resilience and humanity needed in these extraordinary times. Including original pieces from Lenore Taylor, Nyadol Nuon,  Christos Tsiolkas, Melissa Lucashenko, Billy Griffiths, Jess Hill, Kim Scott, Brenda Walker, Jane Rawson, Omar Sakr, Richard McGregor, Jennifer Mills, Gabrielle Chan, John Birmingham, Tim Flannery, Rebecca Giggs, Kate Cole-Adams, George Megalogenis, James Bradley, Alison Croggan, Melanie Cheng,  Kirsten Tranter, Tom Griffiths, Joelle Gergis and Delia Falconer.</description>
                  <author>Sophie Cunningham</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781761042515.mp3" length="756778" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466828</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781761042515.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:41:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Flood Plague: Australian writers respond to 2020
Author: Sophie Cunningham
Narrator: Aimee Horne, Rupert Degas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 began with fire storms raging through the country, followed by floods, and then a global pandemic that has changed how Australians think, feel and live. We all experienced this year differently, but one thing rings true for all us: this is a year we won&amp;#039;t forget. This anthology brings together original work from a diverse collection of Australian voices, from writers to scientists, journalists to historians, all expressing what 2020 meant to them. They write of ash falling from the sky, fish dying on riverbanks, loved ones lost, loved ones reunited, the historical resonance of fire and plague for Indigenous Australians, geopolitical tensions, the changed nature of travel, friendships rekindled on Zoom, the urgency of the Black Lives Matter movement, the state of the arts and the media, the importance of nurturing our inner lives, communities destroyed and communities rebuilding. FIRE FLOOD PLAGUE a vital cultural record of the resilience and humanity needed in these extraordinary times. Including original pieces from Lenore Taylor, Nyadol Nuon,  Christos Tsiolkas, Melissa Lucashenko, Billy Griffiths, Jess Hill, Kim Scott, Brenda Walker, Jane Rawson, Omar Sakr, Richard McGregor, Jennifer Mills, Gabrielle Chan, John Birmingham, Tim Flannery, Rebecca Giggs, Kate Cole-Adams, George Megalogenis, James Bradley, Alison Croggan, Melanie Cheng,  Kirsten Tranter, Tom Griffiths, Joelle Gergis and Delia Falconer.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Flood Plague: Australian writers respond to 2020
Author: Sophie Cunningham
Narrator: Aimee Horne, Rupert Degas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 began with fire storms raging through the country, followed by floods, and then a global pandemic that has changed how Australians think, feel and live. We all experienced this year differently, but one thing rings true for all us: this is a year we won&amp;#039;t forget. This anthology brings together original work from a diverse collection of Australian voices, from writers to scientists, journalists to historians, all expressing what 2020 meant to them. They write of ash falling from the sky, fish dying on riverbanks, loved ones lost, loved ones reunited, the historical resonance of fire and plague for Indigenous Australians, geopolitical tensions, the changed nature of travel, friendships rekindled on Zoom, the urgency of the Black Lives Matter movement, the state of the arts and the media, the importance of nurturing our inner lives, communities destroyed and communities rebuilding. FIRE FLOOD PLAGUE a vital cultural record of the resilience and humanity needed in these extraordinary times. Including original pieces from Lenore Taylor, Nyadol Nuon,  Christos Tsiolkas, Melissa Lucashenko, Billy Griffiths, Jess Hill, Kim Scott, Brenda Walker, Jane Rawson, Omar Sakr, Richard McGregor, Jennifer Mills, Gabrielle Chan, John Birmingham, Tim Flannery, Rebecca Giggs, Kate Cole-Adams, George Megalogenis, James Bradley, Alison Croggan, Melanie Cheng,  Kirsten Tranter, Tom Griffiths, Joelle Gergis and Delia Falconer.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Battling Drought by Scientific American</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466578</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466578">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466578</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battling Drought
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The extreme drought in the US Southwest has brought the issues of water use and management to the forefront of media attention. Historically, arguments over water rights have plagued this area since the days of John Wesley Powell, and disputes mark the relations between states, city-dwellers, farmers, and environmentalists to this day. Add to that the challenges of climate change, which is altering rainfall patterns the world over, and the imperative to rethink water management policies becomes acute. Battling Drought takes a long look at the situation in the American Southwest from the early engineering projects, such as building the Hoover and Grand Coulee dams, which were designed to tame the rivers, to the recycling and restoration efforts of today. Projects like the recycling of wastewater in Santa Rosa, CA, and the restoration of the Aral Sea in Central Asia offer both optimism and lessons for change. However, the story of the Himba in Africa—who have, so far, successfully blocked building a dam on a nearby river—illustrates that changing attitudes is often like trying to change the flow of a river. It’s an upstream battle. While successful projects like these move us toward that goal, new technologies, methods, and crops are still needed to combat diminishing water supplies. A common saying is that someone “spends money like water.” Over the last century, we’ve learned that water might be the more precious of the two.</description>
                  <author>Scientific American</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094074986.mp3" length="870452" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466578</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094074986.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:50:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466578">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466578</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battling Drought
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The extreme drought in the US Southwest has brought the issues of water use and management to the forefront of media attention. Historically, arguments over water rights have plagued this area since the days of John Wesley Powell, and disputes mark the relations between states, city-dwellers, farmers, and environmentalists to this day. Add to that the challenges of climate change, which is altering rainfall patterns the world over, and the imperative to rethink water management policies becomes acute. Battling Drought takes a long look at the situation in the American Southwest from the early engineering projects, such as building the Hoover and Grand Coulee dams, which were designed to tame the rivers, to the recycling and restoration efforts of today. Projects like the recycling of wastewater in Santa Rosa, CA, and the restoration of the Aral Sea in Central Asia offer both optimism and lessons for change. However, the story of the Himba in Africa—who have, so far, successfully blocked building a dam on a nearby river—illustrates that changing attitudes is often like trying to change the flow of a river. It’s an upstream battle. While successful projects like these move us toward that goal, new technologies, methods, and crops are still needed to combat diminishing water supplies. A common saying is that someone “spends money like water.” Over the last century, we’ve learned that water might be the more precious of the two.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466578">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466578</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battling Drought
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The extreme drought in the US Southwest has brought the issues of water use and management to the forefront of media attention. Historically, arguments over water rights have plagued this area since the days of John Wesley Powell, and disputes mark the relations between states, city-dwellers, farmers, and environmentalists to this day. Add to that the challenges of climate change, which is altering rainfall patterns the world over, and the imperative to rethink water management policies becomes acute. Battling Drought takes a long look at the situation in the American Southwest from the early engineering projects, such as building the Hoover and Grand Coulee dams, which were designed to tame the rivers, to the recycling and restoration efforts of today. Projects like the recycling of wastewater in Santa Rosa, CA, and the restoration of the Aral Sea in Central Asia offer both optimism and lessons for change. However, the story of the Himba in Africa—who have, so far, successfully blocked building a dam on a nearby river—illustrates that changing attitudes is often like trying to change the flow of a river. It’s an upstream battle. While successful projects like these move us toward that goal, new technologies, methods, and crops are still needed to combat diminishing water supplies. A common saying is that someone “spends money like water.” Over the last century, we’ve learned that water might be the more precious of the two.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Raw and Natural Nutrition for Dogs, Revised Edition: The Definitive Guide to Homemade Meals by Lew Olson</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466407</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466407">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466407</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raw and Natural Nutrition for Dogs, Revised Edition: The Definitive Guide to Homemade Meals
Author: Lew Olson
Narrator: Kirk Magoon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive guide to feeding your dog a balanced, nutritious, and home-cooked raw diet—from the founder of a natural pets product company with over thirty years of experience  Many people want to prepare their dog’s meals at home, but feel it is too complex. Raw and Natural Nutrition for Dogs provides a road map to the essentials of canine nutrition, written in easy-to-understand language.  Pet owners seeking to give their dogs a better coat, better skin, and healthier teeth and gums, as well as longer lives and more stable temperaments, will benefit not only from the background data in this book, but also the step-by-step instructions and recipes for preparing these diets. The book includes charts with the recipes, instructions on keeping diets simple and balanced, guidelines on preparation, suggestions for finding ingredients, and how much to feed a dog by body weight. There are recipes for healthy adult dogs, as well as guidelines for puppies, senior dogs, and dogs with health conditions including pancreatitis, renal problems, gastric issues, allergies, heart disease, liver disease, and cancer.  Tracing the history of feeding dogs, the author shows when commercial dog food rose and took hold of the market. She discusses canine nutritional needs and provides research on how home-prepared foods can meet pets’ needs better than commercial, processed dog food. Written with thorough information for the seasoned raw feeder, this guide can also be easily followed by any newcomer to home-feeding.  This revised edition includes new information on special care and feeding of pregnant, newborn, performance, and toy breed dogs as well as senior dog considerations and the safety of the raw food diet for dogs.</description>
                  <author>Lew Olson</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623176563.mp3" length="2792030" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466407</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623176563.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466407">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466407</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raw and Natural Nutrition for Dogs, Revised Edition: The Definitive Guide to Homemade Meals
Author: Lew Olson
Narrator: Kirk Magoon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive guide to feeding your dog a balanced, nutritious, and home-cooked raw diet—from the founder of a natural pets product company with over thirty years of experience  Many people want to prepare their dog’s meals at home, but feel it is too complex. Raw and Natural Nutrition for Dogs provides a road map to the essentials of canine nutrition, written in easy-to-understand language.  Pet owners seeking to give their dogs a better coat, better skin, and healthier teeth and gums, as well as longer lives and more stable temperaments, will benefit not only from the background data in this book, but also the step-by-step instructions and recipes for preparing these diets. The book includes charts with the recipes, instructions on keeping diets simple and balanced, guidelines on preparation, suggestions for finding ingredients, and how much to feed a dog by body weight. There are recipes for healthy adult dogs, as well as guidelines for puppies, senior dogs, and dogs with health conditions including pancreatitis, renal problems, gastric issues, allergies, heart disease, liver disease, and cancer.  Tracing the history of feeding dogs, the author shows when commercial dog food rose and took hold of the market. She discusses canine nutritional needs and provides research on how home-prepared foods can meet pets’ needs better than commercial, processed dog food. Written with thorough information for the seasoned raw feeder, this guide can also be easily followed by any newcomer to home-feeding.  This revised edition includes new information on special care and feeding of pregnant, newborn, performance, and toy breed dogs as well as senior dog considerations and the safety of the raw food diet for dogs.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466407">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466407</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raw and Natural Nutrition for Dogs, Revised Edition: The Definitive Guide to Homemade Meals
Author: Lew Olson
Narrator: Kirk Magoon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive guide to feeding your dog a balanced, nutritious, and home-cooked raw diet—from the founder of a natural pets product company with over thirty years of experience  Many people want to prepare their dog’s meals at home, but feel it is too complex. Raw and Natural Nutrition for Dogs provides a road map to the essentials of canine nutrition, written in easy-to-understand language.  Pet owners seeking to give their dogs a better coat, better skin, and healthier teeth and gums, as well as longer lives and more stable temperaments, will benefit not only from the background data in this book, but also the step-by-step instructions and recipes for preparing these diets. The book includes charts with the recipes, instructions on keeping diets simple and balanced, guidelines on preparation, suggestions for finding ingredients, and how much to feed a dog by body weight. There are recipes for healthy adult dogs, as well as guidelines for puppies, senior dogs, and dogs with health conditions including pancreatitis, renal problems, gastric issues, allergies, heart disease, liver disease, and cancer.  Tracing the history of feeding dogs, the author shows when commercial dog food rose and took hold of the market. She discusses canine nutritional needs and provides research on how home-prepared foods can meet pets’ needs better than commercial, processed dog food. Written with thorough information for the seasoned raw feeder, this guide can also be easily followed by any newcomer to home-feeding.  This revised edition includes new information on special care and feeding of pregnant, newborn, performance, and toy breed dogs as well as senior dog considerations and the safety of the raw food diet for dogs.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Art of Training Your Dog: How to Gently Teach Good Behavior Using an E-Collar by Marc Goldberg, The Monks Of New Skete</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465705</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Training Your Dog: How to Gently Teach Good Behavior Using an E-Collar
Author: Marc Goldberg, The Monks Of New Skete
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A brand-new training regimen—off-leash in thirty days!—from the pack who brought you The Art of Raising a Puppy. The Monks of New Skete, longtime breeders of German shepherds and established dog trainers of all breeds, have developed a new training technique. A decade in the making, this program represents a leap into the future, using cutting-edge technology and a game-changing tool: the remote electronic collar. The Art of Training Your Dog presents their compassionate and efficient system for the first time, with background and advice on choosing the right collar. Employing a method designed by trainer Marc Goldberg, readers integrate the e-collar gradually, laying the foundation for good behavior with intentional and purposeful walks. Using very low stimulation at just the right time focuses a dog&amp;#039;s attention for effortless learning moments that tie into a dog&amp;#039;s natural pack instincts and help strengthen the bond between dog and human. In no time, listeners will see their pups master commands like &amp;#039;sit,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;stay,&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;place&amp;#039;; stop troublesome behaviors; and run safely off-leash with consistent recall.</description>
                  <author>Marc Goldberg, The Monks Of New Skete</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705275580.mp3" length="7951591" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465705</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705275580.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:54:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Training Your Dog: How to Gently Teach Good Behavior Using an E-Collar
Author: Marc Goldberg, The Monks Of New Skete
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A brand-new training regimen—off-leash in thirty days!—from the pack who brought you The Art of Raising a Puppy. The Monks of New Skete, longtime breeders of German shepherds and established dog trainers of all breeds, have developed a new training technique. A decade in the making, this program represents a leap into the future, using cutting-edge technology and a game-changing tool: the remote electronic collar. The Art of Training Your Dog presents their compassionate and efficient system for the first time, with background and advice on choosing the right collar. Employing a method designed by trainer Marc Goldberg, readers integrate the e-collar gradually, laying the foundation for good behavior with intentional and purposeful walks. Using very low stimulation at just the right time focuses a dog&amp;#039;s attention for effortless learning moments that tie into a dog&amp;#039;s natural pack instincts and help strengthen the bond between dog and human. In no time, listeners will see their pups master commands like &amp;#039;sit,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;stay,&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;place&amp;#039;; stop troublesome behaviors; and run safely off-leash with consistent recall.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Training Your Dog: How to Gently Teach Good Behavior Using an E-Collar
Author: Marc Goldberg, The Monks Of New Skete
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A brand-new training regimen—off-leash in thirty days!—from the pack who brought you The Art of Raising a Puppy. The Monks of New Skete, longtime breeders of German shepherds and established dog trainers of all breeds, have developed a new training technique. A decade in the making, this program represents a leap into the future, using cutting-edge technology and a game-changing tool: the remote electronic collar. The Art of Training Your Dog presents their compassionate and efficient system for the first time, with background and advice on choosing the right collar. Employing a method designed by trainer Marc Goldberg, readers integrate the e-collar gradually, laying the foundation for good behavior with intentional and purposeful walks. Using very low stimulation at just the right time focuses a dog&amp;#039;s attention for effortless learning moments that tie into a dog&amp;#039;s natural pack instincts and help strengthen the bond between dog and human. In no time, listeners will see their pups master commands like &amp;#039;sit,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;stay,&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;place&amp;#039;; stop troublesome behaviors; and run safely off-leash with consistent recall.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Under a White Sky: The Nature of the Future by Elizabeth Kolbert</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465568</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Under a White Sky: The Nature of the Future
Author: Elizabeth Kolbert
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
AudioFile Magazine’s Best Audiobooks of 2021 The New York Times bestselling author of The Sixth Extinction and Field Notes from a Catastrophe returns to humanity’s transformative impact on the environment in Under a White Sky. That man should have dominion “over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth” is a prophecy that has hardened into fact. So pervasive are human impacts on the planet that it’s said we live in a new geological epoch: the Anthropocene. The question we now face is: Can we change nature, this time in order to save it?    Elizabeth Kolbert, the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction, takes a hard look at the new world we are creating. Along the way, she meets scientists who are trying to preserve the world’s rarest fish, which lives in a single, tiny pool in the middle of the Mojave; engineers who are turning carbon emissions to stone in Iceland; Australian researchers who are trying to develop a “super coral” that can survive on a hotter globe; and physicists who are contemplating shooting tiny diamonds into the stratosphere to cool the earth.    One way to look at human civilization, says Kolbert, is as a ten-thousand-year exercise in defying nature. In The Sixth Extinction, she explored the ways in which our capacity for destruction has reshaped the natural world. Now she examines how the very sorts of interventions that have imperiled our planet are increasingly seen as the only hope for its salvation. By turns inspiring, terrifying, and darkly comic, Under a White Sky is an utterly original examination of the challenges we face.</description>
                  <author>Elizabeth Kolbert</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508255277.mp3" length="849894" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465568</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508255277.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:21:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Under a White Sky: The Nature of the Future
Author: Elizabeth Kolbert
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
AudioFile Magazine’s Best Audiobooks of 2021 The New York Times bestselling author of The Sixth Extinction and Field Notes from a Catastrophe returns to humanity’s transformative impact on the environment in Under a White Sky. That man should have dominion “over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth” is a prophecy that has hardened into fact. So pervasive are human impacts on the planet that it’s said we live in a new geological epoch: the Anthropocene. The question we now face is: Can we change nature, this time in order to save it?    Elizabeth Kolbert, the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction, takes a hard look at the new world we are creating. Along the way, she meets scientists who are trying to preserve the world’s rarest fish, which lives in a single, tiny pool in the middle of the Mojave; engineers who are turning carbon emissions to stone in Iceland; Australian researchers who are trying to develop a “super coral” that can survive on a hotter globe; and physicists who are contemplating shooting tiny diamonds into the stratosphere to cool the earth.    One way to look at human civilization, says Kolbert, is as a ten-thousand-year exercise in defying nature. In The Sixth Extinction, she explored the ways in which our capacity for destruction has reshaped the natural world. Now she examines how the very sorts of interventions that have imperiled our planet are increasingly seen as the only hope for its salvation. By turns inspiring, terrifying, and darkly comic, Under a White Sky is an utterly original examination of the challenges we face.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Under a White Sky: The Nature of the Future
Author: Elizabeth Kolbert
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
AudioFile Magazine’s Best Audiobooks of 2021 The New York Times bestselling author of The Sixth Extinction and Field Notes from a Catastrophe returns to humanity’s transformative impact on the environment in Under a White Sky. That man should have dominion “over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth” is a prophecy that has hardened into fact. So pervasive are human impacts on the planet that it’s said we live in a new geological epoch: the Anthropocene. The question we now face is: Can we change nature, this time in order to save it?    Elizabeth Kolbert, the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction, takes a hard look at the new world we are creating. Along the way, she meets scientists who are trying to preserve the world’s rarest fish, which lives in a single, tiny pool in the middle of the Mojave; engineers who are turning carbon emissions to stone in Iceland; Australian researchers who are trying to develop a “super coral” that can survive on a hotter globe; and physicists who are contemplating shooting tiny diamonds into the stratosphere to cool the earth.    One way to look at human civilization, says Kolbert, is as a ten-thousand-year exercise in defying nature. In The Sixth Extinction, she explored the ways in which our capacity for destruction has reshaped the natural world. Now she examines how the very sorts of interventions that have imperiled our planet are increasingly seen as the only hope for its salvation. By turns inspiring, terrifying, and darkly comic, Under a White Sky is an utterly original examination of the challenges we face.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Elegy For a River: Whiskers, Claws and Conservation’s Last, Wild Hope by Tom Moorhouse</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465493</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elegy For a River: Whiskers, Claws and Conservation’s Last, Wild Hope
Author: Tom Moorhouse
Narrator: Tom Moorhouse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Water voles are small, brownish, bewhiskered and charming. Made famous by &amp;#039;Ratty&amp;#039; in The Wind in the Willows, once they were a ubiquitous part of our waterways. They were a totem of our rivers. Now, however, they are nearly gone. This is their story, and the story of a conservationist with a wild hope: that he could bring them back. Tom Moorhouse spent eleven years beside rivers, fens, canals, lakes and streams, researching British wildlife. Quite a lot of it tried to bite him. He studied four main species - two native and endangered, two invasive and endangering - beginning with water voles. He wanted to solve their conservation problems. He wanted to put things right. This book is about whether it worked, and what he learnt - and about what those lessons mean, not just for water voles but for all the world&amp;#039;s wildlife. It is a book for anyone who has watched ripples spread on lazy waters, and wondered what moves beneath. Or who has waited in quiet hope for a rustle in the reeds, the munch of a stem, or the patter of unseen paws. © Tom Moorhouse 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
                  <author>Tom Moorhouse</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473592797.mp3" length="1297677" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465493</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473592797.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:10:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elegy For a River: Whiskers, Claws and Conservation’s Last, Wild Hope
Author: Tom Moorhouse
Narrator: Tom Moorhouse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Water voles are small, brownish, bewhiskered and charming. Made famous by &amp;#039;Ratty&amp;#039; in The Wind in the Willows, once they were a ubiquitous part of our waterways. They were a totem of our rivers. Now, however, they are nearly gone. This is their story, and the story of a conservationist with a wild hope: that he could bring them back. Tom Moorhouse spent eleven years beside rivers, fens, canals, lakes and streams, researching British wildlife. Quite a lot of it tried to bite him. He studied four main species - two native and endangered, two invasive and endangering - beginning with water voles. He wanted to solve their conservation problems. He wanted to put things right. This book is about whether it worked, and what he learnt - and about what those lessons mean, not just for water voles but for all the world&amp;#039;s wildlife. It is a book for anyone who has watched ripples spread on lazy waters, and wondered what moves beneath. Or who has waited in quiet hope for a rustle in the reeds, the munch of a stem, or the patter of unseen paws. © Tom Moorhouse 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elegy For a River: Whiskers, Claws and Conservation’s Last, Wild Hope
Author: Tom Moorhouse
Narrator: Tom Moorhouse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Water voles are small, brownish, bewhiskered and charming. Made famous by &amp;#039;Ratty&amp;#039; in The Wind in the Willows, once they were a ubiquitous part of our waterways. They were a totem of our rivers. Now, however, they are nearly gone. This is their story, and the story of a conservationist with a wild hope: that he could bring them back. Tom Moorhouse spent eleven years beside rivers, fens, canals, lakes and streams, researching British wildlife. Quite a lot of it tried to bite him. He studied four main species - two native and endangered, two invasive and endangering - beginning with water voles. He wanted to solve their conservation problems. He wanted to put things right. This book is about whether it worked, and what he learnt - and about what those lessons mean, not just for water voles but for all the world&amp;#039;s wildlife. It is a book for anyone who has watched ripples spread on lazy waters, and wondered what moves beneath. Or who has waited in quiet hope for a rustle in the reeds, the munch of a stem, or the patter of unseen paws. © Tom Moorhouse 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[Norwegian] - Tapestries of Life: Uncovering the Lifesaving Secrets of the Natural World by Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465481</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465481">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465481</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian] - Tapestries of Life: Uncovering the Lifesaving Secrets of the Natural World
Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson
Narrator: Kristin Milward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The second book by the bestselling author of Extraordinary Insects           Trees clean air and water; hoverflies and bees pollinate our crops; the kingfisher inspired the construction of high-speed trains. In Tapestries of Life, bestselling author Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson explains how closely we are all connected with the natural world, highlighting our indelible link with nature’s finely knit system and our everyday lives.           In the heart of natural world is a life-support system like no other, a collective term that describes all the goods and services we receive – food, fresh water, medicine, pollination, pollution control, carbon sequestration, erosion prevention, recreation, spiritual health and so much more. In this utterly captivating book, Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson sets out to explore these wonderful, supportive elements – taking the reader on a journey through the surprising characteristics of the natural world.</description>
                  <author>Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008402778.mp3" length="1402890" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465481</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008402778.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:22:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465481">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465481</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian] - Tapestries of Life: Uncovering the Lifesaving Secrets of the Natural World
Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson
Narrator: Kristin Milward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The second book by the bestselling author of Extraordinary Insects           Trees clean air and water; hoverflies and bees pollinate our crops; the kingfisher inspired the construction of high-speed trains. In Tapestries of Life, bestselling author Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson explains how closely we are all connected with the natural world, highlighting our indelible link with nature’s finely knit system and our everyday lives.           In the heart of natural world is a life-support system like no other, a collective term that describes all the goods and services we receive – food, fresh water, medicine, pollination, pollution control, carbon sequestration, erosion prevention, recreation, spiritual health and so much more. In this utterly captivating book, Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson sets out to explore these wonderful, supportive elements – taking the reader on a journey through the surprising characteristics of the natural world.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465481">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465481</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian] - Tapestries of Life: Uncovering the Lifesaving Secrets of the Natural World
Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson
Narrator: Kristin Milward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The second book by the bestselling author of Extraordinary Insects           Trees clean air and water; hoverflies and bees pollinate our crops; the kingfisher inspired the construction of high-speed trains. In Tapestries of Life, bestselling author Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson explains how closely we are all connected with the natural world, highlighting our indelible link with nature’s finely knit system and our everyday lives.           In the heart of natural world is a life-support system like no other, a collective term that describes all the goods and services we receive – food, fresh water, medicine, pollination, pollution control, carbon sequestration, erosion prevention, recreation, spiritual health and so much more. In this utterly captivating book, Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson sets out to explore these wonderful, supportive elements – taking the reader on a journey through the surprising characteristics of the natural world.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Beak, Tooth and Claw: Living with Predators in Britain by Mary Colwell</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465472</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beak, Tooth and Claw: Living with Predators in Britain
Author: Mary Colwell
Narrator: Mary Colwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘A must read for all wildlife lovers’ Dominic Dyer                        Foxes, buzzards, crows, badgers, weasels, seals, kites – Britain and Ireland’s predators are impressive and diverse and they capture our collective imagination. But many consider them to our competition, even our enemies.                      The problem is that predators eat what we farm or use for sport. From foxes and ravens attacking new-born lambs to weasels eating game-bird chicks, predators compete with us, putting them directly into the firing line. Farming, fishing, sport and leisure industries want to see numbers of predators reduced, and conservation organisations also worry that predators are threatening some endangered species. Other people, though, will go to great lengths to protect them from any harm. This clashing of worlds can be intense. So, what do we do? One of the greatest challenges facing conservation today is how, when and where to control predators. It is a highly charged debate.           Mary Colwell travels across the UK and Ireland to encounter the predators face to face. She watches their lives in the wild and discovers how they fit into the landscape. She talks to the scientists studying them and the wildlife lovers who want to protect them. She also meets the people who want to control them to protect their livelihoods or sporting interests.           In this even-handed exploration of the issues, Mary provides a thoughtful and reasoned analysis of the debates surrounding our bittersweet relationship with predators.</description>
                  <author>Mary Colwell</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008354787.mp3" length="1331117" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465472</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008354787.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:56:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beak, Tooth and Claw: Living with Predators in Britain
Author: Mary Colwell
Narrator: Mary Colwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘A must read for all wildlife lovers’ Dominic Dyer                        Foxes, buzzards, crows, badgers, weasels, seals, kites – Britain and Ireland’s predators are impressive and diverse and they capture our collective imagination. But many consider them to our competition, even our enemies.                      The problem is that predators eat what we farm or use for sport. From foxes and ravens attacking new-born lambs to weasels eating game-bird chicks, predators compete with us, putting them directly into the firing line. Farming, fishing, sport and leisure industries want to see numbers of predators reduced, and conservation organisations also worry that predators are threatening some endangered species. Other people, though, will go to great lengths to protect them from any harm. This clashing of worlds can be intense. So, what do we do? One of the greatest challenges facing conservation today is how, when and where to control predators. It is a highly charged debate.           Mary Colwell travels across the UK and Ireland to encounter the predators face to face. She watches their lives in the wild and discovers how they fit into the landscape. She talks to the scientists studying them and the wildlife lovers who want to protect them. She also meets the people who want to control them to protect their livelihoods or sporting interests.           In this even-handed exploration of the issues, Mary provides a thoughtful and reasoned analysis of the debates surrounding our bittersweet relationship with predators.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beak, Tooth and Claw: Living with Predators in Britain
Author: Mary Colwell
Narrator: Mary Colwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘A must read for all wildlife lovers’ Dominic Dyer                        Foxes, buzzards, crows, badgers, weasels, seals, kites – Britain and Ireland’s predators are impressive and diverse and they capture our collective imagination. But many consider them to our competition, even our enemies.                      The problem is that predators eat what we farm or use for sport. From foxes and ravens attacking new-born lambs to weasels eating game-bird chicks, predators compete with us, putting them directly into the firing line. Farming, fishing, sport and leisure industries want to see numbers of predators reduced, and conservation organisations also worry that predators are threatening some endangered species. Other people, though, will go to great lengths to protect them from any harm. This clashing of worlds can be intense. So, what do we do? One of the greatest challenges facing conservation today is how, when and where to control predators. It is a highly charged debate.           Mary Colwell travels across the UK and Ireland to encounter the predators face to face. She watches their lives in the wild and discovers how they fit into the landscape. She talks to the scientists studying them and the wildlife lovers who want to protect them. She also meets the people who want to control them to protect their livelihoods or sporting interests.           In this even-handed exploration of the issues, Mary provides a thoughtful and reasoned analysis of the debates surrounding our bittersweet relationship with predators.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Losing Eden: Our Fundamental Need for the Natural World and Its Ability to Heal Body and Soul by Lucy Jones</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463960</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Eden: Our Fundamental Need for the Natural World and Its Ability to Heal Body and Soul
Author: Lucy Jones
Narrator: Lucy Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A TIMES AND TELEGRAPH BOOK OF THE YEAR &amp;#039;Beautifully written, movingly told and meticulously researched ... a  convincing plea for a wilder, richer world&amp;#039; Isabella Tree, author of  Wilding &amp;#039;By the time I&amp;#039;d read the first chapter, I&amp;#039;d resolved to take my son into the woods every afternoon over winter. By the time I&amp;#039;d read the sixth, I  was wanting to break prisoners out of cells and onto the mossy moors. Losing Eden  rigorously and convincingly tells of the value of the natural universe  to our human hearts&amp;#039; Amy Liptrot, author of The Outrun Today many of us live indoor lives, disconnected from the natural world  as never before. And yet nature remains deeply ingrained in our  language, culture and consciousness. For centuries, we have acted on an  intuitive sense that we need communion with the wild to feel well. Now,  in the moment of our great migration away from the rest of nature, more  and more scientific evidence is emerging to confirm its place at the  heart of our psychological wellbeing. So what happens, asks acclaimed  journalist Lucy Jones, as we lose our bond with the natural world-might  we also be losing part of ourselves?  Delicately observed and rigorously researched, Losing Eden  is an enthralling journey through this new research, exploring how and  why connecting with the living world can so drastically affect our  health. Travelling from forest schools in East London to the Svalbard  Global Seed Vault via primeval woodlands, Californian laboratories and  ecotherapists&amp;#039; couches, Jones takes us to the cutting edge of human  biology, neuroscience and psychology, and discovers new ways of  understanding our increasingly dysfunctional relationship with the  earth.  Urgent and uplifting, Losing Eden is a rallying  cry for a wilder way of life - for finding asylum in the soil and joy in  the trees - which might just help us to save the living planet, as well  as ourselves.</description>
                  <author>Lucy Jones</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593413944.mp3" length="2550981" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463960</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593413944.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:57:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Eden: Our Fundamental Need for the Natural World and Its Ability to Heal Body and Soul
Author: Lucy Jones
Narrator: Lucy Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A TIMES AND TELEGRAPH BOOK OF THE YEAR &amp;#039;Beautifully written, movingly told and meticulously researched ... a  convincing plea for a wilder, richer world&amp;#039; Isabella Tree, author of  Wilding &amp;#039;By the time I&amp;#039;d read the first chapter, I&amp;#039;d resolved to take my son into the woods every afternoon over winter. By the time I&amp;#039;d read the sixth, I  was wanting to break prisoners out of cells and onto the mossy moors. Losing Eden  rigorously and convincingly tells of the value of the natural universe  to our human hearts&amp;#039; Amy Liptrot, author of The Outrun Today many of us live indoor lives, disconnected from the natural world  as never before. And yet nature remains deeply ingrained in our  language, culture and consciousness. For centuries, we have acted on an  intuitive sense that we need communion with the wild to feel well. Now,  in the moment of our great migration away from the rest of nature, more  and more scientific evidence is emerging to confirm its place at the  heart of our psychological wellbeing. So what happens, asks acclaimed  journalist Lucy Jones, as we lose our bond with the natural world-might  we also be losing part of ourselves?  Delicately observed and rigorously researched, Losing Eden  is an enthralling journey through this new research, exploring how and  why connecting with the living world can so drastically affect our  health. Travelling from forest schools in East London to the Svalbard  Global Seed Vault via primeval woodlands, Californian laboratories and  ecotherapists&amp;#039; couches, Jones takes us to the cutting edge of human  biology, neuroscience and psychology, and discovers new ways of  understanding our increasingly dysfunctional relationship with the  earth.  Urgent and uplifting, Losing Eden is a rallying  cry for a wilder way of life - for finding asylum in the soil and joy in  the trees - which might just help us to save the living planet, as well  as ourselves.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Eden: Our Fundamental Need for the Natural World and Its Ability to Heal Body and Soul
Author: Lucy Jones
Narrator: Lucy Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A TIMES AND TELEGRAPH BOOK OF THE YEAR &amp;#039;Beautifully written, movingly told and meticulously researched ... a  convincing plea for a wilder, richer world&amp;#039; Isabella Tree, author of  Wilding &amp;#039;By the time I&amp;#039;d read the first chapter, I&amp;#039;d resolved to take my son into the woods every afternoon over winter. By the time I&amp;#039;d read the sixth, I  was wanting to break prisoners out of cells and onto the mossy moors. Losing Eden  rigorously and convincingly tells of the value of the natural universe  to our human hearts&amp;#039; Amy Liptrot, author of The Outrun Today many of us live indoor lives, disconnected from the natural world  as never before. And yet nature remains deeply ingrained in our  language, culture and consciousness. For centuries, we have acted on an  intuitive sense that we need communion with the wild to feel well. Now,  in the moment of our great migration away from the rest of nature, more  and more scientific evidence is emerging to confirm its place at the  heart of our psychological wellbeing. So what happens, asks acclaimed  journalist Lucy Jones, as we lose our bond with the natural world-might  we also be losing part of ourselves?  Delicately observed and rigorously researched, Losing Eden  is an enthralling journey through this new research, exploring how and  why connecting with the living world can so drastically affect our  health. Travelling from forest schools in East London to the Svalbard  Global Seed Vault via primeval woodlands, Californian laboratories and  ecotherapists&amp;#039; couches, Jones takes us to the cutting edge of human  biology, neuroscience and psychology, and discovers new ways of  understanding our increasingly dysfunctional relationship with the  earth.  Urgent and uplifting, Losing Eden is a rallying  cry for a wilder way of life - for finding asylum in the soil and joy in  the trees - which might just help us to save the living planet, as well  as ourselves.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Phosphorescence: A Memoir of Finding Joy When Your World Goes Dark by Julia Baird</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462995</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Phosphorescence: A Memoir of Finding Joy When Your World Goes Dark
Author: Julia Baird
Narrator: Julia Baird
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Both timeless and timely, this is a book of wisdom and wonder” (Geraldine Brooks, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of March), a deeply personal exploration of what can sustain us through our darkest moments. “What has fascinated and sustained me over these last few years has been the notion that we have the ability to find, nurture, and carry our own inner, living light—a light to ward off the darkness. This is not about burning brightly; it’s about yielding a more simple phosphorescence—being luminous, having stored light for later use. Staying alive, remaining upright, even when lashed by doubt.”   After surviving a difficult heartbreak and battle with cancer, acclaimed author and columnist Julia Baird began thinking deeply about how we, as people, persevere through the most challenging circumstances. She started to wonder, when we are overwhelmed by illness, loss or pain, or a tragedy outside our control: How can we keep putting one foot in front of the other? Baird went in search of the magic that fuels the light within—our own phosphorescence. In this stunning book, she reflects on the things that lit her way through the darkness, especially the surprising strength found in connecting with nature and not just experiencing awe and wonder about the world around her, but deliberately hunting it, daily.   Baird also writes about crossbeams of resilience: nurturing friendships and a quiet faith, pursuing silence, fighting for what she believes in, the importance of feeling small, learning from her mother&amp;#039;s example of stoic grace. She also explores how others nurture their inner light, interviewing the founder of the modern forest therapy movement in Tokyo, a jellyfish scientist in Tasmania, and a tattooed priest from Colorado, among others.   Weaving together candid and moving memoir with deep research and reflections on nature and the world around her, Baird inspires readers to embrace new habits and to adopt a phosphorescent outlook on life, to illuminate ourselves and our days—even in the darkest times.</description>
                  <author>Julia Baird</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593412169.mp3" length="2706588" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462995</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593412169.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:26:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Phosphorescence: A Memoir of Finding Joy When Your World Goes Dark
Author: Julia Baird
Narrator: Julia Baird
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Both timeless and timely, this is a book of wisdom and wonder” (Geraldine Brooks, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of March), a deeply personal exploration of what can sustain us through our darkest moments. “What has fascinated and sustained me over these last few years has been the notion that we have the ability to find, nurture, and carry our own inner, living light—a light to ward off the darkness. This is not about burning brightly; it’s about yielding a more simple phosphorescence—being luminous, having stored light for later use. Staying alive, remaining upright, even when lashed by doubt.”   After surviving a difficult heartbreak and battle with cancer, acclaimed author and columnist Julia Baird began thinking deeply about how we, as people, persevere through the most challenging circumstances. She started to wonder, when we are overwhelmed by illness, loss or pain, or a tragedy outside our control: How can we keep putting one foot in front of the other? Baird went in search of the magic that fuels the light within—our own phosphorescence. In this stunning book, she reflects on the things that lit her way through the darkness, especially the surprising strength found in connecting with nature and not just experiencing awe and wonder about the world around her, but deliberately hunting it, daily.   Baird also writes about crossbeams of resilience: nurturing friendships and a quiet faith, pursuing silence, fighting for what she believes in, the importance of feeling small, learning from her mother&amp;#039;s example of stoic grace. She also explores how others nurture their inner light, interviewing the founder of the modern forest therapy movement in Tokyo, a jellyfish scientist in Tasmania, and a tattooed priest from Colorado, among others.   Weaving together candid and moving memoir with deep research and reflections on nature and the world around her, Baird inspires readers to embrace new habits and to adopt a phosphorescent outlook on life, to illuminate ourselves and our days—even in the darkest times.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Phosphorescence: A Memoir of Finding Joy When Your World Goes Dark
Author: Julia Baird
Narrator: Julia Baird
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Both timeless and timely, this is a book of wisdom and wonder” (Geraldine Brooks, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of March), a deeply personal exploration of what can sustain us through our darkest moments. “What has fascinated and sustained me over these last few years has been the notion that we have the ability to find, nurture, and carry our own inner, living light—a light to ward off the darkness. This is not about burning brightly; it’s about yielding a more simple phosphorescence—being luminous, having stored light for later use. Staying alive, remaining upright, even when lashed by doubt.”   After surviving a difficult heartbreak and battle with cancer, acclaimed author and columnist Julia Baird began thinking deeply about how we, as people, persevere through the most challenging circumstances. She started to wonder, when we are overwhelmed by illness, loss or pain, or a tragedy outside our control: How can we keep putting one foot in front of the other? Baird went in search of the magic that fuels the light within—our own phosphorescence. In this stunning book, she reflects on the things that lit her way through the darkness, especially the surprising strength found in connecting with nature and not just experiencing awe and wonder about the world around her, but deliberately hunting it, daily.   Baird also writes about crossbeams of resilience: nurturing friendships and a quiet faith, pursuing silence, fighting for what she believes in, the importance of feeling small, learning from her mother&amp;#039;s example of stoic grace. She also explores how others nurture their inner light, interviewing the founder of the modern forest therapy movement in Tokyo, a jellyfish scientist in Tasmania, and a tattooed priest from Colorado, among others.   Weaving together candid and moving memoir with deep research and reflections on nature and the world around her, Baird inspires readers to embrace new habits and to adopt a phosphorescent outlook on life, to illuminate ourselves and our days—even in the darkest times.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>In Defense of Plants: An Exploration into the Wonder of Plants by Matt Candeias PhD</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462726</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Defense of Plants: An Exploration into the Wonder of Plants
Author: Matt Candeias PhD
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In his debut book, internationally recognized blogger and podcaster Matt Candeias celebrates the nature of plants and the extraordinary world of plant organisms. A botanist&amp;#039;s defense. Since his early days of plant restoration, this amateur plant scientist has been enchanted with flora and the greater environmental ecology of the planet. Now, he looks at the study of plants through the lens of his ever-growing houseplant collection. The ruthless, horny, and wonderful nature of plants. Understand how plants evolve and live on Earth with a never-before-seen look into their daily drama. In this book, Candeias explores the incredible ways plants live, fight, have sex, and conquer new territory. Whether a blossoming botanist or a professional plant scientist, In Defense of Plants is for anyone who sees plant organisms as more than just static backdrops to more charismatic life forms. In this easily accessible introduction to the incredible world of plants, you&amp;#039;ll find fantastic botanical histories and plant symbolism, passionate stories of flora diversity and scientific names of plants, and personal tales of plantsman discovery through the study of plants.</description>
                  <author>Matt Candeias PhD</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705286203.mp3" length="8381424" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462726</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705286203.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Defense of Plants: An Exploration into the Wonder of Plants
Author: Matt Candeias PhD
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In his debut book, internationally recognized blogger and podcaster Matt Candeias celebrates the nature of plants and the extraordinary world of plant organisms. A botanist&amp;#039;s defense. Since his early days of plant restoration, this amateur plant scientist has been enchanted with flora and the greater environmental ecology of the planet. Now, he looks at the study of plants through the lens of his ever-growing houseplant collection. The ruthless, horny, and wonderful nature of plants. Understand how plants evolve and live on Earth with a never-before-seen look into their daily drama. In this book, Candeias explores the incredible ways plants live, fight, have sex, and conquer new territory. Whether a blossoming botanist or a professional plant scientist, In Defense of Plants is for anyone who sees plant organisms as more than just static backdrops to more charismatic life forms. In this easily accessible introduction to the incredible world of plants, you&amp;#039;ll find fantastic botanical histories and plant symbolism, passionate stories of flora diversity and scientific names of plants, and personal tales of plantsman discovery through the study of plants.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Defense of Plants: An Exploration into the Wonder of Plants
Author: Matt Candeias PhD
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In his debut book, internationally recognized blogger and podcaster Matt Candeias celebrates the nature of plants and the extraordinary world of plant organisms. A botanist&amp;#039;s defense. Since his early days of plant restoration, this amateur plant scientist has been enchanted with flora and the greater environmental ecology of the planet. Now, he looks at the study of plants through the lens of his ever-growing houseplant collection. The ruthless, horny, and wonderful nature of plants. Understand how plants evolve and live on Earth with a never-before-seen look into their daily drama. In this book, Candeias explores the incredible ways plants live, fight, have sex, and conquer new territory. Whether a blossoming botanist or a professional plant scientist, In Defense of Plants is for anyone who sees plant organisms as more than just static backdrops to more charismatic life forms. In this easily accessible introduction to the incredible world of plants, you&amp;#039;ll find fantastic botanical histories and plant symbolism, passionate stories of flora diversity and scientific names of plants, and personal tales of plantsman discovery through the study of plants.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Songs of the Cat by Garrison Keillor</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462533</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Songs of the Cat
Author: Garrison Keillor
Narrator: Frederica Von Stade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: February 27, 1991
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Garrison Keillor joins German opera superstar Frederica Von Stade and noted conductor Philip Brunelle   for this studio recording. These sixteen songs in praise of felines include &amp;quot;My   Grandmother&amp;#039;s Cat,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;The In and Out Song,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Cat O Cat Come Home&amp;quot; as well as   tunes from the more cat-loving classical composers. An enchanting recording on a   very popular subject.  Tracks:   The Cat Came Back; The Hallelujah Patrol; The Mystery; The Cats of Cash; Dance To My Cats; Eine Kleine Kat; In Memory of Our Cat, Ralph; Alaska Cats; Beethoven Chased by Rossini; Near Death: Or, The Search Rewarded; Oy, Chuck and Katie; Forty Miles; The Rescue Cat; My Grandmother&amp;#039;s Cat; As I Walked Out; Cats May Safely Sleep; Guilt and Shame; Out in the Catskill Mountains; Cat, You Better Come Home; The In and Out Song.</description>
                  <author>Garrison Keillor</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 27 Feb 1991 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781615730032.mp3" length="938996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462533</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781615730032.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:2:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Songs of the Cat
Author: Garrison Keillor
Narrator: Frederica Von Stade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: February 27, 1991
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Garrison Keillor joins German opera superstar Frederica Von Stade and noted conductor Philip Brunelle   for this studio recording. These sixteen songs in praise of felines include &amp;quot;My   Grandmother&amp;#039;s Cat,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;The In and Out Song,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Cat O Cat Come Home&amp;quot; as well as   tunes from the more cat-loving classical composers. An enchanting recording on a   very popular subject.  Tracks:   The Cat Came Back; The Hallelujah Patrol; The Mystery; The Cats of Cash; Dance To My Cats; Eine Kleine Kat; In Memory of Our Cat, Ralph; Alaska Cats; Beethoven Chased by Rossini; Near Death: Or, The Search Rewarded; Oy, Chuck and Katie; Forty Miles; The Rescue Cat; My Grandmother&amp;#039;s Cat; As I Walked Out; Cats May Safely Sleep; Guilt and Shame; Out in the Catskill Mountains; Cat, You Better Come Home; The In and Out Song.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Songs of the Cat
Author: Garrison Keillor
Narrator: Frederica Von Stade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: February 27, 1991
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Garrison Keillor joins German opera superstar Frederica Von Stade and noted conductor Philip Brunelle   for this studio recording. These sixteen songs in praise of felines include &amp;quot;My   Grandmother&amp;#039;s Cat,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;The In and Out Song,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Cat O Cat Come Home&amp;quot; as well as   tunes from the more cat-loving classical composers. An enchanting recording on a   very popular subject.  Tracks:   The Cat Came Back; The Hallelujah Patrol; The Mystery; The Cats of Cash; Dance To My Cats; Eine Kleine Kat; In Memory of Our Cat, Ralph; Alaska Cats; Beethoven Chased by Rossini; Near Death: Or, The Search Rewarded; Oy, Chuck and Katie; Forty Miles; The Rescue Cat; My Grandmother&amp;#039;s Cat; As I Walked Out; Cats May Safely Sleep; Guilt and Shame; Out in the Catskill Mountains; Cat, You Better Come Home; The In and Out Song.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Pipe Dreams: The Urgent Global Quest to Transform the Toilet by Chelsea Wald</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pipe Dreams: The Urgent Global Quest to Transform the Toilet
Author: Chelsea Wald
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the 2022 NASW Science in Society Journalism Award  Longlisted for the 2022 AAAS/Subaru SB&amp;amp;F Prize for Excellence in Science Books   From an award-winning science journalist, a “deeply researched, entertaining, and impassioned exploration of sanitation” (Nature) and the future of the toilet—for fans of popular science bestsellers by Mary Roach. Most of us do not give much thought to the centerpiece of our bathrooms, but the toilet is an unexpected paradox. On the one hand, it is a modern miracle: a ubiquitous fixture in a vast sanitation system that has helped add decades to the human life span by reducing disease. On the other hand, the toilet is also a tragic failure: less than half of the world’s population can access a toilet that safely manages body waste, including many right here in the United States. And it is inefficient, squandering clean water as well as the nutrients, energy, and information contained in the stuff we flush away. While we see radical technological change in almost every other aspect of our lives, we remain stuck in a sanitation status quo—in part because the topic of toilets is taboo.   Fortunately, there’s hope—and Pipe Dreams daringly profiles the growing army of sewage-savvy scientists, engineers, philanthropists, entrepreneurs, and activists worldwide who are overcoming their aversions and focusing their formidable skills on making toilets accessible and healthier for all.   This potential revolution in sanitation has many benefits, including reducing inequalities, mitigating climate change and water scarcity, improving agriculture, and optimizing health. Author Chelsea Wald takes us on a wild world tour from a compost toilet project in Haiti, to a plant in the Netherlands that salvages used toilet paper from sewage, and shows us a toilet seat that can watch users’ poop for signs of illness, among many other fascinating developments.   “Toilet humor is one thing, but toilet fact, as digested by skilled science writer Wald, is quite another…[Pipe Dreams is] a highly informative, well-reasoned call to rethink the throne” (Kirkus Reviews).</description>
                  <author>Chelsea Wald</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797124094.mp3" length="883701" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797124094.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:8:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pipe Dreams: The Urgent Global Quest to Transform the Toilet
Author: Chelsea Wald
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the 2022 NASW Science in Society Journalism Award  Longlisted for the 2022 AAAS/Subaru SB&amp;amp;F Prize for Excellence in Science Books   From an award-winning science journalist, a “deeply researched, entertaining, and impassioned exploration of sanitation” (Nature) and the future of the toilet—for fans of popular science bestsellers by Mary Roach. Most of us do not give much thought to the centerpiece of our bathrooms, but the toilet is an unexpected paradox. On the one hand, it is a modern miracle: a ubiquitous fixture in a vast sanitation system that has helped add decades to the human life span by reducing disease. On the other hand, the toilet is also a tragic failure: less than half of the world’s population can access a toilet that safely manages body waste, including many right here in the United States. And it is inefficient, squandering clean water as well as the nutrients, energy, and information contained in the stuff we flush away. While we see radical technological change in almost every other aspect of our lives, we remain stuck in a sanitation status quo—in part because the topic of toilets is taboo.   Fortunately, there’s hope—and Pipe Dreams daringly profiles the growing army of sewage-savvy scientists, engineers, philanthropists, entrepreneurs, and activists worldwide who are overcoming their aversions and focusing their formidable skills on making toilets accessible and healthier for all.   This potential revolution in sanitation has many benefits, including reducing inequalities, mitigating climate change and water scarcity, improving agriculture, and optimizing health. Author Chelsea Wald takes us on a wild world tour from a compost toilet project in Haiti, to a plant in the Netherlands that salvages used toilet paper from sewage, and shows us a toilet seat that can watch users’ poop for signs of illness, among many other fascinating developments.   “Toilet humor is one thing, but toilet fact, as digested by skilled science writer Wald, is quite another…[Pipe Dreams is] a highly informative, well-reasoned call to rethink the throne” (Kirkus Reviews).</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pipe Dreams: The Urgent Global Quest to Transform the Toilet
Author: Chelsea Wald
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the 2022 NASW Science in Society Journalism Award  Longlisted for the 2022 AAAS/Subaru SB&amp;amp;F Prize for Excellence in Science Books   From an award-winning science journalist, a “deeply researched, entertaining, and impassioned exploration of sanitation” (Nature) and the future of the toilet—for fans of popular science bestsellers by Mary Roach. Most of us do not give much thought to the centerpiece of our bathrooms, but the toilet is an unexpected paradox. On the one hand, it is a modern miracle: a ubiquitous fixture in a vast sanitation system that has helped add decades to the human life span by reducing disease. On the other hand, the toilet is also a tragic failure: less than half of the world’s population can access a toilet that safely manages body waste, including many right here in the United States. And it is inefficient, squandering clean water as well as the nutrients, energy, and information contained in the stuff we flush away. While we see radical technological change in almost every other aspect of our lives, we remain stuck in a sanitation status quo—in part because the topic of toilets is taboo.   Fortunately, there’s hope—and Pipe Dreams daringly profiles the growing army of sewage-savvy scientists, engineers, philanthropists, entrepreneurs, and activists worldwide who are overcoming their aversions and focusing their formidable skills on making toilets accessible and healthier for all.   This potential revolution in sanitation has many benefits, including reducing inequalities, mitigating climate change and water scarcity, improving agriculture, and optimizing health. Author Chelsea Wald takes us on a wild world tour from a compost toilet project in Haiti, to a plant in the Netherlands that salvages used toilet paper from sewage, and shows us a toilet seat that can watch users’ poop for signs of illness, among many other fascinating developments.   “Toilet humor is one thing, but toilet fact, as digested by skilled science writer Wald, is quite another…[Pipe Dreams is] a highly informative, well-reasoned call to rethink the throne” (Kirkus Reviews).</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Holding Back the River: The Struggle Against Nature on America&amp;#039;s Waterways by Tyler J. Kelley</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462047</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holding Back the River: The Struggle Against Nature on America&amp;#039;s Waterways
Author: Tyler J. Kelley
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory work of reporting on the men and women wrestling to harness and preserve America’s most vital natural resource: our rivers. The Mississippi. The Missouri. The Ohio. America’s rivers are the very lifeblood of our country. We need them for nourishing crops, for cheap bulk transportation, for hydroelectric power, for fresh drinking water. Rivers are also part of our mythology, our collective soul; they are Mark Twain, Led Zeppelin, and the Delta Blues. But as infrastructure across the nation fails and climate change pushes rivers and seas to new heights, we’ve arrived at a critical moment in our battle to tame these often-destructive forces of nature.   Tyler J. Kelley spent two years traveling the heartland, getting to know the men and women whose lives and livelihoods rely on these tenuously tamed streams. On the Illinois-Kentucky border, we encounter Luther Helland, master of the most important—and most decrepit—lock and dam in America. This old dam at the end of the Ohio River was scheduled to be replaced in 1998, but twenty years and $3 billion later, its replacement still isn’t finished. As the old dam crumbles and commerce grinds to a halt, Helland and his team must risk their lives, using steam-powered equipment and sheer brawn, to raise and lower the dam as often as ten times a year.   In Southeast Missouri, we meet Twan Robinson, who lives in the historically Black village of Pinhook. As a super-flood rises on the Mississippi, she learns from her sister that the US Army Corps of Engineers is going to blow up the levee that stands between her home and the river. With barely enough notice to evacuate her elderly mother and pack up a few of her own belongings, Robinson escapes to safety only to begin a nightmarish years-long battle to rebuild her lost community.   Atop a floodgate in central Louisiana, we’re beside Major General Richard Kaiser, the man responsible for keeping North America’s greatest river under control. Kaiser stands above the spot where the Mississippi River wants to change course, abandoning Baton Rouge and New Orleans, and following the Atchafalaya River to the sea. The daily flow of water from one river to the other is carefully regulated, but something else is happening that may be out of Kaiser and the Corps’ control.   America’s infrastructure is old and underfunded. While our economy, society, and climate have changed, our levees, locks, and dams have not. Yet to fix what’s wrong will require more than money. It will require an act of imagination. “With meticulous research and insightful analysis” (Publishers Weekly), Holding Back the River brings us into the lives of the Americans who grapple with our mighty rivers and, through their stories, suggests solutions to some of the century’s greatest challenges.</description>
                  <author>Tyler J. Kelley</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797121376.mp3" length="852209" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462047</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797121376.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:10:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holding Back the River: The Struggle Against Nature on America&amp;#039;s Waterways
Author: Tyler J. Kelley
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory work of reporting on the men and women wrestling to harness and preserve America’s most vital natural resource: our rivers. The Mississippi. The Missouri. The Ohio. America’s rivers are the very lifeblood of our country. We need them for nourishing crops, for cheap bulk transportation, for hydroelectric power, for fresh drinking water. Rivers are also part of our mythology, our collective soul; they are Mark Twain, Led Zeppelin, and the Delta Blues. But as infrastructure across the nation fails and climate change pushes rivers and seas to new heights, we’ve arrived at a critical moment in our battle to tame these often-destructive forces of nature.   Tyler J. Kelley spent two years traveling the heartland, getting to know the men and women whose lives and livelihoods rely on these tenuously tamed streams. On the Illinois-Kentucky border, we encounter Luther Helland, master of the most important—and most decrepit—lock and dam in America. This old dam at the end of the Ohio River was scheduled to be replaced in 1998, but twenty years and $3 billion later, its replacement still isn’t finished. As the old dam crumbles and commerce grinds to a halt, Helland and his team must risk their lives, using steam-powered equipment and sheer brawn, to raise and lower the dam as often as ten times a year.   In Southeast Missouri, we meet Twan Robinson, who lives in the historically Black village of Pinhook. As a super-flood rises on the Mississippi, she learns from her sister that the US Army Corps of Engineers is going to blow up the levee that stands between her home and the river. With barely enough notice to evacuate her elderly mother and pack up a few of her own belongings, Robinson escapes to safety only to begin a nightmarish years-long battle to rebuild her lost community.   Atop a floodgate in central Louisiana, we’re beside Major General Richard Kaiser, the man responsible for keeping North America’s greatest river under control. Kaiser stands above the spot where the Mississippi River wants to change course, abandoning Baton Rouge and New Orleans, and following the Atchafalaya River to the sea. The daily flow of water from one river to the other is carefully regulated, but something else is happening that may be out of Kaiser and the Corps’ control.   America’s infrastructure is old and underfunded. While our economy, society, and climate have changed, our levees, locks, and dams have not. Yet to fix what’s wrong will require more than money. It will require an act of imagination. “With meticulous research and insightful analysis” (Publishers Weekly), Holding Back the River brings us into the lives of the Americans who grapple with our mighty rivers and, through their stories, suggests solutions to some of the century’s greatest challenges.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holding Back the River: The Struggle Against Nature on America&amp;#039;s Waterways
Author: Tyler J. Kelley
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory work of reporting on the men and women wrestling to harness and preserve America’s most vital natural resource: our rivers. The Mississippi. The Missouri. The Ohio. America’s rivers are the very lifeblood of our country. We need them for nourishing crops, for cheap bulk transportation, for hydroelectric power, for fresh drinking water. Rivers are also part of our mythology, our collective soul; they are Mark Twain, Led Zeppelin, and the Delta Blues. But as infrastructure across the nation fails and climate change pushes rivers and seas to new heights, we’ve arrived at a critical moment in our battle to tame these often-destructive forces of nature.   Tyler J. Kelley spent two years traveling the heartland, getting to know the men and women whose lives and livelihoods rely on these tenuously tamed streams. On the Illinois-Kentucky border, we encounter Luther Helland, master of the most important—and most decrepit—lock and dam in America. This old dam at the end of the Ohio River was scheduled to be replaced in 1998, but twenty years and $3 billion later, its replacement still isn’t finished. As the old dam crumbles and commerce grinds to a halt, Helland and his team must risk their lives, using steam-powered equipment and sheer brawn, to raise and lower the dam as often as ten times a year.   In Southeast Missouri, we meet Twan Robinson, who lives in the historically Black village of Pinhook. As a super-flood rises on the Mississippi, she learns from her sister that the US Army Corps of Engineers is going to blow up the levee that stands between her home and the river. With barely enough notice to evacuate her elderly mother and pack up a few of her own belongings, Robinson escapes to safety only to begin a nightmarish years-long battle to rebuild her lost community.   Atop a floodgate in central Louisiana, we’re beside Major General Richard Kaiser, the man responsible for keeping North America’s greatest river under control. Kaiser stands above the spot where the Mississippi River wants to change course, abandoning Baton Rouge and New Orleans, and following the Atchafalaya River to the sea. The daily flow of water from one river to the other is carefully regulated, but something else is happening that may be out of Kaiser and the Corps’ control.   America’s infrastructure is old and underfunded. While our economy, society, and climate have changed, our levees, locks, and dams have not. Yet to fix what’s wrong will require more than money. It will require an act of imagination. “With meticulous research and insightful analysis” (Publishers Weekly), Holding Back the River brings us into the lives of the Americans who grapple with our mighty rivers and, through their stories, suggests solutions to some of the century’s greatest challenges.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Sustainable Minimalism: Embrace Zero Waste, Build Sustainability Habits That Last, and Become a Minimalist without Sacrificing the Planet by Stephanie Marie Seferian</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461770</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sustainable Minimalism: Embrace Zero Waste, Build Sustainability Habits That Last, and Become a Minimalist without Sacrificing the Planet
Author: Stephanie Marie Seferian
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eco-minimalism is a hot-button issue right now, and for good reason: living a life with less can be the key to saving our precious planet. We are exhausted. There&amp;#039;s so much to do, and way too much to buy. Whether it&amp;#039;s through late night TV ads, social media, or other sources of influence, we seem to be addicted to buying and then storing things. Sometimes we consume with no regret and other times we realize that we&amp;#039;re doing more harm than good to our wallets and our homes. It&amp;#039;s a constant cycle—one that many are longing to break. Who wants their hard-earned money to go toward something that soon ends up in a landfill? We have an abundance of things. Manufacturing &amp;#039;stuff&amp;#039; exploits Earth&amp;#039;s precious (and finite) resources. And then there&amp;#039;s the harsh reality of where it all goes. Our discarded possessions ultimately head to landfills and contribute to environmental pollution, releasing greenhouse gases during breakdown and decomposition. Sustainable minimalism is the solution overworked people are seeking but can&amp;#039;t seem to find in any store. This book empowers readers to incrementally incorporate the tenets of sustainable minimalism into their homes and lives. You will master the easiest tasks first and build upon your successes—a practical and stress-free process. Now that&amp;#039;s sustainable!</description>
                  <author>Stephanie Marie Seferian</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705286227.mp3" length="8538642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461770</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705286227.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:56:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sustainable Minimalism: Embrace Zero Waste, Build Sustainability Habits That Last, and Become a Minimalist without Sacrificing the Planet
Author: Stephanie Marie Seferian
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eco-minimalism is a hot-button issue right now, and for good reason: living a life with less can be the key to saving our precious planet. We are exhausted. There&amp;#039;s so much to do, and way too much to buy. Whether it&amp;#039;s through late night TV ads, social media, or other sources of influence, we seem to be addicted to buying and then storing things. Sometimes we consume with no regret and other times we realize that we&amp;#039;re doing more harm than good to our wallets and our homes. It&amp;#039;s a constant cycle—one that many are longing to break. Who wants their hard-earned money to go toward something that soon ends up in a landfill? We have an abundance of things. Manufacturing &amp;#039;stuff&amp;#039; exploits Earth&amp;#039;s precious (and finite) resources. And then there&amp;#039;s the harsh reality of where it all goes. Our discarded possessions ultimately head to landfills and contribute to environmental pollution, releasing greenhouse gases during breakdown and decomposition. Sustainable minimalism is the solution overworked people are seeking but can&amp;#039;t seem to find in any store. This book empowers readers to incrementally incorporate the tenets of sustainable minimalism into their homes and lives. You will master the easiest tasks first and build upon your successes—a practical and stress-free process. Now that&amp;#039;s sustainable!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sustainable Minimalism: Embrace Zero Waste, Build Sustainability Habits That Last, and Become a Minimalist without Sacrificing the Planet
Author: Stephanie Marie Seferian
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eco-minimalism is a hot-button issue right now, and for good reason: living a life with less can be the key to saving our precious planet. We are exhausted. There&amp;#039;s so much to do, and way too much to buy. Whether it&amp;#039;s through late night TV ads, social media, or other sources of influence, we seem to be addicted to buying and then storing things. Sometimes we consume with no regret and other times we realize that we&amp;#039;re doing more harm than good to our wallets and our homes. It&amp;#039;s a constant cycle—one that many are longing to break. Who wants their hard-earned money to go toward something that soon ends up in a landfill? We have an abundance of things. Manufacturing &amp;#039;stuff&amp;#039; exploits Earth&amp;#039;s precious (and finite) resources. And then there&amp;#039;s the harsh reality of where it all goes. Our discarded possessions ultimately head to landfills and contribute to environmental pollution, releasing greenhouse gases during breakdown and decomposition. Sustainable minimalism is the solution overworked people are seeking but can&amp;#039;t seem to find in any store. This book empowers readers to incrementally incorporate the tenets of sustainable minimalism into their homes and lives. You will master the easiest tasks first and build upon your successes—a practical and stress-free process. Now that&amp;#039;s sustainable!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Our Livable World: Creating the Clean Earth of Tomorrow by Marc Schaus</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461736</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Livable World: Creating the Clean Earth of Tomorrow
Author: Marc Schaus
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s finally reason to hope. Climate change is the existential threat of our time, but incredible new advancements in science and engineering can allow us to avoid the worst repercussions of global warming as we work to reverse it over time. In Our Livable World, research specialist and author Marc Schaus leads listeners in an exploration of the newest and upcoming innovations in green technology poised to prevent the climate apocalypse—and usher in a sustainable, livable world. To beat a challenge the size of climate change, our solutions will have to be ambitious: solar energy coatings that can be applied like paint, &amp;#039;smart highways&amp;#039; designed to charge your vehicle as you drive, indoor vertical farms automated to maximize crop growth with no pesticides, bioluminescent vines ready to one day replace our streetlights, jet fuel created from landfill trash—and next-generation carbon capture techniques to remove the emissions we have already released over the past several decades. Far from the geoengineering schemes of cli-fi action thrillers: real solutions are being developed, right this moment. Our Livable World features interviews with the innovators, real talk on the revolutionary technology, and a clear picture of a cleaner planet in the future.</description>
                  <author>Marc Schaus</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705280669.mp3" length="8530834" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461736</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705280669.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>12:22:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Livable World: Creating the Clean Earth of Tomorrow
Author: Marc Schaus
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s finally reason to hope. Climate change is the existential threat of our time, but incredible new advancements in science and engineering can allow us to avoid the worst repercussions of global warming as we work to reverse it over time. In Our Livable World, research specialist and author Marc Schaus leads listeners in an exploration of the newest and upcoming innovations in green technology poised to prevent the climate apocalypse—and usher in a sustainable, livable world. To beat a challenge the size of climate change, our solutions will have to be ambitious: solar energy coatings that can be applied like paint, &amp;#039;smart highways&amp;#039; designed to charge your vehicle as you drive, indoor vertical farms automated to maximize crop growth with no pesticides, bioluminescent vines ready to one day replace our streetlights, jet fuel created from landfill trash—and next-generation carbon capture techniques to remove the emissions we have already released over the past several decades. Far from the geoengineering schemes of cli-fi action thrillers: real solutions are being developed, right this moment. Our Livable World features interviews with the innovators, real talk on the revolutionary technology, and a clear picture of a cleaner planet in the future.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Livable World: Creating the Clean Earth of Tomorrow
Author: Marc Schaus
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s finally reason to hope. Climate change is the existential threat of our time, but incredible new advancements in science and engineering can allow us to avoid the worst repercussions of global warming as we work to reverse it over time. In Our Livable World, research specialist and author Marc Schaus leads listeners in an exploration of the newest and upcoming innovations in green technology poised to prevent the climate apocalypse—and usher in a sustainable, livable world. To beat a challenge the size of climate change, our solutions will have to be ambitious: solar energy coatings that can be applied like paint, &amp;#039;smart highways&amp;#039; designed to charge your vehicle as you drive, indoor vertical farms automated to maximize crop growth with no pesticides, bioluminescent vines ready to one day replace our streetlights, jet fuel created from landfill trash—and next-generation carbon capture techniques to remove the emissions we have already released over the past several decades. Far from the geoengineering schemes of cli-fi action thrillers: real solutions are being developed, right this moment. Our Livable World features interviews with the innovators, real talk on the revolutionary technology, and a clear picture of a cleaner planet in the future.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>One Hundred Dogs and Counting: One Woman, Ten Thousand Miles, and A Journey into the Heart of Shelters and Rescues by Cara Sue Achterberg</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461660</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Hundred Dogs and Counting: One Woman, Ten Thousand Miles, and A Journey into the Heart of Shelters and Rescues
Author: Cara Sue Achterberg
Narrator: Cara Sue Achterberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After nearly a year struggling to find a home for a particular foster dog, Cara begins to wonder how the story ends—when will all the dogs be saved? Even after the one-hundredth foster dog passes through Cara’s home, the stream of homeless dogs appears endless. Seized by the need to act, Cara grabs her best friend, fills a van with donations, and heads south to discover what’s really happening in the rural shelters where her foster dogs originate. What she discovers will break her heart and compel her to share the story of heroes and villains and plenty of good dogs in the hope of changing this world. From North Carolina where pit bulls fill the shelters and heart-worm rages to Tennessee where dogs are left forgotten in pounds and on to Alabama where unlikely heroes fight in a state that has largely forsaken its responsibilities to its animals, Cara meets the people working on the front lines in this national crisis of unwanted animals. The dogs, the people, and their inspiring stories draw her south again and again in search of answers—and maybe a dog of her own. One Hundred Dogs and Counting will introduce listeners to many wonderful dogs—from sweet Oreo to quirky Flannery—but also to inspirational people sacrificing their personal lives and fortunes to save deserving animals. A supplemental PDF is included with this audiobook.</description>
                  <author>Cara Sue Achterberg</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666554236.mp3" length="859340" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461660</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666554236.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:54:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Hundred Dogs and Counting: One Woman, Ten Thousand Miles, and A Journey into the Heart of Shelters and Rescues
Author: Cara Sue Achterberg
Narrator: Cara Sue Achterberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After nearly a year struggling to find a home for a particular foster dog, Cara begins to wonder how the story ends—when will all the dogs be saved? Even after the one-hundredth foster dog passes through Cara’s home, the stream of homeless dogs appears endless. Seized by the need to act, Cara grabs her best friend, fills a van with donations, and heads south to discover what’s really happening in the rural shelters where her foster dogs originate. What she discovers will break her heart and compel her to share the story of heroes and villains and plenty of good dogs in the hope of changing this world. From North Carolina where pit bulls fill the shelters and heart-worm rages to Tennessee where dogs are left forgotten in pounds and on to Alabama where unlikely heroes fight in a state that has largely forsaken its responsibilities to its animals, Cara meets the people working on the front lines in this national crisis of unwanted animals. The dogs, the people, and their inspiring stories draw her south again and again in search of answers—and maybe a dog of her own. One Hundred Dogs and Counting will introduce listeners to many wonderful dogs—from sweet Oreo to quirky Flannery—but also to inspirational people sacrificing their personal lives and fortunes to save deserving animals. A supplemental PDF is included with this audiobook.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Hundred Dogs and Counting: One Woman, Ten Thousand Miles, and A Journey into the Heart of Shelters and Rescues
Author: Cara Sue Achterberg
Narrator: Cara Sue Achterberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After nearly a year struggling to find a home for a particular foster dog, Cara begins to wonder how the story ends—when will all the dogs be saved? Even after the one-hundredth foster dog passes through Cara’s home, the stream of homeless dogs appears endless. Seized by the need to act, Cara grabs her best friend, fills a van with donations, and heads south to discover what’s really happening in the rural shelters where her foster dogs originate. What she discovers will break her heart and compel her to share the story of heroes and villains and plenty of good dogs in the hope of changing this world. From North Carolina where pit bulls fill the shelters and heart-worm rages to Tennessee where dogs are left forgotten in pounds and on to Alabama where unlikely heroes fight in a state that has largely forsaken its responsibilities to its animals, Cara meets the people working on the front lines in this national crisis of unwanted animals. The dogs, the people, and their inspiring stories draw her south again and again in search of answers—and maybe a dog of her own. One Hundred Dogs and Counting will introduce listeners to many wonderful dogs—from sweet Oreo to quirky Flannery—but also to inspirational people sacrificing their personal lives and fortunes to save deserving animals. A supplemental PDF is included with this audiobook.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The E-Myth Veterinarian: Why Most Veterinary Practices Don&amp;#039;t Work and What to Do About It by Peter Weinstein, Michael E. Gerber</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461635</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The E-Myth Veterinarian: Why Most Veterinary Practices Don&amp;#039;t Work and What to Do About It
Author: Peter Weinstein, Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Peter Weinstein, Michael E. Gerber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading a veterinary practice can seem like a daunting task, with too few hours in the day, too many petty management issues, and problems veterinarians at large practices don&amp;#039;t seem to face. The E-Myth Veterinarian offers you a road map to create a veterinary practice that&amp;#039;s self-sufficient, growing, and highly profitable. Take your practice to levels you didn&amp;#039;t think possible with this unique guide!</description>
                  <author>Peter Weinstein, Michael E. Gerber</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646891900.mp3" length="1214973" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461635</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646891900.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:46:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The E-Myth Veterinarian: Why Most Veterinary Practices Don&amp;#039;t Work and What to Do About It
Author: Peter Weinstein, Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Peter Weinstein, Michael E. Gerber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading a veterinary practice can seem like a daunting task, with too few hours in the day, too many petty management issues, and problems veterinarians at large practices don&amp;#039;t seem to face. The E-Myth Veterinarian offers you a road map to create a veterinary practice that&amp;#039;s self-sufficient, growing, and highly profitable. Take your practice to levels you didn&amp;#039;t think possible with this unique guide!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The E-Myth Veterinarian: Why Most Veterinary Practices Don&amp;#039;t Work and What to Do About It
Author: Peter Weinstein, Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Peter Weinstein, Michael E. Gerber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading a veterinary practice can seem like a daunting task, with too few hours in the day, too many petty management issues, and problems veterinarians at large practices don&amp;#039;t seem to face. The E-Myth Veterinarian offers you a road map to create a veterinary practice that&amp;#039;s self-sufficient, growing, and highly profitable. Take your practice to levels you didn&amp;#039;t think possible with this unique guide!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Forager&amp;#039;s Calendar by John Wright</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461184</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Forager&amp;#039;s Calendar
Author: John Wright
Narrator: John Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE GUILD OF FOOD WRITERS AWARD FOR FOOD BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 A month by month handbook for foraging in the woods, fields and seashores of Great Britain. Look out of your window, walk down a country path or go to the beach in Great Britain, and you are sure to see many wild species that you can take home and eat. From dandelions in spring to sloe berries in autumn, via wild garlic, samphire, chanterelles and even grasshoppers, our countryside is full of edible delights in any season. John Wright is the country&amp;#039;s foremost expert in foraging and brings decades of experience, including as forager at the River Cottage, to this seasonal guide. Month by month, he shows us what species can be found and where, how to identify them, and how to store, use and cook them. You&amp;#039;ll learn the stories behind the Latin names, the best way to tap a Birch tree, and how to fry an ant, make rosehip syrup and cook a hop omelette. With tips on kit, conservation advice and what to avoid, this is an indispensable guide for everyone interested in wild food, whether you want to explore the great outdoors, or are happiest foraging from your armchair. ‘He writes so engagingly that it&amp;#039;s hard to imagine that actual foraging can be more attractive…This book is a treasure.” John Carey, The Sunday Times</description>
                  <author>John Wright</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004028283.mp3" length="798600" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461184</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004028283.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:55:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Forager&amp;#039;s Calendar
Author: John Wright
Narrator: John Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE GUILD OF FOOD WRITERS AWARD FOR FOOD BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 A month by month handbook for foraging in the woods, fields and seashores of Great Britain. Look out of your window, walk down a country path or go to the beach in Great Britain, and you are sure to see many wild species that you can take home and eat. From dandelions in spring to sloe berries in autumn, via wild garlic, samphire, chanterelles and even grasshoppers, our countryside is full of edible delights in any season. John Wright is the country&amp;#039;s foremost expert in foraging and brings decades of experience, including as forager at the River Cottage, to this seasonal guide. Month by month, he shows us what species can be found and where, how to identify them, and how to store, use and cook them. You&amp;#039;ll learn the stories behind the Latin names, the best way to tap a Birch tree, and how to fry an ant, make rosehip syrup and cook a hop omelette. With tips on kit, conservation advice and what to avoid, this is an indispensable guide for everyone interested in wild food, whether you want to explore the great outdoors, or are happiest foraging from your armchair. ‘He writes so engagingly that it&amp;#039;s hard to imagine that actual foraging can be more attractive…This book is a treasure.” John Carey, The Sunday Times</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Forager&amp;#039;s Calendar
Author: John Wright
Narrator: John Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE GUILD OF FOOD WRITERS AWARD FOR FOOD BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 A month by month handbook for foraging in the woods, fields and seashores of Great Britain. Look out of your window, walk down a country path or go to the beach in Great Britain, and you are sure to see many wild species that you can take home and eat. From dandelions in spring to sloe berries in autumn, via wild garlic, samphire, chanterelles and even grasshoppers, our countryside is full of edible delights in any season. John Wright is the country&amp;#039;s foremost expert in foraging and brings decades of experience, including as forager at the River Cottage, to this seasonal guide. Month by month, he shows us what species can be found and where, how to identify them, and how to store, use and cook them. You&amp;#039;ll learn the stories behind the Latin names, the best way to tap a Birch tree, and how to fry an ant, make rosehip syrup and cook a hop omelette. With tips on kit, conservation advice and what to avoid, this is an indispensable guide for everyone interested in wild food, whether you want to explore the great outdoors, or are happiest foraging from your armchair. ‘He writes so engagingly that it&amp;#039;s hard to imagine that actual foraging can be more attractive…This book is a treasure.” John Carey, The Sunday Times</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Vanishing by Prerna Bindra</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460682</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vanishing
Author: Prerna Bindra
Narrator: Deepti Singh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Every year, our planet loses over 150 species of plants and animals, and India is very much in the midst of this mass ‘sixth extinction’. We are losing species in our backyard—where are the once ubiquitous sparrows, or the fireflies that lit up our nights? And in the forests, iconic species like the great Indian bustards are down to a hundred, while flamingoes are poised to be wiped off the map of India. The Vanishing takes an unflinching look at the unacknowledged crisis that India’s wildlife faces, bringing to fore the ecocide that the country’s growth story is leaving in its wake—laying to waste its forests, endangering its wildlife, even tigers whose increasing numbers shield the real story of how development projects are tearing their habitat to shreds. It tells us why extinction matters, linking the fate of wildlife to ours. The end of the gharial, an ancient crocodilian, signifies that the clear, fast-flowing rivers that are our lifelines are stilled and poisoned. The author deconstructs the raging human–wildlife conflict to show wild elephants as peaceable creatures and weaves a beautiful tale of their bond with their protectors. With the high-decibel development versus environment debate dominating headlines, the book reveals how the ‘development at all costs’ model threatens our ecological and economic security. The author travels to far-flung forests to give an eyewitness account, and an insider’s view of India’s vanishing natural heritage. The Vanishing is a sharp and stirring read about today&amp;#039;s desperate scenarios, and the quest for hope for a wild India.&amp;#039;</description>
                  <author>Prerna Bindra</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780143497547.mp3" length="2740579" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460682</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780143497547.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>12:39:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vanishing
Author: Prerna Bindra
Narrator: Deepti Singh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Every year, our planet loses over 150 species of plants and animals, and India is very much in the midst of this mass ‘sixth extinction’. We are losing species in our backyard—where are the once ubiquitous sparrows, or the fireflies that lit up our nights? And in the forests, iconic species like the great Indian bustards are down to a hundred, while flamingoes are poised to be wiped off the map of India. The Vanishing takes an unflinching look at the unacknowledged crisis that India’s wildlife faces, bringing to fore the ecocide that the country’s growth story is leaving in its wake—laying to waste its forests, endangering its wildlife, even tigers whose increasing numbers shield the real story of how development projects are tearing their habitat to shreds. It tells us why extinction matters, linking the fate of wildlife to ours. The end of the gharial, an ancient crocodilian, signifies that the clear, fast-flowing rivers that are our lifelines are stilled and poisoned. The author deconstructs the raging human–wildlife conflict to show wild elephants as peaceable creatures and weaves a beautiful tale of their bond with their protectors. With the high-decibel development versus environment debate dominating headlines, the book reveals how the ‘development at all costs’ model threatens our ecological and economic security. The author travels to far-flung forests to give an eyewitness account, and an insider’s view of India’s vanishing natural heritage. The Vanishing is a sharp and stirring read about today&amp;#039;s desperate scenarios, and the quest for hope for a wild India.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vanishing
Author: Prerna Bindra
Narrator: Deepti Singh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Every year, our planet loses over 150 species of plants and animals, and India is very much in the midst of this mass ‘sixth extinction’. We are losing species in our backyard—where are the once ubiquitous sparrows, or the fireflies that lit up our nights? And in the forests, iconic species like the great Indian bustards are down to a hundred, while flamingoes are poised to be wiped off the map of India. The Vanishing takes an unflinching look at the unacknowledged crisis that India’s wildlife faces, bringing to fore the ecocide that the country’s growth story is leaving in its wake—laying to waste its forests, endangering its wildlife, even tigers whose increasing numbers shield the real story of how development projects are tearing their habitat to shreds. It tells us why extinction matters, linking the fate of wildlife to ours. The end of the gharial, an ancient crocodilian, signifies that the clear, fast-flowing rivers that are our lifelines are stilled and poisoned. The author deconstructs the raging human–wildlife conflict to show wild elephants as peaceable creatures and weaves a beautiful tale of their bond with their protectors. With the high-decibel development versus environment debate dominating headlines, the book reveals how the ‘development at all costs’ model threatens our ecological and economic security. The author travels to far-flung forests to give an eyewitness account, and an insider’s view of India’s vanishing natural heritage. The Vanishing is a sharp and stirring read about today&amp;#039;s desperate scenarios, and the quest for hope for a wild India.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Wasted: How We Squander Time, Money, and Natural Resources-and What We Can Do About It by Byron Reese, Scott Hoffman</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460677</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wasted: How We Squander Time, Money, and Natural Resources-and What We Can Do About It
Author: Byron Reese, Scott Hoffman
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wasted is a riveting exploration of the complicated, and often surprising, ways that waste occurs in our businesses, our communities, and our lives “A smart, unconventional book that takes readers far beyond what they think they know about a complex subject.”—Kari Byron, former cast member of MythBusters   Waste. We spend a great deal of energy trying to avoid it, but once you train your eyes to look for it, you’ll see it all around you—in your home, your business, and your everyday life.   In Wasted, futurist Byron Reese and entrepreneur Scott Hoffman take readers on a fascinating journey through this modern world of waste, drawing on science, economics, and human behavior to envision what a world with far less of it—or none of it at all—might look like. Along the way, they explore thought-provoking issues such as   • why the United States got a higher proportion of its energy from renewable sources in 1950 than it does today  • whether the amount of gold in unused mobile phones can be extracted for profit • how switching to water fountains on a single route from Singapore to Newark could prevent the use of 3,400 plastic bottles—on each flight • whether the amount of money you save buying goods in bulk is offset by the amount you lose when some spoil.   Ultimately, the question of reducing waste is scientific, philosophical, and, most of all, complex. According to Reese and Hoffman, the rush toward simple answers has often led to well-meaning efforts that cause more waste than they save. The only way we can hope to make progress is to treat waste as the complicated issue it is.    While the authors don’t promise easy answers, in this compelling book they take an important step toward solutions by examining the questions at play, giving actionable steps, and ensuring that you’ll never see the world of waste the same way again.</description>
                  <author>Byron Reese, Scott Hoffman</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593288856.mp3" length="2807826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460677</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593288856.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:12:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wasted: How We Squander Time, Money, and Natural Resources-and What We Can Do About It
Author: Byron Reese, Scott Hoffman
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wasted is a riveting exploration of the complicated, and often surprising, ways that waste occurs in our businesses, our communities, and our lives “A smart, unconventional book that takes readers far beyond what they think they know about a complex subject.”—Kari Byron, former cast member of MythBusters   Waste. We spend a great deal of energy trying to avoid it, but once you train your eyes to look for it, you’ll see it all around you—in your home, your business, and your everyday life.   In Wasted, futurist Byron Reese and entrepreneur Scott Hoffman take readers on a fascinating journey through this modern world of waste, drawing on science, economics, and human behavior to envision what a world with far less of it—or none of it at all—might look like. Along the way, they explore thought-provoking issues such as   • why the United States got a higher proportion of its energy from renewable sources in 1950 than it does today  • whether the amount of gold in unused mobile phones can be extracted for profit • how switching to water fountains on a single route from Singapore to Newark could prevent the use of 3,400 plastic bottles—on each flight • whether the amount of money you save buying goods in bulk is offset by the amount you lose when some spoil.   Ultimately, the question of reducing waste is scientific, philosophical, and, most of all, complex. According to Reese and Hoffman, the rush toward simple answers has often led to well-meaning efforts that cause more waste than they save. The only way we can hope to make progress is to treat waste as the complicated issue it is.    While the authors don’t promise easy answers, in this compelling book they take an important step toward solutions by examining the questions at play, giving actionable steps, and ensuring that you’ll never see the world of waste the same way again.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wasted: How We Squander Time, Money, and Natural Resources-and What We Can Do About It
Author: Byron Reese, Scott Hoffman
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wasted is a riveting exploration of the complicated, and often surprising, ways that waste occurs in our businesses, our communities, and our lives “A smart, unconventional book that takes readers far beyond what they think they know about a complex subject.”—Kari Byron, former cast member of MythBusters   Waste. We spend a great deal of energy trying to avoid it, but once you train your eyes to look for it, you’ll see it all around you—in your home, your business, and your everyday life.   In Wasted, futurist Byron Reese and entrepreneur Scott Hoffman take readers on a fascinating journey through this modern world of waste, drawing on science, economics, and human behavior to envision what a world with far less of it—or none of it at all—might look like. Along the way, they explore thought-provoking issues such as   • why the United States got a higher proportion of its energy from renewable sources in 1950 than it does today  • whether the amount of gold in unused mobile phones can be extracted for profit • how switching to water fountains on a single route from Singapore to Newark could prevent the use of 3,400 plastic bottles—on each flight • whether the amount of money you save buying goods in bulk is offset by the amount you lose when some spoil.   Ultimately, the question of reducing waste is scientific, philosophical, and, most of all, complex. According to Reese and Hoffman, the rush toward simple answers has often led to well-meaning efforts that cause more waste than they save. The only way we can hope to make progress is to treat waste as the complicated issue it is.    While the authors don’t promise easy answers, in this compelling book they take an important step toward solutions by examining the questions at play, giving actionable steps, and ensuring that you’ll never see the world of waste the same way again.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>12 Birds to Save Your Life: Nature&amp;#039;s Lessons in Happiness by Charlie Corbett</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460656</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Birds to Save Your Life: Nature&amp;#039;s Lessons in Happiness
Author: Charlie Corbett
Narrator: Charlie Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Discover the healing power of nature through the stories of these characterful birds. Can you recognise the cheerful chirrups of the house sparrow? A song thrush singing out at winter&amp;#039;s darkest hour? Or the beautiful, haunting call of the curlew? At a time of great anxiety and uncertainty, while coping with the untimely death of his mother, Charlie Corbett realised his perspective on life was slipping. In a moment of despair, he found himself - somewhat damp - lying on the side of a lonely hill staring up at a leaden sky, a melancholy drizzle seeping into his bones. Suddenly he hears the song of a single skylark - that soaring, tinkling, joyous sound - and he is transported away from the drizzle and dark thoughts. Grounded by the beauty of nature, perspective dawns. No longer the leading role in his own private melodrama, but merely a minor part in nature&amp;#039;s great epic. Such is the power of these creatures to raise you from life&amp;#039;s periodic depths. Through twelve characterful birds, Charlie show us that there is joy to be found in the very smallest of events - if we know where to look, and how to listen. From solitary skylarks to squabbling sparrows, he explores the place of these birds in our history, culture and landscape, noting what they look like and where you&amp;#039;re most likely to meet them. By reconnecting with the wildlife all around him, through learning to understand, love, and begin to move with the rhythms of the natural world outside his door, Charlie discovered nature&amp;#039;s powerful ability to heal. These birds can help you too. Every day. © Charlie Corbett 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
                  <author>Charlie Corbett</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781405949279.mp3" length="1316558" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460656</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781405949279.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:56:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Birds to Save Your Life: Nature&amp;#039;s Lessons in Happiness
Author: Charlie Corbett
Narrator: Charlie Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Discover the healing power of nature through the stories of these characterful birds. Can you recognise the cheerful chirrups of the house sparrow? A song thrush singing out at winter&amp;#039;s darkest hour? Or the beautiful, haunting call of the curlew? At a time of great anxiety and uncertainty, while coping with the untimely death of his mother, Charlie Corbett realised his perspective on life was slipping. In a moment of despair, he found himself - somewhat damp - lying on the side of a lonely hill staring up at a leaden sky, a melancholy drizzle seeping into his bones. Suddenly he hears the song of a single skylark - that soaring, tinkling, joyous sound - and he is transported away from the drizzle and dark thoughts. Grounded by the beauty of nature, perspective dawns. No longer the leading role in his own private melodrama, but merely a minor part in nature&amp;#039;s great epic. Such is the power of these creatures to raise you from life&amp;#039;s periodic depths. Through twelve characterful birds, Charlie show us that there is joy to be found in the very smallest of events - if we know where to look, and how to listen. From solitary skylarks to squabbling sparrows, he explores the place of these birds in our history, culture and landscape, noting what they look like and where you&amp;#039;re most likely to meet them. By reconnecting with the wildlife all around him, through learning to understand, love, and begin to move with the rhythms of the natural world outside his door, Charlie discovered nature&amp;#039;s powerful ability to heal. These birds can help you too. Every day. © Charlie Corbett 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Birds to Save Your Life: Nature&amp;#039;s Lessons in Happiness
Author: Charlie Corbett
Narrator: Charlie Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Discover the healing power of nature through the stories of these characterful birds. Can you recognise the cheerful chirrups of the house sparrow? A song thrush singing out at winter&amp;#039;s darkest hour? Or the beautiful, haunting call of the curlew? At a time of great anxiety and uncertainty, while coping with the untimely death of his mother, Charlie Corbett realised his perspective on life was slipping. In a moment of despair, he found himself - somewhat damp - lying on the side of a lonely hill staring up at a leaden sky, a melancholy drizzle seeping into his bones. Suddenly he hears the song of a single skylark - that soaring, tinkling, joyous sound - and he is transported away from the drizzle and dark thoughts. Grounded by the beauty of nature, perspective dawns. No longer the leading role in his own private melodrama, but merely a minor part in nature&amp;#039;s great epic. Such is the power of these creatures to raise you from life&amp;#039;s periodic depths. Through twelve characterful birds, Charlie show us that there is joy to be found in the very smallest of events - if we know where to look, and how to listen. From solitary skylarks to squabbling sparrows, he explores the place of these birds in our history, culture and landscape, noting what they look like and where you&amp;#039;re most likely to meet them. By reconnecting with the wildlife all around him, through learning to understand, love, and begin to move with the rhythms of the natural world outside his door, Charlie discovered nature&amp;#039;s powerful ability to heal. These birds can help you too. Every day. © Charlie Corbett 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Unraveled: The Life and Death of a Garment by Maxine Bedat</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459552</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unraveled: The Life and Death of a Garment
Author: Maxine Bedat
Narrator: Maxine Bedat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Longlisted for the FT/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award   A groundbreaking chronicle of the birth--and death--of a pair of jeans, that exposes the fractures in our global supply chains, and our relationships to each other, ourselves, and the planet Take a look at your favorite pair of jeans. Maybe you bought them on Amazon or the Gap; maybe the tag says &amp;#039;Made in Bangladesh&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Made in Sri Lanka.&amp;#039; But do you know where they really came from, how many thousands of miles they crossed, or the number of hands who picked, spun, wove, dyed, packaged, shipped, and sold them to get to you? The fashion industry operates with radical opacity, and it&amp;#039;s only getting worse to disguise countless environmental and labor abuses. It epitomizes the ravages inherent in the global economy, and all in the name of ensuring that we keep buying more while thinking less about its real cost.  In Unraveled, entrepreneur, researcher, and advocate Maxine Bédat follows the life of an American icon--a pair of jeans--to reveal what really happens to give us our clothes. We visit a Texas cotton farm figuring out how to thrive without relying on fertilizers that poison the earth. Inside dyeing and weaving factories in China, where chemicals that are banned in the West slosh on factory floors and drain into waterways used to irrigate local family farms. Sewing floors in Bangladesh and Sri Lanka are crammed with women working for illegally low wages to produce garments as efficiently as machines. Back in America, our jeans get stowed, picked, and shipped out by Amazon warehouse workers pressed to be as quick as the robots primed to replace them. Finally, those jeans we had to have get sent to landfills--or, if they&amp;#039;ve been &amp;#039;donated,&amp;#039; shipped back around the world to Africa, where they&amp;#039;re sold for pennies in secondhand markets or buried and burned in mountains of garbage.      A sprawling, deeply researched, and provocative tour-de-force, Unraveled is not just the story of a pair of pants, but also the story of our global economy and our role in it. Told with piercing insight and unprecedented reporting, Unraveled challenges us to use our relationship with our jeans--and all that we wear--to reclaim our central role as  citizens to refashion a society in which all people can thrive and preserve the planet for generations to come.</description>
                  <author>Maxine Bedat</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593402511.mp3" length="2882221" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459552</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593402511.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:21:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unraveled: The Life and Death of a Garment
Author: Maxine Bedat
Narrator: Maxine Bedat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Longlisted for the FT/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award   A groundbreaking chronicle of the birth--and death--of a pair of jeans, that exposes the fractures in our global supply chains, and our relationships to each other, ourselves, and the planet Take a look at your favorite pair of jeans. Maybe you bought them on Amazon or the Gap; maybe the tag says &amp;#039;Made in Bangladesh&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Made in Sri Lanka.&amp;#039; But do you know where they really came from, how many thousands of miles they crossed, or the number of hands who picked, spun, wove, dyed, packaged, shipped, and sold them to get to you? The fashion industry operates with radical opacity, and it&amp;#039;s only getting worse to disguise countless environmental and labor abuses. It epitomizes the ravages inherent in the global economy, and all in the name of ensuring that we keep buying more while thinking less about its real cost.  In Unraveled, entrepreneur, researcher, and advocate Maxine Bédat follows the life of an American icon--a pair of jeans--to reveal what really happens to give us our clothes. We visit a Texas cotton farm figuring out how to thrive without relying on fertilizers that poison the earth. Inside dyeing and weaving factories in China, where chemicals that are banned in the West slosh on factory floors and drain into waterways used to irrigate local family farms. Sewing floors in Bangladesh and Sri Lanka are crammed with women working for illegally low wages to produce garments as efficiently as machines. Back in America, our jeans get stowed, picked, and shipped out by Amazon warehouse workers pressed to be as quick as the robots primed to replace them. Finally, those jeans we had to have get sent to landfills--or, if they&amp;#039;ve been &amp;#039;donated,&amp;#039; shipped back around the world to Africa, where they&amp;#039;re sold for pennies in secondhand markets or buried and burned in mountains of garbage.      A sprawling, deeply researched, and provocative tour-de-force, Unraveled is not just the story of a pair of pants, but also the story of our global economy and our role in it. Told with piercing insight and unprecedented reporting, Unraveled challenges us to use our relationship with our jeans--and all that we wear--to reclaim our central role as  citizens to refashion a society in which all people can thrive and preserve the planet for generations to come.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unraveled: The Life and Death of a Garment
Author: Maxine Bedat
Narrator: Maxine Bedat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Longlisted for the FT/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award   A groundbreaking chronicle of the birth--and death--of a pair of jeans, that exposes the fractures in our global supply chains, and our relationships to each other, ourselves, and the planet Take a look at your favorite pair of jeans. Maybe you bought them on Amazon or the Gap; maybe the tag says &amp;#039;Made in Bangladesh&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Made in Sri Lanka.&amp;#039; But do you know where they really came from, how many thousands of miles they crossed, or the number of hands who picked, spun, wove, dyed, packaged, shipped, and sold them to get to you? The fashion industry operates with radical opacity, and it&amp;#039;s only getting worse to disguise countless environmental and labor abuses. It epitomizes the ravages inherent in the global economy, and all in the name of ensuring that we keep buying more while thinking less about its real cost.  In Unraveled, entrepreneur, researcher, and advocate Maxine Bédat follows the life of an American icon--a pair of jeans--to reveal what really happens to give us our clothes. We visit a Texas cotton farm figuring out how to thrive without relying on fertilizers that poison the earth. Inside dyeing and weaving factories in China, where chemicals that are banned in the West slosh on factory floors and drain into waterways used to irrigate local family farms. Sewing floors in Bangladesh and Sri Lanka are crammed with women working for illegally low wages to produce garments as efficiently as machines. Back in America, our jeans get stowed, picked, and shipped out by Amazon warehouse workers pressed to be as quick as the robots primed to replace them. Finally, those jeans we had to have get sent to landfills--or, if they&amp;#039;ve been &amp;#039;donated,&amp;#039; shipped back around the world to Africa, where they&amp;#039;re sold for pennies in secondhand markets or buried and burned in mountains of garbage.      A sprawling, deeply researched, and provocative tour-de-force, Unraveled is not just the story of a pair of pants, but also the story of our global economy and our role in it. Told with piercing insight and unprecedented reporting, Unraveled challenges us to use our relationship with our jeans--and all that we wear--to reclaim our central role as  citizens to refashion a society in which all people can thrive and preserve the planet for generations to come.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Finding the Mother Tree: Discovering the Wisdom of the Forest by Suzanne Simard</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459337</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding the Mother Tree: Discovering the Wisdom of the Forest
Author: Suzanne Simard
Narrator: Suzanne Simard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 85 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.47 of Total 17
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • From the world&amp;#039;s leading forest ecologist who forever changed how people view trees and their connections to one another and to other living things in the forest—a moving, deeply personal journey of discovery “Finding the Mother Tree reminds us that the world is a web of stories, connecting us to one another. [The book] carries the stories of trees, fungi, soil and bears--and of a human being listening in on the conversation. The interplay of personal narrative, scientific insights and the amazing revelations about the life of the forest make a compelling story.”—Robin Wall Kimmerer, author of Braiding Sweetgrass Suzanne Simard is a pioneer on the frontier of plant communication and intelligence; her TED talks have been viewed by more than 10 million people worldwide. In this, her first book, now available in paperback, Simard brings us into her world, the intimate world of the trees, in which she brilliantly illuminates the fascinating and vital truths--that trees are not simply the source of timber or pulp, but are a complicated, interdependent circle of life; that forests are social, cooperative creatures connected through underground networks by which trees communicate their vitality and vulnerabilities with communal lives not that different from our own.  Simard writes--in inspiring, illuminating, and accessible ways—how trees, living side by side for hundreds of years, have evolved, how they learn and adapt their behaviors, recognize neighbors, compete and cooperate with one another with sophistication, characteristics ascribed to human intelligence, traits that are the essence of civil societies--and at the center of it all, the Mother Trees: the mysterious, powerful forces that connect and sustain the others that surround them.  And Simard writes of her own life, born and raised into a logging world in the rainforests of British Columbia, of her days as a child spent cataloging the trees from the forest and how she came to love and respect them. And as she writes of her scientific quest, she writes of her own journey, making us understand how deeply human scientific inquiry exists beyond data and technology, that it is about understanding who we are and our place in the world.</description>
                  <author>Suzanne Simard</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593410950.mp3" length="2725717" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459337</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593410950.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>12:13:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding the Mother Tree: Discovering the Wisdom of the Forest
Author: Suzanne Simard
Narrator: Suzanne Simard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 85 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.47 of Total 17
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • From the world&amp;#039;s leading forest ecologist who forever changed how people view trees and their connections to one another and to other living things in the forest—a moving, deeply personal journey of discovery “Finding the Mother Tree reminds us that the world is a web of stories, connecting us to one another. [The book] carries the stories of trees, fungi, soil and bears--and of a human being listening in on the conversation. The interplay of personal narrative, scientific insights and the amazing revelations about the life of the forest make a compelling story.”—Robin Wall Kimmerer, author of Braiding Sweetgrass Suzanne Simard is a pioneer on the frontier of plant communication and intelligence; her TED talks have been viewed by more than 10 million people worldwide. In this, her first book, now available in paperback, Simard brings us into her world, the intimate world of the trees, in which she brilliantly illuminates the fascinating and vital truths--that trees are not simply the source of timber or pulp, but are a complicated, interdependent circle of life; that forests are social, cooperative creatures connected through underground networks by which trees communicate their vitality and vulnerabilities with communal lives not that different from our own.  Simard writes--in inspiring, illuminating, and accessible ways—how trees, living side by side for hundreds of years, have evolved, how they learn and adapt their behaviors, recognize neighbors, compete and cooperate with one another with sophistication, characteristics ascribed to human intelligence, traits that are the essence of civil societies--and at the center of it all, the Mother Trees: the mysterious, powerful forces that connect and sustain the others that surround them.  And Simard writes of her own life, born and raised into a logging world in the rainforests of British Columbia, of her days as a child spent cataloging the trees from the forest and how she came to love and respect them. And as she writes of her scientific quest, she writes of her own journey, making us understand how deeply human scientific inquiry exists beyond data and technology, that it is about understanding who we are and our place in the world.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding the Mother Tree: Discovering the Wisdom of the Forest
Author: Suzanne Simard
Narrator: Suzanne Simard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 85 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.47 of Total 17
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • From the world&amp;#039;s leading forest ecologist who forever changed how people view trees and their connections to one another and to other living things in the forest—a moving, deeply personal journey of discovery “Finding the Mother Tree reminds us that the world is a web of stories, connecting us to one another. [The book] carries the stories of trees, fungi, soil and bears--and of a human being listening in on the conversation. The interplay of personal narrative, scientific insights and the amazing revelations about the life of the forest make a compelling story.”—Robin Wall Kimmerer, author of Braiding Sweetgrass Suzanne Simard is a pioneer on the frontier of plant communication and intelligence; her TED talks have been viewed by more than 10 million people worldwide. In this, her first book, now available in paperback, Simard brings us into her world, the intimate world of the trees, in which she brilliantly illuminates the fascinating and vital truths--that trees are not simply the source of timber or pulp, but are a complicated, interdependent circle of life; that forests are social, cooperative creatures connected through underground networks by which trees communicate their vitality and vulnerabilities with communal lives not that different from our own.  Simard writes--in inspiring, illuminating, and accessible ways—how trees, living side by side for hundreds of years, have evolved, how they learn and adapt their behaviors, recognize neighbors, compete and cooperate with one another with sophistication, characteristics ascribed to human intelligence, traits that are the essence of civil societies--and at the center of it all, the Mother Trees: the mysterious, powerful forces that connect and sustain the others that surround them.  And Simard writes of her own life, born and raised into a logging world in the rainforests of British Columbia, of her days as a child spent cataloging the trees from the forest and how she came to love and respect them. And as she writes of her scientific quest, she writes of her own journey, making us understand how deeply human scientific inquiry exists beyond data and technology, that it is about understanding who we are and our place in the world.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Farmer&amp;#039;s Guide to Climate Disruption by Rebekah L. Fraser</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458390</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Farmer&amp;#039;s Guide to Climate Disruption
Author: Rebekah L. Fraser
Narrator: Mark Herz, Rebekah L. Fraser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We can thrive in the changing climate. Production &amp;amp; yield, pest &amp;amp; disease pressure, food quality, and population are all aspects of food security being affected by climate disruption. According to current projections, the global population will be thirty percent higher in 2050. Because of this and anticipated dietary changes, growers will need to produce fifty percent more food annually by 2050, without expanding the land base. What can you do? Including interviews with some of the world’s top researchers in the field of agriculture, A Farmer’s Guide to Climate Disruption provides insight into how you can thrive in the changing climate by using produce growing methods that stem the tide of climate change while regenerating your land.</description>
                  <author>Rebekah L. Fraser</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781732618794.mp3" length="1397522" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458390</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781732618794.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Farmer&amp;#039;s Guide to Climate Disruption
Author: Rebekah L. Fraser
Narrator: Mark Herz, Rebekah L. Fraser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We can thrive in the changing climate. Production &amp;amp; yield, pest &amp;amp; disease pressure, food quality, and population are all aspects of food security being affected by climate disruption. According to current projections, the global population will be thirty percent higher in 2050. Because of this and anticipated dietary changes, growers will need to produce fifty percent more food annually by 2050, without expanding the land base. What can you do? Including interviews with some of the world’s top researchers in the field of agriculture, A Farmer’s Guide to Climate Disruption provides insight into how you can thrive in the changing climate by using produce growing methods that stem the tide of climate change while regenerating your land.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Farmer&amp;#039;s Guide to Climate Disruption
Author: Rebekah L. Fraser
Narrator: Mark Herz, Rebekah L. Fraser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We can thrive in the changing climate. Production &amp;amp; yield, pest &amp;amp; disease pressure, food quality, and population are all aspects of food security being affected by climate disruption. According to current projections, the global population will be thirty percent higher in 2050. Because of this and anticipated dietary changes, growers will need to produce fifty percent more food annually by 2050, without expanding the land base. What can you do? Including interviews with some of the world’s top researchers in the field of agriculture, A Farmer’s Guide to Climate Disruption provides insight into how you can thrive in the changing climate by using produce growing methods that stem the tide of climate change while regenerating your land.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Monarchs and Milkweed: A Migrating Butterfly, a Poisonous Plant, and Their Remarkable Story of Coevolution by Anurag Agrawal</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457847</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monarchs and Milkweed: A Migrating Butterfly, a Poisonous Plant, and Their Remarkable Story of Coevolution
Author: Anurag Agrawal
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Monarch butterflies are one of nature&amp;#039;s most recognizable creatures, known for their bright colors and epic annual migration from the United States and Canada to Mexico. Yet there is much more to the monarch than its distinctive presence and mythic journeying. In Monarchs and Milkweed, Anurag Agrawal presents a vivid investigation into how the monarch butterfly has evolved closely alongside the milkweed—a toxic plant named for the sticky white substance emitted when its leaves are damaged—and how this inextricable and intimate relationship has been like an arms race over the millennia, a battle of exploitation and defense between two fascinating species. The monarch life cycle begins each spring when it deposits eggs on milkweed leaves. But this dependency of monarchs on milkweeds as food is not reciprocated, and milkweeds do all they can to poison or thwart the young monarchs. Agrawal delves into major scientific discoveries, including his own pioneering research, and traces how plant poisons have not only shaped monarch-milkweed interactions but have also been culturally important for centuries. Agrawal presents current ideas regarding the recent decline in monarch populations, including habitat destruction, increased winter storms, and lack of milkweed—the last one a theory that the author rejects.</description>
                  <author>Anurag Agrawal</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705280348.mp3" length="8254712" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457847</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705280348.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monarchs and Milkweed: A Migrating Butterfly, a Poisonous Plant, and Their Remarkable Story of Coevolution
Author: Anurag Agrawal
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Monarch butterflies are one of nature&amp;#039;s most recognizable creatures, known for their bright colors and epic annual migration from the United States and Canada to Mexico. Yet there is much more to the monarch than its distinctive presence and mythic journeying. In Monarchs and Milkweed, Anurag Agrawal presents a vivid investigation into how the monarch butterfly has evolved closely alongside the milkweed—a toxic plant named for the sticky white substance emitted when its leaves are damaged—and how this inextricable and intimate relationship has been like an arms race over the millennia, a battle of exploitation and defense between two fascinating species. The monarch life cycle begins each spring when it deposits eggs on milkweed leaves. But this dependency of monarchs on milkweeds as food is not reciprocated, and milkweeds do all they can to poison or thwart the young monarchs. Agrawal delves into major scientific discoveries, including his own pioneering research, and traces how plant poisons have not only shaped monarch-milkweed interactions but have also been culturally important for centuries. Agrawal presents current ideas regarding the recent decline in monarch populations, including habitat destruction, increased winter storms, and lack of milkweed—the last one a theory that the author rejects.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monarchs and Milkweed: A Migrating Butterfly, a Poisonous Plant, and Their Remarkable Story of Coevolution
Author: Anurag Agrawal
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Monarch butterflies are one of nature&amp;#039;s most recognizable creatures, known for their bright colors and epic annual migration from the United States and Canada to Mexico. Yet there is much more to the monarch than its distinctive presence and mythic journeying. In Monarchs and Milkweed, Anurag Agrawal presents a vivid investigation into how the monarch butterfly has evolved closely alongside the milkweed—a toxic plant named for the sticky white substance emitted when its leaves are damaged—and how this inextricable and intimate relationship has been like an arms race over the millennia, a battle of exploitation and defense between two fascinating species. The monarch life cycle begins each spring when it deposits eggs on milkweed leaves. But this dependency of monarchs on milkweeds as food is not reciprocated, and milkweeds do all they can to poison or thwart the young monarchs. Agrawal delves into major scientific discoveries, including his own pioneering research, and traces how plant poisons have not only shaped monarch-milkweed interactions but have also been culturally important for centuries. Agrawal presents current ideas regarding the recent decline in monarch populations, including habitat destruction, increased winter storms, and lack of milkweed—the last one a theory that the author rejects.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Probiotic Planet: Using Life to Manage Life by Jamie Lorimer</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457690</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457690">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457690</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Probiotic Planet: Using Life to Manage Life
Author: Jamie Lorimer
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us are familiar with probiotics added to milk or yogurt to improve gastrointestinal health. In this ambitious and original work, Jamie Lorimer offers a sweeping overview of diverse probiotic approaches and an insightful critique of their promise and limitations. Lorimer describes cases in which scientists and managers are working with biological processes to improve human, environmental, and even planetary health, pursuing strategies that stand in contrast to the &amp;#039;antibiotic approach&amp;#039;: Big Pharma, extreme hygiene, and industrial agriculture. The Probiotic Planet focuses on two forms of &amp;#039;rewilding&amp;#039; occurring on vastly different scales. In both cases, the goal is to improve environmental health, whether the environment being managed is planetary or human. Lorimer argues that, all too often, such interventions are viewed in isolation, and he calls for a rethinking of artificial barriers between science and policy. He also describes the stark and unequal geographies of the use of probiotic approaches and examines why these patterns exist. Informed by deep engagement with microbiology, immunology, ecology, and conservation biology as well as food, agriculture, and waste management, The Probiotic Planet offers nothing less than a new paradigm for collaboration between the policy realm and the natural sciences.</description>
                  <author>Jamie Lorimer</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705272749.mp3" length="8408574" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457690</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705272749.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:18:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457690">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457690</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Probiotic Planet: Using Life to Manage Life
Author: Jamie Lorimer
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us are familiar with probiotics added to milk or yogurt to improve gastrointestinal health. In this ambitious and original work, Jamie Lorimer offers a sweeping overview of diverse probiotic approaches and an insightful critique of their promise and limitations. Lorimer describes cases in which scientists and managers are working with biological processes to improve human, environmental, and even planetary health, pursuing strategies that stand in contrast to the &amp;#039;antibiotic approach&amp;#039;: Big Pharma, extreme hygiene, and industrial agriculture. The Probiotic Planet focuses on two forms of &amp;#039;rewilding&amp;#039; occurring on vastly different scales. In both cases, the goal is to improve environmental health, whether the environment being managed is planetary or human. Lorimer argues that, all too often, such interventions are viewed in isolation, and he calls for a rethinking of artificial barriers between science and policy. He also describes the stark and unequal geographies of the use of probiotic approaches and examines why these patterns exist. Informed by deep engagement with microbiology, immunology, ecology, and conservation biology as well as food, agriculture, and waste management, The Probiotic Planet offers nothing less than a new paradigm for collaboration between the policy realm and the natural sciences.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457690">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457690</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Probiotic Planet: Using Life to Manage Life
Author: Jamie Lorimer
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us are familiar with probiotics added to milk or yogurt to improve gastrointestinal health. In this ambitious and original work, Jamie Lorimer offers a sweeping overview of diverse probiotic approaches and an insightful critique of their promise and limitations. Lorimer describes cases in which scientists and managers are working with biological processes to improve human, environmental, and even planetary health, pursuing strategies that stand in contrast to the &amp;#039;antibiotic approach&amp;#039;: Big Pharma, extreme hygiene, and industrial agriculture. The Probiotic Planet focuses on two forms of &amp;#039;rewilding&amp;#039; occurring on vastly different scales. In both cases, the goal is to improve environmental health, whether the environment being managed is planetary or human. Lorimer argues that, all too often, such interventions are viewed in isolation, and he calls for a rethinking of artificial barriers between science and policy. He also describes the stark and unequal geographies of the use of probiotic approaches and examines why these patterns exist. Informed by deep engagement with microbiology, immunology, ecology, and conservation biology as well as food, agriculture, and waste management, The Probiotic Planet offers nothing less than a new paradigm for collaboration between the policy realm and the natural sciences.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Ohne Flugzeug um die Welt - Klimabewusst unterwegs und glücklich (Ungekürzt) by Giulia Fontana, Lorenz Keyßer</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457397</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457397">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457397</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ohne Flugzeug um die Welt - Klimabewusst unterwegs und glücklich (Ungekürzt)
Author: Giulia Fontana, Lorenz Keyßer
Narrator: Yesim Meisheit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Klimafreundliche Weltreise - geht das? &amp;#039;Giulia, ich heirate! Willst du meine Trauzeugin sein?&amp;#039; Natürlich will sie - doch wie soll sie zur Hochzeit ihrer besten Freundin nach Sydney kommen, wo sie sich doch entschieden hat, nie mehr zu fliegen? Anstatt Umweltideale und Freundschaft gegeneinander auszuspielen, machen Giulia und ihr Freund Lorenz aus dem Weg einen Versuch in klimafreundlichem Reisen: Per Bus, Bahn, zu Fuß und mit dem Schiff überwinden sie nicht nur riesige Strecken, sondern auch so manches Vorurteil. Ein ganz besonderes Reiseabenteuer, das zum Nachmachen einlädt!</description>
                  <author>Giulia Fontana, Lorenz Keyßer</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783838794693.mp3" length="873933" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457397</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783838794693.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:5:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457397">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457397</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ohne Flugzeug um die Welt - Klimabewusst unterwegs und glücklich (Ungekürzt)
Author: Giulia Fontana, Lorenz Keyßer
Narrator: Yesim Meisheit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Klimafreundliche Weltreise - geht das? &amp;#039;Giulia, ich heirate! Willst du meine Trauzeugin sein?&amp;#039; Natürlich will sie - doch wie soll sie zur Hochzeit ihrer besten Freundin nach Sydney kommen, wo sie sich doch entschieden hat, nie mehr zu fliegen? Anstatt Umweltideale und Freundschaft gegeneinander auszuspielen, machen Giulia und ihr Freund Lorenz aus dem Weg einen Versuch in klimafreundlichem Reisen: Per Bus, Bahn, zu Fuß und mit dem Schiff überwinden sie nicht nur riesige Strecken, sondern auch so manches Vorurteil. Ein ganz besonderes Reiseabenteuer, das zum Nachmachen einlädt!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457397">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457397</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ohne Flugzeug um die Welt - Klimabewusst unterwegs und glücklich (Ungekürzt)
Author: Giulia Fontana, Lorenz Keyßer
Narrator: Yesim Meisheit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Klimafreundliche Weltreise - geht das? &amp;#039;Giulia, ich heirate! Willst du meine Trauzeugin sein?&amp;#039; Natürlich will sie - doch wie soll sie zur Hochzeit ihrer besten Freundin nach Sydney kommen, wo sie sich doch entschieden hat, nie mehr zu fliegen? Anstatt Umweltideale und Freundschaft gegeneinander auszuspielen, machen Giulia und ihr Freund Lorenz aus dem Weg einen Versuch in klimafreundlichem Reisen: Per Bus, Bahn, zu Fuß und mit dem Schiff überwinden sie nicht nur riesige Strecken, sondern auch so manches Vorurteil. Ein ganz besonderes Reiseabenteuer, das zum Nachmachen einlädt!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Ride of Her Life: The True Story of a Woman, Her Horse, and Their Last-Chance Journey Across America by Elizabeth Letts</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457121</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ride of Her Life: The True Story of a Woman, Her Horse, and Their Last-Chance Journey Across America
Author: Elizabeth Letts
Narrator: Elizabeth Letts, Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 13
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Perfect Horse and The Eighty-Dollar Champion presents a “heartwarming [and] engaging folk-hero biography” (Kirkus Reviews) of a woman who fulfilled her lifelong wish to see the Pacific Ocean by riding her horse across America.   “[Letts] vividly portrays an audacious woman whose optimism, courage, and good humor are to be marveled at and admired.”—Booklist, starred review In 1954, sixty-three-year-old Maine farmer Annie Wilkins embarked on an impossible journey. She had no money and no family, she had just lost her farm, and her doctor had given her only two years to live. But Annie wanted to see the Pacific Ocean before she died. She ignored her doctor’s advice to move into the county charity home. Instead, she bought a cast-off brown gelding named Tarzan, donned men’s dungarees, and headed south in mid-November, hoping to beat the snow. Annie had little idea what to expect beyond her rural crossroads; she didn’t even have a map. But she did have her ex-racehorse, her faithful mutt, and her own unfailing belief that Americans would treat a stranger with kindness. Annie, Tarzan, and her dog, Depeche Toi, rode straight into a world transformed by the rapid construction of modern highways. Between 1954 and 1956, the three travelers pushed through blizzards, forded rivers, climbed mountains, and clung to the narrow shoulder as cars whipped by them at terrifying speeds. Annie rode more than four thousand miles, through America’s big cities and small towns. Along the way, she met ordinary people and celebrities—from Andrew Wyeth (who sketched Tarzan) to Art Linkletter and Groucho Marx. She received many offers—a permanent home at a riding stable in New Jersey, a job at a gas station in rural Kentucky, even a marriage proposal from a Wyoming rancher. In a decade when car ownership nearly tripled, when television’s influence was expanding fast, when homeowners began locking their doors, Annie and her four-footed companions inspired an outpouring of neighborliness in a rapidly changing world.</description>
                  <author>Elizabeth Letts</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593400647.mp3" length="2735361" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457121</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593400647.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:27:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ride of Her Life: The True Story of a Woman, Her Horse, and Their Last-Chance Journey Across America
Author: Elizabeth Letts
Narrator: Elizabeth Letts, Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 13
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Perfect Horse and The Eighty-Dollar Champion presents a “heartwarming [and] engaging folk-hero biography” (Kirkus Reviews) of a woman who fulfilled her lifelong wish to see the Pacific Ocean by riding her horse across America.   “[Letts] vividly portrays an audacious woman whose optimism, courage, and good humor are to be marveled at and admired.”—Booklist, starred review In 1954, sixty-three-year-old Maine farmer Annie Wilkins embarked on an impossible journey. She had no money and no family, she had just lost her farm, and her doctor had given her only two years to live. But Annie wanted to see the Pacific Ocean before she died. She ignored her doctor’s advice to move into the county charity home. Instead, she bought a cast-off brown gelding named Tarzan, donned men’s dungarees, and headed south in mid-November, hoping to beat the snow. Annie had little idea what to expect beyond her rural crossroads; she didn’t even have a map. But she did have her ex-racehorse, her faithful mutt, and her own unfailing belief that Americans would treat a stranger with kindness. Annie, Tarzan, and her dog, Depeche Toi, rode straight into a world transformed by the rapid construction of modern highways. Between 1954 and 1956, the three travelers pushed through blizzards, forded rivers, climbed mountains, and clung to the narrow shoulder as cars whipped by them at terrifying speeds. Annie rode more than four thousand miles, through America’s big cities and small towns. Along the way, she met ordinary people and celebrities—from Andrew Wyeth (who sketched Tarzan) to Art Linkletter and Groucho Marx. She received many offers—a permanent home at a riding stable in New Jersey, a job at a gas station in rural Kentucky, even a marriage proposal from a Wyoming rancher. In a decade when car ownership nearly tripled, when television’s influence was expanding fast, when homeowners began locking their doors, Annie and her four-footed companions inspired an outpouring of neighborliness in a rapidly changing world.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ride of Her Life: The True Story of a Woman, Her Horse, and Their Last-Chance Journey Across America
Author: Elizabeth Letts
Narrator: Elizabeth Letts, Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 13
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Perfect Horse and The Eighty-Dollar Champion presents a “heartwarming [and] engaging folk-hero biography” (Kirkus Reviews) of a woman who fulfilled her lifelong wish to see the Pacific Ocean by riding her horse across America.   “[Letts] vividly portrays an audacious woman whose optimism, courage, and good humor are to be marveled at and admired.”—Booklist, starred review In 1954, sixty-three-year-old Maine farmer Annie Wilkins embarked on an impossible journey. She had no money and no family, she had just lost her farm, and her doctor had given her only two years to live. But Annie wanted to see the Pacific Ocean before she died. She ignored her doctor’s advice to move into the county charity home. Instead, she bought a cast-off brown gelding named Tarzan, donned men’s dungarees, and headed south in mid-November, hoping to beat the snow. Annie had little idea what to expect beyond her rural crossroads; she didn’t even have a map. But she did have her ex-racehorse, her faithful mutt, and her own unfailing belief that Americans would treat a stranger with kindness. Annie, Tarzan, and her dog, Depeche Toi, rode straight into a world transformed by the rapid construction of modern highways. Between 1954 and 1956, the three travelers pushed through blizzards, forded rivers, climbed mountains, and clung to the narrow shoulder as cars whipped by them at terrifying speeds. Annie rode more than four thousand miles, through America’s big cities and small towns. Along the way, she met ordinary people and celebrities—from Andrew Wyeth (who sketched Tarzan) to Art Linkletter and Groucho Marx. She received many offers—a permanent home at a riding stable in New Jersey, a job at a gas station in rural Kentucky, even a marriage proposal from a Wyoming rancher. In a decade when car ownership nearly tripled, when television’s influence was expanding fast, when homeowners began locking their doors, Annie and her four-footed companions inspired an outpouring of neighborliness in a rapidly changing world.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Making a Stock and Other Activities for a Healthy Life and Save the Planet at the Same Time by R.L. Gemeinhardt</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456914</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making a Stock and Other Activities for a Healthy Life and Save the Planet at the Same Time
Author: R.L. Gemeinhardt
Narrator: Trevor Ohara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Making A Stock And Other Activities For A Healthy Life And Save The Planet At The Same Time presents you some great activities you can do to eat healthy by growing your own vegetables, making a great stock from leftover vegetables and much more. Activities include little and big things you can do yourself or with your family to help save the planet.       Environmental issues affect us all, regardless of our location, age, class, or lifestyle. More importantly, they serve as a call to action that doesn’t just save money, but also gets kids involved and can even help inspire family and friends to find their own path to sustainable living that reduces the damage of modern life on the planet.      This book has just some of all the countless opportunities to conserve, recycle, and expand our positive impact exponentially by sharing methods that work.      So if you want to know what you can do to save the world, in baby steps or big strides, read on for ways to change your life and, through that, the planet’s. Even if you’re not yet ready for a deep dive into recycling and conservation, a realistic approach that eases change into your routine is an excellent start. The first step is getting informed. Then, whatever you do, JUST DO SOMETHING!!!</description>
                  <author>R.L. Gemeinhardt</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662139437.mp3" length="1326983" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456914</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662139437.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:32:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making a Stock and Other Activities for a Healthy Life and Save the Planet at the Same Time
Author: R.L. Gemeinhardt
Narrator: Trevor Ohara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Making A Stock And Other Activities For A Healthy Life And Save The Planet At The Same Time presents you some great activities you can do to eat healthy by growing your own vegetables, making a great stock from leftover vegetables and much more. Activities include little and big things you can do yourself or with your family to help save the planet.       Environmental issues affect us all, regardless of our location, age, class, or lifestyle. More importantly, they serve as a call to action that doesn’t just save money, but also gets kids involved and can even help inspire family and friends to find their own path to sustainable living that reduces the damage of modern life on the planet.      This book has just some of all the countless opportunities to conserve, recycle, and expand our positive impact exponentially by sharing methods that work.      So if you want to know what you can do to save the world, in baby steps or big strides, read on for ways to change your life and, through that, the planet’s. Even if you’re not yet ready for a deep dive into recycling and conservation, a realistic approach that eases change into your routine is an excellent start. The first step is getting informed. Then, whatever you do, JUST DO SOMETHING!!!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making a Stock and Other Activities for a Healthy Life and Save the Planet at the Same Time
Author: R.L. Gemeinhardt
Narrator: Trevor Ohara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Making A Stock And Other Activities For A Healthy Life And Save The Planet At The Same Time presents you some great activities you can do to eat healthy by growing your own vegetables, making a great stock from leftover vegetables and much more. Activities include little and big things you can do yourself or with your family to help save the planet.       Environmental issues affect us all, regardless of our location, age, class, or lifestyle. More importantly, they serve as a call to action that doesn’t just save money, but also gets kids involved and can even help inspire family and friends to find their own path to sustainable living that reduces the damage of modern life on the planet.      This book has just some of all the countless opportunities to conserve, recycle, and expand our positive impact exponentially by sharing methods that work.      So if you want to know what you can do to save the world, in baby steps or big strides, read on for ways to change your life and, through that, the planet’s. Even if you’re not yet ready for a deep dive into recycling and conservation, a realistic approach that eases change into your routine is an excellent start. The first step is getting informed. Then, whatever you do, JUST DO SOMETHING!!!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Rooted: Life at the Crossroads of Science, Nature, and Spirit by Lyanda Lynn Haupt</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456837</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rooted: Life at the Crossroads of Science, Nature, and Spirit
Author: Lyanda Lynn Haupt
Narrator: Christine Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This inspiring meditation on the intersection of science, nature, and spirit shows readers how to deepen their connection to the natural world. In Rooted, cutting-edge science supports a truth that poets, artists, mystics, and earth-based cultures across the world have proclaimed over millennia: life on this planet is radically interconnected. Our bodies, thoughts, minds, and spirits are affected by the whole of nature, and they affect this whole in return. In this time of crisis, how can we best live upon our imperiled, beloved earth? Award-winning writer Lyanda Lynn Haupt’s highly personal new book is a brilliant invitation to live with the earth in both simple and profound ways—from walking barefoot in the woods and reimagining our relationship with animals and trees, to examining the very language we use to describe and think about nature. She invokes rootedness as a way of being in concert with the wilderness—and wildness—that sustains humans and all of life. In the tradition of Rachel Carson, Elizabeth Kolbert, and Mary Oliver, Haupt writes with urgency and grace, reminding us that at the crossroads of science, nature, and spirit we find true hope. Each chapter provides tools for bringing our unique gifts to the fore and transforming our sense of belonging within the magic and wonder of the natural world.</description>
                  <author>Lyanda Lynn Haupt</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549180880.mp3" length="817686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456837</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549180880.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:38:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rooted: Life at the Crossroads of Science, Nature, and Spirit
Author: Lyanda Lynn Haupt
Narrator: Christine Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This inspiring meditation on the intersection of science, nature, and spirit shows readers how to deepen their connection to the natural world. In Rooted, cutting-edge science supports a truth that poets, artists, mystics, and earth-based cultures across the world have proclaimed over millennia: life on this planet is radically interconnected. Our bodies, thoughts, minds, and spirits are affected by the whole of nature, and they affect this whole in return. In this time of crisis, how can we best live upon our imperiled, beloved earth? Award-winning writer Lyanda Lynn Haupt’s highly personal new book is a brilliant invitation to live with the earth in both simple and profound ways—from walking barefoot in the woods and reimagining our relationship with animals and trees, to examining the very language we use to describe and think about nature. She invokes rootedness as a way of being in concert with the wilderness—and wildness—that sustains humans and all of life. In the tradition of Rachel Carson, Elizabeth Kolbert, and Mary Oliver, Haupt writes with urgency and grace, reminding us that at the crossroads of science, nature, and spirit we find true hope. Each chapter provides tools for bringing our unique gifts to the fore and transforming our sense of belonging within the magic and wonder of the natural world.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rooted: Life at the Crossroads of Science, Nature, and Spirit
Author: Lyanda Lynn Haupt
Narrator: Christine Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This inspiring meditation on the intersection of science, nature, and spirit shows readers how to deepen their connection to the natural world. In Rooted, cutting-edge science supports a truth that poets, artists, mystics, and earth-based cultures across the world have proclaimed over millennia: life on this planet is radically interconnected. Our bodies, thoughts, minds, and spirits are affected by the whole of nature, and they affect this whole in return. In this time of crisis, how can we best live upon our imperiled, beloved earth? Award-winning writer Lyanda Lynn Haupt’s highly personal new book is a brilliant invitation to live with the earth in both simple and profound ways—from walking barefoot in the woods and reimagining our relationship with animals and trees, to examining the very language we use to describe and think about nature. She invokes rootedness as a way of being in concert with the wilderness—and wildness—that sustains humans and all of life. In the tradition of Rachel Carson, Elizabeth Kolbert, and Mary Oliver, Haupt writes with urgency and grace, reminding us that at the crossroads of science, nature, and spirit we find true hope. Each chapter provides tools for bringing our unique gifts to the fore and transforming our sense of belonging within the magic and wonder of the natural world.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Climbing the Walls by Kieran Cunningham</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456787</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climbing the Walls
Author: Kieran Cunningham
Narrator: Angus King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When mountains are your salvation, what keep your mental weather calm and free of storms, how do you cope if they’re out of reach?  After spending a decade restlessly globetrotting in search of a way of life that worked for him, journalist Kieran Cunningham alighted on Sondrio, a small town in Lombardy, Italy. A stone’s throw from the Alps, there he found the perfect combination of fresh mountain air, a strong network of local friends and lots of climbing. Finally he was able to accept and manage his diagnosis of Bipolar 1. And then Lombardy found itself the European epicentre of Covid-19 and subject to the strictest of lockdowns.    What does a climber do when his beloved peaks are off limits? When he’s only permitted to leave the house for his weekly sanctioned grocery shop? When all the things that help him maintain his delicate equilibrium are taken away? As Kieran feels his mental health begin to crumble, he looks desperately for something he can climb to help rid him of his excess energy and hopefully get him back on track.     Kieran finds himself navigating the walls of his house over and over while gazing at the mountain ranges so tantalisingly close. He dreams of that first euphoric climb – alone in the clouds, tired, happy, sated. Climbing the Walls is a memoir about mental health and the power of nature and exercise. It’s both a devastatingly honest account of living with Bipolar 1 and a love song to small-town Italian life and the high places that keep him healthy.</description>
                  <author>Kieran Cunningham</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 13 May 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781398502260.mp3" length="781054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456787</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781398502260.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:23:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climbing the Walls
Author: Kieran Cunningham
Narrator: Angus King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When mountains are your salvation, what keep your mental weather calm and free of storms, how do you cope if they’re out of reach?  After spending a decade restlessly globetrotting in search of a way of life that worked for him, journalist Kieran Cunningham alighted on Sondrio, a small town in Lombardy, Italy. A stone’s throw from the Alps, there he found the perfect combination of fresh mountain air, a strong network of local friends and lots of climbing. Finally he was able to accept and manage his diagnosis of Bipolar 1. And then Lombardy found itself the European epicentre of Covid-19 and subject to the strictest of lockdowns.    What does a climber do when his beloved peaks are off limits? When he’s only permitted to leave the house for his weekly sanctioned grocery shop? When all the things that help him maintain his delicate equilibrium are taken away? As Kieran feels his mental health begin to crumble, he looks desperately for something he can climb to help rid him of his excess energy and hopefully get him back on track.     Kieran finds himself navigating the walls of his house over and over while gazing at the mountain ranges so tantalisingly close. He dreams of that first euphoric climb – alone in the clouds, tired, happy, sated. Climbing the Walls is a memoir about mental health and the power of nature and exercise. It’s both a devastatingly honest account of living with Bipolar 1 and a love song to small-town Italian life and the high places that keep him healthy.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climbing the Walls
Author: Kieran Cunningham
Narrator: Angus King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When mountains are your salvation, what keep your mental weather calm and free of storms, how do you cope if they’re out of reach?  After spending a decade restlessly globetrotting in search of a way of life that worked for him, journalist Kieran Cunningham alighted on Sondrio, a small town in Lombardy, Italy. A stone’s throw from the Alps, there he found the perfect combination of fresh mountain air, a strong network of local friends and lots of climbing. Finally he was able to accept and manage his diagnosis of Bipolar 1. And then Lombardy found itself the European epicentre of Covid-19 and subject to the strictest of lockdowns.    What does a climber do when his beloved peaks are off limits? When he’s only permitted to leave the house for his weekly sanctioned grocery shop? When all the things that help him maintain his delicate equilibrium are taken away? As Kieran feels his mental health begin to crumble, he looks desperately for something he can climb to help rid him of his excess energy and hopefully get him back on track.     Kieran finds himself navigating the walls of his house over and over while gazing at the mountain ranges so tantalisingly close. He dreams of that first euphoric climb – alone in the clouds, tired, happy, sated. Climbing the Walls is a memoir about mental health and the power of nature and exercise. It’s both a devastatingly honest account of living with Bipolar 1 and a love song to small-town Italian life and the high places that keep him healthy.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Naturalist by Edward O. Wilson</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456252</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Naturalist
Author: Edward O. Wilson
Narrator: Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Edward O. Wilson—winner of two Pulitzer prizes, champion of biodiversity, and Faculty Emeritus at Harvard University—is arguably one of the most important thinkers of the twentieth century. Yet his celebrated career began not with an elite education but from an insatiable curiosity about the natural world and drive to explore its mysteries. Called “one of the finest scientific memoirs ever written” by the Los Angeles Times, Naturalist is a wise and personal account of Wilson’s growth as a scientist and the evolution of the fields he helped define. At once practical and lyric, Naturalist provides fascinating insights into the making of a scientist, and a valuable look at some of the most thought-provoking ideas of our time. As relevant today as when it was first published twenty-five years ago, Naturalist is a poignant reminder of the human side of science and an inspiring call to celebrate the little things of the world.</description>
                  <author>Edward O. Wilson</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094193960.mp3" length="857003" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456252</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094193960.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>13:27:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Naturalist
Author: Edward O. Wilson
Narrator: Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Edward O. Wilson—winner of two Pulitzer prizes, champion of biodiversity, and Faculty Emeritus at Harvard University—is arguably one of the most important thinkers of the twentieth century. Yet his celebrated career began not with an elite education but from an insatiable curiosity about the natural world and drive to explore its mysteries. Called “one of the finest scientific memoirs ever written” by the Los Angeles Times, Naturalist is a wise and personal account of Wilson’s growth as a scientist and the evolution of the fields he helped define. At once practical and lyric, Naturalist provides fascinating insights into the making of a scientist, and a valuable look at some of the most thought-provoking ideas of our time. As relevant today as when it was first published twenty-five years ago, Naturalist is a poignant reminder of the human side of science and an inspiring call to celebrate the little things of the world.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Naturalist
Author: Edward O. Wilson
Narrator: Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Edward O. Wilson—winner of two Pulitzer prizes, champion of biodiversity, and Faculty Emeritus at Harvard University—is arguably one of the most important thinkers of the twentieth century. Yet his celebrated career began not with an elite education but from an insatiable curiosity about the natural world and drive to explore its mysteries. Called “one of the finest scientific memoirs ever written” by the Los Angeles Times, Naturalist is a wise and personal account of Wilson’s growth as a scientist and the evolution of the fields he helped define. At once practical and lyric, Naturalist provides fascinating insights into the making of a scientist, and a valuable look at some of the most thought-provoking ideas of our time. As relevant today as when it was first published twenty-five years ago, Naturalist is a poignant reminder of the human side of science and an inspiring call to celebrate the little things of the world.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Global Empire by Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456235</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Global Empire
Series: #2 of Svenska Ljud Classica
Author: Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist
Narrator: Bert Deivert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Global Empire has correctly been described as Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist&amp;#039;s philosophically most profound work. In this book, they explore what a world view is, how it is constructed, how it is defended under pressure from surrounding technological change, and how it finally implodes and must be replaced at the tipping point that is called a paradigm shift. The authors then move ahead and construct a new credible world view for the internet age where they replace the God of feudalism and the Individual from capitalism with The Net itself as the metaphysical centre of the digital age. The placing of The Net over The Earth is the starting point from which humans can identify themselves as dividuals rather than individuals, living inside subcultures rather than nation-states.  The Global Empire is then filled with early examples of this metaphysics already being subconsciously implemented, and the book discusses how almost all ideological constructions are dramatically affected by this necessary change of focus. Everything is from now on a result of network dynamics in a world where everything affects everything else, including itself. It is consequently The Net itself that creates the entity which carries the title of the book, namely the global empire. This book is part 1 of 3 in the Futurica Trilogy. About the triology: The Futurica Trilogy is a work of philosophy, sociology and futurology in three closely related movements. The first volume, The Netocrats, deals with human history from the perspective of the new elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity, making prophecies about the digital future of politics, culture, economy, et cetera. The second volume, The Global Empire, explores the near future of political globalisation and the struggle to form new, functioning ideologies for a world where global decision making is a necessity.  The third volume, The Body Machines, deals with the sad demise of the Cartesian subject. It discusses the implications of a materialist image of humanity and explains how it relates to the new, emerging hypertechnological paradigm. It explains why we are all nothing but body machines, and why this is actually good news. - -</description>
                  <author>Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2017 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789176394267.mp3" length="1474567" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456235</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789176394267.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>15:37:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Global Empire
Series: #2 of Svenska Ljud Classica
Author: Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist
Narrator: Bert Deivert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Global Empire has correctly been described as Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist&amp;#039;s philosophically most profound work. In this book, they explore what a world view is, how it is constructed, how it is defended under pressure from surrounding technological change, and how it finally implodes and must be replaced at the tipping point that is called a paradigm shift. The authors then move ahead and construct a new credible world view for the internet age where they replace the God of feudalism and the Individual from capitalism with The Net itself as the metaphysical centre of the digital age. The placing of The Net over The Earth is the starting point from which humans can identify themselves as dividuals rather than individuals, living inside subcultures rather than nation-states.  The Global Empire is then filled with early examples of this metaphysics already being subconsciously implemented, and the book discusses how almost all ideological constructions are dramatically affected by this necessary change of focus. Everything is from now on a result of network dynamics in a world where everything affects everything else, including itself. It is consequently The Net itself that creates the entity which carries the title of the book, namely the global empire. This book is part 1 of 3 in the Futurica Trilogy. About the triology: The Futurica Trilogy is a work of philosophy, sociology and futurology in three closely related movements. The first volume, The Netocrats, deals with human history from the perspective of the new elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity, making prophecies about the digital future of politics, culture, economy, et cetera. The second volume, The Global Empire, explores the near future of political globalisation and the struggle to form new, functioning ideologies for a world where global decision making is a necessity.  The third volume, The Body Machines, deals with the sad demise of the Cartesian subject. It discusses the implications of a materialist image of humanity and explains how it relates to the new, emerging hypertechnological paradigm. It explains why we are all nothing but body machines, and why this is actually good news. - -</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Global Empire
Series: #2 of Svenska Ljud Classica
Author: Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist
Narrator: Bert Deivert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Global Empire has correctly been described as Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist&amp;#039;s philosophically most profound work. In this book, they explore what a world view is, how it is constructed, how it is defended under pressure from surrounding technological change, and how it finally implodes and must be replaced at the tipping point that is called a paradigm shift. The authors then move ahead and construct a new credible world view for the internet age where they replace the God of feudalism and the Individual from capitalism with The Net itself as the metaphysical centre of the digital age. The placing of The Net over The Earth is the starting point from which humans can identify themselves as dividuals rather than individuals, living inside subcultures rather than nation-states.  The Global Empire is then filled with early examples of this metaphysics already being subconsciously implemented, and the book discusses how almost all ideological constructions are dramatically affected by this necessary change of focus. Everything is from now on a result of network dynamics in a world where everything affects everything else, including itself. It is consequently The Net itself that creates the entity which carries the title of the book, namely the global empire. This book is part 1 of 3 in the Futurica Trilogy. About the triology: The Futurica Trilogy is a work of philosophy, sociology and futurology in three closely related movements. The first volume, The Netocrats, deals with human history from the perspective of the new elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity, making prophecies about the digital future of politics, culture, economy, et cetera. The second volume, The Global Empire, explores the near future of political globalisation and the struggle to form new, functioning ideologies for a world where global decision making is a necessity.  The third volume, The Body Machines, deals with the sad demise of the Cartesian subject. It discusses the implications of a materialist image of humanity and explains how it relates to the new, emerging hypertechnological paradigm. It explains why we are all nothing but body machines, and why this is actually good news. - -</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>We Are Nature: How to reconnect with the wild by Ray Mears</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456098</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Nature: How to reconnect with the wild
Author: Ray Mears
Narrator: Simon Shepherd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A journey of discovery through our natural world. Bushcraft and survival legend Ray Mears takes us on his own lifetime&amp;#039;s journey through the natural world, into the British countryside and across continents, and shows us how to tune our senses, enhance our experience of nature, and understand our place within it. Guiding us through practical fieldcraft tips, Ray brings us up close with creatures we share our planet with, and reveals how we can learn from them, from the stealth of the leopard to the patience and stillness of the crocodile, and even the colour-changing camouflage of the octopus. With Ray as your companion, you will unlock the hidden secrets of the wild and begin to see, instead of merely look.</description>
                  <author>Ray Mears</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473590939.mp3" length="1330465" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456098</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473590939.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:44:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Nature: How to reconnect with the wild
Author: Ray Mears
Narrator: Simon Shepherd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A journey of discovery through our natural world. Bushcraft and survival legend Ray Mears takes us on his own lifetime&amp;#039;s journey through the natural world, into the British countryside and across continents, and shows us how to tune our senses, enhance our experience of nature, and understand our place within it. Guiding us through practical fieldcraft tips, Ray brings us up close with creatures we share our planet with, and reveals how we can learn from them, from the stealth of the leopard to the patience and stillness of the crocodile, and even the colour-changing camouflage of the octopus. With Ray as your companion, you will unlock the hidden secrets of the wild and begin to see, instead of merely look.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Nature: How to reconnect with the wild
Author: Ray Mears
Narrator: Simon Shepherd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A journey of discovery through our natural world. Bushcraft and survival legend Ray Mears takes us on his own lifetime&amp;#039;s journey through the natural world, into the British countryside and across continents, and shows us how to tune our senses, enhance our experience of nature, and understand our place within it. Guiding us through practical fieldcraft tips, Ray brings us up close with creatures we share our planet with, and reveals how we can learn from them, from the stealth of the leopard to the patience and stillness of the crocodile, and even the colour-changing camouflage of the octopus. With Ray as your companion, you will unlock the hidden secrets of the wild and begin to see, instead of merely look.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Wild Remedy: How Nature Mends Us - A Diary by Emma Mitchell</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Remedy: How Nature Mends Us - A Diary
Author: Emma Mitchell
Narrator: Emma Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Emma Mitchell has suffered with depression—or as she calls it, &amp;#039;the grey slug&amp;#039;—for twenty-five years. In 2003, she moved from the city to the edge of the Cambridgeshire Fens and began to take walks in the countryside around her new home, photographing, collecting, and drawing as she went. Each walk lifted her mood, proving to be as medicinal as any talking therapy or pharmaceutical. In Emma&amp;#039;s hand-illustrated diary, she takes us with her as she follows the paths and trails around her cottage and further afield, sharing her nature finds and tracking the lives of local flora and fauna over the course of a year. Reflecting on how these encounters impact her mood, Emma&amp;#039;s moving and candid account of her own struggles is a powerful testament to how reconnecting with nature may offer some answers to today&amp;#039;s mental health epidemic. While charting her own seasonal highs and lows, she also explains the science behind such changes, calling on new research into such areas as forest bathing and the ways in which our bodies and minds respond to plants and wildlife when we venture outdoors. Written with Emma&amp;#039;s characteristic wit and frankness, this is a truly unique book for anyone who has ever felt drawn to nature and wondered about its influence over us.</description>
                  <author>Emma Mitchell</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705200827.mp3" length="7354631" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705200827.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:20:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Remedy: How Nature Mends Us - A Diary
Author: Emma Mitchell
Narrator: Emma Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Emma Mitchell has suffered with depression—or as she calls it, &amp;#039;the grey slug&amp;#039;—for twenty-five years. In 2003, she moved from the city to the edge of the Cambridgeshire Fens and began to take walks in the countryside around her new home, photographing, collecting, and drawing as she went. Each walk lifted her mood, proving to be as medicinal as any talking therapy or pharmaceutical. In Emma&amp;#039;s hand-illustrated diary, she takes us with her as she follows the paths and trails around her cottage and further afield, sharing her nature finds and tracking the lives of local flora and fauna over the course of a year. Reflecting on how these encounters impact her mood, Emma&amp;#039;s moving and candid account of her own struggles is a powerful testament to how reconnecting with nature may offer some answers to today&amp;#039;s mental health epidemic. While charting her own seasonal highs and lows, she also explains the science behind such changes, calling on new research into such areas as forest bathing and the ways in which our bodies and minds respond to plants and wildlife when we venture outdoors. Written with Emma&amp;#039;s characteristic wit and frankness, this is a truly unique book for anyone who has ever felt drawn to nature and wondered about its influence over us.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Remedy: How Nature Mends Us - A Diary
Author: Emma Mitchell
Narrator: Emma Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Emma Mitchell has suffered with depression—or as she calls it, &amp;#039;the grey slug&amp;#039;—for twenty-five years. In 2003, she moved from the city to the edge of the Cambridgeshire Fens and began to take walks in the countryside around her new home, photographing, collecting, and drawing as she went. Each walk lifted her mood, proving to be as medicinal as any talking therapy or pharmaceutical. In Emma&amp;#039;s hand-illustrated diary, she takes us with her as she follows the paths and trails around her cottage and further afield, sharing her nature finds and tracking the lives of local flora and fauna over the course of a year. Reflecting on how these encounters impact her mood, Emma&amp;#039;s moving and candid account of her own struggles is a powerful testament to how reconnecting with nature may offer some answers to today&amp;#039;s mental health epidemic. While charting her own seasonal highs and lows, she also explains the science behind such changes, calling on new research into such areas as forest bathing and the ways in which our bodies and minds respond to plants and wildlife when we venture outdoors. Written with Emma&amp;#039;s characteristic wit and frankness, this is a truly unique book for anyone who has ever felt drawn to nature and wondered about its influence over us.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>As the World Burns: The New Generation of Activists and the Landmark Legal Fight Against Climate Change by Lee Van Der Voo</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As the World Burns: The New Generation of Activists and the Landmark Legal Fight Against Climate Change
Author: Lee Van Der Voo
Narrator: Lee Van Der Voo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“The story of Juliana v. United States and the committed young people behind it will give you hope in the next generation.” —Elizabeth Kolbert, author of The Sixth Extinction  Do our children have a right to inherit a livable planet? Is the government obliged to protect it? Twenty-one young people from across America have sued the federal government over climate change, charging that actions promoting a fossil fuel economy violate their constitutional rights to life, liberty, and property. Their trial could be the civil rights trial of the century, but the government has used arcane legal tactics to stymie its progress at every turn.     As the World Burns by investigative reporter Lee van der Voo follows the plight of the young plaintiffs, chronicling their legal battle as their childhoods are consumed by another year of drought and wildfire, floods and hurricanes, and the most tumultuous political season in modern history. As the World Burns is climate breakdown like you’ve never seen it—through the eyes of the young.</description>
                  <author>Lee Van Der Voo</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781649040350.mp3" length="834906" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781649040350.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As the World Burns: The New Generation of Activists and the Landmark Legal Fight Against Climate Change
Author: Lee Van Der Voo
Narrator: Lee Van Der Voo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“The story of Juliana v. United States and the committed young people behind it will give you hope in the next generation.” —Elizabeth Kolbert, author of The Sixth Extinction  Do our children have a right to inherit a livable planet? Is the government obliged to protect it? Twenty-one young people from across America have sued the federal government over climate change, charging that actions promoting a fossil fuel economy violate their constitutional rights to life, liberty, and property. Their trial could be the civil rights trial of the century, but the government has used arcane legal tactics to stymie its progress at every turn.     As the World Burns by investigative reporter Lee van der Voo follows the plight of the young plaintiffs, chronicling their legal battle as their childhoods are consumed by another year of drought and wildfire, floods and hurricanes, and the most tumultuous political season in modern history. As the World Burns is climate breakdown like you’ve never seen it—through the eyes of the young.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As the World Burns: The New Generation of Activists and the Landmark Legal Fight Against Climate Change
Author: Lee Van Der Voo
Narrator: Lee Van Der Voo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“The story of Juliana v. United States and the committed young people behind it will give you hope in the next generation.” —Elizabeth Kolbert, author of The Sixth Extinction  Do our children have a right to inherit a livable planet? Is the government obliged to protect it? Twenty-one young people from across America have sued the federal government over climate change, charging that actions promoting a fossil fuel economy violate their constitutional rights to life, liberty, and property. Their trial could be the civil rights trial of the century, but the government has used arcane legal tactics to stymie its progress at every turn.     As the World Burns by investigative reporter Lee van der Voo follows the plight of the young plaintiffs, chronicling their legal battle as their childhoods are consumed by another year of drought and wildfire, floods and hurricanes, and the most tumultuous political season in modern history. As the World Burns is climate breakdown like you’ve never seen it—through the eyes of the young.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Uprooted: A Gardener Reflects on Beginning Again by Page Dickey</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455588</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uprooted: A Gardener Reflects on Beginning Again
Author: Page Dickey
Narrator: Alex Mckenna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Uprooted reveals how a late-life uprooting changed Dickey as a gardener.” —The Wall Street Journal  When Page Dickey moved away from her celebrated garden at Duck Hill, she left a landscape she had spent thirty-four years making, nurturing, and loving. She found her next chapter in northwestern Connecticut, on 17 acres of rolling fields and woodland around a former Methodist church. In Uprooted, Dickey reflects on this transition and on what it means for a gardener to start again.  In these pages, fol­low her journey: searching for a new home, discovering the ins and outs of the landscape surround­ing her new garden, establishing the garden, and learning how to be a different kind of gardener. The sur­prise at the heart of the book? Although Dickey was sad to leave her beloved garden, she found herself thrilled to begin a new garden in a wilder, larger landscape.     Written with humor and elegance, Uprooted is an endearing story about transitions—and the satisfaction and joy that new horizons can bring.</description>
                  <author>Page Dickey</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781649040039.mp3" length="841421" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455588</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781649040039.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:17:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uprooted: A Gardener Reflects on Beginning Again
Author: Page Dickey
Narrator: Alex Mckenna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Uprooted reveals how a late-life uprooting changed Dickey as a gardener.” —The Wall Street Journal  When Page Dickey moved away from her celebrated garden at Duck Hill, she left a landscape she had spent thirty-four years making, nurturing, and loving. She found her next chapter in northwestern Connecticut, on 17 acres of rolling fields and woodland around a former Methodist church. In Uprooted, Dickey reflects on this transition and on what it means for a gardener to start again.  In these pages, fol­low her journey: searching for a new home, discovering the ins and outs of the landscape surround­ing her new garden, establishing the garden, and learning how to be a different kind of gardener. The sur­prise at the heart of the book? Although Dickey was sad to leave her beloved garden, she found herself thrilled to begin a new garden in a wilder, larger landscape.     Written with humor and elegance, Uprooted is an endearing story about transitions—and the satisfaction and joy that new horizons can bring.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uprooted: A Gardener Reflects on Beginning Again
Author: Page Dickey
Narrator: Alex Mckenna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Uprooted reveals how a late-life uprooting changed Dickey as a gardener.” —The Wall Street Journal  When Page Dickey moved away from her celebrated garden at Duck Hill, she left a landscape she had spent thirty-four years making, nurturing, and loving. She found her next chapter in northwestern Connecticut, on 17 acres of rolling fields and woodland around a former Methodist church. In Uprooted, Dickey reflects on this transition and on what it means for a gardener to start again.  In these pages, fol­low her journey: searching for a new home, discovering the ins and outs of the landscape surround­ing her new garden, establishing the garden, and learning how to be a different kind of gardener. The sur­prise at the heart of the book? Although Dickey was sad to leave her beloved garden, she found herself thrilled to begin a new garden in a wilder, larger landscape.     Written with humor and elegance, Uprooted is an endearing story about transitions—and the satisfaction and joy that new horizons can bring.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Love Lives of Birds: Courting and Mating Rituals by Laura Erickson</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455587</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Love Lives of Birds: Courting and Mating Rituals
Author: Laura Erickson
Narrator: Laura Erickson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the lifelong devotion of the American crow to the dalliances of the eastern bluebird, from the bald eagle’s dazzling aerial display to the male ruby-throated hummingbird’s reputation as a “deadbeat dad” — courtship, mating, and parenting differ dramatically among birds. Ornithologist and author Laura Erickson takes readers on a romance-fueled romp through the love lives of 35 species, exploring the diversity of avian approaches to pairing up. Each species spotlight pairs Erickson’s remarkable depth of scientific knowledge with her talent for drawing humorous and insightful parallels between human and bird. The result is a riveting read for bird-watchers and nature lovers alike.</description>
                  <author>Laura Erickson</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781649040381.mp3" length="860959" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455587</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781649040381.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:2:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Love Lives of Birds: Courting and Mating Rituals
Author: Laura Erickson
Narrator: Laura Erickson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the lifelong devotion of the American crow to the dalliances of the eastern bluebird, from the bald eagle’s dazzling aerial display to the male ruby-throated hummingbird’s reputation as a “deadbeat dad” — courtship, mating, and parenting differ dramatically among birds. Ornithologist and author Laura Erickson takes readers on a romance-fueled romp through the love lives of 35 species, exploring the diversity of avian approaches to pairing up. Each species spotlight pairs Erickson’s remarkable depth of scientific knowledge with her talent for drawing humorous and insightful parallels between human and bird. The result is a riveting read for bird-watchers and nature lovers alike.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Love Lives of Birds: Courting and Mating Rituals
Author: Laura Erickson
Narrator: Laura Erickson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the lifelong devotion of the American crow to the dalliances of the eastern bluebird, from the bald eagle’s dazzling aerial display to the male ruby-throated hummingbird’s reputation as a “deadbeat dad” — courtship, mating, and parenting differ dramatically among birds. Ornithologist and author Laura Erickson takes readers on a romance-fueled romp through the love lives of 35 species, exploring the diversity of avian approaches to pairing up. Each species spotlight pairs Erickson’s remarkable depth of scientific knowledge with her talent for drawing humorous and insightful parallels between human and bird. The result is a riveting read for bird-watchers and nature lovers alike.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Miraculous Life of Maggie the Wunderdog: The true story of a little street dog who learned to love again by Kasey Carlin</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455090</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455090">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455090</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Miraculous Life of Maggie the Wunderdog: The true story of a little street dog who learned to love again
Author: Kasey Carlin
Narrator: Harrie Dobby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The true story of a little street dog who learned to love again.  Beaten, tortured and shot 17 times, Maggie the little street dog should have given up on the world. But the world didn&amp;#039;t give up on her. With the help of her human friends, Maggie begins her long road to recovery and starts to spread joy everywhere she goes. This is the inspirational true story of a little dog who learned to be loved just as she is. “If ever a dog&amp;#039;s story is guaranteed to touch hearts, then Maggie&amp;#039;s is.” - YOUR DOG MAGAZINE</description>
                  <author>Kasey Carlin</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004024025.mp3" length="773899" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455090</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004024025.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:17:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455090">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455090</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Miraculous Life of Maggie the Wunderdog: The true story of a little street dog who learned to love again
Author: Kasey Carlin
Narrator: Harrie Dobby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The true story of a little street dog who learned to love again.  Beaten, tortured and shot 17 times, Maggie the little street dog should have given up on the world. But the world didn&amp;#039;t give up on her. With the help of her human friends, Maggie begins her long road to recovery and starts to spread joy everywhere she goes. This is the inspirational true story of a little dog who learned to be loved just as she is. “If ever a dog&amp;#039;s story is guaranteed to touch hearts, then Maggie&amp;#039;s is.” - YOUR DOG MAGAZINE</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455090">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455090</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Miraculous Life of Maggie the Wunderdog: The true story of a little street dog who learned to love again
Author: Kasey Carlin
Narrator: Harrie Dobby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The true story of a little street dog who learned to love again.  Beaten, tortured and shot 17 times, Maggie the little street dog should have given up on the world. But the world didn&amp;#039;t give up on her. With the help of her human friends, Maggie begins her long road to recovery and starts to spread joy everywhere she goes. This is the inspirational true story of a little dog who learned to be loved just as she is. “If ever a dog&amp;#039;s story is guaranteed to touch hearts, then Maggie&amp;#039;s is.” - YOUR DOG MAGAZINE</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Stadt der Nachtigallen - Berlins perfekter Sound by David Rothenberg</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455029</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Stadt der Nachtigallen - Berlins perfekter Sound
Author: David Rothenberg
Narrator: Julian Mehne, Eva Mattes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Open Air mit Nachtigall und Klarinette - Der weltbekannte Experimentalmusiker David Rothenberg hat Musik mit Walen und Insekten, mit Wasser und Wind gemacht: Den faszinierendsten Sound hat er jedoch bei den Berliner Nachtigallen gefunden, die dort im Wettkampf mit dem Stadtlärm über sich hinauswachsen. Er setzt sich frühmorgens in die Berliner Hasenheide und trifft eine Neuro- und Verhaltensbiologin, lässt sich vom Himmel über Berlin durch die Stadt leiten, unterhält sich mit Musikern und liest, was Kant zur Nachtigall geschrieben hat. Der Wissenschaftler Rothenberg analysiert den Klang der Vögel, der Musiker Rothenberg jammt mit ihnen. So wird dieses Feature zu einer poetischen Kulturgeschichte der Nachtigall und zu einer Erforschung der Beziehung von Geräusch, Musik und Poesie.</description>
                  <author>David Rothenberg</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732417902.mp3" length="865646" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455029</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732417902.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:57:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Stadt der Nachtigallen - Berlins perfekter Sound
Author: David Rothenberg
Narrator: Julian Mehne, Eva Mattes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Open Air mit Nachtigall und Klarinette - Der weltbekannte Experimentalmusiker David Rothenberg hat Musik mit Walen und Insekten, mit Wasser und Wind gemacht: Den faszinierendsten Sound hat er jedoch bei den Berliner Nachtigallen gefunden, die dort im Wettkampf mit dem Stadtlärm über sich hinauswachsen. Er setzt sich frühmorgens in die Berliner Hasenheide und trifft eine Neuro- und Verhaltensbiologin, lässt sich vom Himmel über Berlin durch die Stadt leiten, unterhält sich mit Musikern und liest, was Kant zur Nachtigall geschrieben hat. Der Wissenschaftler Rothenberg analysiert den Klang der Vögel, der Musiker Rothenberg jammt mit ihnen. So wird dieses Feature zu einer poetischen Kulturgeschichte der Nachtigall und zu einer Erforschung der Beziehung von Geräusch, Musik und Poesie.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Stadt der Nachtigallen - Berlins perfekter Sound
Author: David Rothenberg
Narrator: Julian Mehne, Eva Mattes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Open Air mit Nachtigall und Klarinette - Der weltbekannte Experimentalmusiker David Rothenberg hat Musik mit Walen und Insekten, mit Wasser und Wind gemacht: Den faszinierendsten Sound hat er jedoch bei den Berliner Nachtigallen gefunden, die dort im Wettkampf mit dem Stadtlärm über sich hinauswachsen. Er setzt sich frühmorgens in die Berliner Hasenheide und trifft eine Neuro- und Verhaltensbiologin, lässt sich vom Himmel über Berlin durch die Stadt leiten, unterhält sich mit Musikern und liest, was Kant zur Nachtigall geschrieben hat. Der Wissenschaftler Rothenberg analysiert den Klang der Vögel, der Musiker Rothenberg jammt mit ihnen. So wird dieses Feature zu einer poetischen Kulturgeschichte der Nachtigall und zu einer Erforschung der Beziehung von Geräusch, Musik und Poesie.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Water: A Biography by Giulio Boccaletti</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Water: A Biography
Author: Giulio Boccaletti
Narrator: Giulio Boccaletti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Spanning millennia and continents, here is a stunningly revealing history of how the distribution of water has shaped human civilization. Boccaletti, of The Nature Conservancy, “tackles the most important story of our time: our relationship with water in a world of looming scarcity” (Kelly McEvers, NPR Host).     Writing with authority and brio, Giulio Boc­caletti—honorary research associate at the Smith School of Enterprise and the Environment, Univer­sity of Oxford—shrewdly combines environmental and social history, beginning with the earliest civ­ilizations of sedentary farmers on the banks of the Nile, the Tigris, and the Euphrates Rivers. Even as he describes how these societies were made possible by sea-level changes from the last glacial melt, he incisively examines how this type of farming led to irrigation and multiple cropping, which, in turn, led to a population explosion and labor specialization.      We see with clarity how irrigation’s structure informed social structure (inventions such as the calendar sprung from agricultural necessity); how in ancient Greece, the communal ownership of wells laid the groundwork for democracy; how the Greek and Roman experiences with water security resulted in systems of taxation; and how the modern world as we know it began with a legal framework for the development of water infrastructure.      Extraordinary for its monumental scope and piercing insightfulness, Water: A Biography richly enlarges our understanding of our relationship to—and fundamental reliance on—the most elemental substance on earth. Cover image: &amp;#039;Vista&amp;#039;, painting by Tobias Tovera © 2016</description>
                  <author>Giulio Boccaletti</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593395394.mp3" length="2700691" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593395394.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>14:17:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Water: A Biography
Author: Giulio Boccaletti
Narrator: Giulio Boccaletti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Spanning millennia and continents, here is a stunningly revealing history of how the distribution of water has shaped human civilization. Boccaletti, of The Nature Conservancy, “tackles the most important story of our time: our relationship with water in a world of looming scarcity” (Kelly McEvers, NPR Host).     Writing with authority and brio, Giulio Boc­caletti—honorary research associate at the Smith School of Enterprise and the Environment, Univer­sity of Oxford—shrewdly combines environmental and social history, beginning with the earliest civ­ilizations of sedentary farmers on the banks of the Nile, the Tigris, and the Euphrates Rivers. Even as he describes how these societies were made possible by sea-level changes from the last glacial melt, he incisively examines how this type of farming led to irrigation and multiple cropping, which, in turn, led to a population explosion and labor specialization.      We see with clarity how irrigation’s structure informed social structure (inventions such as the calendar sprung from agricultural necessity); how in ancient Greece, the communal ownership of wells laid the groundwork for democracy; how the Greek and Roman experiences with water security resulted in systems of taxation; and how the modern world as we know it began with a legal framework for the development of water infrastructure.      Extraordinary for its monumental scope and piercing insightfulness, Water: A Biography richly enlarges our understanding of our relationship to—and fundamental reliance on—the most elemental substance on earth. Cover image: &amp;#039;Vista&amp;#039;, painting by Tobias Tovera © 2016</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Water: A Biography
Author: Giulio Boccaletti
Narrator: Giulio Boccaletti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Spanning millennia and continents, here is a stunningly revealing history of how the distribution of water has shaped human civilization. Boccaletti, of The Nature Conservancy, “tackles the most important story of our time: our relationship with water in a world of looming scarcity” (Kelly McEvers, NPR Host).     Writing with authority and brio, Giulio Boc­caletti—honorary research associate at the Smith School of Enterprise and the Environment, Univer­sity of Oxford—shrewdly combines environmental and social history, beginning with the earliest civ­ilizations of sedentary farmers on the banks of the Nile, the Tigris, and the Euphrates Rivers. Even as he describes how these societies were made possible by sea-level changes from the last glacial melt, he incisively examines how this type of farming led to irrigation and multiple cropping, which, in turn, led to a population explosion and labor specialization.      We see with clarity how irrigation’s structure informed social structure (inventions such as the calendar sprung from agricultural necessity); how in ancient Greece, the communal ownership of wells laid the groundwork for democracy; how the Greek and Roman experiences with water security resulted in systems of taxation; and how the modern world as we know it began with a legal framework for the development of water infrastructure.      Extraordinary for its monumental scope and piercing insightfulness, Water: A Biography richly enlarges our understanding of our relationship to—and fundamental reliance on—the most elemental substance on earth. Cover image: &amp;#039;Vista&amp;#039;, painting by Tobias Tovera © 2016</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Log from the Sea of Cortez by John Steinbeck</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454306</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Log from the Sea of Cortez
Author: John Steinbeck
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  In 1940 Steinbeck sailed in a sardine boat with his great friend the marine biologist, Ed Ricketts, to collect marine invertebrates from the beaches of the Gulf of California. The expedition was described by the two men in SEA OF CORTEZ, published in 1941. The day-to-day story of the trip is told here in the Log, which combines science, philosophy and high-spirited adventure. An exhilarating and highly entertaining read. © John Steinbeck 1951 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
                  <author>John Steinbeck</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 26 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241510018.mp3" length="1485483" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454306</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241510018.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:46:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Log from the Sea of Cortez
Author: John Steinbeck
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  In 1940 Steinbeck sailed in a sardine boat with his great friend the marine biologist, Ed Ricketts, to collect marine invertebrates from the beaches of the Gulf of California. The expedition was described by the two men in SEA OF CORTEZ, published in 1941. The day-to-day story of the trip is told here in the Log, which combines science, philosophy and high-spirited adventure. An exhilarating and highly entertaining read. © John Steinbeck 1951 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Log from the Sea of Cortez
Author: John Steinbeck
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  In 1940 Steinbeck sailed in a sardine boat with his great friend the marine biologist, Ed Ricketts, to collect marine invertebrates from the beaches of the Gulf of California. The expedition was described by the two men in SEA OF CORTEZ, published in 1941. The day-to-day story of the trip is told here in the Log, which combines science, philosophy and high-spirited adventure. An exhilarating and highly entertaining read. © John Steinbeck 1951 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Good War: Mobilizing Canada for the Climate Emergency by Seth Klein</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453980</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Good War: Mobilizing Canada for the Climate Emergency
Author: Seth Klein
Narrator: John Cleland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;This is the roadmap out of climate crisis that Canadians have been waiting for.&amp;quot; - Naomi Klein, activist and New York Times bestselling author of This Changes Everything and The Shock Doctrine 		 		 		- One of Canada&amp;#039;s top policy analysts provides the first full-scale blueprint for meeting our climate change commitments 		- Contains the results of a national poll on Canadians&amp;#039; attitudes to the climate crisis 		- Shows that radical transformative climate action can be done, while producing jobs and reducing inequality as we retool how we live and work. 		- Deeply researched and targeted specifically to Canada and Canadians while providing a model that other countries could follow 		 		 		Canada needs to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by 50% to prevent a catastrophic 1.5 degree increase in the earth&amp;#039;s average temperature - assumed by many scientists to be a critical &amp;quot;danger line&amp;quot; for the planet and human life as we know it. 		It&amp;#039;s 2020, and Canada is not on track to meet our targets. To do so, we&amp;#039;ll need radical systemic change to how we live and work-and fast. How can we ever achieve this? 		Top policy analyst and author Seth Klein reveals we can do it now because we&amp;#039;ve done it before. During the Second World War, Canadian citizens and government remade the economy by retooling factories, transforming their workforce, and making the war effort a common cause for all Canadians to contribute to. 		Klein demonstrates how wartime thinking and community efforts can be repurposed today for Canada&amp;#039;s own Green New Deal. He shares how we can create jobs and reduce inequality while tackling our climate obligations for a climate neutral-or even climate zero-future. From enlisting broad public support for new economic models, to job creation through investment in green infrastructure, Klein shows us a bold, practical policy plan for Canada&amp;#039;s sustainable future. More than this: A Good War offers a remarkably hopeful message for how we can meet the defining challenge of our lives. 		COVID-19 has brought a previously unthinkable pace of change to the world-one which demonstrates our ability to adapt rapidly when we&amp;#039;re at risk. Many recent changes are what Klein proposes in these very pages. The world can, actually, turn on a dime if necessary. This is the blueprint for how to do it.</description>
                  <author>Seth Klein</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773056319.mp3" length="1262954" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453980</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773056319.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>18:50:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Good War: Mobilizing Canada for the Climate Emergency
Author: Seth Klein
Narrator: John Cleland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;This is the roadmap out of climate crisis that Canadians have been waiting for.&amp;quot; - Naomi Klein, activist and New York Times bestselling author of This Changes Everything and The Shock Doctrine 		 		 		- One of Canada&amp;#039;s top policy analysts provides the first full-scale blueprint for meeting our climate change commitments 		- Contains the results of a national poll on Canadians&amp;#039; attitudes to the climate crisis 		- Shows that radical transformative climate action can be done, while producing jobs and reducing inequality as we retool how we live and work. 		- Deeply researched and targeted specifically to Canada and Canadians while providing a model that other countries could follow 		 		 		Canada needs to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by 50% to prevent a catastrophic 1.5 degree increase in the earth&amp;#039;s average temperature - assumed by many scientists to be a critical &amp;quot;danger line&amp;quot; for the planet and human life as we know it. 		It&amp;#039;s 2020, and Canada is not on track to meet our targets. To do so, we&amp;#039;ll need radical systemic change to how we live and work-and fast. How can we ever achieve this? 		Top policy analyst and author Seth Klein reveals we can do it now because we&amp;#039;ve done it before. During the Second World War, Canadian citizens and government remade the economy by retooling factories, transforming their workforce, and making the war effort a common cause for all Canadians to contribute to. 		Klein demonstrates how wartime thinking and community efforts can be repurposed today for Canada&amp;#039;s own Green New Deal. He shares how we can create jobs and reduce inequality while tackling our climate obligations for a climate neutral-or even climate zero-future. From enlisting broad public support for new economic models, to job creation through investment in green infrastructure, Klein shows us a bold, practical policy plan for Canada&amp;#039;s sustainable future. More than this: A Good War offers a remarkably hopeful message for how we can meet the defining challenge of our lives. 		COVID-19 has brought a previously unthinkable pace of change to the world-one which demonstrates our ability to adapt rapidly when we&amp;#039;re at risk. Many recent changes are what Klein proposes in these very pages. The world can, actually, turn on a dime if necessary. This is the blueprint for how to do it.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Good War: Mobilizing Canada for the Climate Emergency
Author: Seth Klein
Narrator: John Cleland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;This is the roadmap out of climate crisis that Canadians have been waiting for.&amp;quot; - Naomi Klein, activist and New York Times bestselling author of This Changes Everything and The Shock Doctrine 		 		 		- One of Canada&amp;#039;s top policy analysts provides the first full-scale blueprint for meeting our climate change commitments 		- Contains the results of a national poll on Canadians&amp;#039; attitudes to the climate crisis 		- Shows that radical transformative climate action can be done, while producing jobs and reducing inequality as we retool how we live and work. 		- Deeply researched and targeted specifically to Canada and Canadians while providing a model that other countries could follow 		 		 		Canada needs to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by 50% to prevent a catastrophic 1.5 degree increase in the earth&amp;#039;s average temperature - assumed by many scientists to be a critical &amp;quot;danger line&amp;quot; for the planet and human life as we know it. 		It&amp;#039;s 2020, and Canada is not on track to meet our targets. To do so, we&amp;#039;ll need radical systemic change to how we live and work-and fast. How can we ever achieve this? 		Top policy analyst and author Seth Klein reveals we can do it now because we&amp;#039;ve done it before. During the Second World War, Canadian citizens and government remade the economy by retooling factories, transforming their workforce, and making the war effort a common cause for all Canadians to contribute to. 		Klein demonstrates how wartime thinking and community efforts can be repurposed today for Canada&amp;#039;s own Green New Deal. He shares how we can create jobs and reduce inequality while tackling our climate obligations for a climate neutral-or even climate zero-future. From enlisting broad public support for new economic models, to job creation through investment in green infrastructure, Klein shows us a bold, practical policy plan for Canada&amp;#039;s sustainable future. More than this: A Good War offers a remarkably hopeful message for how we can meet the defining challenge of our lives. 		COVID-19 has brought a previously unthinkable pace of change to the world-one which demonstrates our ability to adapt rapidly when we&amp;#039;re at risk. Many recent changes are what Klein proposes in these very pages. The world can, actually, turn on a dime if necessary. This is the blueprint for how to do it.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Animals Make Us Human by Meg Keneally, Leah Kaminsky</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453953</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animals Make Us Human
Author: Meg Keneally, Leah Kaminsky
Narrator: Meg Keneally
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A response to the devastating 2019-20 bushfires, Animals Make Us Human both celebrates Australia&amp;#039;s unique wildlife and highlights its vulnerability. Through words and images, writers, photographers and researchers reflect on their connection with animals and nature. They share moments of wonder and revelation from encounters in the natural world: seeing a wild platypus at play, an echidna dawdling across a bush track, or the inexplicable leap of a thresher shark; watching bats take flight at dusk, or birds making a home in the backyard; or following possums, gliders and owls into the dark. Hopeful, uplifting and deeply moving, this collection is also an urgent call to action, a powerful reminder that we only have one world in which to coexist and thrive with our fellow creatures. By highlighting the beauty and fragility of our unique fauna, Australia&amp;#039;s favourite writers, renowned researchers and acclaimed photographers encourage readers to consider it in a new light. Featuring: Barbara Allen, Robbie Arnott, Tony Birch, James Bradley, Mark Brandi, Geraldine Brooks, Anne Buist, Melanie Cheng, Claire G. Coleman, Ceridwen Dovey, Chris Flynn, Nayuka Gorrie, Dan Harley, Ashley Hay, Toni Jordan, Leah Kaminsky, Paul Kelly, Meg Keneally, Tom Keneally, Cate Kennedy, David Lindenmayer, Ella Loeffler, Maia Loeffler, Jen Martin, Angela Meyer, Sonia Orchard, Favel Parrett, Marissa Parrott, Bruce Pascoe, Jack Pascoe, Sue Pillans, Nick Porch, Holly Ringland, Euan Ritchie, Antoinette Roe, Kirli Saunders, Graeme Simsion, Tracy Sorensen, Shaun Tan, Lucy Treloar, Karen Viggers, Emma Viskic, John Woinarski, Clare Wright. And photographers: Tim Bawden, Kristian Bell, Rohan Bilney, Justin Bruhn, Andrew Buckle, Matt Clancy, Amy Coetsee, Craig Coverdale, Angus Emmott, Jayne Jenkins, Vivien Jones, Sue Liu, Michael Livingston, Caleb McElrea, Nick Monaghan, Richard Pillans, Gillian Rayment, Linda Rogan, David Maurice Smith, Steve Smith, Colin Southwell, Georgina Steytler, Wayne Suffield, Heather Sutton, Peter Taylor, William Terry, Patrick Tomkins, Matt Wright.</description>
                  <author>Meg Keneally, Leah Kaminsky</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781761041594.mp3" length="843513" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453953</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781761041594.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:12:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animals Make Us Human
Author: Meg Keneally, Leah Kaminsky
Narrator: Meg Keneally
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A response to the devastating 2019-20 bushfires, Animals Make Us Human both celebrates Australia&amp;#039;s unique wildlife and highlights its vulnerability. Through words and images, writers, photographers and researchers reflect on their connection with animals and nature. They share moments of wonder and revelation from encounters in the natural world: seeing a wild platypus at play, an echidna dawdling across a bush track, or the inexplicable leap of a thresher shark; watching bats take flight at dusk, or birds making a home in the backyard; or following possums, gliders and owls into the dark. Hopeful, uplifting and deeply moving, this collection is also an urgent call to action, a powerful reminder that we only have one world in which to coexist and thrive with our fellow creatures. By highlighting the beauty and fragility of our unique fauna, Australia&amp;#039;s favourite writers, renowned researchers and acclaimed photographers encourage readers to consider it in a new light. Featuring: Barbara Allen, Robbie Arnott, Tony Birch, James Bradley, Mark Brandi, Geraldine Brooks, Anne Buist, Melanie Cheng, Claire G. Coleman, Ceridwen Dovey, Chris Flynn, Nayuka Gorrie, Dan Harley, Ashley Hay, Toni Jordan, Leah Kaminsky, Paul Kelly, Meg Keneally, Tom Keneally, Cate Kennedy, David Lindenmayer, Ella Loeffler, Maia Loeffler, Jen Martin, Angela Meyer, Sonia Orchard, Favel Parrett, Marissa Parrott, Bruce Pascoe, Jack Pascoe, Sue Pillans, Nick Porch, Holly Ringland, Euan Ritchie, Antoinette Roe, Kirli Saunders, Graeme Simsion, Tracy Sorensen, Shaun Tan, Lucy Treloar, Karen Viggers, Emma Viskic, John Woinarski, Clare Wright. And photographers: Tim Bawden, Kristian Bell, Rohan Bilney, Justin Bruhn, Andrew Buckle, Matt Clancy, Amy Coetsee, Craig Coverdale, Angus Emmott, Jayne Jenkins, Vivien Jones, Sue Liu, Michael Livingston, Caleb McElrea, Nick Monaghan, Richard Pillans, Gillian Rayment, Linda Rogan, David Maurice Smith, Steve Smith, Colin Southwell, Georgina Steytler, Wayne Suffield, Heather Sutton, Peter Taylor, William Terry, Patrick Tomkins, Matt Wright.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animals Make Us Human
Author: Meg Keneally, Leah Kaminsky
Narrator: Meg Keneally
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A response to the devastating 2019-20 bushfires, Animals Make Us Human both celebrates Australia&amp;#039;s unique wildlife and highlights its vulnerability. Through words and images, writers, photographers and researchers reflect on their connection with animals and nature. They share moments of wonder and revelation from encounters in the natural world: seeing a wild platypus at play, an echidna dawdling across a bush track, or the inexplicable leap of a thresher shark; watching bats take flight at dusk, or birds making a home in the backyard; or following possums, gliders and owls into the dark. Hopeful, uplifting and deeply moving, this collection is also an urgent call to action, a powerful reminder that we only have one world in which to coexist and thrive with our fellow creatures. By highlighting the beauty and fragility of our unique fauna, Australia&amp;#039;s favourite writers, renowned researchers and acclaimed photographers encourage readers to consider it in a new light. Featuring: Barbara Allen, Robbie Arnott, Tony Birch, James Bradley, Mark Brandi, Geraldine Brooks, Anne Buist, Melanie Cheng, Claire G. Coleman, Ceridwen Dovey, Chris Flynn, Nayuka Gorrie, Dan Harley, Ashley Hay, Toni Jordan, Leah Kaminsky, Paul Kelly, Meg Keneally, Tom Keneally, Cate Kennedy, David Lindenmayer, Ella Loeffler, Maia Loeffler, Jen Martin, Angela Meyer, Sonia Orchard, Favel Parrett, Marissa Parrott, Bruce Pascoe, Jack Pascoe, Sue Pillans, Nick Porch, Holly Ringland, Euan Ritchie, Antoinette Roe, Kirli Saunders, Graeme Simsion, Tracy Sorensen, Shaun Tan, Lucy Treloar, Karen Viggers, Emma Viskic, John Woinarski, Clare Wright. And photographers: Tim Bawden, Kristian Bell, Rohan Bilney, Justin Bruhn, Andrew Buckle, Matt Clancy, Amy Coetsee, Craig Coverdale, Angus Emmott, Jayne Jenkins, Vivien Jones, Sue Liu, Michael Livingston, Caleb McElrea, Nick Monaghan, Richard Pillans, Gillian Rayment, Linda Rogan, David Maurice Smith, Steve Smith, Colin Southwell, Georgina Steytler, Wayne Suffield, Heather Sutton, Peter Taylor, William Terry, Patrick Tomkins, Matt Wright.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Biogeography: A Very Short Introduction by Mark V. Lomolino</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biogeography: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark V. Lomolino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Biogeography is the study of geographic variation in all characteristics of life—ranging from genetic, morphological and behavioural variation among regional populations of a species, to geographic trends in diversity of entire communities across our planet&amp;#039;s sufrace. From the ancient hunters and gatherers to the earliest naturalists, Charles Darwin, Alfred Russel Wallace, and scientists today, the search for patterns in life has provided insights that proved invaluable for understanding the natural world. And many, if not most, of the compelling kaleidoscope of patterns in biological diversity make little sense unless placed in an explicit geographic context. The Very Short Introduction explains the historical development of the field of biogeography, its fundamental tenets, principles and tools, and the invaluable insights it provides for understanding the diversity of life in the natural world. As Mark Lomolino shows, key questions such as where species occur, how they vary from place to place, where their ancestors occurred, and how they spread across the globe, are essential for us to develop effective strategies for conserving the great menagerie of life across our planet.</description>
                  <author>Mark V. Lomolino</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705206980.mp3" length="8363739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705206980.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:5:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biogeography: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark V. Lomolino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Biogeography is the study of geographic variation in all characteristics of life—ranging from genetic, morphological and behavioural variation among regional populations of a species, to geographic trends in diversity of entire communities across our planet&amp;#039;s sufrace. From the ancient hunters and gatherers to the earliest naturalists, Charles Darwin, Alfred Russel Wallace, and scientists today, the search for patterns in life has provided insights that proved invaluable for understanding the natural world. And many, if not most, of the compelling kaleidoscope of patterns in biological diversity make little sense unless placed in an explicit geographic context. The Very Short Introduction explains the historical development of the field of biogeography, its fundamental tenets, principles and tools, and the invaluable insights it provides for understanding the diversity of life in the natural world. As Mark Lomolino shows, key questions such as where species occur, how they vary from place to place, where their ancestors occurred, and how they spread across the globe, are essential for us to develop effective strategies for conserving the great menagerie of life across our planet.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biogeography: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark V. Lomolino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Biogeography is the study of geographic variation in all characteristics of life—ranging from genetic, morphological and behavioural variation among regional populations of a species, to geographic trends in diversity of entire communities across our planet&amp;#039;s sufrace. From the ancient hunters and gatherers to the earliest naturalists, Charles Darwin, Alfred Russel Wallace, and scientists today, the search for patterns in life has provided insights that proved invaluable for understanding the natural world. And many, if not most, of the compelling kaleidoscope of patterns in biological diversity make little sense unless placed in an explicit geographic context. The Very Short Introduction explains the historical development of the field of biogeography, its fundamental tenets, principles and tools, and the invaluable insights it provides for understanding the diversity of life in the natural world. As Mark Lomolino shows, key questions such as where species occur, how they vary from place to place, where their ancestors occurred, and how they spread across the globe, are essential for us to develop effective strategies for conserving the great menagerie of life across our planet.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Ecology: A Very Short Introduction by Jaboury Ghazoul</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453487</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ecology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jaboury Ghazoul
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding how our living environment works is essentially a study of ecological systems. Ecology is the science of how organisms interact with each other and with their environment, and how such interactions create self-organizing communities and ecosystems. This science touches us all. The food we eat, the water we drink, the natural resources we use, our physical and mental health, and much of our cultural heritage are to a large degree products of ecological interactions of organisms and their environment. This Very Short Introduction celebrates the centrality of ecology in our lives. Jaboury Ghazoul explores how ecology has evolved rapidly from natural history to become a predictive science that explains how the natural world works, and which guides environmental policy and management decisions. Drawing on a range of examples, he shows how ecological science can be applied to management and conservation, including the extent to which theory has shaped practice. Ecological science has also shaped social and cultural perspectives on the environment, a process that influences politics of the environment. Ghazoul concludes by considering the future of ecology, particularly in the light of current and future environmental challenges.</description>
                  <author>Jaboury Ghazoul</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705206720.mp3" length="8231304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453487</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705206720.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ecology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jaboury Ghazoul
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding how our living environment works is essentially a study of ecological systems. Ecology is the science of how organisms interact with each other and with their environment, and how such interactions create self-organizing communities and ecosystems. This science touches us all. The food we eat, the water we drink, the natural resources we use, our physical and mental health, and much of our cultural heritage are to a large degree products of ecological interactions of organisms and their environment. This Very Short Introduction celebrates the centrality of ecology in our lives. Jaboury Ghazoul explores how ecology has evolved rapidly from natural history to become a predictive science that explains how the natural world works, and which guides environmental policy and management decisions. Drawing on a range of examples, he shows how ecological science can be applied to management and conservation, including the extent to which theory has shaped practice. Ecological science has also shaped social and cultural perspectives on the environment, a process that influences politics of the environment. Ghazoul concludes by considering the future of ecology, particularly in the light of current and future environmental challenges.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ecology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jaboury Ghazoul
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding how our living environment works is essentially a study of ecological systems. Ecology is the science of how organisms interact with each other and with their environment, and how such interactions create self-organizing communities and ecosystems. This science touches us all. The food we eat, the water we drink, the natural resources we use, our physical and mental health, and much of our cultural heritage are to a large degree products of ecological interactions of organisms and their environment. This Very Short Introduction celebrates the centrality of ecology in our lives. Jaboury Ghazoul explores how ecology has evolved rapidly from natural history to become a predictive science that explains how the natural world works, and which guides environmental policy and management decisions. Drawing on a range of examples, he shows how ecological science can be applied to management and conservation, including the extent to which theory has shaped practice. Ecological science has also shaped social and cultural perspectives on the environment, a process that influences politics of the environment. Ghazoul concludes by considering the future of ecology, particularly in the light of current and future environmental challenges.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>How It All Ends by Scientific American</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453437</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How It All Ends
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Book of Revelation, the Maya, Nostradamus—humans have speculated about the end since, well, the beginning. In this book, we look at several “end of the world” scenarios—or at least, things that could make human life really difficult.</description>
                  <author>Scientific American</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094074580.mp3" length="853147" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453437</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094074580.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:36:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How It All Ends
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Book of Revelation, the Maya, Nostradamus—humans have speculated about the end since, well, the beginning. In this book, we look at several “end of the world” scenarios—or at least, things that could make human life really difficult.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How It All Ends
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Book of Revelation, the Maya, Nostradamus—humans have speculated about the end since, well, the beginning. In this book, we look at several “end of the world” scenarios—or at least, things that could make human life really difficult.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Wir sind das Klima! - Wie wir unseren Planeten schon beim Frühstück retten können (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Jonathan Safran Foer</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453210</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir sind das Klima! - Wie wir unseren Planeten schon beim Frühstück retten können (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Jonathan Safran Foer
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit seinem Bestseller &amp;#039;Tiere essen&amp;#039; hat Jonathan Safran Foer weltweit Furore gemacht: Viele seiner Leser wurden nach der Lektüre Vegetarier oder haben zumindest ihre Ernährung überdacht. Nun nimmt Foer sich des größten Themas unserer Zeit an: dem Klimawandel. Der Klimawandel ist zu abstrakt, deshalb lässt er uns kalt. Foer erinnert an die Kraft und Notwendigkeit gemeinsamen Handelns und führt dazu anschaulich viele gelungene Beispiele an, die uns als Ansporn dienen sollen. Wir können die Welt nicht retten, ohne einem der größten CO2- und Methangas-Produzenten zu Leibe zu rücken, der Massentierhaltung. Foer zeigt einen Lösungsansatz auf, der niemandem viel abverlangt, aber extrem wirkungsvoll ist: tierische Produkte nur einmal täglich zur Hauptmahlzeit. Foer nähert sich diesem wichtigen Thema eloquent, überzeugend, sehr persönlich und mit wachem Blick und großem Herz für die menschliche Unzulänglichkeit. Christoph Maria Herbst beherrscht als Sprecher so unterschiedliche Stoffe wie &amp;#039;Er ist wieder da&amp;#039; oder die &amp;#039;China Study&amp;#039;. Gnadenlos pointiert macht er sich mit Foers Sache gemein.</description>
                  <author>Jonathan Safran Foer</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732417377.mp3" length="852322" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453210</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732417377.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:37:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir sind das Klima! - Wie wir unseren Planeten schon beim Frühstück retten können (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Jonathan Safran Foer
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit seinem Bestseller &amp;#039;Tiere essen&amp;#039; hat Jonathan Safran Foer weltweit Furore gemacht: Viele seiner Leser wurden nach der Lektüre Vegetarier oder haben zumindest ihre Ernährung überdacht. Nun nimmt Foer sich des größten Themas unserer Zeit an: dem Klimawandel. Der Klimawandel ist zu abstrakt, deshalb lässt er uns kalt. Foer erinnert an die Kraft und Notwendigkeit gemeinsamen Handelns und führt dazu anschaulich viele gelungene Beispiele an, die uns als Ansporn dienen sollen. Wir können die Welt nicht retten, ohne einem der größten CO2- und Methangas-Produzenten zu Leibe zu rücken, der Massentierhaltung. Foer zeigt einen Lösungsansatz auf, der niemandem viel abverlangt, aber extrem wirkungsvoll ist: tierische Produkte nur einmal täglich zur Hauptmahlzeit. Foer nähert sich diesem wichtigen Thema eloquent, überzeugend, sehr persönlich und mit wachem Blick und großem Herz für die menschliche Unzulänglichkeit. Christoph Maria Herbst beherrscht als Sprecher so unterschiedliche Stoffe wie &amp;#039;Er ist wieder da&amp;#039; oder die &amp;#039;China Study&amp;#039;. Gnadenlos pointiert macht er sich mit Foers Sache gemein.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir sind das Klima! - Wie wir unseren Planeten schon beim Frühstück retten können (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Jonathan Safran Foer
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit seinem Bestseller &amp;#039;Tiere essen&amp;#039; hat Jonathan Safran Foer weltweit Furore gemacht: Viele seiner Leser wurden nach der Lektüre Vegetarier oder haben zumindest ihre Ernährung überdacht. Nun nimmt Foer sich des größten Themas unserer Zeit an: dem Klimawandel. Der Klimawandel ist zu abstrakt, deshalb lässt er uns kalt. Foer erinnert an die Kraft und Notwendigkeit gemeinsamen Handelns und führt dazu anschaulich viele gelungene Beispiele an, die uns als Ansporn dienen sollen. Wir können die Welt nicht retten, ohne einem der größten CO2- und Methangas-Produzenten zu Leibe zu rücken, der Massentierhaltung. Foer zeigt einen Lösungsansatz auf, der niemandem viel abverlangt, aber extrem wirkungsvoll ist: tierische Produkte nur einmal täglich zur Hauptmahlzeit. Foer nähert sich diesem wichtigen Thema eloquent, überzeugend, sehr persönlich und mit wachem Blick und großem Herz für die menschliche Unzulänglichkeit. Christoph Maria Herbst beherrscht als Sprecher so unterschiedliche Stoffe wie &amp;#039;Er ist wieder da&amp;#039; oder die &amp;#039;China Study&amp;#039;. Gnadenlos pointiert macht er sich mit Foers Sache gemein.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Upside of Down: Catastrophe, Creativity and the Renewal of Civilization by Thomas Homer-Dixon</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upside of Down: Catastrophe, Creativity and the Renewal of Civilization
Author: Thomas Homer-Dixon
Narrator: David Stampone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the #1 bestselling and Governor General’s Literary Award-winning  The Ingenuity Gap – an essential addition to the bookshelf of every thinking person  with a stake in our world and our civilization.  This is a groundbreaking, essential  book for our times. Thomas Homer-Dixon brings to bear his formidable understanding  of the urgent problems that confront our world to clarify their scope and deep causes.   The Upside of Down provides a vivid picture of the immense stresses that are simultaneously  converging on our societies and threatening a breakdown that would profoundly shake  civilization.  It shows, too, how we can choose a better route into the future.     With the immediacy that characterized his award-winning international bestseller,  The Ingenuity Gap, Homer-Dixon takes us on a remarkable journey – from the fall of  the Roman empire to the devastation of the 9/11 attacks in New York, from Toronto  in the 2003 blackout to the ancient temples of Lebanon and the wildfires of California.  Incorporating the newest findings from an astonishing array of disciplines, he argues  that the great stresses our world is experiencing – global warming, energy scarcity,  population imbalances, and widening gaps between rich and poor – can’t be looked  at independently. As these stresses combine and converge, the risk of breakdown rises.  The first signs are appearing in the wastelands of the Arctic, the mud-clogged streets  of Gonaïves, Haiti, and the volatile regions of the Middle East and Asia. But while  the consequences of denial in our more perilous world are dire, Homer-Dixon makes  clear that we can use our emerging understanding of the complex systems in which  we live to avoid catastrophic collapse in a way the Roman empire could not.   This  vitally important new book shows how, in the face of breakdown, we can still provide  for the renewal of our global civilization. We are creating the conditions for catastrophe,  but by understanding the underlying principles that make human and natural systems  resilient – and by working together to put those principles into effect – we can  still limit the severity of collapse and foster regeneration, innovation, and renewal.</description>
                  <author>Thomas Homer-Dixon</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781039000278.mp3" length="2765794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781039000278.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>13:2:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upside of Down: Catastrophe, Creativity and the Renewal of Civilization
Author: Thomas Homer-Dixon
Narrator: David Stampone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the #1 bestselling and Governor General’s Literary Award-winning  The Ingenuity Gap – an essential addition to the bookshelf of every thinking person  with a stake in our world and our civilization.  This is a groundbreaking, essential  book for our times. Thomas Homer-Dixon brings to bear his formidable understanding  of the urgent problems that confront our world to clarify their scope and deep causes.   The Upside of Down provides a vivid picture of the immense stresses that are simultaneously  converging on our societies and threatening a breakdown that would profoundly shake  civilization.  It shows, too, how we can choose a better route into the future.     With the immediacy that characterized his award-winning international bestseller,  The Ingenuity Gap, Homer-Dixon takes us on a remarkable journey – from the fall of  the Roman empire to the devastation of the 9/11 attacks in New York, from Toronto  in the 2003 blackout to the ancient temples of Lebanon and the wildfires of California.  Incorporating the newest findings from an astonishing array of disciplines, he argues  that the great stresses our world is experiencing – global warming, energy scarcity,  population imbalances, and widening gaps between rich and poor – can’t be looked  at independently. As these stresses combine and converge, the risk of breakdown rises.  The first signs are appearing in the wastelands of the Arctic, the mud-clogged streets  of Gonaïves, Haiti, and the volatile regions of the Middle East and Asia. But while  the consequences of denial in our more perilous world are dire, Homer-Dixon makes  clear that we can use our emerging understanding of the complex systems in which  we live to avoid catastrophic collapse in a way the Roman empire could not.   This  vitally important new book shows how, in the face of breakdown, we can still provide  for the renewal of our global civilization. We are creating the conditions for catastrophe,  but by understanding the underlying principles that make human and natural systems  resilient – and by working together to put those principles into effect – we can  still limit the severity of collapse and foster regeneration, innovation, and renewal.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upside of Down: Catastrophe, Creativity and the Renewal of Civilization
Author: Thomas Homer-Dixon
Narrator: David Stampone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the #1 bestselling and Governor General’s Literary Award-winning  The Ingenuity Gap – an essential addition to the bookshelf of every thinking person  with a stake in our world and our civilization.  This is a groundbreaking, essential  book for our times. Thomas Homer-Dixon brings to bear his formidable understanding  of the urgent problems that confront our world to clarify their scope and deep causes.   The Upside of Down provides a vivid picture of the immense stresses that are simultaneously  converging on our societies and threatening a breakdown that would profoundly shake  civilization.  It shows, too, how we can choose a better route into the future.     With the immediacy that characterized his award-winning international bestseller,  The Ingenuity Gap, Homer-Dixon takes us on a remarkable journey – from the fall of  the Roman empire to the devastation of the 9/11 attacks in New York, from Toronto  in the 2003 blackout to the ancient temples of Lebanon and the wildfires of California.  Incorporating the newest findings from an astonishing array of disciplines, he argues  that the great stresses our world is experiencing – global warming, energy scarcity,  population imbalances, and widening gaps between rich and poor – can’t be looked  at independently. As these stresses combine and converge, the risk of breakdown rises.  The first signs are appearing in the wastelands of the Arctic, the mud-clogged streets  of Gonaïves, Haiti, and the volatile regions of the Middle East and Asia. But while  the consequences of denial in our more perilous world are dire, Homer-Dixon makes  clear that we can use our emerging understanding of the complex systems in which  we live to avoid catastrophic collapse in a way the Roman empire could not.   This  vitally important new book shows how, in the face of breakdown, we can still provide  for the renewal of our global civilization. We are creating the conditions for catastrophe,  but by understanding the underlying principles that make human and natural systems  resilient – and by working together to put those principles into effect – we can  still limit the severity of collapse and foster regeneration, innovation, and renewal.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Solace of Open Spaces by Gretel Ehrlich</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453032</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Solace of Open Spaces
Author: Gretel Ehrlich
Narrator: Gretel Ehrlich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of transcendent, lyrical essays on life in the American West, the classic companion to Gretel Ehrlich’s new book, Unsolaced “Wyoming has found its Whitman.” —Annie Dillard Poet and filmmaker Gretel Ehrlich went to Wyoming in 1975 to make the first in a series of documentaries when her partner died. Ehrlich stayed on and found she couldn’t leave. The Solace of Open Spaces is a chronicle of her first years on “the planet of Wyoming,” a personal journey into a place, a feeling, and a way of life.   Ehrlich captures both the otherworldly beauty and cruelty of the natural forces—the harsh wind, bitter cold, and swiftly changing seasons—in the remote reaches of the American West. She brings depth, tenderness, and humor to her portraits of the peculiar souls who also call it home: hermits and ranchers, rodeo cowboys and schoolteachers, dreamers and realists. Together, these essays form an evocative and vibrant tribute to the life Ehrlich chose and the geography she loves.   Originally written as journal entries addressed to a friend, The Solace of Open Spaces is raw, meditative, electrifying, and uncommonly wise. In prose “as expansive as a Wyoming vista, as charged as a bolt of prairie lightning” (Newsday), Ehrlich explores the magical interplay between our interior lives and the world around us.</description>
                  <author>Gretel Ehrlich</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593402658.mp3" length="2804130" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453032</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593402658.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:44:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Solace of Open Spaces
Author: Gretel Ehrlich
Narrator: Gretel Ehrlich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of transcendent, lyrical essays on life in the American West, the classic companion to Gretel Ehrlich’s new book, Unsolaced “Wyoming has found its Whitman.” —Annie Dillard Poet and filmmaker Gretel Ehrlich went to Wyoming in 1975 to make the first in a series of documentaries when her partner died. Ehrlich stayed on and found she couldn’t leave. The Solace of Open Spaces is a chronicle of her first years on “the planet of Wyoming,” a personal journey into a place, a feeling, and a way of life.   Ehrlich captures both the otherworldly beauty and cruelty of the natural forces—the harsh wind, bitter cold, and swiftly changing seasons—in the remote reaches of the American West. She brings depth, tenderness, and humor to her portraits of the peculiar souls who also call it home: hermits and ranchers, rodeo cowboys and schoolteachers, dreamers and realists. Together, these essays form an evocative and vibrant tribute to the life Ehrlich chose and the geography she loves.   Originally written as journal entries addressed to a friend, The Solace of Open Spaces is raw, meditative, electrifying, and uncommonly wise. In prose “as expansive as a Wyoming vista, as charged as a bolt of prairie lightning” (Newsday), Ehrlich explores the magical interplay between our interior lives and the world around us.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Solace of Open Spaces
Author: Gretel Ehrlich
Narrator: Gretel Ehrlich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of transcendent, lyrical essays on life in the American West, the classic companion to Gretel Ehrlich’s new book, Unsolaced “Wyoming has found its Whitman.” —Annie Dillard Poet and filmmaker Gretel Ehrlich went to Wyoming in 1975 to make the first in a series of documentaries when her partner died. Ehrlich stayed on and found she couldn’t leave. The Solace of Open Spaces is a chronicle of her first years on “the planet of Wyoming,” a personal journey into a place, a feeling, and a way of life.   Ehrlich captures both the otherworldly beauty and cruelty of the natural forces—the harsh wind, bitter cold, and swiftly changing seasons—in the remote reaches of the American West. She brings depth, tenderness, and humor to her portraits of the peculiar souls who also call it home: hermits and ranchers, rodeo cowboys and schoolteachers, dreamers and realists. Together, these essays form an evocative and vibrant tribute to the life Ehrlich chose and the geography she loves.   Originally written as journal entries addressed to a friend, The Solace of Open Spaces is raw, meditative, electrifying, and uncommonly wise. In prose “as expansive as a Wyoming vista, as charged as a bolt of prairie lightning” (Newsday), Ehrlich explores the magical interplay between our interior lives and the world around us.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Be More Sausage: Lifelong lessons from a small but mighty dog by Matt Whyman</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452634</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be More Sausage: Lifelong lessons from a small but mighty dog
Author: Matt Whyman
Narrator: Matt Whyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A love letter to the small but mighty dachshund or, as it’s more affectionally known, the Sausage Dog.                       This book – almost as adorable as its namesake – proves that sausage dogs are not just sweet, soft and a little bit silly to look at. They can be an example to us all.           Despite having the odds stacked against it, this little pooch can turn any situation to its advantage. It’s the underdog that always comes out on top, displaying remarkable resilience, tenacity and bravery at every turn.           Sausage dogs may be only ankle high, but they will stop at nothing to live life to the fullest, teaching us humans some valuable life lessons along the way. They don’t care that they look more like a wind-up toy than a fierce guard dog, or that their bark is much louder than their bite.           Being more sausage is about breaking free from restraints, overcoming physical and emotional shortcomings, and chewing up the social conventions that conspire to hold us back. This is our chance to unleash that inner dachshund, live long and prosper!</description>
                  <author>Matt Whyman</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008447991.mp3" length="1214067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452634</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008447991.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:7:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be More Sausage: Lifelong lessons from a small but mighty dog
Author: Matt Whyman
Narrator: Matt Whyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A love letter to the small but mighty dachshund or, as it’s more affectionally known, the Sausage Dog.                       This book – almost as adorable as its namesake – proves that sausage dogs are not just sweet, soft and a little bit silly to look at. They can be an example to us all.           Despite having the odds stacked against it, this little pooch can turn any situation to its advantage. It’s the underdog that always comes out on top, displaying remarkable resilience, tenacity and bravery at every turn.           Sausage dogs may be only ankle high, but they will stop at nothing to live life to the fullest, teaching us humans some valuable life lessons along the way. They don’t care that they look more like a wind-up toy than a fierce guard dog, or that their bark is much louder than their bite.           Being more sausage is about breaking free from restraints, overcoming physical and emotional shortcomings, and chewing up the social conventions that conspire to hold us back. This is our chance to unleash that inner dachshund, live long and prosper!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be More Sausage: Lifelong lessons from a small but mighty dog
Author: Matt Whyman
Narrator: Matt Whyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A love letter to the small but mighty dachshund or, as it’s more affectionally known, the Sausage Dog.                       This book – almost as adorable as its namesake – proves that sausage dogs are not just sweet, soft and a little bit silly to look at. They can be an example to us all.           Despite having the odds stacked against it, this little pooch can turn any situation to its advantage. It’s the underdog that always comes out on top, displaying remarkable resilience, tenacity and bravery at every turn.           Sausage dogs may be only ankle high, but they will stop at nothing to live life to the fullest, teaching us humans some valuable life lessons along the way. They don’t care that they look more like a wind-up toy than a fierce guard dog, or that their bark is much louder than their bite.           Being more sausage is about breaking free from restraints, overcoming physical and emotional shortcomings, and chewing up the social conventions that conspire to hold us back. This is our chance to unleash that inner dachshund, live long and prosper!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Inspire: Life Lessons from the Wilderness by Ben Fogle</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452289</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspire: Life Lessons from the Wilderness
Author: Ben Fogle
Narrator: Ben Fogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest adventure from bestselling author Ben Fogle explores what we can learn from nature about living well and living wild.                                   What can rowing across the Atlantic teach us about boredom and about patience?                                   Can coming down from Everest take more resilience than climbing up in the first place?                                   How can the isolation of the South Pole highlight what’s most important? And how can we tap into the same reflective state in our daily lives?                      Writing during the unprecedented period of the coronavirus pandemic and drawing on a wealth of personal stories, Ben reflects on the significance of nature to all our lives and shows us how we can benefit from living a little more wild.           Drawing on his greatest adventures, he shares what his time spent in the wilderness has taught him about life. Ranging across seas, icecaps, jungles and deserts, Ben’s stories are filled with wonder and struggle, with animals, adventure, wilderness, friendships, unexpected acts of kindness and heroism, and are bursting with inspiration directly from nature. Ben’s epic stories reveal a new side to his adventures and show how everyone can find meaning in the wilderness, even if it’s just outside their front door.           Full of exciting adventures and practical guidance, this primer on positivity is a story about overcoming obstacles, surpassing your expectations and inspiring your journey of adventure.</description>
                  <author>Ben Fogle</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008374068.mp3" length="1354613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452289</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008374068.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:43:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspire: Life Lessons from the Wilderness
Author: Ben Fogle
Narrator: Ben Fogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest adventure from bestselling author Ben Fogle explores what we can learn from nature about living well and living wild.                                   What can rowing across the Atlantic teach us about boredom and about patience?                                   Can coming down from Everest take more resilience than climbing up in the first place?                                   How can the isolation of the South Pole highlight what’s most important? And how can we tap into the same reflective state in our daily lives?                      Writing during the unprecedented period of the coronavirus pandemic and drawing on a wealth of personal stories, Ben reflects on the significance of nature to all our lives and shows us how we can benefit from living a little more wild.           Drawing on his greatest adventures, he shares what his time spent in the wilderness has taught him about life. Ranging across seas, icecaps, jungles and deserts, Ben’s stories are filled with wonder and struggle, with animals, adventure, wilderness, friendships, unexpected acts of kindness and heroism, and are bursting with inspiration directly from nature. Ben’s epic stories reveal a new side to his adventures and show how everyone can find meaning in the wilderness, even if it’s just outside their front door.           Full of exciting adventures and practical guidance, this primer on positivity is a story about overcoming obstacles, surpassing your expectations and inspiring your journey of adventure.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspire: Life Lessons from the Wilderness
Author: Ben Fogle
Narrator: Ben Fogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest adventure from bestselling author Ben Fogle explores what we can learn from nature about living well and living wild.                                   What can rowing across the Atlantic teach us about boredom and about patience?                                   Can coming down from Everest take more resilience than climbing up in the first place?                                   How can the isolation of the South Pole highlight what’s most important? And how can we tap into the same reflective state in our daily lives?                      Writing during the unprecedented period of the coronavirus pandemic and drawing on a wealth of personal stories, Ben reflects on the significance of nature to all our lives and shows us how we can benefit from living a little more wild.           Drawing on his greatest adventures, he shares what his time spent in the wilderness has taught him about life. Ranging across seas, icecaps, jungles and deserts, Ben’s stories are filled with wonder and struggle, with animals, adventure, wilderness, friendships, unexpected acts of kindness and heroism, and are bursting with inspiration directly from nature. Ben’s epic stories reveal a new side to his adventures and show how everyone can find meaning in the wilderness, even if it’s just outside their front door.           Full of exciting adventures and practical guidance, this primer on positivity is a story about overcoming obstacles, surpassing your expectations and inspiring your journey of adventure.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Earth Almanac: A Year of Witnessing the Wild, from the Call of the Loon to the Journey of the Gray Whale by Ted Williams</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452281</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Earth Almanac: A Year of Witnessing the Wild, from the Call of the Loon to the Journey of the Gray Whale
Author: Ted Williams
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Noted nature writer Ted Williams invites readers along on a year-long immersion in the wild and fleeting moments of the natural world, from winter candy and spring quackers to summer’s scarlet farewell and autumn reveilles. This beautifully crafted collection of short, seasonal essays combines in-depth information with evocative descriptions of nature’s marvels and mysteries. Williams explains the weather conditions that bring out the brightest reds in autumn leaves, how hungry wolf spiders catch their prey, and why American goldfinches wait until late July or August to build their nests. In the tradition of Thoreau, Carson, and Leopold, Ted Williams’s writing stands as a testament to the delicate balance of nature’s resilience and fragility, and inspires readers to experience the natural world for themselves and to become advocates for protecting and preserving the amazing diversity and activity found there.</description>
                  <author>Ted Williams</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781649040374.mp3" length="905484" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452281</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781649040374.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:34:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Earth Almanac: A Year of Witnessing the Wild, from the Call of the Loon to the Journey of the Gray Whale
Author: Ted Williams
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Noted nature writer Ted Williams invites readers along on a year-long immersion in the wild and fleeting moments of the natural world, from winter candy and spring quackers to summer’s scarlet farewell and autumn reveilles. This beautifully crafted collection of short, seasonal essays combines in-depth information with evocative descriptions of nature’s marvels and mysteries. Williams explains the weather conditions that bring out the brightest reds in autumn leaves, how hungry wolf spiders catch their prey, and why American goldfinches wait until late July or August to build their nests. In the tradition of Thoreau, Carson, and Leopold, Ted Williams’s writing stands as a testament to the delicate balance of nature’s resilience and fragility, and inspires readers to experience the natural world for themselves and to become advocates for protecting and preserving the amazing diversity and activity found there.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Earth Almanac: A Year of Witnessing the Wild, from the Call of the Loon to the Journey of the Gray Whale
Author: Ted Williams
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Noted nature writer Ted Williams invites readers along on a year-long immersion in the wild and fleeting moments of the natural world, from winter candy and spring quackers to summer’s scarlet farewell and autumn reveilles. This beautifully crafted collection of short, seasonal essays combines in-depth information with evocative descriptions of nature’s marvels and mysteries. Williams explains the weather conditions that bring out the brightest reds in autumn leaves, how hungry wolf spiders catch their prey, and why American goldfinches wait until late July or August to build their nests. In the tradition of Thoreau, Carson, and Leopold, Ted Williams’s writing stands as a testament to the delicate balance of nature’s resilience and fragility, and inspires readers to experience the natural world for themselves and to become advocates for protecting and preserving the amazing diversity and activity found there.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Can I Recycle This?: A Guide to Better Recycling and How to Reduce Single-Use Plastics by Jennie Romer</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452078</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can I Recycle This?: A Guide to Better Recycling and How to Reduce Single-Use Plastics
Author: Jennie Romer
Narrator: Jennie Romer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The first illustrated guidebook, now adapted for audio, that answers the age-old question: Can I Recycle This? Since the dawn of the recycling system, men and women the world over have stood by their bins, holding an everyday object, wondering, &amp;#039;can I recycle this?&amp;#039; This simple question reaches into our concern for the environment, the care we take to keep our homes and our communities clean, and how we interact with our local government. Recycling rules seem to differ in every municipality, with exceptions and caveats at every turn, leaving the average American scratching her head at the simple act of throwing something away. Taking readers on a quick but informative tour of how recycling actually works (setting aside the propaganda we were all taught as kids), Can I Recycle This gives straightforward answers to whether dozens of common household objects can or cannot be recycled, as well as the information you need to make that decision for anything else you encounter.  Jennie Romer has been working for years to help cities and states across America better deal with the waste we produce, helping draft meaningful legislation to help communities better process their waste and produce less of it in the first place. She has distilled her years of experience into this non-judgmental, easy-to-use guide that will change the way you think about what you throw away and how you do it.</description>
                  <author>Jennie Romer</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593393321.mp3" length="2665628" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452078</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593393321.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:7:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can I Recycle This?: A Guide to Better Recycling and How to Reduce Single-Use Plastics
Author: Jennie Romer
Narrator: Jennie Romer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The first illustrated guidebook, now adapted for audio, that answers the age-old question: Can I Recycle This? Since the dawn of the recycling system, men and women the world over have stood by their bins, holding an everyday object, wondering, &amp;#039;can I recycle this?&amp;#039; This simple question reaches into our concern for the environment, the care we take to keep our homes and our communities clean, and how we interact with our local government. Recycling rules seem to differ in every municipality, with exceptions and caveats at every turn, leaving the average American scratching her head at the simple act of throwing something away. Taking readers on a quick but informative tour of how recycling actually works (setting aside the propaganda we were all taught as kids), Can I Recycle This gives straightforward answers to whether dozens of common household objects can or cannot be recycled, as well as the information you need to make that decision for anything else you encounter.  Jennie Romer has been working for years to help cities and states across America better deal with the waste we produce, helping draft meaningful legislation to help communities better process their waste and produce less of it in the first place. She has distilled her years of experience into this non-judgmental, easy-to-use guide that will change the way you think about what you throw away and how you do it.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can I Recycle This?: A Guide to Better Recycling and How to Reduce Single-Use Plastics
Author: Jennie Romer
Narrator: Jennie Romer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The first illustrated guidebook, now adapted for audio, that answers the age-old question: Can I Recycle This? Since the dawn of the recycling system, men and women the world over have stood by their bins, holding an everyday object, wondering, &amp;#039;can I recycle this?&amp;#039; This simple question reaches into our concern for the environment, the care we take to keep our homes and our communities clean, and how we interact with our local government. Recycling rules seem to differ in every municipality, with exceptions and caveats at every turn, leaving the average American scratching her head at the simple act of throwing something away. Taking readers on a quick but informative tour of how recycling actually works (setting aside the propaganda we were all taught as kids), Can I Recycle This gives straightforward answers to whether dozens of common household objects can or cannot be recycled, as well as the information you need to make that decision for anything else you encounter.  Jennie Romer has been working for years to help cities and states across America better deal with the waste we produce, helping draft meaningful legislation to help communities better process their waste and produce less of it in the first place. She has distilled her years of experience into this non-judgmental, easy-to-use guide that will change the way you think about what you throw away and how you do it.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Unlikely Peace at Cuchumaquic: The Parallel Lives of People as Plants: Keeping the Seeds Alive by Martín Prechtel</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452074</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unlikely Peace at Cuchumaquic: The Parallel Lives of People as Plants: Keeping the Seeds Alive
Author: Martín Prechtel
Narrator: Martín Prechtel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Martín Prechtel’s experiences growing up on a Pueblo Indian reservation, his years of apprenticing to a Guatemalan shaman, and his flight from Guatemala’s brutal civil war to life in the U.S. inform this lyrical blend of memoir, cultural commentary, and spiritual call to arms. The Unlikely Peace at Cuchumaquic is both an epic story and a cry to the heart of humanity based on the author’s realization that human survival depends on keeping alive the seeds of our “original forgotten spiritual excellence.”     Prechtel relates our current state of ecological crisis to the rapid disappearance of biodiversity, indigenous cultures, and shared human values. He demonstrates how real human culture is exterminated when real (not genetically modified) seeds are lost. Like plants that become extinct once their required conditions are no longer met, authentic, unmonetized human cultures can no longer survive in the modern world. To “keep the seeds alive”—both literally and metaphorically—they must be planted, harvested, and replanted, just as human culture must become truly engaging and meaningful to the soul, as necessary as food is to the body. The viable seeds of spirituality and culture that lie dormant within us need to “sprout” into broad daylight to create real sets of cultures welcome on Earth.</description>
                  <author>Martín Prechtel</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623176365.mp3" length="2892432" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452074</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623176365.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>18:30:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unlikely Peace at Cuchumaquic: The Parallel Lives of People as Plants: Keeping the Seeds Alive
Author: Martín Prechtel
Narrator: Martín Prechtel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Martín Prechtel’s experiences growing up on a Pueblo Indian reservation, his years of apprenticing to a Guatemalan shaman, and his flight from Guatemala’s brutal civil war to life in the U.S. inform this lyrical blend of memoir, cultural commentary, and spiritual call to arms. The Unlikely Peace at Cuchumaquic is both an epic story and a cry to the heart of humanity based on the author’s realization that human survival depends on keeping alive the seeds of our “original forgotten spiritual excellence.”     Prechtel relates our current state of ecological crisis to the rapid disappearance of biodiversity, indigenous cultures, and shared human values. He demonstrates how real human culture is exterminated when real (not genetically modified) seeds are lost. Like plants that become extinct once their required conditions are no longer met, authentic, unmonetized human cultures can no longer survive in the modern world. To “keep the seeds alive”—both literally and metaphorically—they must be planted, harvested, and replanted, just as human culture must become truly engaging and meaningful to the soul, as necessary as food is to the body. The viable seeds of spirituality and culture that lie dormant within us need to “sprout” into broad daylight to create real sets of cultures welcome on Earth.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unlikely Peace at Cuchumaquic: The Parallel Lives of People as Plants: Keeping the Seeds Alive
Author: Martín Prechtel
Narrator: Martín Prechtel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Martín Prechtel’s experiences growing up on a Pueblo Indian reservation, his years of apprenticing to a Guatemalan shaman, and his flight from Guatemala’s brutal civil war to life in the U.S. inform this lyrical blend of memoir, cultural commentary, and spiritual call to arms. The Unlikely Peace at Cuchumaquic is both an epic story and a cry to the heart of humanity based on the author’s realization that human survival depends on keeping alive the seeds of our “original forgotten spiritual excellence.”     Prechtel relates our current state of ecological crisis to the rapid disappearance of biodiversity, indigenous cultures, and shared human values. He demonstrates how real human culture is exterminated when real (not genetically modified) seeds are lost. Like plants that become extinct once their required conditions are no longer met, authentic, unmonetized human cultures can no longer survive in the modern world. To “keep the seeds alive”—both literally and metaphorically—they must be planted, harvested, and replanted, just as human culture must become truly engaging and meaningful to the soul, as necessary as food is to the body. The viable seeds of spirituality and culture that lie dormant within us need to “sprout” into broad daylight to create real sets of cultures welcome on Earth.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - Bienenleben - Vom Glück, Teil der Natur zu sein (Gekürzt) by Sarah Wiener</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451913</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bienenleben - Vom Glück, Teil der Natur zu sein (Gekürzt)
Author: Sarah Wiener
Narrator: Ulrike Kapfer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Am Schicksal der Bienen ist all das zu beobachten, was das Beziehungsgeflecht Mensch - Tier - Pflanze ausmacht.&amp;#039; Sarah Wiener. Sarah Wiener, Köchin, Nachhaltigkeitsikone, Biobäuerin, Imkerin entführt uns in die faszinierende Welt der Bienen, die ein maßgeblicher Indikator für die Gesundheit unseres Lebensraumes sind. Ihr Credo: Bienenvölker sind komplexe Persönlichkeiten, sie verfügen über spezifische Charaktere und Eigenschaften, und sie können uns lehren, wie ein funktionierendes Gemeinwesen mit Werten wie Solidarität, Vertrauen, Arbeitsteilung und Demokratie entsteht. Sarah Wiener nimmt uns mit auf eine abenteuerliche Reise durch den Lebenszyklus eines Bienenvolkes und beschreibt, welche Bedeutung das Imkern und die Beschäftigung mit den Bienen für sie haben.</description>
                  <author>Sarah Wiener</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783945733905.mp3" length="831886" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451913</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783945733905.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bienenleben - Vom Glück, Teil der Natur zu sein (Gekürzt)
Author: Sarah Wiener
Narrator: Ulrike Kapfer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Am Schicksal der Bienen ist all das zu beobachten, was das Beziehungsgeflecht Mensch - Tier - Pflanze ausmacht.&amp;#039; Sarah Wiener. Sarah Wiener, Köchin, Nachhaltigkeitsikone, Biobäuerin, Imkerin entführt uns in die faszinierende Welt der Bienen, die ein maßgeblicher Indikator für die Gesundheit unseres Lebensraumes sind. Ihr Credo: Bienenvölker sind komplexe Persönlichkeiten, sie verfügen über spezifische Charaktere und Eigenschaften, und sie können uns lehren, wie ein funktionierendes Gemeinwesen mit Werten wie Solidarität, Vertrauen, Arbeitsteilung und Demokratie entsteht. Sarah Wiener nimmt uns mit auf eine abenteuerliche Reise durch den Lebenszyklus eines Bienenvolkes und beschreibt, welche Bedeutung das Imkern und die Beschäftigung mit den Bienen für sie haben.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bienenleben - Vom Glück, Teil der Natur zu sein (Gekürzt)
Author: Sarah Wiener
Narrator: Ulrike Kapfer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Am Schicksal der Bienen ist all das zu beobachten, was das Beziehungsgeflecht Mensch - Tier - Pflanze ausmacht.&amp;#039; Sarah Wiener. Sarah Wiener, Köchin, Nachhaltigkeitsikone, Biobäuerin, Imkerin entführt uns in die faszinierende Welt der Bienen, die ein maßgeblicher Indikator für die Gesundheit unseres Lebensraumes sind. Ihr Credo: Bienenvölker sind komplexe Persönlichkeiten, sie verfügen über spezifische Charaktere und Eigenschaften, und sie können uns lehren, wie ein funktionierendes Gemeinwesen mit Werten wie Solidarität, Vertrauen, Arbeitsteilung und Demokratie entsteht. Sarah Wiener nimmt uns mit auf eine abenteuerliche Reise durch den Lebenszyklus eines Bienenvolkes und beschreibt, welche Bedeutung das Imkern und die Beschäftigung mit den Bienen für sie haben.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>What If We Stopped Pretending? by Jonathan Franzen</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451534</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What If We Stopped Pretending?
Author: Jonathan Franzen
Narrator: Christopher Ragland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The climate change is coming. To prepare for it, we need to admit that we can’t prevent it.                       ‘If you care about the planet, and about the people and animals who live on it, there are two ways to think about this. You can keep on hoping that catastrophe is preventable, and feel ever more frustrated or enraged by the world’s inaction. Or you can accept that disaster is coming, and begin to rethink what it means to have hope.’           The honesty and realism of Jonathan Franzen’s writings on climate have been widely denounced and just as widely celebrated. Here, in his definitive statement on the subject, Franzen confronts the world’s failure to avert destabilising climate change and takes up the question: Now what?</description>
                  <author>Jonathan Franzen</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008434069.mp3" length="1416840" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451534</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008434069.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:49:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What If We Stopped Pretending?
Author: Jonathan Franzen
Narrator: Christopher Ragland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The climate change is coming. To prepare for it, we need to admit that we can’t prevent it.                       ‘If you care about the planet, and about the people and animals who live on it, there are two ways to think about this. You can keep on hoping that catastrophe is preventable, and feel ever more frustrated or enraged by the world’s inaction. Or you can accept that disaster is coming, and begin to rethink what it means to have hope.’           The honesty and realism of Jonathan Franzen’s writings on climate have been widely denounced and just as widely celebrated. Here, in his definitive statement on the subject, Franzen confronts the world’s failure to avert destabilising climate change and takes up the question: Now what?</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What If We Stopped Pretending?
Author: Jonathan Franzen
Narrator: Christopher Ragland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The climate change is coming. To prepare for it, we need to admit that we can’t prevent it.                       ‘If you care about the planet, and about the people and animals who live on it, there are two ways to think about this. You can keep on hoping that catastrophe is preventable, and feel ever more frustrated or enraged by the world’s inaction. Or you can accept that disaster is coming, and begin to rethink what it means to have hope.’           The honesty and realism of Jonathan Franzen’s writings on climate have been widely denounced and just as widely celebrated. Here, in his definitive statement on the subject, Franzen confronts the world’s failure to avert destabilising climate change and takes up the question: Now what?</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Fragile Earth: Writing from the New Yorker on Climate Change by Cat Gould</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451520</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fragile Earth: Writing from the New Yorker on Climate Change
Author: Cat Gould
Narrator: Cat Gould, Kaleo Griffith, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A classic collection of the New Yorker’s most urgent and groundbreaking reporting from the front lines of the climate emergency                      In 1989, just one year after climatologist James Hansen first came before a Senate committee and testified that the earth was now warmer than it had ever been in recorded history, thanks to humankind’s heedless consumption of fossil fuels, New Yorker writer Bill McKibben published a deeply reported and considered piece on climate change and what it could mean for the planet.           At the time, the piece was to some speculative to the point of alarmist; read now, McKibben’s work is heroically prescient. Since then, the New Yorker has devoted enormous attention to climate change, describing the causes of the crisis, the political and ecological conditions we now find ourselves in, and the scenarios and solutions we face.           The Fragile Earth tells the story of climate change – its past, present, and future – taking readers from Greenland to the Great Plains, and into both laboratories and rain forests. It features some of the best writing on global warming from the last three decades, including Bill McKibben’s seminal essay ‘The End of Nature,’ the first piece to popularize both the science and politics of climate change for a general audience, and the Pulitzer Prize-winning work of Elizabeth Kolbert, as well as Kathryn Schulz, Dexter Filkins, Jonathan Franzen, Ian Frazier, Eric Klinenberg, and others. The result, in its range, depth, and passion, promises to bring light, and sometimes heat, to the great emergency of our age.</description>
                  <author>Cat Gould</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008446673.mp3" length="1421135" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451520</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008446673.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>18:39:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fragile Earth: Writing from the New Yorker on Climate Change
Author: Cat Gould
Narrator: Cat Gould, Kaleo Griffith, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A classic collection of the New Yorker’s most urgent and groundbreaking reporting from the front lines of the climate emergency                      In 1989, just one year after climatologist James Hansen first came before a Senate committee and testified that the earth was now warmer than it had ever been in recorded history, thanks to humankind’s heedless consumption of fossil fuels, New Yorker writer Bill McKibben published a deeply reported and considered piece on climate change and what it could mean for the planet.           At the time, the piece was to some speculative to the point of alarmist; read now, McKibben’s work is heroically prescient. Since then, the New Yorker has devoted enormous attention to climate change, describing the causes of the crisis, the political and ecological conditions we now find ourselves in, and the scenarios and solutions we face.           The Fragile Earth tells the story of climate change – its past, present, and future – taking readers from Greenland to the Great Plains, and into both laboratories and rain forests. It features some of the best writing on global warming from the last three decades, including Bill McKibben’s seminal essay ‘The End of Nature,’ the first piece to popularize both the science and politics of climate change for a general audience, and the Pulitzer Prize-winning work of Elizabeth Kolbert, as well as Kathryn Schulz, Dexter Filkins, Jonathan Franzen, Ian Frazier, Eric Klinenberg, and others. The result, in its range, depth, and passion, promises to bring light, and sometimes heat, to the great emergency of our age.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fragile Earth: Writing from the New Yorker on Climate Change
Author: Cat Gould
Narrator: Cat Gould, Kaleo Griffith, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A classic collection of the New Yorker’s most urgent and groundbreaking reporting from the front lines of the climate emergency                      In 1989, just one year after climatologist James Hansen first came before a Senate committee and testified that the earth was now warmer than it had ever been in recorded history, thanks to humankind’s heedless consumption of fossil fuels, New Yorker writer Bill McKibben published a deeply reported and considered piece on climate change and what it could mean for the planet.           At the time, the piece was to some speculative to the point of alarmist; read now, McKibben’s work is heroically prescient. Since then, the New Yorker has devoted enormous attention to climate change, describing the causes of the crisis, the political and ecological conditions we now find ourselves in, and the scenarios and solutions we face.           The Fragile Earth tells the story of climate change – its past, present, and future – taking readers from Greenland to the Great Plains, and into both laboratories and rain forests. It features some of the best writing on global warming from the last three decades, including Bill McKibben’s seminal essay ‘The End of Nature,’ the first piece to popularize both the science and politics of climate change for a general audience, and the Pulitzer Prize-winning work of Elizabeth Kolbert, as well as Kathryn Schulz, Dexter Filkins, Jonathan Franzen, Ian Frazier, Eric Klinenberg, and others. The result, in its range, depth, and passion, promises to bring light, and sometimes heat, to the great emergency of our age.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Ask the Experts: The Environment by Scientific American</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451296</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ask the Experts: The Environment
Series: #4 of The Ask the Experts Series
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The fourth book in our Ask the Experts series, The Environment tackles questions about the world around us. In this book, our experts field queries on the weather, natural disasters, natural resources, climate change, and unusual phenomena.</description>
                  <author>Scientific American</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094075068.mp3" length="917772" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451296</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094075068.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:5:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ask the Experts: The Environment
Series: #4 of The Ask the Experts Series
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The fourth book in our Ask the Experts series, The Environment tackles questions about the world around us. In this book, our experts field queries on the weather, natural disasters, natural resources, climate change, and unusual phenomena.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ask the Experts: The Environment
Series: #4 of The Ask the Experts Series
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The fourth book in our Ask the Experts series, The Environment tackles questions about the world around us. In this book, our experts field queries on the weather, natural disasters, natural resources, climate change, and unusual phenomena.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Glitter in the Green: In Search of Hummingbirds by Jon Dunn</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450875</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Glitter in the Green: In Search of Hummingbirds
Author: Jon Dunn
Narrator: James Edward Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An acclaimed natural history writer follows the trail of the remarkable hummingbird all over the world. Hummingbirds are a glittering, sparkling collective of over three hundred wildly variable species. For centuries, they have been revered by indigenous Americans, coveted by European collectors, and admired worldwide for their unsurpassed metallic plumage and immense character. Yet they exist on a knife-edge, fighting for survival in boreal woodlands, dripping cloud forests, and subpolar islands. They are, perhaps, the ultimate embodiment of evolution&amp;#039;s power to carve a niche for a delicate creature in even the harshest of places. Traveling the full length of the hummingbirds&amp;#039; range, from the cusp of the Arctic Circle to near-Antarctic islands, acclaimed nature writer Jon Dunn encounters birders, scientists, and storytellers in his quest to find these beguiling creatures, immersing us in the world of one of Earth&amp;#039;s most charismatic bird families.</description>
                  <author>Jon Dunn</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549135057.mp3" length="1393347" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450875</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549135057.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>13:33:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Glitter in the Green: In Search of Hummingbirds
Author: Jon Dunn
Narrator: James Edward Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An acclaimed natural history writer follows the trail of the remarkable hummingbird all over the world. Hummingbirds are a glittering, sparkling collective of over three hundred wildly variable species. For centuries, they have been revered by indigenous Americans, coveted by European collectors, and admired worldwide for their unsurpassed metallic plumage and immense character. Yet they exist on a knife-edge, fighting for survival in boreal woodlands, dripping cloud forests, and subpolar islands. They are, perhaps, the ultimate embodiment of evolution&amp;#039;s power to carve a niche for a delicate creature in even the harshest of places. Traveling the full length of the hummingbirds&amp;#039; range, from the cusp of the Arctic Circle to near-Antarctic islands, acclaimed nature writer Jon Dunn encounters birders, scientists, and storytellers in his quest to find these beguiling creatures, immersing us in the world of one of Earth&amp;#039;s most charismatic bird families.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Glitter in the Green: In Search of Hummingbirds
Author: Jon Dunn
Narrator: James Edward Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An acclaimed natural history writer follows the trail of the remarkable hummingbird all over the world. Hummingbirds are a glittering, sparkling collective of over three hundred wildly variable species. For centuries, they have been revered by indigenous Americans, coveted by European collectors, and admired worldwide for their unsurpassed metallic plumage and immense character. Yet they exist on a knife-edge, fighting for survival in boreal woodlands, dripping cloud forests, and subpolar islands. They are, perhaps, the ultimate embodiment of evolution&amp;#039;s power to carve a niche for a delicate creature in even the harshest of places. Traveling the full length of the hummingbirds&amp;#039; range, from the cusp of the Arctic Circle to near-Antarctic islands, acclaimed nature writer Jon Dunn encounters birders, scientists, and storytellers in his quest to find these beguiling creatures, immersing us in the world of one of Earth&amp;#039;s most charismatic bird families.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Amazing Animals by Scientific American</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450364</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Amazing Animals
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We humans tend to think that we are unique in our intelligence, social skill, and depth of emotion, but we think too much of ourselves. The animal kingdom teems with hidden stories of the weird and fascinating, and in Amazing Animals, we gather recent research on animal behavior, including surprising discoveries of how animals think and feel, from man’s best friend to some of the earth’s oddest creatures.</description>
                  <author>Scientific American</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094075709.mp3" length="854061" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450364</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094075709.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:56:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Amazing Animals
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We humans tend to think that we are unique in our intelligence, social skill, and depth of emotion, but we think too much of ourselves. The animal kingdom teems with hidden stories of the weird and fascinating, and in Amazing Animals, we gather recent research on animal behavior, including surprising discoveries of how animals think and feel, from man’s best friend to some of the earth’s oddest creatures.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Amazing Animals
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We humans tend to think that we are unique in our intelligence, social skill, and depth of emotion, but we think too much of ourselves. The animal kingdom teems with hidden stories of the weird and fascinating, and in Amazing Animals, we gather recent research on animal behavior, including surprising discoveries of how animals think and feel, from man’s best friend to some of the earth’s oddest creatures.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Potty Training: The Complete Guide to Houstraining Dogs for Beginners, Learn Helpful and Effective Techniques to Potty Train Your Puppy by T.J. Katmore</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449969</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Potty Training: The Complete Guide to Houstraining Dogs for Beginners, Learn Helpful and Effective Techniques to Potty Train Your Puppy
Author: T.J. Katmore
Narrator: Todd Studer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Potty Training: The Complete Guide to Housetraining Dogs for Beginners, Learn Helpful and Effective Techniques to Potty Train Your Puppy Housetraining dogs is about consistency, patience and positive reinforcement. The goal is to instill good habits with your pet. It is also important to manage your expectations. You can&amp;#039;t expect your puppy to be fully housetrained and fully independent before he&amp;#039;s six month old. But you can certainly start housetraining them between one to six weeks. But certain factors need to be considered like the dog&amp;#039;s size, breed and your personal effort that you would expend to housetraining your dog. They all play a big part in housetraining your dog. It is important to remember that house training your dog is not simply about keeping your dog on a regular eating, drinking and potty-outing routine. If you get impatience and shorten the potty-training of your puppy, there might be potty mishaps for months. It is important to teach our dogs not only to potty outdoors but to make sure he or she understands that inside is off-limits as well. In this audiobook, you will discover how to teach your puppy the right ways when it comes to potty-training. You will learn what to expect like how often your puppy may need to eliminate and when they should eliminate. You will learn about dog indicators so you would recognize if your pet needs to eliminate. You will also discover different potty training strategies and how to choose between indoor and outdoor training.  Housetraining a puppy demands far more than just laying down a bunch of old newspapers on the floor. Housetraining requires caution, perseverance, commitment, and consistency. Establishing a routine and constant supervision are also key.</description>
                  <author>T.J. Katmore</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662129711.mp3" length="760201" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449969</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662129711.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Potty Training: The Complete Guide to Houstraining Dogs for Beginners, Learn Helpful and Effective Techniques to Potty Train Your Puppy
Author: T.J. Katmore
Narrator: Todd Studer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Potty Training: The Complete Guide to Housetraining Dogs for Beginners, Learn Helpful and Effective Techniques to Potty Train Your Puppy Housetraining dogs is about consistency, patience and positive reinforcement. The goal is to instill good habits with your pet. It is also important to manage your expectations. You can&amp;#039;t expect your puppy to be fully housetrained and fully independent before he&amp;#039;s six month old. But you can certainly start housetraining them between one to six weeks. But certain factors need to be considered like the dog&amp;#039;s size, breed and your personal effort that you would expend to housetraining your dog. They all play a big part in housetraining your dog. It is important to remember that house training your dog is not simply about keeping your dog on a regular eating, drinking and potty-outing routine. If you get impatience and shorten the potty-training of your puppy, there might be potty mishaps for months. It is important to teach our dogs not only to potty outdoors but to make sure he or she understands that inside is off-limits as well. In this audiobook, you will discover how to teach your puppy the right ways when it comes to potty-training. You will learn what to expect like how often your puppy may need to eliminate and when they should eliminate. You will learn about dog indicators so you would recognize if your pet needs to eliminate. You will also discover different potty training strategies and how to choose between indoor and outdoor training.  Housetraining a puppy demands far more than just laying down a bunch of old newspapers on the floor. Housetraining requires caution, perseverance, commitment, and consistency. Establishing a routine and constant supervision are also key.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Potty Training: The Complete Guide to Houstraining Dogs for Beginners, Learn Helpful and Effective Techniques to Potty Train Your Puppy
Author: T.J. Katmore
Narrator: Todd Studer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Potty Training: The Complete Guide to Housetraining Dogs for Beginners, Learn Helpful and Effective Techniques to Potty Train Your Puppy Housetraining dogs is about consistency, patience and positive reinforcement. The goal is to instill good habits with your pet. It is also important to manage your expectations. You can&amp;#039;t expect your puppy to be fully housetrained and fully independent before he&amp;#039;s six month old. But you can certainly start housetraining them between one to six weeks. But certain factors need to be considered like the dog&amp;#039;s size, breed and your personal effort that you would expend to housetraining your dog. They all play a big part in housetraining your dog. It is important to remember that house training your dog is not simply about keeping your dog on a regular eating, drinking and potty-outing routine. If you get impatience and shorten the potty-training of your puppy, there might be potty mishaps for months. It is important to teach our dogs not only to potty outdoors but to make sure he or she understands that inside is off-limits as well. In this audiobook, you will discover how to teach your puppy the right ways when it comes to potty-training. You will learn what to expect like how often your puppy may need to eliminate and when they should eliminate. You will learn about dog indicators so you would recognize if your pet needs to eliminate. You will also discover different potty training strategies and how to choose between indoor and outdoor training.  Housetraining a puppy demands far more than just laying down a bunch of old newspapers on the floor. Housetraining requires caution, perseverance, commitment, and consistency. Establishing a routine and constant supervision are also key.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Training Cats Techniques Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Cat Book, Cat Training by Ivy Bradshaw, Mark J. Bowen</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449967</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Training Cats Techniques Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Cat Book, Cat Training
Author: Ivy Bradshaw, Mark J. Bowen
Narrator: Jesse Gross, Jessica Budreau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you own a cat or are you thinking about getting one? Are you worried that you won&amp;#039;t be able to properly care for it once it arrives? You need a book that will provide all the answers! Sharing your life with an animal can have a lot of positives. We get a lot from them and they give plenty back, but when it comes to looking after them properly, we need to know exactly what to do. A cat is no different to any other pet. When it comes down to basics it relies mainly on you to feed and care for it if it becomes ill and this bundle will teach you look after your new pet in the way you should so that you can both enjoy many years of happiness together.  This two in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks:  1.	Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend 2.	Cat Training: The Secret Formula On How To Train Your Cat and Learn Her Tricks            Get your copy Training Cats Techniques Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
                  <author>Ivy Bradshaw, Mark J. Bowen</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662129636.mp3" length="830938" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449967</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662129636.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Training Cats Techniques Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Cat Book, Cat Training
Author: Ivy Bradshaw, Mark J. Bowen
Narrator: Jesse Gross, Jessica Budreau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you own a cat or are you thinking about getting one? Are you worried that you won&amp;#039;t be able to properly care for it once it arrives? You need a book that will provide all the answers! Sharing your life with an animal can have a lot of positives. We get a lot from them and they give plenty back, but when it comes to looking after them properly, we need to know exactly what to do. A cat is no different to any other pet. When it comes down to basics it relies mainly on you to feed and care for it if it becomes ill and this bundle will teach you look after your new pet in the way you should so that you can both enjoy many years of happiness together.  This two in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks:  1.	Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend 2.	Cat Training: The Secret Formula On How To Train Your Cat and Learn Her Tricks            Get your copy Training Cats Techniques Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Training Cats Techniques Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Cat Book, Cat Training
Author: Ivy Bradshaw, Mark J. Bowen
Narrator: Jesse Gross, Jessica Budreau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you own a cat or are you thinking about getting one? Are you worried that you won&amp;#039;t be able to properly care for it once it arrives? You need a book that will provide all the answers! Sharing your life with an animal can have a lot of positives. We get a lot from them and they give plenty back, but when it comes to looking after them properly, we need to know exactly what to do. A cat is no different to any other pet. When it comes down to basics it relies mainly on you to feed and care for it if it becomes ill and this bundle will teach you look after your new pet in the way you should so that you can both enjoy many years of happiness together.  This two in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks:  1.	Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend 2.	Cat Training: The Secret Formula On How To Train Your Cat and Learn Her Tricks            Get your copy Training Cats Techniques Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Love in the Age of Ecological Apocalypse: Cultivating the Relationships We Need to Thrive by Carolyn Baker</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449888</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love in the Age of Ecological Apocalypse: Cultivating the Relationships We Need to Thrive
Author: Carolyn Baker
Narrator: Diana Gardiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Given the daunting, dire predicament in which we find ourselves on this planet, what is described by social critic James Howard Kunstler as a &amp;#039;Long Emergency&amp;#039; may in fact become a &amp;#039;Last Emergency&amp;#039; for humanity. Whether we encounter a &amp;#039;long&amp;#039; or a &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; emergency, Carolyn Baker seeks to offer inspiration and guidance for inhabiting our remaining days with passion, vitality, empathy, intimate contact with our emotions, kindness in our relationships with all species, gratitude, open-hearted receptivity, exquisite creations of beauty, and utilizing every occasion, even our demise, as an opportunity to invoke and &amp;#039;inflict&amp;#039; joy in our world. Love in the Age of Ecological Apolcalypse addresses an array of relationships in the Last Emergency and how one&amp;#039;s relationship with oneself may enrich or impede interactions with all other beings. Drawing upon her deep experience as a life coach, Baker writes of the specific need to understand our key relationships in a society in collapse, and how to navigate through differing levels of acceptance of collapse, trauma, and grief. Key relationships include those with our partners, children, friends, neighbors, as well as relationships with our work, our bodies, our natural resources, food and eating, animals, future generations, Eros, and indeed, the powers of the universe.  Baker&amp;#039;s writing is engaging, inspiring, and often beautiful in its depth and candor. She introduces a variety of spiritual practices facilitate our developing a relationship with the deeper Self. With these practices and giving and receiving support from others who are walking a similar path, we begin to live more frequently from the deeper Self, or at least are able to access it more quickly when we find ourselves becoming embroiled in the ego. Table Of Contents    • Introduction     • Chapter 1: Living, Loving, and Preparing With A Reluctant Partner     • Chapter 2: Children And Collapse     • Chapter 3: Friends, Neighbors, and The Community     • Chapter 4: Work and The Creative Soul     • Chapter 5: Our Relationship With Resources     • Chapter 6: Loving The Body As The World Falls Apart     • Chapter 7: Our Relationship With Food: Mindful Eating As A Spiritual Practice     • Chapter 8: Loving The Time Of Your Life     • Chapter 9: What An Animal You Are!     • Chapter 10: Darkness Matters     • Chapter 11: Ensconsed In Eros, Bathed In Beauty     • Chapter 12: Our Relationship With The Powers of The Universe     • Chapter 13: Near-Term Extinction And Waking Up To Death     • Chapter 14: Empire, I Wish I Knew How To Quit You     • Chapter 15: Grief And Love In A Culture Of Congestive Heart Failure     • Chapter 16: Our Relationship With Future Generations</description>
                  <author>Carolyn Baker</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623176112.mp3" length="2617871" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449888</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623176112.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:1:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love in the Age of Ecological Apocalypse: Cultivating the Relationships We Need to Thrive
Author: Carolyn Baker
Narrator: Diana Gardiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Given the daunting, dire predicament in which we find ourselves on this planet, what is described by social critic James Howard Kunstler as a &amp;#039;Long Emergency&amp;#039; may in fact become a &amp;#039;Last Emergency&amp;#039; for humanity. Whether we encounter a &amp;#039;long&amp;#039; or a &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; emergency, Carolyn Baker seeks to offer inspiration and guidance for inhabiting our remaining days with passion, vitality, empathy, intimate contact with our emotions, kindness in our relationships with all species, gratitude, open-hearted receptivity, exquisite creations of beauty, and utilizing every occasion, even our demise, as an opportunity to invoke and &amp;#039;inflict&amp;#039; joy in our world. Love in the Age of Ecological Apolcalypse addresses an array of relationships in the Last Emergency and how one&amp;#039;s relationship with oneself may enrich or impede interactions with all other beings. Drawing upon her deep experience as a life coach, Baker writes of the specific need to understand our key relationships in a society in collapse, and how to navigate through differing levels of acceptance of collapse, trauma, and grief. Key relationships include those with our partners, children, friends, neighbors, as well as relationships with our work, our bodies, our natural resources, food and eating, animals, future generations, Eros, and indeed, the powers of the universe.  Baker&amp;#039;s writing is engaging, inspiring, and often beautiful in its depth and candor. She introduces a variety of spiritual practices facilitate our developing a relationship with the deeper Self. With these practices and giving and receiving support from others who are walking a similar path, we begin to live more frequently from the deeper Self, or at least are able to access it more quickly when we find ourselves becoming embroiled in the ego. Table Of Contents    • Introduction     • Chapter 1: Living, Loving, and Preparing With A Reluctant Partner     • Chapter 2: Children And Collapse     • Chapter 3: Friends, Neighbors, and The Community     • Chapter 4: Work and The Creative Soul     • Chapter 5: Our Relationship With Resources     • Chapter 6: Loving The Body As The World Falls Apart     • Chapter 7: Our Relationship With Food: Mindful Eating As A Spiritual Practice     • Chapter 8: Loving The Time Of Your Life     • Chapter 9: What An Animal You Are!     • Chapter 10: Darkness Matters     • Chapter 11: Ensconsed In Eros, Bathed In Beauty     • Chapter 12: Our Relationship With The Powers of The Universe     • Chapter 13: Near-Term Extinction And Waking Up To Death     • Chapter 14: Empire, I Wish I Knew How To Quit You     • Chapter 15: Grief And Love In A Culture Of Congestive Heart Failure     • Chapter 16: Our Relationship With Future Generations</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love in the Age of Ecological Apocalypse: Cultivating the Relationships We Need to Thrive
Author: Carolyn Baker
Narrator: Diana Gardiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Given the daunting, dire predicament in which we find ourselves on this planet, what is described by social critic James Howard Kunstler as a &amp;#039;Long Emergency&amp;#039; may in fact become a &amp;#039;Last Emergency&amp;#039; for humanity. Whether we encounter a &amp;#039;long&amp;#039; or a &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; emergency, Carolyn Baker seeks to offer inspiration and guidance for inhabiting our remaining days with passion, vitality, empathy, intimate contact with our emotions, kindness in our relationships with all species, gratitude, open-hearted receptivity, exquisite creations of beauty, and utilizing every occasion, even our demise, as an opportunity to invoke and &amp;#039;inflict&amp;#039; joy in our world. Love in the Age of Ecological Apolcalypse addresses an array of relationships in the Last Emergency and how one&amp;#039;s relationship with oneself may enrich or impede interactions with all other beings. Drawing upon her deep experience as a life coach, Baker writes of the specific need to understand our key relationships in a society in collapse, and how to navigate through differing levels of acceptance of collapse, trauma, and grief. Key relationships include those with our partners, children, friends, neighbors, as well as relationships with our work, our bodies, our natural resources, food and eating, animals, future generations, Eros, and indeed, the powers of the universe.  Baker&amp;#039;s writing is engaging, inspiring, and often beautiful in its depth and candor. She introduces a variety of spiritual practices facilitate our developing a relationship with the deeper Self. With these practices and giving and receiving support from others who are walking a similar path, we begin to live more frequently from the deeper Self, or at least are able to access it more quickly when we find ourselves becoming embroiled in the ego. Table Of Contents    • Introduction     • Chapter 1: Living, Loving, and Preparing With A Reluctant Partner     • Chapter 2: Children And Collapse     • Chapter 3: Friends, Neighbors, and The Community     • Chapter 4: Work and The Creative Soul     • Chapter 5: Our Relationship With Resources     • Chapter 6: Loving The Body As The World Falls Apart     • Chapter 7: Our Relationship With Food: Mindful Eating As A Spiritual Practice     • Chapter 8: Loving The Time Of Your Life     • Chapter 9: What An Animal You Are!     • Chapter 10: Darkness Matters     • Chapter 11: Ensconsed In Eros, Bathed In Beauty     • Chapter 12: Our Relationship With The Powers of The Universe     • Chapter 13: Near-Term Extinction And Waking Up To Death     • Chapter 14: Empire, I Wish I Knew How To Quit You     • Chapter 15: Grief And Love In A Culture Of Congestive Heart Failure     • Chapter 16: Our Relationship With Future Generations</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>How to be Animal: A New History of What It Means to Be Human by Melanie Challenger</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449886</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to be Animal: A New History of What It Means to Be Human
Author: Melanie Challenger
Narrator: Hannah Curtis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A remarkable combination of biology, genetics, zoology, evolutionary psychology and philosophy.” —Richard Powers, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Overstory “A brilliant, thought-provoking book.” —Matt Haig, New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library   A wide-ranging take on why humans have a troubled relationship with being an animal, and why we need a better one Human are the most inquisitive, emotional, imaginative, aggressive, and baffling animals on the planet. But we are also an animal that does not think it is an animal. How well do we really know ourselves? How to Be Animal tells a remarkable story of what it means to be human and argues that at the heart of our existence is a profound struggle with being animal.  We possess a psychology that seeks separation between humanity and the rest of nature, and we have invented grand ideologies to magnify this. As well as piecing together the mystery of how this mindset evolved, Challenger&amp;#039;s book examines the wide-reaching ways in which it affects our lives, from our politics to the way we distance ourselves from other species. We travel from the origin of homo sapiens through the agrarian and industrial revolutions, the age of the internet, and on to the futures of AI and human-machine interface. Challenger examines how technology influences our sense of our own animal nature and our relationship with other species with whom we share this fragile planet. That we are separated from our own animality is a delusion, according to Challenger. Blending nature writing, history, and moral philosophy, How to Be Animal is both a fascinating reappraisal of what it means to be human, and a robust defense of what it means to be an animal.</description>
                  <author>Melanie Challenger</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593392911.mp3" length="2625155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449886</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593392911.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:20:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to be Animal: A New History of What It Means to Be Human
Author: Melanie Challenger
Narrator: Hannah Curtis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A remarkable combination of biology, genetics, zoology, evolutionary psychology and philosophy.” —Richard Powers, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Overstory “A brilliant, thought-provoking book.” —Matt Haig, New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library   A wide-ranging take on why humans have a troubled relationship with being an animal, and why we need a better one Human are the most inquisitive, emotional, imaginative, aggressive, and baffling animals on the planet. But we are also an animal that does not think it is an animal. How well do we really know ourselves? How to Be Animal tells a remarkable story of what it means to be human and argues that at the heart of our existence is a profound struggle with being animal.  We possess a psychology that seeks separation between humanity and the rest of nature, and we have invented grand ideologies to magnify this. As well as piecing together the mystery of how this mindset evolved, Challenger&amp;#039;s book examines the wide-reaching ways in which it affects our lives, from our politics to the way we distance ourselves from other species. We travel from the origin of homo sapiens through the agrarian and industrial revolutions, the age of the internet, and on to the futures of AI and human-machine interface. Challenger examines how technology influences our sense of our own animal nature and our relationship with other species with whom we share this fragile planet. That we are separated from our own animality is a delusion, according to Challenger. Blending nature writing, history, and moral philosophy, How to Be Animal is both a fascinating reappraisal of what it means to be human, and a robust defense of what it means to be an animal.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to be Animal: A New History of What It Means to Be Human
Author: Melanie Challenger
Narrator: Hannah Curtis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A remarkable combination of biology, genetics, zoology, evolutionary psychology and philosophy.” —Richard Powers, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Overstory “A brilliant, thought-provoking book.” —Matt Haig, New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library   A wide-ranging take on why humans have a troubled relationship with being an animal, and why we need a better one Human are the most inquisitive, emotional, imaginative, aggressive, and baffling animals on the planet. But we are also an animal that does not think it is an animal. How well do we really know ourselves? How to Be Animal tells a remarkable story of what it means to be human and argues that at the heart of our existence is a profound struggle with being animal.  We possess a psychology that seeks separation between humanity and the rest of nature, and we have invented grand ideologies to magnify this. As well as piecing together the mystery of how this mindset evolved, Challenger&amp;#039;s book examines the wide-reaching ways in which it affects our lives, from our politics to the way we distance ourselves from other species. We travel from the origin of homo sapiens through the agrarian and industrial revolutions, the age of the internet, and on to the futures of AI and human-machine interface. Challenger examines how technology influences our sense of our own animal nature and our relationship with other species with whom we share this fragile planet. That we are separated from our own animality is a delusion, according to Challenger. Blending nature writing, history, and moral philosophy, How to Be Animal is both a fascinating reappraisal of what it means to be human, and a robust defense of what it means to be an animal.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Wild Life of the Fox by John Lewis-Stempel</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448214</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Life of the Fox
Author: John Lewis-Stempel
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 34 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;I adore the fox for its magnificence; I hate the fox for killing my chickens.  To love and loathe the fox is a British condition.&amp;#039; The fox is our apex predator, our most beautiful and clever killer. We have witnessed its wild touch, watched it slink by bins at night and been chilled by its high-pitched scream. And yet we long to stroke the tumbling cubs outside their tunnel homes and watch the vixen stalk the cornfield.  There is something about foxes. They captivate us like no other species. Exploring a long and sometimes complicated relationship, The Wild Life of the Fox captures our love - and sometimes loathing - of this magnificent creature in vivid detail and lyrical prose. © John Lewis-Stempel 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
                  <author>John Lewis-Stempel</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473589599.mp3" length="1229077" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448214</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473589599.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:34:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Life of the Fox
Author: John Lewis-Stempel
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 34 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;I adore the fox for its magnificence; I hate the fox for killing my chickens.  To love and loathe the fox is a British condition.&amp;#039; The fox is our apex predator, our most beautiful and clever killer. We have witnessed its wild touch, watched it slink by bins at night and been chilled by its high-pitched scream. And yet we long to stroke the tumbling cubs outside their tunnel homes and watch the vixen stalk the cornfield.  There is something about foxes. They captivate us like no other species. Exploring a long and sometimes complicated relationship, The Wild Life of the Fox captures our love - and sometimes loathing - of this magnificent creature in vivid detail and lyrical prose. © John Lewis-Stempel 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Life of the Fox
Author: John Lewis-Stempel
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 34 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;I adore the fox for its magnificence; I hate the fox for killing my chickens.  To love and loathe the fox is a British condition.&amp;#039; The fox is our apex predator, our most beautiful and clever killer. We have witnessed its wild touch, watched it slink by bins at night and been chilled by its high-pitched scream. And yet we long to stroke the tumbling cubs outside their tunnel homes and watch the vixen stalk the cornfield.  There is something about foxes. They captivate us like no other species. Exploring a long and sometimes complicated relationship, The Wild Life of the Fox captures our love - and sometimes loathing - of this magnificent creature in vivid detail and lyrical prose. © John Lewis-Stempel 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Less is More: How Degrowth Will Save the World by Jason Hickel</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447871</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Less is More: How Degrowth Will Save the World
Author: Jason Hickel
Narrator: Ben Crystal, Clifford Samuel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The world has finally awoken to the reality of climate breakdown and ecological collapse. Now we must face up to its primary cause. Capitalism demands perpetual expansion, which is devastating the living world. There is only one solution that will lead to meaningful and immediate change: DEGROWTH. If we want to have a shot at halting the crisis, we need to restore the balance. We need to change how we see nature and our place in it, shifting from a philosophy of domination and extraction to one that&amp;#039;s rooted in reciprocity and regeneration. We need to evolve beyond the dogmas of capitalism to a new system that is fit for the twenty-first century. But what does such a society look like? What about jobs? What about health? What about progress? This book tackles these questions and traces a clear pathway to a post-capitalist economy. An economy that&amp;#039;s more just, more caring, and more fun. An economy that enables human flourishing while reversing ecological breakdown. An economy that will not only lift us out of our current crisis, but restore our sense of connection to a world that&amp;#039;s brimming with life. By taking less, we can become more. © Jason Hickel 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
                  <author>Jason Hickel</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473589506.mp3" length="1211560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447871</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473589506.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:5:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Less is More: How Degrowth Will Save the World
Author: Jason Hickel
Narrator: Ben Crystal, Clifford Samuel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The world has finally awoken to the reality of climate breakdown and ecological collapse. Now we must face up to its primary cause. Capitalism demands perpetual expansion, which is devastating the living world. There is only one solution that will lead to meaningful and immediate change: DEGROWTH. If we want to have a shot at halting the crisis, we need to restore the balance. We need to change how we see nature and our place in it, shifting from a philosophy of domination and extraction to one that&amp;#039;s rooted in reciprocity and regeneration. We need to evolve beyond the dogmas of capitalism to a new system that is fit for the twenty-first century. But what does such a society look like? What about jobs? What about health? What about progress? This book tackles these questions and traces a clear pathway to a post-capitalist economy. An economy that&amp;#039;s more just, more caring, and more fun. An economy that enables human flourishing while reversing ecological breakdown. An economy that will not only lift us out of our current crisis, but restore our sense of connection to a world that&amp;#039;s brimming with life. By taking less, we can become more. © Jason Hickel 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Less is More: How Degrowth Will Save the World
Author: Jason Hickel
Narrator: Ben Crystal, Clifford Samuel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The world has finally awoken to the reality of climate breakdown and ecological collapse. Now we must face up to its primary cause. Capitalism demands perpetual expansion, which is devastating the living world. There is only one solution that will lead to meaningful and immediate change: DEGROWTH. If we want to have a shot at halting the crisis, we need to restore the balance. We need to change how we see nature and our place in it, shifting from a philosophy of domination and extraction to one that&amp;#039;s rooted in reciprocity and regeneration. We need to evolve beyond the dogmas of capitalism to a new system that is fit for the twenty-first century. But what does such a society look like? What about jobs? What about health? What about progress? This book tackles these questions and traces a clear pathway to a post-capitalist economy. An economy that&amp;#039;s more just, more caring, and more fun. An economy that enables human flourishing while reversing ecological breakdown. An economy that will not only lift us out of our current crisis, but restore our sense of connection to a world that&amp;#039;s brimming with life. By taking less, we can become more. © Jason Hickel 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[German] - 42 Grad (gekürzt) by Wolf Harlander</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447858</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 42 Grad (gekürzt)
Author: Wolf Harlander
Narrator: Uve Teschner
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Kein Wasser. Nicht in den Leitungen. Nicht in den Flüssen. Nirgends ... Ganz Deutschland freut sich über den neuen Jahrtausendsommer. Dauersonnenschein sorgt für volle Freibäder. Einzig Hydrologe Julius Denner und IT-Spezialistin Elsa Forsberg warnen davor, dass die Hitze sich kurzfristig verschärfen wird - mit gravierenden Folgen. Niemand nimmt sie ernst, bis die ersten Flüsse austrocknen, Waldbrände außer Kontrolle geraten und Atomkraftwerke vom Netz gehen müssen. In Berlin und Brüssel folgt Krisengipfel auf Krisengipfel. Überall in Europa machen sich Wasserflüchtlinge auf die Suche nach der wichtigsten Ressource der Welt. Während um sie herum die Zivilisation zusammenzubrechen droht, versuchen Julius und Elsa verzweifelt, die Katastrophe aufzuhalten - und geraten damit ins Fadenkreuz von Mächten, die ihre ganz eigenen Interessen verfolgen ...</description>
                  <author>Wolf Harlander</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732417735.mp3" length="830649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447858</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732417735.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 42 Grad (gekürzt)
Author: Wolf Harlander
Narrator: Uve Teschner
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Kein Wasser. Nicht in den Leitungen. Nicht in den Flüssen. Nirgends ... Ganz Deutschland freut sich über den neuen Jahrtausendsommer. Dauersonnenschein sorgt für volle Freibäder. Einzig Hydrologe Julius Denner und IT-Spezialistin Elsa Forsberg warnen davor, dass die Hitze sich kurzfristig verschärfen wird - mit gravierenden Folgen. Niemand nimmt sie ernst, bis die ersten Flüsse austrocknen, Waldbrände außer Kontrolle geraten und Atomkraftwerke vom Netz gehen müssen. In Berlin und Brüssel folgt Krisengipfel auf Krisengipfel. Überall in Europa machen sich Wasserflüchtlinge auf die Suche nach der wichtigsten Ressource der Welt. Während um sie herum die Zivilisation zusammenzubrechen droht, versuchen Julius und Elsa verzweifelt, die Katastrophe aufzuhalten - und geraten damit ins Fadenkreuz von Mächten, die ihre ganz eigenen Interessen verfolgen ...</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 42 Grad (gekürzt)
Author: Wolf Harlander
Narrator: Uve Teschner
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Kein Wasser. Nicht in den Leitungen. Nicht in den Flüssen. Nirgends ... Ganz Deutschland freut sich über den neuen Jahrtausendsommer. Dauersonnenschein sorgt für volle Freibäder. Einzig Hydrologe Julius Denner und IT-Spezialistin Elsa Forsberg warnen davor, dass die Hitze sich kurzfristig verschärfen wird - mit gravierenden Folgen. Niemand nimmt sie ernst, bis die ersten Flüsse austrocknen, Waldbrände außer Kontrolle geraten und Atomkraftwerke vom Netz gehen müssen. In Berlin und Brüssel folgt Krisengipfel auf Krisengipfel. Überall in Europa machen sich Wasserflüchtlinge auf die Suche nach der wichtigsten Ressource der Welt. Während um sie herum die Zivilisation zusammenzubrechen droht, versuchen Julius und Elsa verzweifelt, die Katastrophe aufzuhalten - und geraten damit ins Fadenkreuz von Mächten, die ihre ganz eigenen Interessen verfolgen ...</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Aroha: Maori wisdom for a contented life lived in harmony with our planet by Hinemoa Elder</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447338</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aroha: Maori wisdom for a contented life lived in harmony with our planet
Author: Hinemoa Elder
Narrator: Hinemoa Elder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Ancient wisdom for difficult modern times Kia ora Welcome to Aroha. Aroha is an ancient Maori word and way of thinking that means love, compassion, respect and empathy. Discover how we can all find greater contentment and kindness for ourselves, each other and our world with more Aroha in our lives. Through 52 whatatauki - traditional Maori life lessons - Maori psychiatrist Dr Hinemoa Elder shares the power of Aroha and explores how it could help us all every day. Family, community, a sense of place, looking after each other, living in tune with the natural world are all fundamental to traditional Maori culture. Aroha gives the All Blacks pride, unity and heart. It is understandable that New Zealand Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern chose to call her daughter Neve Te Aroha. The 52 life lessons are arranged into 4 chapters that introduce the different, important facets of Aroha: Manaakitanga(kindness); Kaitiakitanga (love for our world); Whanaungatanga (empathy); and Tino rangatiratanga (what is right). Respected Maori psychiatrist Dr Hinemoa Elder offers a uniquely insightful perspective that can help us all in our daily lives. Ki te kotahi te kakaho ka whati, ki te kapuia, e kore e whati. When we stand alone we are vulnerable but together we are unbreakable. © Hinemoa Elder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
                  <author>Hinemoa Elder</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473589322.mp3" length="1391895" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447338</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473589322.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:30:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aroha: Maori wisdom for a contented life lived in harmony with our planet
Author: Hinemoa Elder
Narrator: Hinemoa Elder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Ancient wisdom for difficult modern times Kia ora Welcome to Aroha. Aroha is an ancient Maori word and way of thinking that means love, compassion, respect and empathy. Discover how we can all find greater contentment and kindness for ourselves, each other and our world with more Aroha in our lives. Through 52 whatatauki - traditional Maori life lessons - Maori psychiatrist Dr Hinemoa Elder shares the power of Aroha and explores how it could help us all every day. Family, community, a sense of place, looking after each other, living in tune with the natural world are all fundamental to traditional Maori culture. Aroha gives the All Blacks pride, unity and heart. It is understandable that New Zealand Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern chose to call her daughter Neve Te Aroha. The 52 life lessons are arranged into 4 chapters that introduce the different, important facets of Aroha: Manaakitanga(kindness); Kaitiakitanga (love for our world); Whanaungatanga (empathy); and Tino rangatiratanga (what is right). Respected Maori psychiatrist Dr Hinemoa Elder offers a uniquely insightful perspective that can help us all in our daily lives. Ki te kotahi te kakaho ka whati, ki te kapuia, e kore e whati. When we stand alone we are vulnerable but together we are unbreakable. © Hinemoa Elder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aroha: Maori wisdom for a contented life lived in harmony with our planet
Author: Hinemoa Elder
Narrator: Hinemoa Elder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Ancient wisdom for difficult modern times Kia ora Welcome to Aroha. Aroha is an ancient Maori word and way of thinking that means love, compassion, respect and empathy. Discover how we can all find greater contentment and kindness for ourselves, each other and our world with more Aroha in our lives. Through 52 whatatauki - traditional Maori life lessons - Maori psychiatrist Dr Hinemoa Elder shares the power of Aroha and explores how it could help us all every day. Family, community, a sense of place, looking after each other, living in tune with the natural world are all fundamental to traditional Maori culture. Aroha gives the All Blacks pride, unity and heart. It is understandable that New Zealand Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern chose to call her daughter Neve Te Aroha. The 52 life lessons are arranged into 4 chapters that introduce the different, important facets of Aroha: Manaakitanga(kindness); Kaitiakitanga (love for our world); Whanaungatanga (empathy); and Tino rangatiratanga (what is right). Respected Maori psychiatrist Dr Hinemoa Elder offers a uniquely insightful perspective that can help us all in our daily lives. Ki te kotahi te kakaho ka whati, ki te kapuia, e kore e whati. When we stand alone we are vulnerable but together we are unbreakable. © Hinemoa Elder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Under the Sky We Make: How to Be Human in a Warming World by Kimberly Nicholas</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447311</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Under the Sky We Make: How to Be Human in a Warming World
Author: Kimberly Nicholas
Narrator: Kimberly Nicholas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
** Los Angeles Times bestseller ** It&amp;#039;s warming. It&amp;#039;s us. We&amp;#039;re sure. It&amp;#039;s bad. But we can fix it. After speaking to the international public for close to fifteen years about sustainability, climate scientist Dr. Nicholas realized that concerned people were getting the wrong message about the climate crisis. Yes, companies and governments are hugely responsible for the mess we&amp;#039;re in. But individuals CAN effect real, significant, and lasting change to solve this problem. Nicholas explores finding purpose in a warming world, combining her scientific expertise and her lived, personal experience in a way that seems fresh and deeply urgent: Agonizing over the climate costs of visiting loved ones overseas, how to find low-carbon love on Tinder, and even exploring her complicated family legacy involving supermarket turkeys. In her astonishing, bestselling book Under the Sky We Make, Nicholas does for climate science what Michael Pollan did more than a decade ago for the food on our plate: offering a hopeful, clear-eyed, and somehow also hilarious guide to effecting real change, starting in our own lives. Saving ourselves from climate apocalypse will require radical shifts within each of us, to effect real change in our society and culture. But it can be done. It requires, Dr. Nicholas argues, belief in our own agency and value, alongside a deep understanding that no one will ever hand us power--we&amp;#039;re going to have to seize it for ourselves.</description>
                  <author>Kimberly Nicholas</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593347935.mp3" length="2739742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447311</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593347935.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:50:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Under the Sky We Make: How to Be Human in a Warming World
Author: Kimberly Nicholas
Narrator: Kimberly Nicholas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
** Los Angeles Times bestseller ** It&amp;#039;s warming. It&amp;#039;s us. We&amp;#039;re sure. It&amp;#039;s bad. But we can fix it. After speaking to the international public for close to fifteen years about sustainability, climate scientist Dr. Nicholas realized that concerned people were getting the wrong message about the climate crisis. Yes, companies and governments are hugely responsible for the mess we&amp;#039;re in. But individuals CAN effect real, significant, and lasting change to solve this problem. Nicholas explores finding purpose in a warming world, combining her scientific expertise and her lived, personal experience in a way that seems fresh and deeply urgent: Agonizing over the climate costs of visiting loved ones overseas, how to find low-carbon love on Tinder, and even exploring her complicated family legacy involving supermarket turkeys. In her astonishing, bestselling book Under the Sky We Make, Nicholas does for climate science what Michael Pollan did more than a decade ago for the food on our plate: offering a hopeful, clear-eyed, and somehow also hilarious guide to effecting real change, starting in our own lives. Saving ourselves from climate apocalypse will require radical shifts within each of us, to effect real change in our society and culture. But it can be done. It requires, Dr. Nicholas argues, belief in our own agency and value, alongside a deep understanding that no one will ever hand us power--we&amp;#039;re going to have to seize it for ourselves.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Under the Sky We Make: How to Be Human in a Warming World
Author: Kimberly Nicholas
Narrator: Kimberly Nicholas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
** Los Angeles Times bestseller ** It&amp;#039;s warming. It&amp;#039;s us. We&amp;#039;re sure. It&amp;#039;s bad. But we can fix it. After speaking to the international public for close to fifteen years about sustainability, climate scientist Dr. Nicholas realized that concerned people were getting the wrong message about the climate crisis. Yes, companies and governments are hugely responsible for the mess we&amp;#039;re in. But individuals CAN effect real, significant, and lasting change to solve this problem. Nicholas explores finding purpose in a warming world, combining her scientific expertise and her lived, personal experience in a way that seems fresh and deeply urgent: Agonizing over the climate costs of visiting loved ones overseas, how to find low-carbon love on Tinder, and even exploring her complicated family legacy involving supermarket turkeys. In her astonishing, bestselling book Under the Sky We Make, Nicholas does for climate science what Michael Pollan did more than a decade ago for the food on our plate: offering a hopeful, clear-eyed, and somehow also hilarious guide to effecting real change, starting in our own lives. Saving ourselves from climate apocalypse will require radical shifts within each of us, to effect real change in our society and culture. But it can be done. It requires, Dr. Nicholas argues, belief in our own agency and value, alongside a deep understanding that no one will ever hand us power--we&amp;#039;re going to have to seize it for ourselves.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Salmon Way: An Alaska State of Mind by Amy Gulick</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447163</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Salmon Way: An Alaska State of Mind
Author: Amy Gulick
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Alaskans have deeply personal relationships with their salmon. These remarkable fish provide a fundamental source of food, livelihood, and identity, and connect generations and communities throughout the state. Yet while salmon are integral to the lives of many Alaskans, the habitat they need to thrive is increasingly at risk as communities and decision makers evaluate large-scale development proposals. The Salmon Way celebrates and explores the relationships between people and salmon in Alaska. Throughout this book, author Amy Gulick shows us that people from wildly different backgrounds all value a salmon way of life. In researching her new book, Amy spent time with individuals whose lives are inextricably linked with salmon. Commercial fishermen take her on as crew; Alaska Native families teach her the art of preserving fish and culture; and sport fishing guides show her where to cast her line as well as her mind. Each experience expands our understanding of the “salmon way” in Alaska.</description>
                  <author>Amy Gulick</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705268605.mp3" length="8003571" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447163</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705268605.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>2:55:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Salmon Way: An Alaska State of Mind
Author: Amy Gulick
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Alaskans have deeply personal relationships with their salmon. These remarkable fish provide a fundamental source of food, livelihood, and identity, and connect generations and communities throughout the state. Yet while salmon are integral to the lives of many Alaskans, the habitat they need to thrive is increasingly at risk as communities and decision makers evaluate large-scale development proposals. The Salmon Way celebrates and explores the relationships between people and salmon in Alaska. Throughout this book, author Amy Gulick shows us that people from wildly different backgrounds all value a salmon way of life. In researching her new book, Amy spent time with individuals whose lives are inextricably linked with salmon. Commercial fishermen take her on as crew; Alaska Native families teach her the art of preserving fish and culture; and sport fishing guides show her where to cast her line as well as her mind. Each experience expands our understanding of the “salmon way” in Alaska.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Salmon Way: An Alaska State of Mind
Author: Amy Gulick
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Alaskans have deeply personal relationships with their salmon. These remarkable fish provide a fundamental source of food, livelihood, and identity, and connect generations and communities throughout the state. Yet while salmon are integral to the lives of many Alaskans, the habitat they need to thrive is increasingly at risk as communities and decision makers evaluate large-scale development proposals. The Salmon Way celebrates and explores the relationships between people and salmon in Alaska. Throughout this book, author Amy Gulick shows us that people from wildly different backgrounds all value a salmon way of life. In researching her new book, Amy spent time with individuals whose lives are inextricably linked with salmon. Commercial fishermen take her on as crew; Alaska Native families teach her the art of preserving fish and culture; and sport fishing guides show her where to cast her line as well as her mind. Each experience expands our understanding of the “salmon way” in Alaska.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Puppy Training: A Step-by-Step Guide to Everything You Need to Know to Raise the Perfect Dog in a Positive Way, Without Stress and Anxiety by Zak Millan</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446989</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Puppy Training: A Step-by-Step Guide to Everything You Need to Know to Raise the Perfect Dog in a Positive Way, Without Stress and Anxiety
Author: Zak Millan
Narrator: Brandon Connell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 59 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 15
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to know the secrets to train an obedient puppy you will consider as a best friend? Do you want to see him enjoying through easy and fun tricks? If so, this is the right audio book for you! Even though dogs are very smart animals able to understand and follow very complex instructions, quite often it can be frustrating if they do not do what you want them to do. This might happen because you do not know how their training processes work. A correct day-to-day schedule will allow you to rely on when your dog must go to the toilet, when he has to exercise or eat, and so on. With the correct training techniques, your puppy will be able to identify when the right moment to take the right actions is. In this comprehensive guide, Zak Millan will explain you: •	When you should be consider yourself ready to have your first puppy; •	How to introduce your dog into your family; •	Techniques and general tips to train your puppy; •	Why it is important to start training soon; •	How to set up a correct nutrition plan for your puppy; •	How to understand your puppy needs; •	The biggest mistakes to avoid.  By following this training program, your puppy will live a happy, low-stress life as the well-behaved, well-trained pup of your dreams. What are you waiting for? Buy the audio book now and start this excting journey with your puppy!</description>
                  <author>Zak Millan</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662128004.mp3" length="1424410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446989</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662128004.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:59:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Puppy Training: A Step-by-Step Guide to Everything You Need to Know to Raise the Perfect Dog in a Positive Way, Without Stress and Anxiety
Author: Zak Millan
Narrator: Brandon Connell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 59 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 15
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to know the secrets to train an obedient puppy you will consider as a best friend? Do you want to see him enjoying through easy and fun tricks? If so, this is the right audio book for you! Even though dogs are very smart animals able to understand and follow very complex instructions, quite often it can be frustrating if they do not do what you want them to do. This might happen because you do not know how their training processes work. A correct day-to-day schedule will allow you to rely on when your dog must go to the toilet, when he has to exercise or eat, and so on. With the correct training techniques, your puppy will be able to identify when the right moment to take the right actions is. In this comprehensive guide, Zak Millan will explain you: •	When you should be consider yourself ready to have your first puppy; •	How to introduce your dog into your family; •	Techniques and general tips to train your puppy; •	Why it is important to start training soon; •	How to set up a correct nutrition plan for your puppy; •	How to understand your puppy needs; •	The biggest mistakes to avoid.  By following this training program, your puppy will live a happy, low-stress life as the well-behaved, well-trained pup of your dreams. What are you waiting for? Buy the audio book now and start this excting journey with your puppy!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Puppy Training: A Step-by-Step Guide to Everything You Need to Know to Raise the Perfect Dog in a Positive Way, Without Stress and Anxiety
Author: Zak Millan
Narrator: Brandon Connell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 59 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 15
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want to know the secrets to train an obedient puppy you will consider as a best friend? Do you want to see him enjoying through easy and fun tricks? If so, this is the right audio book for you! Even though dogs are very smart animals able to understand and follow very complex instructions, quite often it can be frustrating if they do not do what you want them to do. This might happen because you do not know how their training processes work. A correct day-to-day schedule will allow you to rely on when your dog must go to the toilet, when he has to exercise or eat, and so on. With the correct training techniques, your puppy will be able to identify when the right moment to take the right actions is. In this comprehensive guide, Zak Millan will explain you: •	When you should be consider yourself ready to have your first puppy; •	How to introduce your dog into your family; •	Techniques and general tips to train your puppy; •	Why it is important to start training soon; •	How to set up a correct nutrition plan for your puppy; •	How to understand your puppy needs; •	The biggest mistakes to avoid.  By following this training program, your puppy will live a happy, low-stress life as the well-behaved, well-trained pup of your dreams. What are you waiting for? Buy the audio book now and start this excting journey with your puppy!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Voyage Across an Ancient Ocean: A Bicycle Journey Through the Northern Dominion of Oil by David Goodrich</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445923</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Voyage Across an Ancient Ocean: A Bicycle Journey Through the Northern Dominion of Oil
Author: David Goodrich
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Recently recovered from his epic bicycle journey that took him from the Delaware shore to the Oregon coast, distinguished climate scientist David Goodrich sets out on his bike again to traverse the Western Interior Seaway-an ancient ocean that once spread across half of North America. When the waters cleared a geologic age ago, what was left behind was vast flat prairie, otherworldly rock formations, and oil shale deposits. As Goodrich journeys through the Badlands and Theodore Roosevelt National Park and across the prairies of the upper Midwest and Canada, we get a raw and ground-level view of where the tar sands and oil reserves are being opened up at an incredible and unprecedented pace. Extraordinary and unregulated, this “black goldrush” is boom and bust in every sense. In a manner reminiscent of John McPhee and Rachel Carson, combined with Goodrich’s wry self-deprecation and scientific expertise, A Voyage Across an Ancient Ocean is a galvanizing and adventure-filled listen that gets to the heart of drilling on our continent.</description>
                  <author>David Goodrich</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666541991.mp3" length="793206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445923</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666541991.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:43:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Voyage Across an Ancient Ocean: A Bicycle Journey Through the Northern Dominion of Oil
Author: David Goodrich
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Recently recovered from his epic bicycle journey that took him from the Delaware shore to the Oregon coast, distinguished climate scientist David Goodrich sets out on his bike again to traverse the Western Interior Seaway-an ancient ocean that once spread across half of North America. When the waters cleared a geologic age ago, what was left behind was vast flat prairie, otherworldly rock formations, and oil shale deposits. As Goodrich journeys through the Badlands and Theodore Roosevelt National Park and across the prairies of the upper Midwest and Canada, we get a raw and ground-level view of where the tar sands and oil reserves are being opened up at an incredible and unprecedented pace. Extraordinary and unregulated, this “black goldrush” is boom and bust in every sense. In a manner reminiscent of John McPhee and Rachel Carson, combined with Goodrich’s wry self-deprecation and scientific expertise, A Voyage Across an Ancient Ocean is a galvanizing and adventure-filled listen that gets to the heart of drilling on our continent.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Voyage Across an Ancient Ocean: A Bicycle Journey Through the Northern Dominion of Oil
Author: David Goodrich
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Recently recovered from his epic bicycle journey that took him from the Delaware shore to the Oregon coast, distinguished climate scientist David Goodrich sets out on his bike again to traverse the Western Interior Seaway-an ancient ocean that once spread across half of North America. When the waters cleared a geologic age ago, what was left behind was vast flat prairie, otherworldly rock formations, and oil shale deposits. As Goodrich journeys through the Badlands and Theodore Roosevelt National Park and across the prairies of the upper Midwest and Canada, we get a raw and ground-level view of where the tar sands and oil reserves are being opened up at an incredible and unprecedented pace. Extraordinary and unregulated, this “black goldrush” is boom and bust in every sense. In a manner reminiscent of John McPhee and Rachel Carson, combined with Goodrich’s wry self-deprecation and scientific expertise, A Voyage Across an Ancient Ocean is a galvanizing and adventure-filled listen that gets to the heart of drilling on our continent.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>How to Survive Anything: From the Wilderness to Man Made Disasters by Martin K. Ettington</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445692</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Survive Anything: From the Wilderness to Man Made Disasters
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
I recently wrote a book titled “33 Incredible Real Life Survival Stories” which caused me to be amazed at how people have the persistence to live when confronted by dangerous and deadly situations. I’m an old student of survival. First in my experiences with the Boy Scouts, and then my experiences as an adult backpacker and general sports activities. . There are other books out there by Special Forces operators and they prescribe lots of useful information. In this book I’ve included a lot of that type of survival information, but I also wanted to take a little different approach. The Boy Scouts have been part of my life since I was a kid. I was a Cub Scout, a Boy Scout. A scouting Eagle Scout, and later Scoutmaster, and Assistant Scoutmaster. Later on I also became a member of the Knoxville, Tennessee Volunteer Rescue Squad, and a Private Pilot among many other things. There is something to be said about the gradual acquiring of knowledge about survival and how it applies to how we live our lives. So I’ve taken that approach in this book—starting with morals, principles, and the spiritual aspects of survival, to the practical knowledge, and then how that information can be generalized to most situations. You can also bet that most military survival experts, Seals, and other Special Forces were probably Boy Scouts growing up too.  Most of them got their basis for survival skills and leadership skills in the Boy Scouts. The Scout Motto is “Be Prepared” and planning ahead is essential for surviving unexpected situations. Therefore, in this book we will give you a lot of lists of things you should get as emergency supplies and what skills to know to survive. The things you will learn about in this book are much of what we learned in the Scouts but we will be taking a deeper cut into the details.</description>
                  <author>Martin K. Ettington</author>
                  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798662796881.mp3" length="1229018" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445692</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798662796881.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:23:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Survive Anything: From the Wilderness to Man Made Disasters
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
I recently wrote a book titled “33 Incredible Real Life Survival Stories” which caused me to be amazed at how people have the persistence to live when confronted by dangerous and deadly situations. I’m an old student of survival. First in my experiences with the Boy Scouts, and then my experiences as an adult backpacker and general sports activities. . There are other books out there by Special Forces operators and they prescribe lots of useful information. In this book I’ve included a lot of that type of survival information, but I also wanted to take a little different approach. The Boy Scouts have been part of my life since I was a kid. I was a Cub Scout, a Boy Scout. A scouting Eagle Scout, and later Scoutmaster, and Assistant Scoutmaster. Later on I also became a member of the Knoxville, Tennessee Volunteer Rescue Squad, and a Private Pilot among many other things. There is something to be said about the gradual acquiring of knowledge about survival and how it applies to how we live our lives. So I’ve taken that approach in this book—starting with morals, principles, and the spiritual aspects of survival, to the practical knowledge, and then how that information can be generalized to most situations. You can also bet that most military survival experts, Seals, and other Special Forces were probably Boy Scouts growing up too.  Most of them got their basis for survival skills and leadership skills in the Boy Scouts. The Scout Motto is “Be Prepared” and planning ahead is essential for surviving unexpected situations. Therefore, in this book we will give you a lot of lists of things you should get as emergency supplies and what skills to know to survive. The things you will learn about in this book are much of what we learned in the Scouts but we will be taking a deeper cut into the details.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Survive Anything: From the Wilderness to Man Made Disasters
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
I recently wrote a book titled “33 Incredible Real Life Survival Stories” which caused me to be amazed at how people have the persistence to live when confronted by dangerous and deadly situations. I’m an old student of survival. First in my experiences with the Boy Scouts, and then my experiences as an adult backpacker and general sports activities. . There are other books out there by Special Forces operators and they prescribe lots of useful information. In this book I’ve included a lot of that type of survival information, but I also wanted to take a little different approach. The Boy Scouts have been part of my life since I was a kid. I was a Cub Scout, a Boy Scout. A scouting Eagle Scout, and later Scoutmaster, and Assistant Scoutmaster. Later on I also became a member of the Knoxville, Tennessee Volunteer Rescue Squad, and a Private Pilot among many other things. There is something to be said about the gradual acquiring of knowledge about survival and how it applies to how we live our lives. So I’ve taken that approach in this book—starting with morals, principles, and the spiritual aspects of survival, to the practical knowledge, and then how that information can be generalized to most situations. You can also bet that most military survival experts, Seals, and other Special Forces were probably Boy Scouts growing up too.  Most of them got their basis for survival skills and leadership skills in the Boy Scouts. The Scout Motto is “Be Prepared” and planning ahead is essential for surviving unexpected situations. Therefore, in this book we will give you a lot of lists of things you should get as emergency supplies and what skills to know to survive. The things you will learn about in this book are much of what we learned in the Scouts but we will be taking a deeper cut into the details.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Saving Us: A Climate Scientist&amp;#039;s Case for Hope and Healing in a Divided World by Katharine Hayhoe</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Saving Us: A Climate Scientist&amp;#039;s Case for Hope and Healing in a Divided World
Author: Katharine Hayhoe
Narrator: Katharine Hayhoe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
United Nations Champion of the Earth, climate scientist, and evangelical Christian Katharine Hayhoe changes the debate on how we can save our future in this nationally bestselling “optimistic view on why collective action is still possible—and how it can be realized” (The New York Times). Called “one of the nation’s most effective communicators on climate change” by The New York Times, Katharine Hayhoe knows how to navigate all sides of the conversation on our changing planet. A Canadian climate scientist living in Texas, she negotiates distrust of data, indifference to imminent threats, and resistance to proposed solutions with ease. Over the past fifteen years Hayhoe has found that the most important thing we can do to address climate change is talk about it—and she wants to teach you how.   In Saving Us, Hayhoe argues that when it comes to changing hearts and minds, facts are only one part of the equation. We need to find shared values in order to connect our unique identities to collective action. This is not another doomsday narrative about a planet on fire. It is a multilayered look at science, faith, and human psychology, from an icon in her field—recently named chief scientist at The Nature Conservancy.   Drawing on interdisciplinary research and personal stories, Hayhoe shows that small conversations can have astonishing results. Saving Us leaves us with the tools to open a dialogue with your loved ones about how we all can play a role in pushing forward for change.</description>
                  <author>Katharine Hayhoe</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797120539.mp3" length="870666" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797120539.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:7:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Saving Us: A Climate Scientist&amp;#039;s Case for Hope and Healing in a Divided World
Author: Katharine Hayhoe
Narrator: Katharine Hayhoe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
United Nations Champion of the Earth, climate scientist, and evangelical Christian Katharine Hayhoe changes the debate on how we can save our future in this nationally bestselling “optimistic view on why collective action is still possible—and how it can be realized” (The New York Times). Called “one of the nation’s most effective communicators on climate change” by The New York Times, Katharine Hayhoe knows how to navigate all sides of the conversation on our changing planet. A Canadian climate scientist living in Texas, she negotiates distrust of data, indifference to imminent threats, and resistance to proposed solutions with ease. Over the past fifteen years Hayhoe has found that the most important thing we can do to address climate change is talk about it—and she wants to teach you how.   In Saving Us, Hayhoe argues that when it comes to changing hearts and minds, facts are only one part of the equation. We need to find shared values in order to connect our unique identities to collective action. This is not another doomsday narrative about a planet on fire. It is a multilayered look at science, faith, and human psychology, from an icon in her field—recently named chief scientist at The Nature Conservancy.   Drawing on interdisciplinary research and personal stories, Hayhoe shows that small conversations can have astonishing results. Saving Us leaves us with the tools to open a dialogue with your loved ones about how we all can play a role in pushing forward for change.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Saving Us: A Climate Scientist&amp;#039;s Case for Hope and Healing in a Divided World
Author: Katharine Hayhoe
Narrator: Katharine Hayhoe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
United Nations Champion of the Earth, climate scientist, and evangelical Christian Katharine Hayhoe changes the debate on how we can save our future in this nationally bestselling “optimistic view on why collective action is still possible—and how it can be realized” (The New York Times). Called “one of the nation’s most effective communicators on climate change” by The New York Times, Katharine Hayhoe knows how to navigate all sides of the conversation on our changing planet. A Canadian climate scientist living in Texas, she negotiates distrust of data, indifference to imminent threats, and resistance to proposed solutions with ease. Over the past fifteen years Hayhoe has found that the most important thing we can do to address climate change is talk about it—and she wants to teach you how.   In Saving Us, Hayhoe argues that when it comes to changing hearts and minds, facts are only one part of the equation. We need to find shared values in order to connect our unique identities to collective action. This is not another doomsday narrative about a planet on fire. It is a multilayered look at science, faith, and human psychology, from an icon in her field—recently named chief scientist at The Nature Conservancy.   Drawing on interdisciplinary research and personal stories, Hayhoe shows that small conversations can have astonishing results. Saving Us leaves us with the tools to open a dialogue with your loved ones about how we all can play a role in pushing forward for change.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Water for Any Farm: Applying Restoration Agriculture Water Management Methods on Your Farm by Mark Shepard</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444932</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Water for Any Farm: Applying Restoration Agriculture Water Management Methods on Your Farm
Author: Mark Shepard
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
New from bestselling author Mark Shepard! Written as a companion to the bestseller, Restoration Agriculture, this book will help farmers capture water in areas they want to, and avoid having water flow immediately to the low point. The result? Less water expense, healthier crops and livestock, and less erosion . . . just to name a few. What you will listen to in this book is a distillation of over twenty-five years of on-the-ground experience working with and modifying the Yeomans Keyline Plan. From the back yard suburbs to 10,000-acre ranches and everywhere in between, from permafrost mountainsides just shy of the Arctic Circle, to equatorial boulder fields of East Africa, areas with 300 inches of rain per year to those with less than three inches, I have personally installed systems based on the Keyline design methodology and its modified forms. What you will listen to in this book is tried and true. It is intended to give a sufficient background to any landowner so that they can optimize their water resource for higher site productivity, have greater drought resistance and just as importantly, to know deep in their heart that they have made even one little piece of earth a little more life-filled, livable and green.</description>
                  <author>Mark Shepard</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705255766.mp3" length="8528655" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444932</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705255766.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:26:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Water for Any Farm: Applying Restoration Agriculture Water Management Methods on Your Farm
Author: Mark Shepard
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
New from bestselling author Mark Shepard! Written as a companion to the bestseller, Restoration Agriculture, this book will help farmers capture water in areas they want to, and avoid having water flow immediately to the low point. The result? Less water expense, healthier crops and livestock, and less erosion . . . just to name a few. What you will listen to in this book is a distillation of over twenty-five years of on-the-ground experience working with and modifying the Yeomans Keyline Plan. From the back yard suburbs to 10,000-acre ranches and everywhere in between, from permafrost mountainsides just shy of the Arctic Circle, to equatorial boulder fields of East Africa, areas with 300 inches of rain per year to those with less than three inches, I have personally installed systems based on the Keyline design methodology and its modified forms. What you will listen to in this book is tried and true. It is intended to give a sufficient background to any landowner so that they can optimize their water resource for higher site productivity, have greater drought resistance and just as importantly, to know deep in their heart that they have made even one little piece of earth a little more life-filled, livable and green.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Water for Any Farm: Applying Restoration Agriculture Water Management Methods on Your Farm
Author: Mark Shepard
Narrator: Matthew Boston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
New from bestselling author Mark Shepard! Written as a companion to the bestseller, Restoration Agriculture, this book will help farmers capture water in areas they want to, and avoid having water flow immediately to the low point. The result? Less water expense, healthier crops and livestock, and less erosion . . . just to name a few. What you will listen to in this book is a distillation of over twenty-five years of on-the-ground experience working with and modifying the Yeomans Keyline Plan. From the back yard suburbs to 10,000-acre ranches and everywhere in between, from permafrost mountainsides just shy of the Arctic Circle, to equatorial boulder fields of East Africa, areas with 300 inches of rain per year to those with less than three inches, I have personally installed systems based on the Keyline design methodology and its modified forms. What you will listen to in this book is tried and true. It is intended to give a sufficient background to any landowner so that they can optimize their water resource for higher site productivity, have greater drought resistance and just as importantly, to know deep in their heart that they have made even one little piece of earth a little more life-filled, livable and green.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Master Martial Arts by Randy Charach</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444698</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Master Martial Arts
Author: Randy Charach
Narrator: Randy Charach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
You can become a martial arts master with this self-hypnosis program. Randy will help you focus on what is required to be the master you are longing to be. - Randy Charach is undoubtedly among America’s top mind-menders, renowned as a results-only hypnotist and hypnotherapist. Randy’s abilities are in demand for both TV work (entertainment) in addition to his world famous clinical work.  He is a certified trainer in the D.I.S.C. Personality Profiling system and author of over 20 books and audio programs. In America his &amp;#039;one on one&amp;#039; expenses begin at $5200. His products are continuously in demand. His famed self-hypnosis workshops, clinics and audio effectively solve problems, in all areas of his clients business and personal lives, all over the globe.  Stay on Randy’s established program for thirty days, and you too can have control over your attitude to your distinct problem – GUARANTEED!</description>
                  <author>Randy Charach</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788711672808.mp3" length="781222" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444698</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788711672808.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:35:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Master Martial Arts
Author: Randy Charach
Narrator: Randy Charach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
You can become a martial arts master with this self-hypnosis program. Randy will help you focus on what is required to be the master you are longing to be. - Randy Charach is undoubtedly among America’s top mind-menders, renowned as a results-only hypnotist and hypnotherapist. Randy’s abilities are in demand for both TV work (entertainment) in addition to his world famous clinical work.  He is a certified trainer in the D.I.S.C. Personality Profiling system and author of over 20 books and audio programs. In America his &amp;#039;one on one&amp;#039; expenses begin at $5200. His products are continuously in demand. His famed self-hypnosis workshops, clinics and audio effectively solve problems, in all areas of his clients business and personal lives, all over the globe.  Stay on Randy’s established program for thirty days, and you too can have control over your attitude to your distinct problem – GUARANTEED!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Master Martial Arts
Author: Randy Charach
Narrator: Randy Charach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
You can become a martial arts master with this self-hypnosis program. Randy will help you focus on what is required to be the master you are longing to be. - Randy Charach is undoubtedly among America’s top mind-menders, renowned as a results-only hypnotist and hypnotherapist. Randy’s abilities are in demand for both TV work (entertainment) in addition to his world famous clinical work.  He is a certified trainer in the D.I.S.C. Personality Profiling system and author of over 20 books and audio programs. In America his &amp;#039;one on one&amp;#039; expenses begin at $5200. His products are continuously in demand. His famed self-hypnosis workshops, clinics and audio effectively solve problems, in all areas of his clients business and personal lives, all over the globe.  Stay on Randy’s established program for thirty days, and you too can have control over your attitude to your distinct problem – GUARANTEED!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Most Remarkable Creature: The Hidden Life and Epic Journey of the World&amp;#039;s Smartest Birds of Prey by Jonathan Meiburg</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444518</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Remarkable Creature: The Hidden Life and Epic Journey of the World&amp;#039;s Smartest Birds of Prey
Author: Jonathan Meiburg
Narrator: Jonathan Meiburg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Utterly captivating and beautifully written, this book is a hugely entertaining and enlightening exploration of a bird so wickedly smart, curious, and social, it boggles the mind.”—Jennifer Ackerman, author of The Bird Way “A fascinating, entertaining, and totally engrossing story.”—David Sibley, author of What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird  An enthralling account of a modern voyage of discovery as we meet the clever, social birds of prey called caracaras, which puzzled Darwin, fascinate modern-day falconers, and carry secrets of our planet&amp;#039;s deep past in their family history. “As curious, wide-ranging, gregarious, and intelligent as its subject.”—Charles C. Mann, author of 1491 In 1833, Charles Darwin was astonished by an animal he met in the Falkland Islands: handsome, social, and oddly crow-like falcons that were &amp;#039;tame and inquisitive . . . quarrelsome and passionate,&amp;#039; and so insatiably curious that they stole hats, compasses, and other valuables from the crew of the Beagle. Darwin wondered why these birds were confined to remote islands at the tip of South America, sensing a larger story, but he set this mystery aside and never returned to it.   Almost two hundred years later, Jonathan Meiburg takes up this chase. He takes us through South America, from the fog-bound coasts of Tierra del Fuego to the tropical forests of Guyana, in search of these birds: striated caracaras, which still exist, though they&amp;#039;re very rare. He reveals the wild, fascinating story of their history, origins, and possible futures. And along the way, he draws us into the life and work of William Henry Hudson, the Victorian writer and naturalist who championed caracaras as an unsung wonder of the natural world, and to falconry parks in the English countryside, where captive caracaras perform incredible feats of memory and problem-solving. A Most Remarkable Creature is a hybrid of science writing, travelogue, and biography, as generous and accessible as it is sophisticated, and absolutely riveting.</description>
                  <author>Jonathan Meiburg</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593349014.mp3" length="2885204" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444518</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593349014.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:52:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Remarkable Creature: The Hidden Life and Epic Journey of the World&amp;#039;s Smartest Birds of Prey
Author: Jonathan Meiburg
Narrator: Jonathan Meiburg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Utterly captivating and beautifully written, this book is a hugely entertaining and enlightening exploration of a bird so wickedly smart, curious, and social, it boggles the mind.”—Jennifer Ackerman, author of The Bird Way “A fascinating, entertaining, and totally engrossing story.”—David Sibley, author of What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird  An enthralling account of a modern voyage of discovery as we meet the clever, social birds of prey called caracaras, which puzzled Darwin, fascinate modern-day falconers, and carry secrets of our planet&amp;#039;s deep past in their family history. “As curious, wide-ranging, gregarious, and intelligent as its subject.”—Charles C. Mann, author of 1491 In 1833, Charles Darwin was astonished by an animal he met in the Falkland Islands: handsome, social, and oddly crow-like falcons that were &amp;#039;tame and inquisitive . . . quarrelsome and passionate,&amp;#039; and so insatiably curious that they stole hats, compasses, and other valuables from the crew of the Beagle. Darwin wondered why these birds were confined to remote islands at the tip of South America, sensing a larger story, but he set this mystery aside and never returned to it.   Almost two hundred years later, Jonathan Meiburg takes up this chase. He takes us through South America, from the fog-bound coasts of Tierra del Fuego to the tropical forests of Guyana, in search of these birds: striated caracaras, which still exist, though they&amp;#039;re very rare. He reveals the wild, fascinating story of their history, origins, and possible futures. And along the way, he draws us into the life and work of William Henry Hudson, the Victorian writer and naturalist who championed caracaras as an unsung wonder of the natural world, and to falconry parks in the English countryside, where captive caracaras perform incredible feats of memory and problem-solving. A Most Remarkable Creature is a hybrid of science writing, travelogue, and biography, as generous and accessible as it is sophisticated, and absolutely riveting.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Remarkable Creature: The Hidden Life and Epic Journey of the World&amp;#039;s Smartest Birds of Prey
Author: Jonathan Meiburg
Narrator: Jonathan Meiburg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Utterly captivating and beautifully written, this book is a hugely entertaining and enlightening exploration of a bird so wickedly smart, curious, and social, it boggles the mind.”—Jennifer Ackerman, author of The Bird Way “A fascinating, entertaining, and totally engrossing story.”—David Sibley, author of What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird  An enthralling account of a modern voyage of discovery as we meet the clever, social birds of prey called caracaras, which puzzled Darwin, fascinate modern-day falconers, and carry secrets of our planet&amp;#039;s deep past in their family history. “As curious, wide-ranging, gregarious, and intelligent as its subject.”—Charles C. Mann, author of 1491 In 1833, Charles Darwin was astonished by an animal he met in the Falkland Islands: handsome, social, and oddly crow-like falcons that were &amp;#039;tame and inquisitive . . . quarrelsome and passionate,&amp;#039; and so insatiably curious that they stole hats, compasses, and other valuables from the crew of the Beagle. Darwin wondered why these birds were confined to remote islands at the tip of South America, sensing a larger story, but he set this mystery aside and never returned to it.   Almost two hundred years later, Jonathan Meiburg takes up this chase. He takes us through South America, from the fog-bound coasts of Tierra del Fuego to the tropical forests of Guyana, in search of these birds: striated caracaras, which still exist, though they&amp;#039;re very rare. He reveals the wild, fascinating story of their history, origins, and possible futures. And along the way, he draws us into the life and work of William Henry Hudson, the Victorian writer and naturalist who championed caracaras as an unsung wonder of the natural world, and to falconry parks in the English countryside, where captive caracaras perform incredible feats of memory and problem-solving. A Most Remarkable Creature is a hybrid of science writing, travelogue, and biography, as generous and accessible as it is sophisticated, and absolutely riveting.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth by Tony Hiss</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth
Author: Tony Hiss
Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning author of The Experience of Place delivers an &amp;#039;upbeat and engaging account of the remarkable progress being made to preserve vast wild spaces for animals to roam&amp;#039; (The Wall Street Journal)—and an urgent call to protect 50 percent of the earth&amp;#039;s land by 2050—thereby saving millions of its species.   Beginning in the vast North American Boreal Forest that stretches through Canada, and roving across the continent, from the Northern Sierra to Alabama&amp;#039;s Paint Rock Forest, from the Appalachian Trail to a ranch in Mexico, Tony Hiss sets out on a journey to take stock of the &amp;#039;superorganism&amp;#039; that is the earth: its land, its elements, its plants and animals, its greatest threats--and what we can do to keep it, and ourselves, alive. Hiss not only invites us to understand the scope and gravity of the problems we face, but also makes the case for why protecting half the land is the way to fix those problems. He highlights the important work of the many groups already involved in this fight, such as the Indigenous Leadership Initiative, the Yellowstone to Yukon Conservation Initiative, and the global animal tracking project ICARUS. And he introduces us to the engineers, geologists, biologists, botanists, oceanographers, ecologists, and other &amp;#039;Half Earthers&amp;#039; like Hiss himself who are allied in their dedication to the unifying, essential cause of saving our own planet from ourselves. Tender, impassioned, curious, and above all else inspiring, Rescuing the Planet is a work that promises to make all of us better citizens of the earth.</description>
                  <author>Tony Hiss</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593349120.mp3" length="2675437" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593349120.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth
Author: Tony Hiss
Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning author of The Experience of Place delivers an &amp;#039;upbeat and engaging account of the remarkable progress being made to preserve vast wild spaces for animals to roam&amp;#039; (The Wall Street Journal)—and an urgent call to protect 50 percent of the earth&amp;#039;s land by 2050—thereby saving millions of its species.   Beginning in the vast North American Boreal Forest that stretches through Canada, and roving across the continent, from the Northern Sierra to Alabama&amp;#039;s Paint Rock Forest, from the Appalachian Trail to a ranch in Mexico, Tony Hiss sets out on a journey to take stock of the &amp;#039;superorganism&amp;#039; that is the earth: its land, its elements, its plants and animals, its greatest threats--and what we can do to keep it, and ourselves, alive. Hiss not only invites us to understand the scope and gravity of the problems we face, but also makes the case for why protecting half the land is the way to fix those problems. He highlights the important work of the many groups already involved in this fight, such as the Indigenous Leadership Initiative, the Yellowstone to Yukon Conservation Initiative, and the global animal tracking project ICARUS. And he introduces us to the engineers, geologists, biologists, botanists, oceanographers, ecologists, and other &amp;#039;Half Earthers&amp;#039; like Hiss himself who are allied in their dedication to the unifying, essential cause of saving our own planet from ourselves. Tender, impassioned, curious, and above all else inspiring, Rescuing the Planet is a work that promises to make all of us better citizens of the earth.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth
Author: Tony Hiss
Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning author of The Experience of Place delivers an &amp;#039;upbeat and engaging account of the remarkable progress being made to preserve vast wild spaces for animals to roam&amp;#039; (The Wall Street Journal)—and an urgent call to protect 50 percent of the earth&amp;#039;s land by 2050—thereby saving millions of its species.   Beginning in the vast North American Boreal Forest that stretches through Canada, and roving across the continent, from the Northern Sierra to Alabama&amp;#039;s Paint Rock Forest, from the Appalachian Trail to a ranch in Mexico, Tony Hiss sets out on a journey to take stock of the &amp;#039;superorganism&amp;#039; that is the earth: its land, its elements, its plants and animals, its greatest threats--and what we can do to keep it, and ourselves, alive. Hiss not only invites us to understand the scope and gravity of the problems we face, but also makes the case for why protecting half the land is the way to fix those problems. He highlights the important work of the many groups already involved in this fight, such as the Indigenous Leadership Initiative, the Yellowstone to Yukon Conservation Initiative, and the global animal tracking project ICARUS. And he introduces us to the engineers, geologists, biologists, botanists, oceanographers, ecologists, and other &amp;#039;Half Earthers&amp;#039; like Hiss himself who are allied in their dedication to the unifying, essential cause of saving our own planet from ourselves. Tender, impassioned, curious, and above all else inspiring, Rescuing the Planet is a work that promises to make all of us better citizens of the earth.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>How Are We Going to Explain This?: Our Future on a Hot Earth by Jelmer Mommers</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Are We Going to Explain This?: Our Future on a Hot Earth
Author: Jelmer Mommers
Narrator: Simon Darwen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There’s a new story in the making, one in which the consequences of our actions add up—and every contribution is meaningful. If climate change is the biggest threat humanity has ever faced, then why are we doing so little about it? And where do we go from here?   Journalist Jelmer Mommers knows most people prefer not to talk or even think about climate change, and that is exactly why he wrote this book. Denial and despair are not the only possible responses to the current crisis.   Drawing on the latest science, Mommers describes how we got here, what possible future awaits us, and how you can help make a difference.    Five years in the making, How Are We Going to Explain This was an instant bestseller in the Netherlands. With this revised and updated translation, including responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, Mommers brings his unique blend of realism and hope to the wider world.</description>
                  <author>Jelmer Mommers</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797120270.mp3" length="745236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797120270.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:28:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Are We Going to Explain This?: Our Future on a Hot Earth
Author: Jelmer Mommers
Narrator: Simon Darwen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There’s a new story in the making, one in which the consequences of our actions add up—and every contribution is meaningful. If climate change is the biggest threat humanity has ever faced, then why are we doing so little about it? And where do we go from here?   Journalist Jelmer Mommers knows most people prefer not to talk or even think about climate change, and that is exactly why he wrote this book. Denial and despair are not the only possible responses to the current crisis.   Drawing on the latest science, Mommers describes how we got here, what possible future awaits us, and how you can help make a difference.    Five years in the making, How Are We Going to Explain This was an instant bestseller in the Netherlands. With this revised and updated translation, including responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, Mommers brings his unique blend of realism and hope to the wider world.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Are We Going to Explain This?: Our Future on a Hot Earth
Author: Jelmer Mommers
Narrator: Simon Darwen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There’s a new story in the making, one in which the consequences of our actions add up—and every contribution is meaningful. If climate change is the biggest threat humanity has ever faced, then why are we doing so little about it? And where do we go from here?   Journalist Jelmer Mommers knows most people prefer not to talk or even think about climate change, and that is exactly why he wrote this book. Denial and despair are not the only possible responses to the current crisis.   Drawing on the latest science, Mommers describes how we got here, what possible future awaits us, and how you can help make a difference.    Five years in the making, How Are We Going to Explain This was an instant bestseller in the Netherlands. With this revised and updated translation, including responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, Mommers brings his unique blend of realism and hope to the wider world.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Book of Eels: Their Lives, Secrets and Myths by Tom Fort</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Eels: Their Lives, Secrets and Myths
Author: Tom Fort
Narrator: Richard Derrington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What has been the dish of kings, the subject of myths and the traveller of epic and mysterious journeys? The eel.           Beginning life in the Sargasso Sea, the eel travels across the ocean, lives for twenty or so years, and then is driven by some instinct back across the ocean to spawn and die. And the next generation starts the story again. No one knows why the eels return, or how the orphaned elvers learn their way back. One man discovered, after many adventures, the breeding ground of all eels – and he is the hero of this book.           Eels were being caught and consumed 5000 years before the birth of Christ – Aristotle and Pliny wrote about them; Romans regarded them as a peerless delicacy; Egyptians accorded them semi-sacred status; English kings died of overeating them. There are many strange practices among eel fishers all over the world, and many great fortunes based upon the eel harvest.           The Book of Eels, a combination of social comment, biography and natural history, is also a fascinating and witty account of Tom Fort’s obsession with the eel, his journeying to discover the eel in all its habitats, and the people he meets in his pursuit.</description>
                  <author>Tom Fort</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008438906.mp3" length="1339947" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008438906.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:36:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Eels: Their Lives, Secrets and Myths
Author: Tom Fort
Narrator: Richard Derrington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What has been the dish of kings, the subject of myths and the traveller of epic and mysterious journeys? The eel.           Beginning life in the Sargasso Sea, the eel travels across the ocean, lives for twenty or so years, and then is driven by some instinct back across the ocean to spawn and die. And the next generation starts the story again. No one knows why the eels return, or how the orphaned elvers learn their way back. One man discovered, after many adventures, the breeding ground of all eels – and he is the hero of this book.           Eels were being caught and consumed 5000 years before the birth of Christ – Aristotle and Pliny wrote about them; Romans regarded them as a peerless delicacy; Egyptians accorded them semi-sacred status; English kings died of overeating them. There are many strange practices among eel fishers all over the world, and many great fortunes based upon the eel harvest.           The Book of Eels, a combination of social comment, biography and natural history, is also a fascinating and witty account of Tom Fort’s obsession with the eel, his journeying to discover the eel in all its habitats, and the people he meets in his pursuit.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Eels: Their Lives, Secrets and Myths
Author: Tom Fort
Narrator: Richard Derrington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What has been the dish of kings, the subject of myths and the traveller of epic and mysterious journeys? The eel.           Beginning life in the Sargasso Sea, the eel travels across the ocean, lives for twenty or so years, and then is driven by some instinct back across the ocean to spawn and die. And the next generation starts the story again. No one knows why the eels return, or how the orphaned elvers learn their way back. One man discovered, after many adventures, the breeding ground of all eels – and he is the hero of this book.           Eels were being caught and consumed 5000 years before the birth of Christ – Aristotle and Pliny wrote about them; Romans regarded them as a peerless delicacy; Egyptians accorded them semi-sacred status; English kings died of overeating them. There are many strange practices among eel fishers all over the world, and many great fortunes based upon the eel harvest.           The Book of Eels, a combination of social comment, biography and natural history, is also a fascinating and witty account of Tom Fort’s obsession with the eel, his journeying to discover the eel in all its habitats, and the people he meets in his pursuit.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Nature Obscura: A City’s Hidden Natural World by Kelly Brenner</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443533</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Obscura: A City’s Hidden Natural World
Author: Kelly Brenner
Narrator: Erica Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A distinctive, funny, inspiring, and intimate dive into urban nature. With wonder and a sense of humor, Nature Obscura author Kelly Brenner aims to help us rediscover our connection to the natural world that is just outside our front door—we just need to know where to look. Through explorations of a rich and varied urban landscape, Brenner reveals the complex micro-habitats and surprising nature found in the middle of a city. In her hometown of Seattle, which has plowed down hills, cut through the land to connect fresh- and saltwater, and paved over much of the rest, she exposes a diverse range of strange and unknown creatures. From shore to wetland, forest to neighborhood park, and graveyard to backyard, Brenner uncovers how our land alterations have impacted nature, for good and bad, through the wildlife and plants that live alongside us, often unseen. These stories meld together, in the same way our ecosystems, species, and human history are interconnected across the urban environment.</description>
                  <author>Kelly Brenner</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094153797.mp3" length="791086" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443533</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094153797.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:52:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Obscura: A City’s Hidden Natural World
Author: Kelly Brenner
Narrator: Erica Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A distinctive, funny, inspiring, and intimate dive into urban nature. With wonder and a sense of humor, Nature Obscura author Kelly Brenner aims to help us rediscover our connection to the natural world that is just outside our front door—we just need to know where to look. Through explorations of a rich and varied urban landscape, Brenner reveals the complex micro-habitats and surprising nature found in the middle of a city. In her hometown of Seattle, which has plowed down hills, cut through the land to connect fresh- and saltwater, and paved over much of the rest, she exposes a diverse range of strange and unknown creatures. From shore to wetland, forest to neighborhood park, and graveyard to backyard, Brenner uncovers how our land alterations have impacted nature, for good and bad, through the wildlife and plants that live alongside us, often unseen. These stories meld together, in the same way our ecosystems, species, and human history are interconnected across the urban environment.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Obscura: A City’s Hidden Natural World
Author: Kelly Brenner
Narrator: Erica Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A distinctive, funny, inspiring, and intimate dive into urban nature. With wonder and a sense of humor, Nature Obscura author Kelly Brenner aims to help us rediscover our connection to the natural world that is just outside our front door—we just need to know where to look. Through explorations of a rich and varied urban landscape, Brenner reveals the complex micro-habitats and surprising nature found in the middle of a city. In her hometown of Seattle, which has plowed down hills, cut through the land to connect fresh- and saltwater, and paved over much of the rest, she exposes a diverse range of strange and unknown creatures. From shore to wetland, forest to neighborhood park, and graveyard to backyard, Brenner uncovers how our land alterations have impacted nature, for good and bad, through the wildlife and plants that live alongside us, often unseen. These stories meld together, in the same way our ecosystems, species, and human history are interconnected across the urban environment.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Loneliest Polar Bear: A True Story of Survival and Peril on the Edge of a Warming World by Kale Williams</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443086</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Loneliest Polar Bear: A True Story of Survival and Peril on the Edge of a Warming World
Author: Kale Williams
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A moving story of abandonment, love, and survival against the odds.”—Dr. Jane Goodall   The heartbreaking and ultimately hopeful story of an abandoned polar bear cub named Nora and the humans working tirelessly to save her and her species, whose uncertain future in the accelerating climate crisis is closely tied to our own Six days after giving birth, a polar bear named Aurora got up and walked away from her den at the Columbus Zoo, leaving her tiny squealing cub to fend for herself. Hours later, Aurora still hadn’t returned. The cub was furless and blind, and with her temperature dropping dangerously, the zookeepers entrusted with her care felt they had no choice: They would have to raise one of the most dangerous predators in the world by hand. Over the next few weeks, a group of veterinarians and zookeepers worked around the clock to save the cub, whom they called Nora. Humans rarely get as close to a polar bear as Nora’s keepers got to their fuzzy charge. But the two species have long been intertwined. Three decades before Nora’s birth, her father, Nanuq, was orphaned when an Inupiat hunter killed his mother, leaving Nanuq to be sent to a zoo. That hunter, Gene Agnaboogok, now faces some of the same threats as the wild bears near his Alaskan village of Wales, on the westernmost tip of the North American continent. As sea ice diminishes and temperatures creep up year after year, Agnaboogok and the polar bears—and everyone and everything else living in the far north—are being forced to adapt. Not all of them will succeed.  Sweeping and tender, The Loneliest Polar Bear explores the fraught relationship humans have with the natural world, the exploitative and sinister causes of the environmental mess we find ourselves in, and how the fate of polar bears is not theirs alone.</description>
                  <author>Kale Williams</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593340080.mp3" length="2780087" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443086</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593340080.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Loneliest Polar Bear: A True Story of Survival and Peril on the Edge of a Warming World
Author: Kale Williams
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A moving story of abandonment, love, and survival against the odds.”—Dr. Jane Goodall   The heartbreaking and ultimately hopeful story of an abandoned polar bear cub named Nora and the humans working tirelessly to save her and her species, whose uncertain future in the accelerating climate crisis is closely tied to our own Six days after giving birth, a polar bear named Aurora got up and walked away from her den at the Columbus Zoo, leaving her tiny squealing cub to fend for herself. Hours later, Aurora still hadn’t returned. The cub was furless and blind, and with her temperature dropping dangerously, the zookeepers entrusted with her care felt they had no choice: They would have to raise one of the most dangerous predators in the world by hand. Over the next few weeks, a group of veterinarians and zookeepers worked around the clock to save the cub, whom they called Nora. Humans rarely get as close to a polar bear as Nora’s keepers got to their fuzzy charge. But the two species have long been intertwined. Three decades before Nora’s birth, her father, Nanuq, was orphaned when an Inupiat hunter killed his mother, leaving Nanuq to be sent to a zoo. That hunter, Gene Agnaboogok, now faces some of the same threats as the wild bears near his Alaskan village of Wales, on the westernmost tip of the North American continent. As sea ice diminishes and temperatures creep up year after year, Agnaboogok and the polar bears—and everyone and everything else living in the far north—are being forced to adapt. Not all of them will succeed.  Sweeping and tender, The Loneliest Polar Bear explores the fraught relationship humans have with the natural world, the exploitative and sinister causes of the environmental mess we find ourselves in, and how the fate of polar bears is not theirs alone.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Loneliest Polar Bear: A True Story of Survival and Peril on the Edge of a Warming World
Author: Kale Williams
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A moving story of abandonment, love, and survival against the odds.”—Dr. Jane Goodall   The heartbreaking and ultimately hopeful story of an abandoned polar bear cub named Nora and the humans working tirelessly to save her and her species, whose uncertain future in the accelerating climate crisis is closely tied to our own Six days after giving birth, a polar bear named Aurora got up and walked away from her den at the Columbus Zoo, leaving her tiny squealing cub to fend for herself. Hours later, Aurora still hadn’t returned. The cub was furless and blind, and with her temperature dropping dangerously, the zookeepers entrusted with her care felt they had no choice: They would have to raise one of the most dangerous predators in the world by hand. Over the next few weeks, a group of veterinarians and zookeepers worked around the clock to save the cub, whom they called Nora. Humans rarely get as close to a polar bear as Nora’s keepers got to their fuzzy charge. But the two species have long been intertwined. Three decades before Nora’s birth, her father, Nanuq, was orphaned when an Inupiat hunter killed his mother, leaving Nanuq to be sent to a zoo. That hunter, Gene Agnaboogok, now faces some of the same threats as the wild bears near his Alaskan village of Wales, on the westernmost tip of the North American continent. As sea ice diminishes and temperatures creep up year after year, Agnaboogok and the polar bears—and everyone and everything else living in the far north—are being forced to adapt. Not all of them will succeed.  Sweeping and tender, The Loneliest Polar Bear explores the fraught relationship humans have with the natural world, the exploitative and sinister causes of the environmental mess we find ourselves in, and how the fate of polar bears is not theirs alone.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a Country from Corporate Greed by John Cavanagh, Robin Broad</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a Country from Corporate Greed
Author: John Cavanagh, Robin Broad
Narrator: Ximena Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2021 Duke University Juan Mendez Award Named one of The Progressive’s “Favorite Books of 2021” and one of the “Best of Books 2021” by Foreign Affairs The David and Goliath story of ordinary people in El Salvador who rallied together with international allies to prevent a global mining corporation from poisoning the country’s main water source At a time when countless communities are resisting powerful corporations—from Flint, Michigan, to the Standing Rock Reservation, to Didipio in the Philippines, to the Gualcarque River in Honduras—The Water Defenders tells the inspirational story of a community that took on an international mining corporation at seemingly insurmountable odds and won not one but two historic victories. In the early 2000s, many people in El Salvador were at first excited by the prospect of jobs, progress, and prosperity that the Pacific Rim mining company promised. However, farmer Vidalina Morales, brothers Marcelo and Miguel Rivera, and others soon discovered that the river system supplying water to the majority of Salvadorans was in danger of catastrophic contamination. With a group of unlikely allies, local and global, they committed to stop the corporation and the destruction of their home. Based on over a decade of research and their own role as international allies of the community groups in El Salvador, Robin Broad and John Cavanagh unspool this untold story—a tale replete with corporate greed, a transnational lawsuit at a secretive World Bank tribunal in Washington, violent threats, murders, and—surprisingly—victory. The husband-and-wife duo immerses the reader in the lives of the Salvadoran villagers, the journeys of the local activists who sought the truth about the effects of gold mining on the environment, and the behind-the-scenes maneuverings of the corporate mining executives and their lawyers. The Water Defenders demands that we examine our assumptions about progress and prosperity, while providing valuable lessons for those fighting against destructive corporations in the United States and across the world.</description>
                  <author>John Cavanagh, Robin Broad</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807029312.mp3" length="2681243" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807029312.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a Country from Corporate Greed
Author: John Cavanagh, Robin Broad
Narrator: Ximena Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2021 Duke University Juan Mendez Award Named one of The Progressive’s “Favorite Books of 2021” and one of the “Best of Books 2021” by Foreign Affairs The David and Goliath story of ordinary people in El Salvador who rallied together with international allies to prevent a global mining corporation from poisoning the country’s main water source At a time when countless communities are resisting powerful corporations—from Flint, Michigan, to the Standing Rock Reservation, to Didipio in the Philippines, to the Gualcarque River in Honduras—The Water Defenders tells the inspirational story of a community that took on an international mining corporation at seemingly insurmountable odds and won not one but two historic victories. In the early 2000s, many people in El Salvador were at first excited by the prospect of jobs, progress, and prosperity that the Pacific Rim mining company promised. However, farmer Vidalina Morales, brothers Marcelo and Miguel Rivera, and others soon discovered that the river system supplying water to the majority of Salvadorans was in danger of catastrophic contamination. With a group of unlikely allies, local and global, they committed to stop the corporation and the destruction of their home. Based on over a decade of research and their own role as international allies of the community groups in El Salvador, Robin Broad and John Cavanagh unspool this untold story—a tale replete with corporate greed, a transnational lawsuit at a secretive World Bank tribunal in Washington, violent threats, murders, and—surprisingly—victory. The husband-and-wife duo immerses the reader in the lives of the Salvadoran villagers, the journeys of the local activists who sought the truth about the effects of gold mining on the environment, and the behind-the-scenes maneuverings of the corporate mining executives and their lawyers. The Water Defenders demands that we examine our assumptions about progress and prosperity, while providing valuable lessons for those fighting against destructive corporations in the United States and across the world.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a Country from Corporate Greed
Author: John Cavanagh, Robin Broad
Narrator: Ximena Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2021 Duke University Juan Mendez Award Named one of The Progressive’s “Favorite Books of 2021” and one of the “Best of Books 2021” by Foreign Affairs The David and Goliath story of ordinary people in El Salvador who rallied together with international allies to prevent a global mining corporation from poisoning the country’s main water source At a time when countless communities are resisting powerful corporations—from Flint, Michigan, to the Standing Rock Reservation, to Didipio in the Philippines, to the Gualcarque River in Honduras—The Water Defenders tells the inspirational story of a community that took on an international mining corporation at seemingly insurmountable odds and won not one but two historic victories. In the early 2000s, many people in El Salvador were at first excited by the prospect of jobs, progress, and prosperity that the Pacific Rim mining company promised. However, farmer Vidalina Morales, brothers Marcelo and Miguel Rivera, and others soon discovered that the river system supplying water to the majority of Salvadorans was in danger of catastrophic contamination. With a group of unlikely allies, local and global, they committed to stop the corporation and the destruction of their home. Based on over a decade of research and their own role as international allies of the community groups in El Salvador, Robin Broad and John Cavanagh unspool this untold story—a tale replete with corporate greed, a transnational lawsuit at a secretive World Bank tribunal in Washington, violent threats, murders, and—surprisingly—victory. The husband-and-wife duo immerses the reader in the lives of the Salvadoran villagers, the journeys of the local activists who sought the truth about the effects of gold mining on the environment, and the behind-the-scenes maneuverings of the corporate mining executives and their lawyers. The Water Defenders demands that we examine our assumptions about progress and prosperity, while providing valuable lessons for those fighting against destructive corporations in the United States and across the world.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Featherhood: A Memoir of Two Fathers and a Magpie by Charlie Gilmour</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442963</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Featherhood: A Memoir of Two Fathers and a Magpie
Author: Charlie Gilmour
Narrator: Charlie Gilmour
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “vivid…lovely and inviting” (The New York Times) coming-of-age memoir—the “best piece of nature writing since H Is for Hawk” (Neil Gaiman)—a young man saves a baby magpie as his estranged father is dying, only to find that caring for the bird saves him. This is a story of two men who could talk to birds—but were completely incapable of talking to each other.   A father who fled from his family in the dead of night, and the jackdaw he raised like a child.   A son obsessed with his absence—and the young magpie that fell into his path and refused to fly away.   This is a story about the crow family and human family; about repetition across generations and birds that run in the blood; about a terror of repeating the sins of the father and a desire to build a nest of one’s own.</description>
                  <author>Charlie Gilmour</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797116891.mp3" length="874315" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442963</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797116891.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Featherhood: A Memoir of Two Fathers and a Magpie
Author: Charlie Gilmour
Narrator: Charlie Gilmour
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “vivid…lovely and inviting” (The New York Times) coming-of-age memoir—the “best piece of nature writing since H Is for Hawk” (Neil Gaiman)—a young man saves a baby magpie as his estranged father is dying, only to find that caring for the bird saves him. This is a story of two men who could talk to birds—but were completely incapable of talking to each other.   A father who fled from his family in the dead of night, and the jackdaw he raised like a child.   A son obsessed with his absence—and the young magpie that fell into his path and refused to fly away.   This is a story about the crow family and human family; about repetition across generations and birds that run in the blood; about a terror of repeating the sins of the father and a desire to build a nest of one’s own.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Featherhood: A Memoir of Two Fathers and a Magpie
Author: Charlie Gilmour
Narrator: Charlie Gilmour
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “vivid…lovely and inviting” (The New York Times) coming-of-age memoir—the “best piece of nature writing since H Is for Hawk” (Neil Gaiman)—a young man saves a baby magpie as his estranged father is dying, only to find that caring for the bird saves him. This is a story of two men who could talk to birds—but were completely incapable of talking to each other.   A father who fled from his family in the dead of night, and the jackdaw he raised like a child.   A son obsessed with his absence—and the young magpie that fell into his path and refused to fly away.   This is a story about the crow family and human family; about repetition across generations and birds that run in the blood; about a terror of repeating the sins of the father and a desire to build a nest of one’s own.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Call the Vet: My Life as a Young Vet in 1970s London by Bruce Fogle</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442303</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call the Vet: My Life as a Young Vet in 1970s London
Author: Bruce Fogle
Narrator: Bruce Fogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Arriving in 1970s’ London as a fresh-faced Canadian, Bruce Fogle assumed that because he knew the language, he would understand the English. As a graduate of the world’s best veterinary school, he also thought his profession would come naturally to him. He quickly learned not to make assumptions…           Bruce began his career at the prestigious Woodrow &amp;amp; Singleton surgery in the heart of the Knightsbridge. Frequented by Britain’s most distinguished pet owners, from Duchesses and Sultans to Paul McCartney and Elizabeth Taylor, it also cared for the exotic inhabitants of the Harrods’ ‘Zoo Department.’           Over the next few years, an arc of clients would cross Bruce’s table, from cats and dogs to alligators, pumas and even a capuchin monkey. Each adventure taught Bruce far more than any textbook ever could, while skilful veterinary nurses provided the greatest lessons of all.           Call the Vet is a wonderfully rich and warmly funny memoir. Set against the vibrant backdrop of 1970s’ London, it explores the unique bond between pets and their owners; the common thread of compassion that unites all cultures and classes, and the discovery of love and joy in unexpected places.</description>
                  <author>Bruce Fogle</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008424343.mp3" length="1388640" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442303</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008424343.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:17:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call the Vet: My Life as a Young Vet in 1970s London
Author: Bruce Fogle
Narrator: Bruce Fogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Arriving in 1970s’ London as a fresh-faced Canadian, Bruce Fogle assumed that because he knew the language, he would understand the English. As a graduate of the world’s best veterinary school, he also thought his profession would come naturally to him. He quickly learned not to make assumptions…           Bruce began his career at the prestigious Woodrow &amp;amp; Singleton surgery in the heart of the Knightsbridge. Frequented by Britain’s most distinguished pet owners, from Duchesses and Sultans to Paul McCartney and Elizabeth Taylor, it also cared for the exotic inhabitants of the Harrods’ ‘Zoo Department.’           Over the next few years, an arc of clients would cross Bruce’s table, from cats and dogs to alligators, pumas and even a capuchin monkey. Each adventure taught Bruce far more than any textbook ever could, while skilful veterinary nurses provided the greatest lessons of all.           Call the Vet is a wonderfully rich and warmly funny memoir. Set against the vibrant backdrop of 1970s’ London, it explores the unique bond between pets and their owners; the common thread of compassion that unites all cultures and classes, and the discovery of love and joy in unexpected places.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call the Vet: My Life as a Young Vet in 1970s London
Author: Bruce Fogle
Narrator: Bruce Fogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Arriving in 1970s’ London as a fresh-faced Canadian, Bruce Fogle assumed that because he knew the language, he would understand the English. As a graduate of the world’s best veterinary school, he also thought his profession would come naturally to him. He quickly learned not to make assumptions…           Bruce began his career at the prestigious Woodrow &amp;amp; Singleton surgery in the heart of the Knightsbridge. Frequented by Britain’s most distinguished pet owners, from Duchesses and Sultans to Paul McCartney and Elizabeth Taylor, it also cared for the exotic inhabitants of the Harrods’ ‘Zoo Department.’           Over the next few years, an arc of clients would cross Bruce’s table, from cats and dogs to alligators, pumas and even a capuchin monkey. Each adventure taught Bruce far more than any textbook ever could, while skilful veterinary nurses provided the greatest lessons of all.           Call the Vet is a wonderfully rich and warmly funny memoir. Set against the vibrant backdrop of 1970s’ London, it explores the unique bond between pets and their owners; the common thread of compassion that unites all cultures and classes, and the discovery of love and joy in unexpected places.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Green Witchcraft: A Practical Guide to Discovering the Magic of Plants, Herbs, Crystals, and Beyond by Paige Vanderbeck</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442150</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Green Witchcraft: A Practical Guide to Discovering the Magic of Plants, Herbs, Crystals, and Beyond
Author: Paige Vanderbeck
Narrator: Jodie Hollie-Anne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn to live the way of the green witch. Green witchcraft is a school of witchcraft for those who want to live in harmony with the earth and its green things—and this book is your how-to guide. Open yourself up to everything from growing herbs and plants for magic and medicine, to honoring the spirits of trees and animals, and using crystals for power and healing. Put natural magic into practice, with spells and rituals that harness the natural, plentiful energy and power of herbs, plants, stones, crystals, wood, and more. Green Witchcraft makes it easy, with practical tips and instructions on everything from using honeysuckle to attract wealth, quartz to direct energy, and moonlight for cleansing your tools. Discover the power of the natural world with hands-on spells for green witches. “Whether you have a green thumb or the opposite, or whether you&amp;#039;re a city witch or a spiritual newbie living in a lush wood, Green Witchcraft will speak to your soul through the universal language of nature.” – Lisa Marie Basile</description>
                  <author>Paige Vanderbeck</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004015764.mp3" length="768668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442150</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004015764.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:59:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Green Witchcraft: A Practical Guide to Discovering the Magic of Plants, Herbs, Crystals, and Beyond
Author: Paige Vanderbeck
Narrator: Jodie Hollie-Anne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn to live the way of the green witch. Green witchcraft is a school of witchcraft for those who want to live in harmony with the earth and its green things—and this book is your how-to guide. Open yourself up to everything from growing herbs and plants for magic and medicine, to honoring the spirits of trees and animals, and using crystals for power and healing. Put natural magic into practice, with spells and rituals that harness the natural, plentiful energy and power of herbs, plants, stones, crystals, wood, and more. Green Witchcraft makes it easy, with practical tips and instructions on everything from using honeysuckle to attract wealth, quartz to direct energy, and moonlight for cleansing your tools. Discover the power of the natural world with hands-on spells for green witches. “Whether you have a green thumb or the opposite, or whether you&amp;#039;re a city witch or a spiritual newbie living in a lush wood, Green Witchcraft will speak to your soul through the universal language of nature.” – Lisa Marie Basile</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Green Witchcraft: A Practical Guide to Discovering the Magic of Plants, Herbs, Crystals, and Beyond
Author: Paige Vanderbeck
Narrator: Jodie Hollie-Anne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn to live the way of the green witch. Green witchcraft is a school of witchcraft for those who want to live in harmony with the earth and its green things—and this book is your how-to guide. Open yourself up to everything from growing herbs and plants for magic and medicine, to honoring the spirits of trees and animals, and using crystals for power and healing. Put natural magic into practice, with spells and rituals that harness the natural, plentiful energy and power of herbs, plants, stones, crystals, wood, and more. Green Witchcraft makes it easy, with practical tips and instructions on everything from using honeysuckle to attract wealth, quartz to direct energy, and moonlight for cleansing your tools. Discover the power of the natural world with hands-on spells for green witches. “Whether you have a green thumb or the opposite, or whether you&amp;#039;re a city witch or a spiritual newbie living in a lush wood, Green Witchcraft will speak to your soul through the universal language of nature.” – Lisa Marie Basile</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Islands of Abandonment: Life in the Post-Human Landscape by Cal Flyn</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441908</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Islands of Abandonment: Life in the Post-Human Landscape
Author: Cal Flyn
Narrator: Cal Flyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE SUNDAY TIMES’ BESTSELLER AND SCIENCE AND ENVIRONMENT BOOK OF THE YEAR           WINNER OF THE SUNDAY TIMES YOUNG WRITER OF THE YEAR AWARD           SHORTLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE           SHORTLISTED FOR THE WAINWRIGHT CONSERVATION AWARD           SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH ACADEMY BOOK PRIZE           SHORTLISTED FOR THE HIGHLAND BOOK PRIZE                         This is a book about abandoned places: ghost towns and exclusion zones, no man’s lands and fortress islands – and what happens when nature is allowed to reclaim its place.                      In Chernobyl, following the nuclear disaster, only a handful of people returned to their dangerously irradiated homes. On an uninhabited Scottish island, feral cattle live entirely wild. In Detroit, once America’s fourth-largest city, entire streets of houses are falling in on themselves, looters slipping through otherwise silent neighbourhoods.           This book explores the extraordinary places where humans no longer live – or survive in tiny, precarious numbers – to give us a possible glimpse of what happens when mankind’s impact on nature is forced to stop. From Tanzanian mountains to the volcanic Caribbean, the forbidden areas of France to the mining regions of Scotland, Flyn brings together some of the most desolate, eerie, ravaged and polluted areas in the world – and shows how, against all odds, they offer our best opportunities for environmental recovery.           By turns haunted and hopeful, this luminously written world study is pinned together with profound insight and new ecological discoveries that together map an answer to the big questions: what happens after we’re gone, and how far can our damage to nature be undone?                        More praise for Islands of Abandonment                      ‘Extraordinary … Just when you thought there was nowhere left to explore, along comes an author with a new category of terrain … Dazzling’ SPECTATOR           ‘A haunting look at how nature fights back … Beautiful, evocative’ SUNDAY TIMES           ‘Flyn’s brave, thorough book sets out to explore places where angels fear to tread … The result is fascinating, eerie and strange … There is some thrilling writing here’ KATHLEEN JAMIE, NEW STATESMAN           ‘Wonderful’ ADAM NICOLSON           ‘Exhilarating’ DAILY TELEGRAPH</description>
                  <author>Cal Flyn</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008329792.mp3" length="1111310" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441908</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008329792.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:6:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Islands of Abandonment: Life in the Post-Human Landscape
Author: Cal Flyn
Narrator: Cal Flyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE SUNDAY TIMES’ BESTSELLER AND SCIENCE AND ENVIRONMENT BOOK OF THE YEAR           WINNER OF THE SUNDAY TIMES YOUNG WRITER OF THE YEAR AWARD           SHORTLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE           SHORTLISTED FOR THE WAINWRIGHT CONSERVATION AWARD           SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH ACADEMY BOOK PRIZE           SHORTLISTED FOR THE HIGHLAND BOOK PRIZE                         This is a book about abandoned places: ghost towns and exclusion zones, no man’s lands and fortress islands – and what happens when nature is allowed to reclaim its place.                      In Chernobyl, following the nuclear disaster, only a handful of people returned to their dangerously irradiated homes. On an uninhabited Scottish island, feral cattle live entirely wild. In Detroit, once America’s fourth-largest city, entire streets of houses are falling in on themselves, looters slipping through otherwise silent neighbourhoods.           This book explores the extraordinary places where humans no longer live – or survive in tiny, precarious numbers – to give us a possible glimpse of what happens when mankind’s impact on nature is forced to stop. From Tanzanian mountains to the volcanic Caribbean, the forbidden areas of France to the mining regions of Scotland, Flyn brings together some of the most desolate, eerie, ravaged and polluted areas in the world – and shows how, against all odds, they offer our best opportunities for environmental recovery.           By turns haunted and hopeful, this luminously written world study is pinned together with profound insight and new ecological discoveries that together map an answer to the big questions: what happens after we’re gone, and how far can our damage to nature be undone?                        More praise for Islands of Abandonment                      ‘Extraordinary … Just when you thought there was nowhere left to explore, along comes an author with a new category of terrain … Dazzling’ SPECTATOR           ‘A haunting look at how nature fights back … Beautiful, evocative’ SUNDAY TIMES           ‘Flyn’s brave, thorough book sets out to explore places where angels fear to tread … The result is fascinating, eerie and strange … There is some thrilling writing here’ KATHLEEN JAMIE, NEW STATESMAN           ‘Wonderful’ ADAM NICOLSON           ‘Exhilarating’ DAILY TELEGRAPH</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Islands of Abandonment: Life in the Post-Human Landscape
Author: Cal Flyn
Narrator: Cal Flyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE SUNDAY TIMES’ BESTSELLER AND SCIENCE AND ENVIRONMENT BOOK OF THE YEAR           WINNER OF THE SUNDAY TIMES YOUNG WRITER OF THE YEAR AWARD           SHORTLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE           SHORTLISTED FOR THE WAINWRIGHT CONSERVATION AWARD           SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH ACADEMY BOOK PRIZE           SHORTLISTED FOR THE HIGHLAND BOOK PRIZE                         This is a book about abandoned places: ghost towns and exclusion zones, no man’s lands and fortress islands – and what happens when nature is allowed to reclaim its place.                      In Chernobyl, following the nuclear disaster, only a handful of people returned to their dangerously irradiated homes. On an uninhabited Scottish island, feral cattle live entirely wild. In Detroit, once America’s fourth-largest city, entire streets of houses are falling in on themselves, looters slipping through otherwise silent neighbourhoods.           This book explores the extraordinary places where humans no longer live – or survive in tiny, precarious numbers – to give us a possible glimpse of what happens when mankind’s impact on nature is forced to stop. From Tanzanian mountains to the volcanic Caribbean, the forbidden areas of France to the mining regions of Scotland, Flyn brings together some of the most desolate, eerie, ravaged and polluted areas in the world – and shows how, against all odds, they offer our best opportunities for environmental recovery.           By turns haunted and hopeful, this luminously written world study is pinned together with profound insight and new ecological discoveries that together map an answer to the big questions: what happens after we’re gone, and how far can our damage to nature be undone?                        More praise for Islands of Abandonment                      ‘Extraordinary … Just when you thought there was nowhere left to explore, along comes an author with a new category of terrain … Dazzling’ SPECTATOR           ‘A haunting look at how nature fights back … Beautiful, evocative’ SUNDAY TIMES           ‘Flyn’s brave, thorough book sets out to explore places where angels fear to tread … The result is fascinating, eerie and strange … There is some thrilling writing here’ KATHLEEN JAMIE, NEW STATESMAN           ‘Wonderful’ ADAM NICOLSON           ‘Exhilarating’ DAILY TELEGRAPH</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Hidden Life of Life: A Walk through the Reaches of Time by Elizabeth Marshall Thomas</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441814</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441814">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441814</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Life of Life: A Walk through the Reaches of Time
Author: Elizabeth Marshall Thomas
Narrator: Elizabeth Marshall Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An iconoclast and best-selling author of both nonfiction and fiction, Elizabeth Marshall Thomas has spent a lifetime observing, thinking, and writing about the cultures of animals such as lions, wolves, dogs, deer, and humans. In this engrossing book, she provides a plainspoken, big-picture look at the commonality of life on our planet, from the littlest microbes to the largest lizards. Inspired by the idea of symbiosis in evolution—that all living things evolve in a series of cooperative relationships—Thomas leads listeners on a journey through the progression of life. Along the way she shares the universal likenesses, experiences, and environments of “Gaia’s creatures,” from amoebas in plant soil to the pets we love, from proud primates to Homo sapiens hunter-gatherers on the African savanna. Fervently rejecting “anthropodenial,” the notion that nonhuman life does not share characteristics with humans, Thomas instead shows that paramecia can learn, plants can communicate, humans aren’t really as special as we think we are—and that it doesn’t take a scientist to marvel at the smallest inhabitants of the natural world and their connections to all living things. A unique voice on anthropology and animal behavior, Thomas challenges scientific convention and the jargon that prevents us all from understanding all living things better. Narrated by Thomas, this joyful book is a fascinating look at the challenges and behaviors shared by creatures from bacteria to larvae to parasitic fungi, a potted hyacinth to the author herself, and all those in between. Elizabeth Marshall Thomas, an anthropologist and animal behaviorist, has published thirteen previous books, including the New York Times best seller &amp;#039;The Hidden Life of Dogs.&amp;#039; She lives in Peterborough, New Hampshire. Learn more at elizabethmarshallthomas.net.</description>
                  <author>Elizabeth Marshall Thomas</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780271089744.mp3" length="1353003" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441814</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780271089744.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:19:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441814">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441814</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Life of Life: A Walk through the Reaches of Time
Author: Elizabeth Marshall Thomas
Narrator: Elizabeth Marshall Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An iconoclast and best-selling author of both nonfiction and fiction, Elizabeth Marshall Thomas has spent a lifetime observing, thinking, and writing about the cultures of animals such as lions, wolves, dogs, deer, and humans. In this engrossing book, she provides a plainspoken, big-picture look at the commonality of life on our planet, from the littlest microbes to the largest lizards. Inspired by the idea of symbiosis in evolution—that all living things evolve in a series of cooperative relationships—Thomas leads listeners on a journey through the progression of life. Along the way she shares the universal likenesses, experiences, and environments of “Gaia’s creatures,” from amoebas in plant soil to the pets we love, from proud primates to Homo sapiens hunter-gatherers on the African savanna. Fervently rejecting “anthropodenial,” the notion that nonhuman life does not share characteristics with humans, Thomas instead shows that paramecia can learn, plants can communicate, humans aren’t really as special as we think we are—and that it doesn’t take a scientist to marvel at the smallest inhabitants of the natural world and their connections to all living things. A unique voice on anthropology and animal behavior, Thomas challenges scientific convention and the jargon that prevents us all from understanding all living things better. Narrated by Thomas, this joyful book is a fascinating look at the challenges and behaviors shared by creatures from bacteria to larvae to parasitic fungi, a potted hyacinth to the author herself, and all those in between. Elizabeth Marshall Thomas, an anthropologist and animal behaviorist, has published thirteen previous books, including the New York Times best seller &amp;#039;The Hidden Life of Dogs.&amp;#039; She lives in Peterborough, New Hampshire. Learn more at elizabethmarshallthomas.net.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441814">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441814</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Life of Life: A Walk through the Reaches of Time
Author: Elizabeth Marshall Thomas
Narrator: Elizabeth Marshall Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An iconoclast and best-selling author of both nonfiction and fiction, Elizabeth Marshall Thomas has spent a lifetime observing, thinking, and writing about the cultures of animals such as lions, wolves, dogs, deer, and humans. In this engrossing book, she provides a plainspoken, big-picture look at the commonality of life on our planet, from the littlest microbes to the largest lizards. Inspired by the idea of symbiosis in evolution—that all living things evolve in a series of cooperative relationships—Thomas leads listeners on a journey through the progression of life. Along the way she shares the universal likenesses, experiences, and environments of “Gaia’s creatures,” from amoebas in plant soil to the pets we love, from proud primates to Homo sapiens hunter-gatherers on the African savanna. Fervently rejecting “anthropodenial,” the notion that nonhuman life does not share characteristics with humans, Thomas instead shows that paramecia can learn, plants can communicate, humans aren’t really as special as we think we are—and that it doesn’t take a scientist to marvel at the smallest inhabitants of the natural world and their connections to all living things. A unique voice on anthropology and animal behavior, Thomas challenges scientific convention and the jargon that prevents us all from understanding all living things better. Narrated by Thomas, this joyful book is a fascinating look at the challenges and behaviors shared by creatures from bacteria to larvae to parasitic fungi, a potted hyacinth to the author herself, and all those in between. Elizabeth Marshall Thomas, an anthropologist and animal behaviorist, has published thirteen previous books, including the New York Times best seller &amp;#039;The Hidden Life of Dogs.&amp;#039; She lives in Peterborough, New Hampshire. Learn more at elizabethmarshallthomas.net.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Dogs For Dummies: 2nd Edition by Gina Spadafori</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441567</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dogs For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition is for you if you are looking to adopt a dog, trying to improve the relationship with the one you have, or attempting to come up with fun things to do with your canine companion. This book is also for people who want to choose the right veterinarian; explore the dog-breeding business; find breed-rescue groups; identify canine health problems; and look for a purebred. It&amp;#039;s a &amp;#039;doggy-dog&amp;#039; world, and this easy-to-use guide will help you navigate it. Improve your chances at pet success by knowing how to raise and live with your dog properly. Discover which breed best suits your lifestyle, and if a puppy or adult dog is best for you. Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition also covers the following topics and more: caring for an aging dog; choosing collars, harnesses, halters, and leashes; considering euthanasia; feeding Fido the right way; house training puppies and adult dogs; keeping up appearances with good grooming; participating in canine competitions; preparing your dog for a disaster; and traveling with your dog. Award-winning author Gina Spadafori says the lack of accurate information—not the lack of effort or concern—is often the reason for doomed people-pet pairings. With her help, you can avoid the agony. Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition is full of useful tips and how-to advice.</description>
                  <author>Gina Spadafori</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705249840.mp3" length="8487400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441567</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705249840.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>14:54:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dogs For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition is for you if you are looking to adopt a dog, trying to improve the relationship with the one you have, or attempting to come up with fun things to do with your canine companion. This book is also for people who want to choose the right veterinarian; explore the dog-breeding business; find breed-rescue groups; identify canine health problems; and look for a purebred. It&amp;#039;s a &amp;#039;doggy-dog&amp;#039; world, and this easy-to-use guide will help you navigate it. Improve your chances at pet success by knowing how to raise and live with your dog properly. Discover which breed best suits your lifestyle, and if a puppy or adult dog is best for you. Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition also covers the following topics and more: caring for an aging dog; choosing collars, harnesses, halters, and leashes; considering euthanasia; feeding Fido the right way; house training puppies and adult dogs; keeping up appearances with good grooming; participating in canine competitions; preparing your dog for a disaster; and traveling with your dog. Award-winning author Gina Spadafori says the lack of accurate information—not the lack of effort or concern—is often the reason for doomed people-pet pairings. With her help, you can avoid the agony. Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition is full of useful tips and how-to advice.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dogs For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition is for you if you are looking to adopt a dog, trying to improve the relationship with the one you have, or attempting to come up with fun things to do with your canine companion. This book is also for people who want to choose the right veterinarian; explore the dog-breeding business; find breed-rescue groups; identify canine health problems; and look for a purebred. It&amp;#039;s a &amp;#039;doggy-dog&amp;#039; world, and this easy-to-use guide will help you navigate it. Improve your chances at pet success by knowing how to raise and live with your dog properly. Discover which breed best suits your lifestyle, and if a puppy or adult dog is best for you. Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition also covers the following topics and more: caring for an aging dog; choosing collars, harnesses, halters, and leashes; considering euthanasia; feeding Fido the right way; house training puppies and adult dogs; keeping up appearances with good grooming; participating in canine competitions; preparing your dog for a disaster; and traveling with your dog. Award-winning author Gina Spadafori says the lack of accurate information—not the lack of effort or concern—is often the reason for doomed people-pet pairings. With her help, you can avoid the agony. Dogs For Dummies, 2nd Edition is full of useful tips and how-to advice.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Hundred Little Pieces on the End of the World by John Rember</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441557</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Hundred Little Pieces on the End of the World
Author: John Rember
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Written with clarity, tenacity, humor, and warmth, A Hundred Little Pieces on the End of the World attempts to find tolerable ethical positions in the face of barely tolerable events—and the real possibility of an intolerable future. It is a compelling, surprising, disturbing, and highly literate work of reportage and contemplation. It is both a collection of gentle-spirited wisdom and a rumination on ruin, as if distilled in equal measure from the spirits of Norman Maclean&amp;#039;s A River Runs Through It and Cormac McCarthy&amp;#039;s The Road. Through these ten essays, each further broken into ten smaller pieces, Rember examines the practical and ethical dilemmas of climate change, population, resource depletion, and mass extinction. At the same time, he never forgets those improbable connections between human beings that lead to moments of joy, empathy, and grace.</description>
                  <author>John Rember</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705234860.mp3" length="7861005" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441557</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705234860.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:30:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Hundred Little Pieces on the End of the World
Author: John Rember
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Written with clarity, tenacity, humor, and warmth, A Hundred Little Pieces on the End of the World attempts to find tolerable ethical positions in the face of barely tolerable events—and the real possibility of an intolerable future. It is a compelling, surprising, disturbing, and highly literate work of reportage and contemplation. It is both a collection of gentle-spirited wisdom and a rumination on ruin, as if distilled in equal measure from the spirits of Norman Maclean&amp;#039;s A River Runs Through It and Cormac McCarthy&amp;#039;s The Road. Through these ten essays, each further broken into ten smaller pieces, Rember examines the practical and ethical dilemmas of climate change, population, resource depletion, and mass extinction. At the same time, he never forgets those improbable connections between human beings that lead to moments of joy, empathy, and grace.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Hundred Little Pieces on the End of the World
Author: John Rember
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Written with clarity, tenacity, humor, and warmth, A Hundred Little Pieces on the End of the World attempts to find tolerable ethical positions in the face of barely tolerable events—and the real possibility of an intolerable future. It is a compelling, surprising, disturbing, and highly literate work of reportage and contemplation. It is both a collection of gentle-spirited wisdom and a rumination on ruin, as if distilled in equal measure from the spirits of Norman Maclean&amp;#039;s A River Runs Through It and Cormac McCarthy&amp;#039;s The Road. Through these ten essays, each further broken into ten smaller pieces, Rember examines the practical and ethical dilemmas of climate change, population, resource depletion, and mass extinction. At the same time, he never forgets those improbable connections between human beings that lead to moments of joy, empathy, and grace.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Profitable Hobby Farm: How to Build a Sustainable Local Foods Business by Sarah Beth Aubrey</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441371</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Profitable Hobby Farm: How to Build a Sustainable Local Foods Business
Author: Sarah Beth Aubrey
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No experience in farming? No problem! The Profitable Hobby Farm gives you all the tools you need to launch a thriving hobby-farm business. Based on the author&amp;#039;s expert guidance and the motivating experiences of other small farmers, it shows you how to blend strategy, marketing, and money management in order to prosper. The Profitable Hobby Farm provides sound, friendly start-up advice on a variety of topics essential to making an initial foray into a local-foods venture. A supplemental PDF is included with this audiobook.</description>
                  <author>Sarah Beth Aubrey</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666554793.mp3" length="849462" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441371</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666554793.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:50:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Profitable Hobby Farm: How to Build a Sustainable Local Foods Business
Author: Sarah Beth Aubrey
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No experience in farming? No problem! The Profitable Hobby Farm gives you all the tools you need to launch a thriving hobby-farm business. Based on the author&amp;#039;s expert guidance and the motivating experiences of other small farmers, it shows you how to blend strategy, marketing, and money management in order to prosper. The Profitable Hobby Farm provides sound, friendly start-up advice on a variety of topics essential to making an initial foray into a local-foods venture. A supplemental PDF is included with this audiobook.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Profitable Hobby Farm: How to Build a Sustainable Local Foods Business
Author: Sarah Beth Aubrey
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No experience in farming? No problem! The Profitable Hobby Farm gives you all the tools you need to launch a thriving hobby-farm business. Based on the author&amp;#039;s expert guidance and the motivating experiences of other small farmers, it shows you how to blend strategy, marketing, and money management in order to prosper. The Profitable Hobby Farm provides sound, friendly start-up advice on a variety of topics essential to making an initial foray into a local-foods venture. A supplemental PDF is included with this audiobook.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Pet Nation: The Inside Story of How Companion Animals Are Transforming Our Homes, Culture, and Economy by Mark Cushing</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440954</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pet Nation: The Inside Story of How Companion Animals Are Transforming Our Homes, Culture, and Economy
Author: Mark Cushing
Narrator: Mark Cushing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An inside look at the forces behind how our pets become treasured members of the family. In the last 20 years pets have gone from the backyard to sleeping on our beds, then showing up in every corner of America.  Pet Nation tells the story of this seismic shift and the economic, media, legal, political, and social dramas springing from this cultural transformation. Since 1998 the pet population in the U.S. has almost doubled -- about two-thirds of the country now owns a pet.  No longer left to wander the neighborhood, dogs and cats eat special food, get individualized medical attention, and even fly in the cabin.  As founder of the Animal Policy Group, Mark Cushing provides an inside look at the rise of Pet Nation, tracking the myriad ways pets are acquired (a &amp;#039;Canine Freedom Train&amp;#039; runs south to north), reporting on pet rights legislation (and the unseen problems that come with elevating their status), pet healthcare (revealing the truth and myths about large scale breeders), and discovering that despite what many organizations would have us believe, there is a shortage of dogs. Insightful, surprising, and full of great stories, Pet Nation opens our eyes to the big changes happening in front of us right now.  It shows us not only what our love of animals says about pets, it shows us what it says about ourselves.</description>
                  <author>Mark Cushing</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593290521.mp3" length="2840745" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440954</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593290521.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pet Nation: The Inside Story of How Companion Animals Are Transforming Our Homes, Culture, and Economy
Author: Mark Cushing
Narrator: Mark Cushing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An inside look at the forces behind how our pets become treasured members of the family. In the last 20 years pets have gone from the backyard to sleeping on our beds, then showing up in every corner of America.  Pet Nation tells the story of this seismic shift and the economic, media, legal, political, and social dramas springing from this cultural transformation. Since 1998 the pet population in the U.S. has almost doubled -- about two-thirds of the country now owns a pet.  No longer left to wander the neighborhood, dogs and cats eat special food, get individualized medical attention, and even fly in the cabin.  As founder of the Animal Policy Group, Mark Cushing provides an inside look at the rise of Pet Nation, tracking the myriad ways pets are acquired (a &amp;#039;Canine Freedom Train&amp;#039; runs south to north), reporting on pet rights legislation (and the unseen problems that come with elevating their status), pet healthcare (revealing the truth and myths about large scale breeders), and discovering that despite what many organizations would have us believe, there is a shortage of dogs. Insightful, surprising, and full of great stories, Pet Nation opens our eyes to the big changes happening in front of us right now.  It shows us not only what our love of animals says about pets, it shows us what it says about ourselves.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pet Nation: The Inside Story of How Companion Animals Are Transforming Our Homes, Culture, and Economy
Author: Mark Cushing
Narrator: Mark Cushing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An inside look at the forces behind how our pets become treasured members of the family. In the last 20 years pets have gone from the backyard to sleeping on our beds, then showing up in every corner of America.  Pet Nation tells the story of this seismic shift and the economic, media, legal, political, and social dramas springing from this cultural transformation. Since 1998 the pet population in the U.S. has almost doubled -- about two-thirds of the country now owns a pet.  No longer left to wander the neighborhood, dogs and cats eat special food, get individualized medical attention, and even fly in the cabin.  As founder of the Animal Policy Group, Mark Cushing provides an inside look at the rise of Pet Nation, tracking the myriad ways pets are acquired (a &amp;#039;Canine Freedom Train&amp;#039; runs south to north), reporting on pet rights legislation (and the unseen problems that come with elevating their status), pet healthcare (revealing the truth and myths about large scale breeders), and discovering that despite what many organizations would have us believe, there is a shortage of dogs. Insightful, surprising, and full of great stories, Pet Nation opens our eyes to the big changes happening in front of us right now.  It shows us not only what our love of animals says about pets, it shows us what it says about ourselves.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Collapsing Consciously: Transformative Truths for Turbulent Times by Carolyn Baker</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440947</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collapsing Consciously: Transformative Truths for Turbulent Times
Author: Carolyn Baker
Narrator: Diana Gardiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of probing essays and weekly meditations, this book addresses how to prepare emotionally and spiritually for the impending collapse of industrial civilization. Author Carolyn Baker offers wisdom, inspiration, and a sense of spiritual purpose for anyone who is concerned about the daunting future humankind has created. The author&amp;#039;s introduction to Collapsing Consciously articulates our current predicament of economic collapse, environmental degradation, and global conflict and expresses the confusion, anxiety, grief, anger, and despair we all experience when we take a hard look at the present-day global crisis and the likely future of the planet. But rather than showing us ways to prevent the collapse, Baker argues that the demise of our consumerist, corporate culture is inevitable, and that it is crucial to prepare emotionally and spiritually for the certain changes to come. Part 1 is a collection of seventeen essays which argue that while the collapse of industrial society cannot be prevented, its meaning extends far beyond tragedy and loss. These essays ask the reader to delve inward and discover the limitless treasures of the soul, as well as the gratification and exhilaration to be discovered in joining with community in preparing for the future. In part 2, Baker offers fifty-two weekly meditations comprised of spiritual wisdom, inspiration, paradox, comfort, humor, irony, and a persistent challenge to create and savor beauty in the world, regardless of how bleak the future may appear. Collapsing Consciously is a refreshing take on the perilous present and the grim prospects for our future. Instead of quoting discouraging statistics about our predicament, Baker offers a deeper perspective that makes sense of a world that most of the time appears psychotic or even surreal. Through inspiration and perennial wisdom she has created a manual for making meaning and generating joy, especially in situations that feel hopelessly devoid of both. An ebook containing additional meditations is also available: Collapsing Consciously Meditations: Further Reflections for Turbulent Times, ISBN 978-1-58394-758-6.</description>
                  <author>Carolyn Baker</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623176105.mp3" length="2841587" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440947</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623176105.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:23:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collapsing Consciously: Transformative Truths for Turbulent Times
Author: Carolyn Baker
Narrator: Diana Gardiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of probing essays and weekly meditations, this book addresses how to prepare emotionally and spiritually for the impending collapse of industrial civilization. Author Carolyn Baker offers wisdom, inspiration, and a sense of spiritual purpose for anyone who is concerned about the daunting future humankind has created. The author&amp;#039;s introduction to Collapsing Consciously articulates our current predicament of economic collapse, environmental degradation, and global conflict and expresses the confusion, anxiety, grief, anger, and despair we all experience when we take a hard look at the present-day global crisis and the likely future of the planet. But rather than showing us ways to prevent the collapse, Baker argues that the demise of our consumerist, corporate culture is inevitable, and that it is crucial to prepare emotionally and spiritually for the certain changes to come. Part 1 is a collection of seventeen essays which argue that while the collapse of industrial society cannot be prevented, its meaning extends far beyond tragedy and loss. These essays ask the reader to delve inward and discover the limitless treasures of the soul, as well as the gratification and exhilaration to be discovered in joining with community in preparing for the future. In part 2, Baker offers fifty-two weekly meditations comprised of spiritual wisdom, inspiration, paradox, comfort, humor, irony, and a persistent challenge to create and savor beauty in the world, regardless of how bleak the future may appear. Collapsing Consciously is a refreshing take on the perilous present and the grim prospects for our future. Instead of quoting discouraging statistics about our predicament, Baker offers a deeper perspective that makes sense of a world that most of the time appears psychotic or even surreal. Through inspiration and perennial wisdom she has created a manual for making meaning and generating joy, especially in situations that feel hopelessly devoid of both. An ebook containing additional meditations is also available: Collapsing Consciously Meditations: Further Reflections for Turbulent Times, ISBN 978-1-58394-758-6.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collapsing Consciously: Transformative Truths for Turbulent Times
Author: Carolyn Baker
Narrator: Diana Gardiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of probing essays and weekly meditations, this book addresses how to prepare emotionally and spiritually for the impending collapse of industrial civilization. Author Carolyn Baker offers wisdom, inspiration, and a sense of spiritual purpose for anyone who is concerned about the daunting future humankind has created. The author&amp;#039;s introduction to Collapsing Consciously articulates our current predicament of economic collapse, environmental degradation, and global conflict and expresses the confusion, anxiety, grief, anger, and despair we all experience when we take a hard look at the present-day global crisis and the likely future of the planet. But rather than showing us ways to prevent the collapse, Baker argues that the demise of our consumerist, corporate culture is inevitable, and that it is crucial to prepare emotionally and spiritually for the certain changes to come. Part 1 is a collection of seventeen essays which argue that while the collapse of industrial society cannot be prevented, its meaning extends far beyond tragedy and loss. These essays ask the reader to delve inward and discover the limitless treasures of the soul, as well as the gratification and exhilaration to be discovered in joining with community in preparing for the future. In part 2, Baker offers fifty-two weekly meditations comprised of spiritual wisdom, inspiration, paradox, comfort, humor, irony, and a persistent challenge to create and savor beauty in the world, regardless of how bleak the future may appear. Collapsing Consciously is a refreshing take on the perilous present and the grim prospects for our future. Instead of quoting discouraging statistics about our predicament, Baker offers a deeper perspective that makes sense of a world that most of the time appears psychotic or even surreal. Through inspiration and perennial wisdom she has created a manual for making meaning and generating joy, especially in situations that feel hopelessly devoid of both. An ebook containing additional meditations is also available: Collapsing Consciously Meditations: Further Reflections for Turbulent Times, ISBN 978-1-58394-758-6.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Nature beyond Solitude: Notes from the Field by John Seibert Farnsworth</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440891</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature beyond Solitude: Notes from the Field
Author: John Seibert Farnsworth
Narrator: John Patrick Walsh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
John Seibert Farnsworth’s delightful notes are not only about nature, but from nature as well. In Nature Beyond Solitude, he lets us peer over his shoulder as he takes his notes. We follow him to a series of field stations where he teams up with scientists, citizen scientists, rangers, stewards, and grad students engaged in long-term ecological study, all the while scribbling down what he sees, hears, and feels in the moment. With humor and insight, Farnsworth explores how communal experiences of nature might ultimately provide greater depths of appreciation for the natural world. In the course of his travels, Farnsworth visits the Hastings Natural History Reservation, the Santa Cruz Island Reserve, the Golden Gate Raptor Observatory, the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest, the North Cascades Institute’s Environmental Learning Center, and more.</description>
                  <author>John Seibert Farnsworth</author>
                  <pubDate>Sun, 15 Mar 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094085807.mp3" length="654352" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440891</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094085807.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature beyond Solitude: Notes from the Field
Author: John Seibert Farnsworth
Narrator: John Patrick Walsh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
John Seibert Farnsworth’s delightful notes are not only about nature, but from nature as well. In Nature Beyond Solitude, he lets us peer over his shoulder as he takes his notes. We follow him to a series of field stations where he teams up with scientists, citizen scientists, rangers, stewards, and grad students engaged in long-term ecological study, all the while scribbling down what he sees, hears, and feels in the moment. With humor and insight, Farnsworth explores how communal experiences of nature might ultimately provide greater depths of appreciation for the natural world. In the course of his travels, Farnsworth visits the Hastings Natural History Reservation, the Santa Cruz Island Reserve, the Golden Gate Raptor Observatory, the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest, the North Cascades Institute’s Environmental Learning Center, and more.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature beyond Solitude: Notes from the Field
Author: John Seibert Farnsworth
Narrator: John Patrick Walsh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
John Seibert Farnsworth’s delightful notes are not only about nature, but from nature as well. In Nature Beyond Solitude, he lets us peer over his shoulder as he takes his notes. We follow him to a series of field stations where he teams up with scientists, citizen scientists, rangers, stewards, and grad students engaged in long-term ecological study, all the while scribbling down what he sees, hears, and feels in the moment. With humor and insight, Farnsworth explores how communal experiences of nature might ultimately provide greater depths of appreciation for the natural world. In the course of his travels, Farnsworth visits the Hastings Natural History Reservation, the Santa Cruz Island Reserve, the Golden Gate Raptor Observatory, the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest, the North Cascades Institute’s Environmental Learning Center, and more.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Tree Story: The History of the World Written in Rings by Valerie Trouet</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440128</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tree Story: The History of the World Written in Rings
Author: Valerie Trouet
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Trouet, a leading tree-ring scientist, takes us out into the field, from remote African villages to radioactive Russian forests, offering readers an insider&amp;#039;s look at tree-ring research, a discipline formally known as dendrochronology. Tracing her own professional journey while exploring dendrochronology&amp;#039;s history and applications, Trouet describes the basics of how tell-tale tree cores are collected and dated with ring-by-ring precision, explaining the unexpected and momentous insights we&amp;#039;ve gained from the resulting samples. Blending popular science, travelogue, and cultural history, Tree Story highlights exciting findings of tree-ring research, including the fate of lost pirate treasure, successful strategies for surviving California wildfire, the secret to Genghis Khan&amp;#039;s victories, the connection between Egyptian pharaohs and volcanoes, and even the role of olives in the fall of Rome. These fascinating tales are deftly woven together to show us how dendrochronology sheds light on global climate dynamics and uncovers the clear links between humans and our leafy neighbors. Trouet delights us with her dedication to the tangible appeal of studying trees, a discipline that has taken her to austere and beautiful landscapes around the globe and has enabled scientists to solve long-pondered mysteries of Earth and its human inhabitants.</description>
                  <author>Valerie Trouet</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705258224.mp3" length="8290629" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440128</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705258224.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:59:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tree Story: The History of the World Written in Rings
Author: Valerie Trouet
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Trouet, a leading tree-ring scientist, takes us out into the field, from remote African villages to radioactive Russian forests, offering readers an insider&amp;#039;s look at tree-ring research, a discipline formally known as dendrochronology. Tracing her own professional journey while exploring dendrochronology&amp;#039;s history and applications, Trouet describes the basics of how tell-tale tree cores are collected and dated with ring-by-ring precision, explaining the unexpected and momentous insights we&amp;#039;ve gained from the resulting samples. Blending popular science, travelogue, and cultural history, Tree Story highlights exciting findings of tree-ring research, including the fate of lost pirate treasure, successful strategies for surviving California wildfire, the secret to Genghis Khan&amp;#039;s victories, the connection between Egyptian pharaohs and volcanoes, and even the role of olives in the fall of Rome. These fascinating tales are deftly woven together to show us how dendrochronology sheds light on global climate dynamics and uncovers the clear links between humans and our leafy neighbors. Trouet delights us with her dedication to the tangible appeal of studying trees, a discipline that has taken her to austere and beautiful landscapes around the globe and has enabled scientists to solve long-pondered mysteries of Earth and its human inhabitants.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tree Story: The History of the World Written in Rings
Author: Valerie Trouet
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Trouet, a leading tree-ring scientist, takes us out into the field, from remote African villages to radioactive Russian forests, offering readers an insider&amp;#039;s look at tree-ring research, a discipline formally known as dendrochronology. Tracing her own professional journey while exploring dendrochronology&amp;#039;s history and applications, Trouet describes the basics of how tell-tale tree cores are collected and dated with ring-by-ring precision, explaining the unexpected and momentous insights we&amp;#039;ve gained from the resulting samples. Blending popular science, travelogue, and cultural history, Tree Story highlights exciting findings of tree-ring research, including the fate of lost pirate treasure, successful strategies for surviving California wildfire, the secret to Genghis Khan&amp;#039;s victories, the connection between Egyptian pharaohs and volcanoes, and even the role of olives in the fall of Rome. These fascinating tales are deftly woven together to show us how dendrochronology sheds light on global climate dynamics and uncovers the clear links between humans and our leafy neighbors. Trouet delights us with her dedication to the tangible appeal of studying trees, a discipline that has taken her to austere and beautiful landscapes around the globe and has enabled scientists to solve long-pondered mysteries of Earth and its human inhabitants.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Furious Sky: The Five-Hundred-Year History of America&amp;#039;s Hurricanes by Eric Jay Dolin</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Furious Sky: The Five-Hundred-Year History of America&amp;#039;s Hurricanes
Author: Eric Jay Dolin
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With A Furious Sky, Eric Jay Dolin has created a vivid, sprawling account of our encounters with hurricanes, from the nameless storms that threatened Columbus&amp;#039;s New World voyages to the destruction wrought in Puerto Rico by Hurricane Maria. Weaving a story of shipwrecks and devastated cities, of heroism and folly, Dolin introduces a rich cast of unlikely heroes and puts us in the middle of the most devastating storms of the past, none worse than the Galveston Hurricane of 1900, which killed at least 6,000 people, the highest toll of any natural disaster in American history. Dolin draws on a vast array of sources as he melds American history, as it is usually told, with the history of hurricanes, showing how these tempests frequently helped determine the nation&amp;#039;s course. Hurricanes, it turns out, prevented Spain from expanding its holdings in North America beyond Florida in the late 1500s, and they also played a key role in shifting the tide of the American Revolution against the British in the final stages of the conflict. As he moves through the centuries, following the rise of the United States despite the chaos caused by hurricanes, Dolin traces the corresponding development of hurricane science, from important discoveries made by Benjamin Franklin to the breakthroughs spurred by the necessities of World War II and the Cold War.</description>
                  <author>Eric Jay Dolin</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684579358.mp3" length="8609632" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684579358.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:50:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Furious Sky: The Five-Hundred-Year History of America&amp;#039;s Hurricanes
Author: Eric Jay Dolin
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With A Furious Sky, Eric Jay Dolin has created a vivid, sprawling account of our encounters with hurricanes, from the nameless storms that threatened Columbus&amp;#039;s New World voyages to the destruction wrought in Puerto Rico by Hurricane Maria. Weaving a story of shipwrecks and devastated cities, of heroism and folly, Dolin introduces a rich cast of unlikely heroes and puts us in the middle of the most devastating storms of the past, none worse than the Galveston Hurricane of 1900, which killed at least 6,000 people, the highest toll of any natural disaster in American history. Dolin draws on a vast array of sources as he melds American history, as it is usually told, with the history of hurricanes, showing how these tempests frequently helped determine the nation&amp;#039;s course. Hurricanes, it turns out, prevented Spain from expanding its holdings in North America beyond Florida in the late 1500s, and they also played a key role in shifting the tide of the American Revolution against the British in the final stages of the conflict. As he moves through the centuries, following the rise of the United States despite the chaos caused by hurricanes, Dolin traces the corresponding development of hurricane science, from important discoveries made by Benjamin Franklin to the breakthroughs spurred by the necessities of World War II and the Cold War.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Furious Sky: The Five-Hundred-Year History of America&amp;#039;s Hurricanes
Author: Eric Jay Dolin
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With A Furious Sky, Eric Jay Dolin has created a vivid, sprawling account of our encounters with hurricanes, from the nameless storms that threatened Columbus&amp;#039;s New World voyages to the destruction wrought in Puerto Rico by Hurricane Maria. Weaving a story of shipwrecks and devastated cities, of heroism and folly, Dolin introduces a rich cast of unlikely heroes and puts us in the middle of the most devastating storms of the past, none worse than the Galveston Hurricane of 1900, which killed at least 6,000 people, the highest toll of any natural disaster in American history. Dolin draws on a vast array of sources as he melds American history, as it is usually told, with the history of hurricanes, showing how these tempests frequently helped determine the nation&amp;#039;s course. Hurricanes, it turns out, prevented Spain from expanding its holdings in North America beyond Florida in the late 1500s, and they also played a key role in shifting the tide of the American Revolution against the British in the final stages of the conflict. As he moves through the centuries, following the rise of the United States despite the chaos caused by hurricanes, Dolin traces the corresponding development of hurricane science, from important discoveries made by Benjamin Franklin to the breakthroughs spurred by the necessities of World War II and the Cold War.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>[Spanish] - Guía útil para runners principiantes by Juan Carlos Arjona</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439670</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Guía útil para runners principiantes
Author: Juan Carlos Arjona
Narrator: Pablo López
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 45 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
-Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Todo experimento supone una novedad. Salir a correr por primera vez puede convertirse en la novedad más recordada de tu vida, como la primera vez que te pusiste unos zapatos nuevos, o un experimento que jamás quieras volver a probar. La diferencia estriba en si el día que estrenaste aquellos zapatos te rozaron y te marcaron, con un dolor terrible, o si aquella tarde triunfaste con ellos. Y como los zapatos, caminar, no viene con libro de instrucciones. Aprendes, lo memorizas y ya no lo olvidas. Luego te atreves a correr, o te obligan. Siempre hay una primera vez para todo, y en muchos casos sin manual técnico. Así nace esta guía que tienes entre manos, como una acumulación de experiencias que Juan Carlos Arjona ha seleccionado para que tu primera salida con zapatillas y ropa de deporte se convierta en un recuerdo duradero. Con errores que puedes evitar, consejos que tienes que seguir, recomendaciones que no debes olvidar y trucos que memorizar. A lo largo de 30 capítulos te muestra lo más útil, lo más básico que te hará crecer como runner. Juan Carlos Arjona conoce y entiende el atletismo y te descubre esos puntos fuertes que necesitas tener en cuenta, para que no se conviertan en puntos débiles, como rozadura de zapato nuevo. Y como un entrenador que conoce bien su oficio, te conducirá por una guía sin ataduras, ni desencantos. Solo hace falta que tengas un motivo, una excusa para dejarlo todo por un momento y salir a correr, como sí fuese la primera vez. Pero con las 30 lecciones aprendidas. Si aquella primera vez tuvo un sentido, una fuerza especial, ello debe ser tu calzador de cada día, con el que enfrentes tus obstáculos de la jornada. Correr te hará sentir bien, alimentará tu rutina. Pero no olvides que el running no tiene límites, y si algún día olvidas el motivo, esta guía, con sus líneas sobre hidratación, estiramientos, planificación, técnicas de carrera, y tantas otras cuestiones, afianzaran de nuevo tus pasos, y serás capaz de volver a vivir el runner que llevas dentro. - Juan Carlos Arjona nació en Cáceres en 1977. Entrenador deportivo, Personal Trainer, fundador del equipo Atletismo Arjona, apasionado por el deporte y runner con 46 Carreras Populares, 50 Medias maratones, 12 Maratones y 6 Trail. Sus principios pasan por vencerse a uno mismo, olvidar el entrenamiento perdido, no probar nada nuevo el día de la carrera, levantar siempre los brazos pase lo que pase, entrenar con la intensidad equilibrada para el éxito y sobrevivir al dolor porque es pasajero. Solo el orgullo es para siempre. Tertuliano de El sol sale por el oeste (Canal Extremadura Radio) y columnista en Sol Deportivo. Actualmente entrena a 387 corredores de 14 países.</description>
                  <author>Juan Carlos Arjona</author>
                  <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788417948504.mp3" length="1541050" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439670</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788417948504.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>1:45:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Guía útil para runners principiantes
Author: Juan Carlos Arjona
Narrator: Pablo López
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 45 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
-Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Todo experimento supone una novedad. Salir a correr por primera vez puede convertirse en la novedad más recordada de tu vida, como la primera vez que te pusiste unos zapatos nuevos, o un experimento que jamás quieras volver a probar. La diferencia estriba en si el día que estrenaste aquellos zapatos te rozaron y te marcaron, con un dolor terrible, o si aquella tarde triunfaste con ellos. Y como los zapatos, caminar, no viene con libro de instrucciones. Aprendes, lo memorizas y ya no lo olvidas. Luego te atreves a correr, o te obligan. Siempre hay una primera vez para todo, y en muchos casos sin manual técnico. Así nace esta guía que tienes entre manos, como una acumulación de experiencias que Juan Carlos Arjona ha seleccionado para que tu primera salida con zapatillas y ropa de deporte se convierta en un recuerdo duradero. Con errores que puedes evitar, consejos que tienes que seguir, recomendaciones que no debes olvidar y trucos que memorizar. A lo largo de 30 capítulos te muestra lo más útil, lo más básico que te hará crecer como runner. Juan Carlos Arjona conoce y entiende el atletismo y te descubre esos puntos fuertes que necesitas tener en cuenta, para que no se conviertan en puntos débiles, como rozadura de zapato nuevo. Y como un entrenador que conoce bien su oficio, te conducirá por una guía sin ataduras, ni desencantos. Solo hace falta que tengas un motivo, una excusa para dejarlo todo por un momento y salir a correr, como sí fuese la primera vez. Pero con las 30 lecciones aprendidas. Si aquella primera vez tuvo un sentido, una fuerza especial, ello debe ser tu calzador de cada día, con el que enfrentes tus obstáculos de la jornada. Correr te hará sentir bien, alimentará tu rutina. Pero no olvides que el running no tiene límites, y si algún día olvidas el motivo, esta guía, con sus líneas sobre hidratación, estiramientos, planificación, técnicas de carrera, y tantas otras cuestiones, afianzaran de nuevo tus pasos, y serás capaz de volver a vivir el runner que llevas dentro. - Juan Carlos Arjona nació en Cáceres en 1977. Entrenador deportivo, Personal Trainer, fundador del equipo Atletismo Arjona, apasionado por el deporte y runner con 46 Carreras Populares, 50 Medias maratones, 12 Maratones y 6 Trail. Sus principios pasan por vencerse a uno mismo, olvidar el entrenamiento perdido, no probar nada nuevo el día de la carrera, levantar siempre los brazos pase lo que pase, entrenar con la intensidad equilibrada para el éxito y sobrevivir al dolor porque es pasajero. Solo el orgullo es para siempre. Tertuliano de El sol sale por el oeste (Canal Extremadura Radio) y columnista en Sol Deportivo. Actualmente entrena a 387 corredores de 14 países.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Guía útil para runners principiantes
Author: Juan Carlos Arjona
Narrator: Pablo López
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 45 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
-Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Todo experimento supone una novedad. Salir a correr por primera vez puede convertirse en la novedad más recordada de tu vida, como la primera vez que te pusiste unos zapatos nuevos, o un experimento que jamás quieras volver a probar. La diferencia estriba en si el día que estrenaste aquellos zapatos te rozaron y te marcaron, con un dolor terrible, o si aquella tarde triunfaste con ellos. Y como los zapatos, caminar, no viene con libro de instrucciones. Aprendes, lo memorizas y ya no lo olvidas. Luego te atreves a correr, o te obligan. Siempre hay una primera vez para todo, y en muchos casos sin manual técnico. Así nace esta guía que tienes entre manos, como una acumulación de experiencias que Juan Carlos Arjona ha seleccionado para que tu primera salida con zapatillas y ropa de deporte se convierta en un recuerdo duradero. Con errores que puedes evitar, consejos que tienes que seguir, recomendaciones que no debes olvidar y trucos que memorizar. A lo largo de 30 capítulos te muestra lo más útil, lo más básico que te hará crecer como runner. Juan Carlos Arjona conoce y entiende el atletismo y te descubre esos puntos fuertes que necesitas tener en cuenta, para que no se conviertan en puntos débiles, como rozadura de zapato nuevo. Y como un entrenador que conoce bien su oficio, te conducirá por una guía sin ataduras, ni desencantos. Solo hace falta que tengas un motivo, una excusa para dejarlo todo por un momento y salir a correr, como sí fuese la primera vez. Pero con las 30 lecciones aprendidas. Si aquella primera vez tuvo un sentido, una fuerza especial, ello debe ser tu calzador de cada día, con el que enfrentes tus obstáculos de la jornada. Correr te hará sentir bien, alimentará tu rutina. Pero no olvides que el running no tiene límites, y si algún día olvidas el motivo, esta guía, con sus líneas sobre hidratación, estiramientos, planificación, técnicas de carrera, y tantas otras cuestiones, afianzaran de nuevo tus pasos, y serás capaz de volver a vivir el runner que llevas dentro. - Juan Carlos Arjona nació en Cáceres en 1977. Entrenador deportivo, Personal Trainer, fundador del equipo Atletismo Arjona, apasionado por el deporte y runner con 46 Carreras Populares, 50 Medias maratones, 12 Maratones y 6 Trail. Sus principios pasan por vencerse a uno mismo, olvidar el entrenamiento perdido, no probar nada nuevo el día de la carrera, levantar siempre los brazos pase lo que pase, entrenar con la intensidad equilibrada para el éxito y sobrevivir al dolor porque es pasajero. Solo el orgullo es para siempre. Tertuliano de El sol sale por el oeste (Canal Extremadura Radio) y columnista en Sol Deportivo. Actualmente entrena a 387 corredores de 14 países.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Our Only Home: A Climate Appeal to the World by The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439600</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Only Home: A Climate Appeal to the World
Author: The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt
Narrator: Angelo Di Loreto, Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“This impassioned account is ideal for readers well versed in current climate change activism, especially efforts spearheaded by Greta Thunberg.”—Library Journal From the voice of the beloved world religious leader comes an eye-opening manifesto that empowers the generation of today to step up, take action and save our environment. Saving the climate is our common duty. With each passing day, climate change is causing Pacific islands to disappear into the sea, accelerating the extinction of species at alarming proportions and aggravating a water shortage that has affected the entire world. In short, climate change can no longer be denied—it threatens our existence on earth. In this new book, the Dalai Lama, one of the most influential figures of our time, calls on political decision makers to finally fight against deadlock and ignorance on this issue and to stand up for a different, more climate-friendly world and for the younger generation to assert their right to regain their future.</description>
                  <author>The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488209529.mp3" length="1397342" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439600</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488209529.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:1:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Only Home: A Climate Appeal to the World
Author: The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt
Narrator: Angelo Di Loreto, Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“This impassioned account is ideal for readers well versed in current climate change activism, especially efforts spearheaded by Greta Thunberg.”—Library Journal From the voice of the beloved world religious leader comes an eye-opening manifesto that empowers the generation of today to step up, take action and save our environment. Saving the climate is our common duty. With each passing day, climate change is causing Pacific islands to disappear into the sea, accelerating the extinction of species at alarming proportions and aggravating a water shortage that has affected the entire world. In short, climate change can no longer be denied—it threatens our existence on earth. In this new book, the Dalai Lama, one of the most influential figures of our time, calls on political decision makers to finally fight against deadlock and ignorance on this issue and to stand up for a different, more climate-friendly world and for the younger generation to assert their right to regain their future.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Only Home: A Climate Appeal to the World
Author: The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt
Narrator: Angelo Di Loreto, Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“This impassioned account is ideal for readers well versed in current climate change activism, especially efforts spearheaded by Greta Thunberg.”—Library Journal From the voice of the beloved world religious leader comes an eye-opening manifesto that empowers the generation of today to step up, take action and save our environment. Saving the climate is our common duty. With each passing day, climate change is causing Pacific islands to disappear into the sea, accelerating the extinction of species at alarming proportions and aggravating a water shortage that has affected the entire world. In short, climate change can no longer be denied—it threatens our existence on earth. In this new book, the Dalai Lama, one of the most influential figures of our time, calls on political decision makers to finally fight against deadlock and ignorance on this issue and to stand up for a different, more climate-friendly world and for the younger generation to assert their right to regain their future.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Overheated: How Capitalism Broke the Planet--And How We Fight Back by Kate Aronoff</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overheated: How Capitalism Broke the Planet--And How We Fight Back
Author: Kate Aronoff
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This damning account of the forces that have hijacked progress on climate change shares a bold vision of what it will take, politically and economically, to face the existential threat of global warming head-on. It has become impossible to deny that the planet is warming, and that governments must act. But a new denialism is taking root in the halls of power, shaped by decades of neoliberal policies and centuries of anti-democratic thinking. Since the 1980s, Democrats and Republicans have each granted enormous concessions to industries hell bent on maintaining business as usual. What’s worse, policymakers have given oil and gas executives a seat at the table designing policies that should euthanize their business model. This approach, journalist Kate Aronoff makes clear, will only drive the planet further into emergency. Drawing on years of reporting, Aronoff lays out an alternative vision, detailing how democratic majorities can curb polluters’ power; create millions of well-paid, union jobs; enact climate reparations; and transform the economy into a more leisurely and sustainable one. Our future will require a radical reimagining of politics—with the world at stake.</description>
                  <author>Kate Aronoff</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549187391.mp3" length="888890" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549187391.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>16:15:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overheated: How Capitalism Broke the Planet--And How We Fight Back
Author: Kate Aronoff
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This damning account of the forces that have hijacked progress on climate change shares a bold vision of what it will take, politically and economically, to face the existential threat of global warming head-on. It has become impossible to deny that the planet is warming, and that governments must act. But a new denialism is taking root in the halls of power, shaped by decades of neoliberal policies and centuries of anti-democratic thinking. Since the 1980s, Democrats and Republicans have each granted enormous concessions to industries hell bent on maintaining business as usual. What’s worse, policymakers have given oil and gas executives a seat at the table designing policies that should euthanize their business model. This approach, journalist Kate Aronoff makes clear, will only drive the planet further into emergency. Drawing on years of reporting, Aronoff lays out an alternative vision, detailing how democratic majorities can curb polluters’ power; create millions of well-paid, union jobs; enact climate reparations; and transform the economy into a more leisurely and sustainable one. Our future will require a radical reimagining of politics—with the world at stake.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overheated: How Capitalism Broke the Planet--And How We Fight Back
Author: Kate Aronoff
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This damning account of the forces that have hijacked progress on climate change shares a bold vision of what it will take, politically and economically, to face the existential threat of global warming head-on. It has become impossible to deny that the planet is warming, and that governments must act. But a new denialism is taking root in the halls of power, shaped by decades of neoliberal policies and centuries of anti-democratic thinking. Since the 1980s, Democrats and Republicans have each granted enormous concessions to industries hell bent on maintaining business as usual. What’s worse, policymakers have given oil and gas executives a seat at the table designing policies that should euthanize their business model. This approach, journalist Kate Aronoff makes clear, will only drive the planet further into emergency. Drawing on years of reporting, Aronoff lays out an alternative vision, detailing how democratic majorities can curb polluters’ power; create millions of well-paid, union jobs; enact climate reparations; and transform the economy into a more leisurely and sustainable one. Our future will require a radical reimagining of politics—with the world at stake.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Next Great Migration: The Beauty and Terror of Life on the Move by Sonia Shah</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439230</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Next Great Migration: The Beauty and Terror of Life on the Move
Author: Sonia Shah
Narrator: Sonia Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author A prize-winning journalist upends our centuries-long assumptions about migration through science, history, and reporting--predicting its lifesaving power in the face of climate change. The news today is full of stories of dislocated people on the move. Wild species, too, are escaping warming seas and desiccated lands, creeping, swimming, and flying in a mass exodus from their past habitats. News media presents this scrambling of the planet&amp;#039;s migration patterns as unprecedented, provoking fears of the spread of disease and conflict and waves of anxiety across the Western world. On both sides of the Atlantic, experts issue alarmed predictions of millions of invading aliens, unstoppable as an advancing tsunami, and countries respond by electing anti-immigration leaders who slam closed borders that were historically porous. But the science and history of migration in animals, plants, and humans tell a different story. Far from being a disruptive behavior to be quelled at any cost, migration is an ancient and lifesaving response to environmental change, a biological imperative as necessary as breathing. Climate changes triggered the first human migrations out of Africa. Falling sea levels allowed our passage across the Bering Sea. Unhampered by barbed wire, migration allowed our ancestors to people the planet, catapulting us into the highest reaches of the Himalayan mountains and the most remote islands of the Pacific, creating and disseminating the biological, cultural, and social diversity that ecosystems and societies depend upon. In other words, migration is not the crisis--it is the solution. Conclusively tracking the history of misinformation from the 18th century through today&amp;#039;s anti-immigration policies, The Next Great Migration makes the case for a future in which migration is not a source of fear, but of hope.   A Macmillan Audio production</description>
                  <author>Sonia Shah</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250797704.mp3" length="1296334" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439230</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250797704.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:14:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Next Great Migration: The Beauty and Terror of Life on the Move
Author: Sonia Shah
Narrator: Sonia Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author A prize-winning journalist upends our centuries-long assumptions about migration through science, history, and reporting--predicting its lifesaving power in the face of climate change. The news today is full of stories of dislocated people on the move. Wild species, too, are escaping warming seas and desiccated lands, creeping, swimming, and flying in a mass exodus from their past habitats. News media presents this scrambling of the planet&amp;#039;s migration patterns as unprecedented, provoking fears of the spread of disease and conflict and waves of anxiety across the Western world. On both sides of the Atlantic, experts issue alarmed predictions of millions of invading aliens, unstoppable as an advancing tsunami, and countries respond by electing anti-immigration leaders who slam closed borders that were historically porous. But the science and history of migration in animals, plants, and humans tell a different story. Far from being a disruptive behavior to be quelled at any cost, migration is an ancient and lifesaving response to environmental change, a biological imperative as necessary as breathing. Climate changes triggered the first human migrations out of Africa. Falling sea levels allowed our passage across the Bering Sea. Unhampered by barbed wire, migration allowed our ancestors to people the planet, catapulting us into the highest reaches of the Himalayan mountains and the most remote islands of the Pacific, creating and disseminating the biological, cultural, and social diversity that ecosystems and societies depend upon. In other words, migration is not the crisis--it is the solution. Conclusively tracking the history of misinformation from the 18th century through today&amp;#039;s anti-immigration policies, The Next Great Migration makes the case for a future in which migration is not a source of fear, but of hope.   A Macmillan Audio production</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Next Great Migration: The Beauty and Terror of Life on the Move
Author: Sonia Shah
Narrator: Sonia Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author A prize-winning journalist upends our centuries-long assumptions about migration through science, history, and reporting--predicting its lifesaving power in the face of climate change. The news today is full of stories of dislocated people on the move. Wild species, too, are escaping warming seas and desiccated lands, creeping, swimming, and flying in a mass exodus from their past habitats. News media presents this scrambling of the planet&amp;#039;s migration patterns as unprecedented, provoking fears of the spread of disease and conflict and waves of anxiety across the Western world. On both sides of the Atlantic, experts issue alarmed predictions of millions of invading aliens, unstoppable as an advancing tsunami, and countries respond by electing anti-immigration leaders who slam closed borders that were historically porous. But the science and history of migration in animals, plants, and humans tell a different story. Far from being a disruptive behavior to be quelled at any cost, migration is an ancient and lifesaving response to environmental change, a biological imperative as necessary as breathing. Climate changes triggered the first human migrations out of Africa. Falling sea levels allowed our passage across the Bering Sea. Unhampered by barbed wire, migration allowed our ancestors to people the planet, catapulting us into the highest reaches of the Himalayan mountains and the most remote islands of the Pacific, creating and disseminating the biological, cultural, and social diversity that ecosystems and societies depend upon. In other words, migration is not the crisis--it is the solution. Conclusively tracking the history of misinformation from the 18th century through today&amp;#039;s anti-immigration policies, The Next Great Migration makes the case for a future in which migration is not a source of fear, but of hope.   A Macmillan Audio production</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Pawverbs: 100 Inspirations to Delight an Animal Lover&amp;#039;s Heart by Jennifer Marshall Bleakley</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438986</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs: 100 Inspirations to Delight an Animal Lover&amp;#039;s Heart
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A charming and wise collection of lessons from Proverbs . . . taught by teachers with paws.  Many of us believe a house isn’t a home unless there is fur on the floor. Pawverbs, a collection of 100 short stories featuring real-life animals, presents the godly wisdom of Proverbs in a whimsical way―inviting us to explore deep spiritual truths alongside tales of our lovable pets. In this book you will meet  - Guinea pig sisters with celebrity status. - A street-smart cat who finds his way home. - A black Lab with a rap sheet. - A dog and dolphin who are best friends. - A bearded dragon who enjoys a good soak. - A lifesaving Great Dane, and many more.  Like little fuzzy, hairy, scaly, or feathery ambassadors, animals are a gift from God to point us to Himself―to the One who promises to never leave us, is always available to listen, and who loves us more than we can fathom. If you are looking for encouragement and inspiration, or even just a kibble-sized morsel of wisdom, Pawverbs is sure to delight your pet-loving soul</description>
                  <author>Jennifer Marshall Bleakley</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781496452313.mp3" length="1300182" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438986</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781496452313.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:7:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs: 100 Inspirations to Delight an Animal Lover&amp;#039;s Heart
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A charming and wise collection of lessons from Proverbs . . . taught by teachers with paws.  Many of us believe a house isn’t a home unless there is fur on the floor. Pawverbs, a collection of 100 short stories featuring real-life animals, presents the godly wisdom of Proverbs in a whimsical way―inviting us to explore deep spiritual truths alongside tales of our lovable pets. In this book you will meet  - Guinea pig sisters with celebrity status. - A street-smart cat who finds his way home. - A black Lab with a rap sheet. - A dog and dolphin who are best friends. - A bearded dragon who enjoys a good soak. - A lifesaving Great Dane, and many more.  Like little fuzzy, hairy, scaly, or feathery ambassadors, animals are a gift from God to point us to Himself―to the One who promises to never leave us, is always available to listen, and who loves us more than we can fathom. If you are looking for encouragement and inspiration, or even just a kibble-sized morsel of wisdom, Pawverbs is sure to delight your pet-loving soul</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs: 100 Inspirations to Delight an Animal Lover&amp;#039;s Heart
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A charming and wise collection of lessons from Proverbs . . . taught by teachers with paws.  Many of us believe a house isn’t a home unless there is fur on the floor. Pawverbs, a collection of 100 short stories featuring real-life animals, presents the godly wisdom of Proverbs in a whimsical way―inviting us to explore deep spiritual truths alongside tales of our lovable pets. In this book you will meet  - Guinea pig sisters with celebrity status. - A street-smart cat who finds his way home. - A black Lab with a rap sheet. - A dog and dolphin who are best friends. - A bearded dragon who enjoys a good soak. - A lifesaving Great Dane, and many more.  Like little fuzzy, hairy, scaly, or feathery ambassadors, animals are a gift from God to point us to Himself―to the One who promises to never leave us, is always available to listen, and who loves us more than we can fathom. If you are looking for encouragement and inspiration, or even just a kibble-sized morsel of wisdom, Pawverbs is sure to delight your pet-loving soul</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>All We Can Save: Truth, Courage, and Solutions for the Climate Crisis by Ayana Elizabeth Johnson</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438581</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All We Can Save: Truth, Courage, and Solutions for the Climate Crisis
Author: Ayana Elizabeth Johnson
Narrator: Julia Louis-Dreyfus, Ilana Glazer, Sophia Bush, Katharine K. Wilkinson, Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, Kimberly Drew, America Ferrera, Cristela Alonzo, Janet Mock, Bahni Turpin, Jane Fonda, Alfre Woodard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Provocative and illuminating essays from women at the forefront of the climate movement who are harnessing truth, courage, and solutions to lead humanity forward.     There is a renaissance blooming in the climate movement: leadership that is more characteristically feminine and more faithfully feminist, rooted in compassion, connection, creativity, and collaboration. While it’s clear that women and girls are vital voices and agents of change for this planet, they are too often missing from the proverbial table. More than a problem of bias, it’s a dynamic that sets us up for failure. To change everything, we need everyone.      All We Can Save illuminates the expertise and insights of dozens of diverse women leading on climate in the United States—scientists, journalists, farmers, lawyers, teachers, activists, innovators, wonks, and designers, across generations, geographies, and race—and aims to advance a more representative, nuanced, and solution-oriented public conversation on the climate crisis. These women offer a spectrum of ideas and insights for how we can rapidly, radically reshape society.      This book is both a balm and a guide for knowing and holding what has been done to the world, while bolstering our resolve never to give up on one another or our collective future. We must summon truth, courage, and solutions to turn away from the brink and toward life-giving possibility. Curated by two climate leaders, the book is a collection and celebration of visionaries who are leading us on a path toward all we can save.            This audiobook includes a PDF of climate resources and references. With essays and poems by: Emily Atkin • Xiye Bastida • Ellen Bass • Colette Pichon Battle • Jainey K. Bavishi • Janine Benyus • adrienne maree brown • Régine Clément • Abigail Dillen • Camille T. Dungy • Rhiana Gunn-Wright • Joy Harjo • Katharine Hayhoe • Mary Annaïse Heglar • Jane Hirshfield • Mary Anne Hitt • Ailish Hopper • Tara Houska, Zhaabowekwe • Emily N. Johnston • Joan Naviyuk Kane • Naomi Klein • Kate Knuth • Ada Limón • Louise Maher-Johnson • Kate Marvel • Gina McCarthy • Anne Haven McDonnell • Sarah Miller • Sherri Mitchell, Weh’na Ha’mu Kwasset • Susanne C. Moser • Lynna Odel • Sharon Olds • Mary Oliver • Kate Orff • Jacqui Patterson • Leah Penniman • Catherine Pierce • Marge Piercy • Kendra Pierre-Louis • Varshini • Prakash • Janisse Ray • Christine E. Nieves Rodriguez • Favianna Rodriguez • Cameron Russell • Ash Sanders • Judith D. Schwartz • Patricia Smith • Emily Stengel • Sarah Stillman • Leah Cardamore Stokes • Amanda Sturgeon • Maggie Thomas • Heather McTeer Toney • Alexandria Villaseñor • Alice Walker • Amy Westervelt • Jane Zelikova Narrators: Alfre Woodard • America Ferrera • Cristela Alonzo • Ilana Glazer • Jane Fonda • Janet Mock • Julia Louis-Dreyfus • Kimberly Drew • Bahni Turpin • Sophia Bush • additional material read by the editors</description>
                  <author>Ayana Elizabeth Johnson</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593347614.mp3" length="2833646" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438581</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593347614.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>15:6:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All We Can Save: Truth, Courage, and Solutions for the Climate Crisis
Author: Ayana Elizabeth Johnson
Narrator: Julia Louis-Dreyfus, Ilana Glazer, Sophia Bush, Katharine K. Wilkinson, Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, Kimberly Drew, America Ferrera, Cristela Alonzo, Janet Mock, Bahni Turpin, Jane Fonda, Alfre Woodard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Provocative and illuminating essays from women at the forefront of the climate movement who are harnessing truth, courage, and solutions to lead humanity forward.     There is a renaissance blooming in the climate movement: leadership that is more characteristically feminine and more faithfully feminist, rooted in compassion, connection, creativity, and collaboration. While it’s clear that women and girls are vital voices and agents of change for this planet, they are too often missing from the proverbial table. More than a problem of bias, it’s a dynamic that sets us up for failure. To change everything, we need everyone.      All We Can Save illuminates the expertise and insights of dozens of diverse women leading on climate in the United States—scientists, journalists, farmers, lawyers, teachers, activists, innovators, wonks, and designers, across generations, geographies, and race—and aims to advance a more representative, nuanced, and solution-oriented public conversation on the climate crisis. These women offer a spectrum of ideas and insights for how we can rapidly, radically reshape society.      This book is both a balm and a guide for knowing and holding what has been done to the world, while bolstering our resolve never to give up on one another or our collective future. We must summon truth, courage, and solutions to turn away from the brink and toward life-giving possibility. Curated by two climate leaders, the book is a collection and celebration of visionaries who are leading us on a path toward all we can save.            This audiobook includes a PDF of climate resources and references. With essays and poems by: Emily Atkin • Xiye Bastida • Ellen Bass • Colette Pichon Battle • Jainey K. Bavishi • Janine Benyus • adrienne maree brown • Régine Clément • Abigail Dillen • Camille T. Dungy • Rhiana Gunn-Wright • Joy Harjo • Katharine Hayhoe • Mary Annaïse Heglar • Jane Hirshfield • Mary Anne Hitt • Ailish Hopper • Tara Houska, Zhaabowekwe • Emily N. Johnston • Joan Naviyuk Kane • Naomi Klein • Kate Knuth • Ada Limón • Louise Maher-Johnson • Kate Marvel • Gina McCarthy • Anne Haven McDonnell • Sarah Miller • Sherri Mitchell, Weh’na Ha’mu Kwasset • Susanne C. Moser • Lynna Odel • Sharon Olds • Mary Oliver • Kate Orff • Jacqui Patterson • Leah Penniman • Catherine Pierce • Marge Piercy • Kendra Pierre-Louis • Varshini • Prakash • Janisse Ray • Christine E. Nieves Rodriguez • Favianna Rodriguez • Cameron Russell • Ash Sanders • Judith D. Schwartz • Patricia Smith • Emily Stengel • Sarah Stillman • Leah Cardamore Stokes • Amanda Sturgeon • Maggie Thomas • Heather McTeer Toney • Alexandria Villaseñor • Alice Walker • Amy Westervelt • Jane Zelikova Narrators: Alfre Woodard • America Ferrera • Cristela Alonzo • Ilana Glazer • Jane Fonda • Janet Mock • Julia Louis-Dreyfus • Kimberly Drew • Bahni Turpin • Sophia Bush • additional material read by the editors</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All We Can Save: Truth, Courage, and Solutions for the Climate Crisis
Author: Ayana Elizabeth Johnson
Narrator: Julia Louis-Dreyfus, Ilana Glazer, Sophia Bush, Katharine K. Wilkinson, Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, Kimberly Drew, America Ferrera, Cristela Alonzo, Janet Mock, Bahni Turpin, Jane Fonda, Alfre Woodard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Provocative and illuminating essays from women at the forefront of the climate movement who are harnessing truth, courage, and solutions to lead humanity forward.     There is a renaissance blooming in the climate movement: leadership that is more characteristically feminine and more faithfully feminist, rooted in compassion, connection, creativity, and collaboration. While it’s clear that women and girls are vital voices and agents of change for this planet, they are too often missing from the proverbial table. More than a problem of bias, it’s a dynamic that sets us up for failure. To change everything, we need everyone.      All We Can Save illuminates the expertise and insights of dozens of diverse women leading on climate in the United States—scientists, journalists, farmers, lawyers, teachers, activists, innovators, wonks, and designers, across generations, geographies, and race—and aims to advance a more representative, nuanced, and solution-oriented public conversation on the climate crisis. These women offer a spectrum of ideas and insights for how we can rapidly, radically reshape society.      This book is both a balm and a guide for knowing and holding what has been done to the world, while bolstering our resolve never to give up on one another or our collective future. We must summon truth, courage, and solutions to turn away from the brink and toward life-giving possibility. Curated by two climate leaders, the book is a collection and celebration of visionaries who are leading us on a path toward all we can save.            This audiobook includes a PDF of climate resources and references. With essays and poems by: Emily Atkin • Xiye Bastida • Ellen Bass • Colette Pichon Battle • Jainey K. Bavishi • Janine Benyus • adrienne maree brown • Régine Clément • Abigail Dillen • Camille T. Dungy • Rhiana Gunn-Wright • Joy Harjo • Katharine Hayhoe • Mary Annaïse Heglar • Jane Hirshfield • Mary Anne Hitt • Ailish Hopper • Tara Houska, Zhaabowekwe • Emily N. Johnston • Joan Naviyuk Kane • Naomi Klein • Kate Knuth • Ada Limón • Louise Maher-Johnson • Kate Marvel • Gina McCarthy • Anne Haven McDonnell • Sarah Miller • Sherri Mitchell, Weh’na Ha’mu Kwasset • Susanne C. Moser • Lynna Odel • Sharon Olds • Mary Oliver • Kate Orff • Jacqui Patterson • Leah Penniman • Catherine Pierce • Marge Piercy • Kendra Pierre-Louis • Varshini • Prakash • Janisse Ray • Christine E. Nieves Rodriguez • Favianna Rodriguez • Cameron Russell • Ash Sanders • Judith D. Schwartz • Patricia Smith • Emily Stengel • Sarah Stillman • Leah Cardamore Stokes • Amanda Sturgeon • Maggie Thomas • Heather McTeer Toney • Alexandria Villaseñor • Alice Walker • Amy Westervelt • Jane Zelikova Narrators: Alfre Woodard • America Ferrera • Cristela Alonzo • Ilana Glazer • Jane Fonda • Janet Mock • Julia Louis-Dreyfus • Kimberly Drew • Bahni Turpin • Sophia Bush • additional material read by the editors</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows: An Introduction to Carnism, 10th Anniversary Edition by Melanie Joy PhD</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438143</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows: An Introduction to Carnism, 10th Anniversary Edition
Author: Melanie Joy PhD
Narrator: Heather Wynne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An Introduction to Carnism Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows offers an absorbing look at what social psychologist Melanie Joy calls carnism, the belief system that conditions us to eat certain animals when we would never dream of eating others. Carnism causes extensive animal suffering and global injustice, and it drives us to act against our own interests and the interests of others without fully realizing what we are doing. Becoming aware of what carnism is and how it functions is vital to personal empowerment and social transformation, as it enables us to make our food choices more freely—because without awareness, there is no free choice.</description>
                  <author>Melanie Joy PhD</author>
                  <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705255964.mp3" length="8218203" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438143</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705255964.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:0:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows: An Introduction to Carnism, 10th Anniversary Edition
Author: Melanie Joy PhD
Narrator: Heather Wynne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An Introduction to Carnism Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows offers an absorbing look at what social psychologist Melanie Joy calls carnism, the belief system that conditions us to eat certain animals when we would never dream of eating others. Carnism causes extensive animal suffering and global injustice, and it drives us to act against our own interests and the interests of others without fully realizing what we are doing. Becoming aware of what carnism is and how it functions is vital to personal empowerment and social transformation, as it enables us to make our food choices more freely—because without awareness, there is no free choice.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows: An Introduction to Carnism, 10th Anniversary Edition
Author: Melanie Joy PhD
Narrator: Heather Wynne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An Introduction to Carnism Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows offers an absorbing look at what social psychologist Melanie Joy calls carnism, the belief system that conditions us to eat certain animals when we would never dream of eating others. Carnism causes extensive animal suffering and global injustice, and it drives us to act against our own interests and the interests of others without fully realizing what we are doing. Becoming aware of what carnism is and how it functions is vital to personal empowerment and social transformation, as it enables us to make our food choices more freely—because without awareness, there is no free choice.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Hidden Life of Ice: Dispatches from a Disappearing World by Marco Tedesco, Alberto Flores D&amp;#039;arcais</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438137</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438137">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438137</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Life of Ice: Dispatches from a Disappearing World
Author: Marco Tedesco, Alberto Flores D&amp;#039;arcais
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A pioneering researcher&amp;#039;s illuminating account of Arctic ice—its secret history and dire future Barely inhabited, the Arctic is an alien world to most of us. It also holds critical clues about the future of our planet. In The Hidden Life of Ice, Marco Tedesco invites us to Greenland, where he and his fellow scientists are doggedly researching the dramatic changes afoot. Following the arc of his typical day at work, Tedesco unearths the secrets in the ice—from evidence of long-extinct &amp;#039;polar camels&amp;#039; to the fantastically weird microorganisms living at freezing temperatures in cryoconite holes. Tedesco weaves together the bald facts on climate change with poetic reflections on this endangered landscape, the epic deeds of great Arctic explorers, and the legends of the rare local populations. The Hidden Life of Ice is more than a diatribe on climate—it&amp;#039;s a moving tribute to a beautiful place that may be gone too soon.</description>
                  <author>Marco Tedesco, Alberto Flores D&amp;#039;arcais</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705252949.mp3" length="8305337" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438137</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705252949.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>3:58:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438137">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438137</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Life of Ice: Dispatches from a Disappearing World
Author: Marco Tedesco, Alberto Flores D&amp;#039;arcais
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A pioneering researcher&amp;#039;s illuminating account of Arctic ice—its secret history and dire future Barely inhabited, the Arctic is an alien world to most of us. It also holds critical clues about the future of our planet. In The Hidden Life of Ice, Marco Tedesco invites us to Greenland, where he and his fellow scientists are doggedly researching the dramatic changes afoot. Following the arc of his typical day at work, Tedesco unearths the secrets in the ice—from evidence of long-extinct &amp;#039;polar camels&amp;#039; to the fantastically weird microorganisms living at freezing temperatures in cryoconite holes. Tedesco weaves together the bald facts on climate change with poetic reflections on this endangered landscape, the epic deeds of great Arctic explorers, and the legends of the rare local populations. The Hidden Life of Ice is more than a diatribe on climate—it&amp;#039;s a moving tribute to a beautiful place that may be gone too soon.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438137">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438137</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Life of Ice: Dispatches from a Disappearing World
Author: Marco Tedesco, Alberto Flores D&amp;#039;arcais
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A pioneering researcher&amp;#039;s illuminating account of Arctic ice—its secret history and dire future Barely inhabited, the Arctic is an alien world to most of us. It also holds critical clues about the future of our planet. In The Hidden Life of Ice, Marco Tedesco invites us to Greenland, where he and his fellow scientists are doggedly researching the dramatic changes afoot. Following the arc of his typical day at work, Tedesco unearths the secrets in the ice—from evidence of long-extinct &amp;#039;polar camels&amp;#039; to the fantastically weird microorganisms living at freezing temperatures in cryoconite holes. Tedesco weaves together the bald facts on climate change with poetic reflections on this endangered landscape, the epic deeds of great Arctic explorers, and the legends of the rare local populations. The Hidden Life of Ice is more than a diatribe on climate—it&amp;#039;s a moving tribute to a beautiful place that may be gone too soon.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and a Vision for the Future by David Attenborough</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and a Vision for the Future
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this scientifically informed account of the changes occurring in the world over the last century, award-winning broadcaster and natural historian shares a lifetime of wisdom and a hopeful vision for the future. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I&amp;#039;ve had an extraordinary life. It&amp;#039;s only now that I appreciate how extraordinary.  As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day -- the loss of our planet&amp;#039;s wild places, its biodiversity.  I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet is my witness statement, and my vision for the future. It is the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake -- and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have one final chance to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so.</description>
                  <author>David Attenborough</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549160813.mp3" length="869904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549160813.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:20:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and a Vision for the Future
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this scientifically informed account of the changes occurring in the world over the last century, award-winning broadcaster and natural historian shares a lifetime of wisdom and a hopeful vision for the future. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I&amp;#039;ve had an extraordinary life. It&amp;#039;s only now that I appreciate how extraordinary.  As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day -- the loss of our planet&amp;#039;s wild places, its biodiversity.  I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet is my witness statement, and my vision for the future. It is the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake -- and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have one final chance to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and a Vision for the Future
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this scientifically informed account of the changes occurring in the world over the last century, award-winning broadcaster and natural historian shares a lifetime of wisdom and a hopeful vision for the future. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I&amp;#039;ve had an extraordinary life. It&amp;#039;s only now that I appreciate how extraordinary.  As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day -- the loss of our planet&amp;#039;s wild places, its biodiversity.  I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet is my witness statement, and my vision for the future. It is the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake -- and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have one final chance to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Teaming With Nutrients: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Optimizing Plant Nutrition by Jeff Lowenfels</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Nutrients: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Optimizing Plant Nutrition
Author: Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most gardeners realize that plants need to be fed but know little to nothing about the nature of the nutrients involved or how they get into plants. Teaming with Nutrients explains how nutrients move into plants and what both macro-nutrients and micro-nutrients do once inside. It shows organic gardeners how to provide these essentials. To fully explain how plants eat, Lowenfels uses his ability to make science accessible with lessons in biology, chemistry, and botany that all gardeners need to know to understand how nutrients get to the plant and what they do once they&amp;#039;re inside it. Teaming with Nutrients will open your eyes to the importance of understanding the role of nutrients in healthy, productive organic gardens, and it will show you how these nutrients do their jobs. In short, it will make you a better informed, more successful, and more environmentally responsible gardener.</description>
                  <author>Jeff Lowenfels</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666552744.mp3" length="827568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666552744.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:42:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Nutrients: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Optimizing Plant Nutrition
Author: Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most gardeners realize that plants need to be fed but know little to nothing about the nature of the nutrients involved or how they get into plants. Teaming with Nutrients explains how nutrients move into plants and what both macro-nutrients and micro-nutrients do once inside. It shows organic gardeners how to provide these essentials. To fully explain how plants eat, Lowenfels uses his ability to make science accessible with lessons in biology, chemistry, and botany that all gardeners need to know to understand how nutrients get to the plant and what they do once they&amp;#039;re inside it. Teaming with Nutrients will open your eyes to the importance of understanding the role of nutrients in healthy, productive organic gardens, and it will show you how these nutrients do their jobs. In short, it will make you a better informed, more successful, and more environmentally responsible gardener.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Nutrients: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Optimizing Plant Nutrition
Author: Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most gardeners realize that plants need to be fed but know little to nothing about the nature of the nutrients involved or how they get into plants. Teaming with Nutrients explains how nutrients move into plants and what both macro-nutrients and micro-nutrients do once inside. It shows organic gardeners how to provide these essentials. To fully explain how plants eat, Lowenfels uses his ability to make science accessible with lessons in biology, chemistry, and botany that all gardeners need to know to understand how nutrients get to the plant and what they do once they&amp;#039;re inside it. Teaming with Nutrients will open your eyes to the importance of understanding the role of nutrients in healthy, productive organic gardens, and it will show you how these nutrients do their jobs. In short, it will make you a better informed, more successful, and more environmentally responsible gardener.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Winning the Green New Deal: Why We Must, How We Can by Tbd</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning the Green New Deal: Why We Must, How We Can
Author: Tbd
Narrator: Inés Del Castillo, Joniece Abbott-Pratt, David Sadzin, Samantha Desz, Shaun Taylor-Corbett, Timothy Andrés Pabon, Priya Ayyar, Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent and definitive collection of essays from leaders and experts championing the Green New Deal—and a detailed playbook for how we can win it—including contributions by leading activists and progressive writers like Varshini Prakash, Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Bill McKibben, Rev William Barber II, and more.  In October 2018, scientists warned that we have less than 12 years left to transform our economy away from fossil fuels, or face catastrophic climate change. At that moment, there was no plan in the US to decarbonize our economy that fast. Less than two years later, every major Democratic presidential candidate has embraced the vision of the Green New Deal—a rapid, vast transformation of our economy to avert climate catastrophe while securing economic and racial justice for all.   What happened? A new generation of leaders confronted the political establishment in Washington DC with a simple message: the climate crisis is here, and the Green New Deal is our last, best hope for a livable future. Now comes the hard part: turning that vision into the law of the land.   In Winning a Green New Deal, leading youth activists, journalists, and policymakers explain why we need a transformative agenda to avert climate catastrophe, and how our movement can organize to win. Featuring essays by Varshini Prakash, cofounder of Sunrise Movement; Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Green New Deal policy architect; Joseph Stiglitz, Nobel Prize–winning economist; Bill McKibben, internationally renowned environmentalist; Mary Kay Henry, the President of the Service Employees International Union, and others we’ll learn why the climate crisis cannot be solved unless we also confront inequality and racism, how movements can redefine what’s politically possible and overcome the opposition of fossil fuel billionaires, and how a Green New Deal will build a just and thriving economy for all of us.   For anyone looking to understand the movement for a Green New Deal, and join the fight for a livable future, there is no resource as clear and practical as Winning the Green New Deal.</description>
                  <author>Tbd</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797117621.mp3" length="818803" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797117621.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:49:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning the Green New Deal: Why We Must, How We Can
Author: Tbd
Narrator: Inés Del Castillo, Joniece Abbott-Pratt, David Sadzin, Samantha Desz, Shaun Taylor-Corbett, Timothy Andrés Pabon, Priya Ayyar, Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent and definitive collection of essays from leaders and experts championing the Green New Deal—and a detailed playbook for how we can win it—including contributions by leading activists and progressive writers like Varshini Prakash, Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Bill McKibben, Rev William Barber II, and more.  In October 2018, scientists warned that we have less than 12 years left to transform our economy away from fossil fuels, or face catastrophic climate change. At that moment, there was no plan in the US to decarbonize our economy that fast. Less than two years later, every major Democratic presidential candidate has embraced the vision of the Green New Deal—a rapid, vast transformation of our economy to avert climate catastrophe while securing economic and racial justice for all.   What happened? A new generation of leaders confronted the political establishment in Washington DC with a simple message: the climate crisis is here, and the Green New Deal is our last, best hope for a livable future. Now comes the hard part: turning that vision into the law of the land.   In Winning a Green New Deal, leading youth activists, journalists, and policymakers explain why we need a transformative agenda to avert climate catastrophe, and how our movement can organize to win. Featuring essays by Varshini Prakash, cofounder of Sunrise Movement; Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Green New Deal policy architect; Joseph Stiglitz, Nobel Prize–winning economist; Bill McKibben, internationally renowned environmentalist; Mary Kay Henry, the President of the Service Employees International Union, and others we’ll learn why the climate crisis cannot be solved unless we also confront inequality and racism, how movements can redefine what’s politically possible and overcome the opposition of fossil fuel billionaires, and how a Green New Deal will build a just and thriving economy for all of us.   For anyone looking to understand the movement for a Green New Deal, and join the fight for a livable future, there is no resource as clear and practical as Winning the Green New Deal.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning the Green New Deal: Why We Must, How We Can
Author: Tbd
Narrator: Inés Del Castillo, Joniece Abbott-Pratt, David Sadzin, Samantha Desz, Shaun Taylor-Corbett, Timothy Andrés Pabon, Priya Ayyar, Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent and definitive collection of essays from leaders and experts championing the Green New Deal—and a detailed playbook for how we can win it—including contributions by leading activists and progressive writers like Varshini Prakash, Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Bill McKibben, Rev William Barber II, and more.  In October 2018, scientists warned that we have less than 12 years left to transform our economy away from fossil fuels, or face catastrophic climate change. At that moment, there was no plan in the US to decarbonize our economy that fast. Less than two years later, every major Democratic presidential candidate has embraced the vision of the Green New Deal—a rapid, vast transformation of our economy to avert climate catastrophe while securing economic and racial justice for all.   What happened? A new generation of leaders confronted the political establishment in Washington DC with a simple message: the climate crisis is here, and the Green New Deal is our last, best hope for a livable future. Now comes the hard part: turning that vision into the law of the land.   In Winning a Green New Deal, leading youth activists, journalists, and policymakers explain why we need a transformative agenda to avert climate catastrophe, and how our movement can organize to win. Featuring essays by Varshini Prakash, cofounder of Sunrise Movement; Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Green New Deal policy architect; Joseph Stiglitz, Nobel Prize–winning economist; Bill McKibben, internationally renowned environmentalist; Mary Kay Henry, the President of the Service Employees International Union, and others we’ll learn why the climate crisis cannot be solved unless we also confront inequality and racism, how movements can redefine what’s politically possible and overcome the opposition of fossil fuel billionaires, and how a Green New Deal will build a just and thriving economy for all of us.   For anyone looking to understand the movement for a Green New Deal, and join the fight for a livable future, there is no resource as clear and practical as Winning the Green New Deal.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Shackleton: Explorer. Leader. Legend. by Ranulph Fiennes</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436729</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436729">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436729</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shackleton: Explorer. Leader. Legend.
Author: Ranulph Fiennes
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The enthralling new biography of Ernest Shackleton by the world&amp;#039;s greatest living explorer, Sir Ranulph Fiennes.    To write about Hell, it helps if you have been there. In 1915, Sir Ernest Shackleton&amp;#039;s attempt to traverse the Antarctic was cut short when his ship, Endurance, became trapped in ice.  The disaster left Shackleton and his men alone at the frozen South Pole, fighting for their lives.  Their survival and escape is the most famous adventure in history.  Shackleton is an engaging new account of the adventurer, his life and his incredible leadership under the most extreme of circumstances.  Written by polar adventurer Sir Ranulph Fiennes who followed in Shackleton&amp;#039;s footsteps, he brings his own unique insights to bear on these infamous expeditions. Shackleton is both re-appraisal and a valediction, separating the man from the myth he has become.     Praise for Sir Ranulph Fiennes: &amp;#039;The World&amp;#039;s Greatest Living Explorer&amp;#039; - Guinness Book of Records &amp;#039;Full of awe-inspiring details of hardship, resolve and weather that defies belief, told by someone of unique authority.  No one is more tailor-made to tell [this] story than Sir Ranulph Fiennes&amp;#039; - Newsday &amp;#039;Fiennes&amp;#039; own experiences certainly allow him to write vividly and with empathy of the hell that the men went through&amp;#039; - The Sunday Times © Ranulph Fiennes 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
                  <author>Ranulph Fiennes</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 16 Sep 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781405946421.mp3" length="1300844" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436729</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781405946421.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:51:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436729">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436729</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shackleton: Explorer. Leader. Legend.
Author: Ranulph Fiennes
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The enthralling new biography of Ernest Shackleton by the world&amp;#039;s greatest living explorer, Sir Ranulph Fiennes.    To write about Hell, it helps if you have been there. In 1915, Sir Ernest Shackleton&amp;#039;s attempt to traverse the Antarctic was cut short when his ship, Endurance, became trapped in ice.  The disaster left Shackleton and his men alone at the frozen South Pole, fighting for their lives.  Their survival and escape is the most famous adventure in history.  Shackleton is an engaging new account of the adventurer, his life and his incredible leadership under the most extreme of circumstances.  Written by polar adventurer Sir Ranulph Fiennes who followed in Shackleton&amp;#039;s footsteps, he brings his own unique insights to bear on these infamous expeditions. Shackleton is both re-appraisal and a valediction, separating the man from the myth he has become.     Praise for Sir Ranulph Fiennes: &amp;#039;The World&amp;#039;s Greatest Living Explorer&amp;#039; - Guinness Book of Records &amp;#039;Full of awe-inspiring details of hardship, resolve and weather that defies belief, told by someone of unique authority.  No one is more tailor-made to tell [this] story than Sir Ranulph Fiennes&amp;#039; - Newsday &amp;#039;Fiennes&amp;#039; own experiences certainly allow him to write vividly and with empathy of the hell that the men went through&amp;#039; - The Sunday Times © Ranulph Fiennes 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436729">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436729</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shackleton: Explorer. Leader. Legend.
Author: Ranulph Fiennes
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The enthralling new biography of Ernest Shackleton by the world&amp;#039;s greatest living explorer, Sir Ranulph Fiennes.    To write about Hell, it helps if you have been there. In 1915, Sir Ernest Shackleton&amp;#039;s attempt to traverse the Antarctic was cut short when his ship, Endurance, became trapped in ice.  The disaster left Shackleton and his men alone at the frozen South Pole, fighting for their lives.  Their survival and escape is the most famous adventure in history.  Shackleton is an engaging new account of the adventurer, his life and his incredible leadership under the most extreme of circumstances.  Written by polar adventurer Sir Ranulph Fiennes who followed in Shackleton&amp;#039;s footsteps, he brings his own unique insights to bear on these infamous expeditions. Shackleton is both re-appraisal and a valediction, separating the man from the myth he has become.     Praise for Sir Ranulph Fiennes: &amp;#039;The World&amp;#039;s Greatest Living Explorer&amp;#039; - Guinness Book of Records &amp;#039;Full of awe-inspiring details of hardship, resolve and weather that defies belief, told by someone of unique authority.  No one is more tailor-made to tell [this] story than Sir Ranulph Fiennes&amp;#039; - Newsday &amp;#039;Fiennes&amp;#039; own experiences certainly allow him to write vividly and with empathy of the hell that the men went through&amp;#039; - The Sunday Times © Ranulph Fiennes 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Fathoms by Rebecca Giggs</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436665</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fathoms
Author: Rebecca Giggs
Narrator: Shiromi Arserio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘There is a kind of hauntedness in wild animals today: a spectre related to environmental change … Our fear is that the unseen spirits that move in them are ours. Once more, animals are a moral force.&amp;#039; When Rebecca Giggs encountered a humpback whale stranded on her local beach in Australia, she began to wonder how the lives of whales might shed light on the condition of our seas. How do whales experience environmental change? Has our connection to these fabled animals been transformed by technology? What future awaits us, and them? And what does it mean to write about nature in the midst of an ecological crisis? In Fathoms: the world in the whale, Giggs blends natural history, philosophy, and science to explore these questions with clarity and hope. In lively, inventive prose, she introduces us to whales so rare they have never been named; she tells us of the astonishing variety found in whale sounds, and of whale ‘pop&amp;#039; songs that sweep across hemispheres. She takes us into the deeps to discover that one whale&amp;#039;s death can spark a great flourishing of creatures. We travel to Japan to board whaling ships, examine the uncanny charisma of these magnificent mammals, and confront the plastic pollution now pervading their underwater environment. In the spirit of Rachel Carson and John Berger, Fathoms is a work of profound insight and wonder. It marks the arrival of an essential new voice in narrative nonfiction and provides us with a powerful, surprising, and compelling view of some of the most urgent issues of our time. ‘I can&amp;#039;t think of many books in which love for the world and uncompromising, ever-deepening rigour come together in this way. Time slows down. This book makes a permanent dent in the reader.&amp;#039; MARIA TUMARKIN ‘Fathoms took my breath away. Humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature has never been more important or vulnerable, and we are truly fortunate that at such a pivotal moment, a writer of Rebecca Giggs&amp;#039;s calibre is here to capture every beautiful detail, every aching nuance. She is in a league of her own.&amp;#039; ED YONG, AUTHOR OF I CONTAIN MULTITUDES  ‘Fathoms is a marvel: a glorious, prismatic, deeply affecting hymn to the beauty, majesty, and extremity of whales and the human imagining of them.&amp;#039; JAMES BRADLEY</description>
                  <author>Rebecca Giggs</author>
                  <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004013890.mp3" length="786963" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436665</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004013890.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>12:5:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fathoms
Author: Rebecca Giggs
Narrator: Shiromi Arserio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘There is a kind of hauntedness in wild animals today: a spectre related to environmental change … Our fear is that the unseen spirits that move in them are ours. Once more, animals are a moral force.&amp;#039; When Rebecca Giggs encountered a humpback whale stranded on her local beach in Australia, she began to wonder how the lives of whales might shed light on the condition of our seas. How do whales experience environmental change? Has our connection to these fabled animals been transformed by technology? What future awaits us, and them? And what does it mean to write about nature in the midst of an ecological crisis? In Fathoms: the world in the whale, Giggs blends natural history, philosophy, and science to explore these questions with clarity and hope. In lively, inventive prose, she introduces us to whales so rare they have never been named; she tells us of the astonishing variety found in whale sounds, and of whale ‘pop&amp;#039; songs that sweep across hemispheres. She takes us into the deeps to discover that one whale&amp;#039;s death can spark a great flourishing of creatures. We travel to Japan to board whaling ships, examine the uncanny charisma of these magnificent mammals, and confront the plastic pollution now pervading their underwater environment. In the spirit of Rachel Carson and John Berger, Fathoms is a work of profound insight and wonder. It marks the arrival of an essential new voice in narrative nonfiction and provides us with a powerful, surprising, and compelling view of some of the most urgent issues of our time. ‘I can&amp;#039;t think of many books in which love for the world and uncompromising, ever-deepening rigour come together in this way. Time slows down. This book makes a permanent dent in the reader.&amp;#039; MARIA TUMARKIN ‘Fathoms took my breath away. Humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature has never been more important or vulnerable, and we are truly fortunate that at such a pivotal moment, a writer of Rebecca Giggs&amp;#039;s calibre is here to capture every beautiful detail, every aching nuance. She is in a league of her own.&amp;#039; ED YONG, AUTHOR OF I CONTAIN MULTITUDES  ‘Fathoms is a marvel: a glorious, prismatic, deeply affecting hymn to the beauty, majesty, and extremity of whales and the human imagining of them.&amp;#039; JAMES BRADLEY</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fathoms
Author: Rebecca Giggs
Narrator: Shiromi Arserio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘There is a kind of hauntedness in wild animals today: a spectre related to environmental change … Our fear is that the unseen spirits that move in them are ours. Once more, animals are a moral force.&amp;#039; When Rebecca Giggs encountered a humpback whale stranded on her local beach in Australia, she began to wonder how the lives of whales might shed light on the condition of our seas. How do whales experience environmental change? Has our connection to these fabled animals been transformed by technology? What future awaits us, and them? And what does it mean to write about nature in the midst of an ecological crisis? In Fathoms: the world in the whale, Giggs blends natural history, philosophy, and science to explore these questions with clarity and hope. In lively, inventive prose, she introduces us to whales so rare they have never been named; she tells us of the astonishing variety found in whale sounds, and of whale ‘pop&amp;#039; songs that sweep across hemispheres. She takes us into the deeps to discover that one whale&amp;#039;s death can spark a great flourishing of creatures. We travel to Japan to board whaling ships, examine the uncanny charisma of these magnificent mammals, and confront the plastic pollution now pervading their underwater environment. In the spirit of Rachel Carson and John Berger, Fathoms is a work of profound insight and wonder. It marks the arrival of an essential new voice in narrative nonfiction and provides us with a powerful, surprising, and compelling view of some of the most urgent issues of our time. ‘I can&amp;#039;t think of many books in which love for the world and uncompromising, ever-deepening rigour come together in this way. Time slows down. This book makes a permanent dent in the reader.&amp;#039; MARIA TUMARKIN ‘Fathoms took my breath away. Humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature has never been more important or vulnerable, and we are truly fortunate that at such a pivotal moment, a writer of Rebecca Giggs&amp;#039;s calibre is here to capture every beautiful detail, every aching nuance. She is in a league of her own.&amp;#039; ED YONG, AUTHOR OF I CONTAIN MULTITUDES  ‘Fathoms is a marvel: a glorious, prismatic, deeply affecting hymn to the beauty, majesty, and extremity of whales and the human imagining of them.&amp;#039; JAMES BRADLEY</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and A Vision for the Future by David Attenborough</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436616</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and A Vision for the Future
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 108 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 16
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I&amp;#039;ve had an extraordinary life. It&amp;#039;s only now that I appreciate how extraordinary.  As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day - the loss of our planet&amp;#039;s wild places, its biodiversity.  I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet contains my witness statement, and my vision for the future - the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake, and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have the opportunity to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so.  © David Attenborough 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
                  <author>David Attenborough</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473587717.mp3" length="1375357" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436616</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473587717.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:20:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and A Vision for the Future
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 108 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 16
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I&amp;#039;ve had an extraordinary life. It&amp;#039;s only now that I appreciate how extraordinary.  As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day - the loss of our planet&amp;#039;s wild places, its biodiversity.  I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet contains my witness statement, and my vision for the future - the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake, and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have the opportunity to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so.  © David Attenborough 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and A Vision for the Future
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 108 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 16
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I&amp;#039;ve had an extraordinary life. It&amp;#039;s only now that I appreciate how extraordinary.  As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day - the loss of our planet&amp;#039;s wild places, its biodiversity.  I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet contains my witness statement, and my vision for the future - the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake, and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have the opportunity to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so.  © David Attenborough 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>A Polar Affair: Antarctica’s Forgotten Hero and the Secret Love Lives of Penguins by Lloyd Spencer Davis</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436417</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Polar Affair: Antarctica’s Forgotten Hero and the Secret Love Lives of Penguins
Author: Lloyd Spencer Davis
Narrator: Raphael Corkhill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating blend of true adventure and natural history by one of today’s leading penguin experts and Antarctic explorers George Murray Levick was the physician on Robert Falcon Scott’s tragic Antarctic expedition of 1910. Marooned for an Antarctic winter, Levick passed the time by becoming the first man to study penguins up close. His findings were so shocking to Victorian morals that they were quickly suppressed and seemingly lost to history. A century later, Lloyd Spencer Davis rediscovers Levick and his findings during the course of his own scientific adventures in Antarctica. Levick’s long-suppressed manuscript reveals not only an incredible survival story, but one that will change our understanding of an entire species. A Polar Affair reveals the last untold tale from the Heroic Age of Antarctic Exploration. It is perhaps the greatest of all of those stories—but why was it hidden to begin with? The ever-fascinating and charming penguin holds the key. Moving deftly between both Levick’s and Davis’s explorations, observations, and comparisons in biology over the course of a century, A Polar Affair reveals cutting-edge findings about ornithology, in which the sex lives of penguins are the jumping-off point for major new insights into the underpinnings of evolutionary biology itself.</description>
                  <author>Lloyd Spencer Davis</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094136431.mp3" length="797169" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436417</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094136431.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>13:8:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Polar Affair: Antarctica’s Forgotten Hero and the Secret Love Lives of Penguins
Author: Lloyd Spencer Davis
Narrator: Raphael Corkhill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating blend of true adventure and natural history by one of today’s leading penguin experts and Antarctic explorers George Murray Levick was the physician on Robert Falcon Scott’s tragic Antarctic expedition of 1910. Marooned for an Antarctic winter, Levick passed the time by becoming the first man to study penguins up close. His findings were so shocking to Victorian morals that they were quickly suppressed and seemingly lost to history. A century later, Lloyd Spencer Davis rediscovers Levick and his findings during the course of his own scientific adventures in Antarctica. Levick’s long-suppressed manuscript reveals not only an incredible survival story, but one that will change our understanding of an entire species. A Polar Affair reveals the last untold tale from the Heroic Age of Antarctic Exploration. It is perhaps the greatest of all of those stories—but why was it hidden to begin with? The ever-fascinating and charming penguin holds the key. Moving deftly between both Levick’s and Davis’s explorations, observations, and comparisons in biology over the course of a century, A Polar Affair reveals cutting-edge findings about ornithology, in which the sex lives of penguins are the jumping-off point for major new insights into the underpinnings of evolutionary biology itself.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Polar Affair: Antarctica’s Forgotten Hero and the Secret Love Lives of Penguins
Author: Lloyd Spencer Davis
Narrator: Raphael Corkhill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating blend of true adventure and natural history by one of today’s leading penguin experts and Antarctic explorers George Murray Levick was the physician on Robert Falcon Scott’s tragic Antarctic expedition of 1910. Marooned for an Antarctic winter, Levick passed the time by becoming the first man to study penguins up close. His findings were so shocking to Victorian morals that they were quickly suppressed and seemingly lost to history. A century later, Lloyd Spencer Davis rediscovers Levick and his findings during the course of his own scientific adventures in Antarctica. Levick’s long-suppressed manuscript reveals not only an incredible survival story, but one that will change our understanding of an entire species. A Polar Affair reveals the last untold tale from the Heroic Age of Antarctic Exploration. It is perhaps the greatest of all of those stories—but why was it hidden to begin with? The ever-fascinating and charming penguin holds the key. Moving deftly between both Levick’s and Davis’s explorations, observations, and comparisons in biology over the course of a century, A Polar Affair reveals cutting-edge findings about ornithology, in which the sex lives of penguins are the jumping-off point for major new insights into the underpinnings of evolutionary biology itself.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Graced by Waters: Personal Essays on Fly Fishing and the Transformative Power of Nature by John Dietsch</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436148</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graced by Waters: Personal Essays on Fly Fishing and the Transformative Power of Nature
Author: John Dietsch
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
John Dietsch—fly fishing coordinator and stuntman for Brad Pitt on the timeless film A River Runs Through It—explores our connection to the outdoors through the prism of fly fishing and investigates its transformative and healing power in the face of loss. In this inspirational and humorous collection of essays, author John Dietsch sees his addiction to and passion for fishing as a parable that can help us shift from compulsive thinking to mindfulness and a closer connection to God. From creating fishing scenes on the set of A River Runs Through It in Montana to directing fly fishing shows in New Zealand and from exploring deep canyons in California to guiding in Colorado, John shares his experiences and asks the question: what are we really fishing for? Through John&amp;#039;s journeys across the globe, we discover that the same pursuit in fishing—of what is elusive but attainable—can be applied to our own spiritual journey. In the end, Dietsch uncovers his own truth under the rocks of a childhood river, recognizing the loss of both his brothers as the path of acceptance and faith that is graced by waters.</description>
                  <author>John Dietsch</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601856.mp3" length="8722472" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436148</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601856.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:46:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graced by Waters: Personal Essays on Fly Fishing and the Transformative Power of Nature
Author: John Dietsch
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
John Dietsch—fly fishing coordinator and stuntman for Brad Pitt on the timeless film A River Runs Through It—explores our connection to the outdoors through the prism of fly fishing and investigates its transformative and healing power in the face of loss. In this inspirational and humorous collection of essays, author John Dietsch sees his addiction to and passion for fishing as a parable that can help us shift from compulsive thinking to mindfulness and a closer connection to God. From creating fishing scenes on the set of A River Runs Through It in Montana to directing fly fishing shows in New Zealand and from exploring deep canyons in California to guiding in Colorado, John shares his experiences and asks the question: what are we really fishing for? Through John&amp;#039;s journeys across the globe, we discover that the same pursuit in fishing—of what is elusive but attainable—can be applied to our own spiritual journey. In the end, Dietsch uncovers his own truth under the rocks of a childhood river, recognizing the loss of both his brothers as the path of acceptance and faith that is graced by waters.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graced by Waters: Personal Essays on Fly Fishing and the Transformative Power of Nature
Author: John Dietsch
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
John Dietsch—fly fishing coordinator and stuntman for Brad Pitt on the timeless film A River Runs Through It—explores our connection to the outdoors through the prism of fly fishing and investigates its transformative and healing power in the face of loss. In this inspirational and humorous collection of essays, author John Dietsch sees his addiction to and passion for fishing as a parable that can help us shift from compulsive thinking to mindfulness and a closer connection to God. From creating fishing scenes on the set of A River Runs Through It in Montana to directing fly fishing shows in New Zealand and from exploring deep canyons in California to guiding in Colorado, John shares his experiences and asks the question: what are we really fishing for? Through John&amp;#039;s journeys across the globe, we discover that the same pursuit in fishing—of what is elusive but attainable—can be applied to our own spiritual journey. In the end, Dietsch uncovers his own truth under the rocks of a childhood river, recognizing the loss of both his brothers as the path of acceptance and faith that is graced by waters.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Ahab&amp;#039;s Rolling Sea: A Natural History of &amp;#039;Moby-Dick&amp;#039; by Richard J. King</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436094</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ahab&amp;#039;s Rolling Sea: A Natural History of &amp;#039;Moby-Dick&amp;#039;
Author: Richard J. King
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Although Herman Melville&amp;#039;s Moby-Dick is beloved as one of the most profound and enduring works of American fiction, we rarely consider it a work of nature writing—or even a novel of the sea.   A revelation for Moby-Dick devotees and neophytes alike, Ahab&amp;#039;s Rolling Sea is a chronological journey through the natural history of Melville&amp;#039;s novel. From white whales to whale intelligence, giant squids, barnacles, albatross, and sharks, Richard J. King examines what Melville knew from his own experiences and the sources available to a reader in the mid-1800s, exploring how and why Melville might have twisted what was known to serve his fiction.    King then climbs to the crow&amp;#039;s nest, setting Melville in the context of the American perception of the ocean in 1851—at the very start of the Industrial Revolution and just before the publication of On the Origin of Species. King compares Ahab&amp;#039;s and Ishmael&amp;#039;s worldviews to how we see the ocean today: an expanse still immortal and sublime, but also in crisis. And although the concept of stewardship of the sea would have been entirely foreign, if not absurd, to Melville, King argues that Melville&amp;#039;s narrator Ishmael reveals his own tendencies toward what we would now call environmentalism.</description>
                  <author>Richard J. King</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705239643.mp3" length="8108901" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436094</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705239643.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>13:41:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ahab&amp;#039;s Rolling Sea: A Natural History of &amp;#039;Moby-Dick&amp;#039;
Author: Richard J. King
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Although Herman Melville&amp;#039;s Moby-Dick is beloved as one of the most profound and enduring works of American fiction, we rarely consider it a work of nature writing—or even a novel of the sea.   A revelation for Moby-Dick devotees and neophytes alike, Ahab&amp;#039;s Rolling Sea is a chronological journey through the natural history of Melville&amp;#039;s novel. From white whales to whale intelligence, giant squids, barnacles, albatross, and sharks, Richard J. King examines what Melville knew from his own experiences and the sources available to a reader in the mid-1800s, exploring how and why Melville might have twisted what was known to serve his fiction.    King then climbs to the crow&amp;#039;s nest, setting Melville in the context of the American perception of the ocean in 1851—at the very start of the Industrial Revolution and just before the publication of On the Origin of Species. King compares Ahab&amp;#039;s and Ishmael&amp;#039;s worldviews to how we see the ocean today: an expanse still immortal and sublime, but also in crisis. And although the concept of stewardship of the sea would have been entirely foreign, if not absurd, to Melville, King argues that Melville&amp;#039;s narrator Ishmael reveals his own tendencies toward what we would now call environmentalism.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ahab&amp;#039;s Rolling Sea: A Natural History of &amp;#039;Moby-Dick&amp;#039;
Author: Richard J. King
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Although Herman Melville&amp;#039;s Moby-Dick is beloved as one of the most profound and enduring works of American fiction, we rarely consider it a work of nature writing—or even a novel of the sea.   A revelation for Moby-Dick devotees and neophytes alike, Ahab&amp;#039;s Rolling Sea is a chronological journey through the natural history of Melville&amp;#039;s novel. From white whales to whale intelligence, giant squids, barnacles, albatross, and sharks, Richard J. King examines what Melville knew from his own experiences and the sources available to a reader in the mid-1800s, exploring how and why Melville might have twisted what was known to serve his fiction.    King then climbs to the crow&amp;#039;s nest, setting Melville in the context of the American perception of the ocean in 1851—at the very start of the Industrial Revolution and just before the publication of On the Origin of Species. King compares Ahab&amp;#039;s and Ishmael&amp;#039;s worldviews to how we see the ocean today: an expanse still immortal and sublime, but also in crisis. And although the concept of stewardship of the sea would have been entirely foreign, if not absurd, to Melville, King argues that Melville&amp;#039;s narrator Ishmael reveals his own tendencies toward what we would now call environmentalism.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Fire: A Very Short Introduction by Andrew C. Scott</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436072</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Andrew C. Scott
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire is rarely out of the headlines, from large natural wildfires raging across the Australian or Californian countrysides to the burning of buildings such as the disasters of Grenfell tower and Notre Dame. Fire on these scales can represent a serious risk to human life and property. But the advent of fire made and controlled by humans also represented a crucial point in our evolution, allowing us to cook our food, forge our weapons, and warm our homes. This Very Short Introduction covers the fundamentals of fire, whether wild or under human control, starting with the basics of ignition, combustion, and fuel. Andrew Scott considers both natural wildfires and the role of humans in making and suppressing fire. Despite frightening reports of wildfire destruction, he also shows how landscape fires have been part of our planet&amp;#039;s history for 400 million years, and do not always have to be extinguished. He also considers the problem of fires in urban settings, including new ways to prevent fires. The cost of wildfire can be steep—as well as the burning, post-fire erosion and flooding can have a great impact on both humans and the environment. It can also have a lasting effect in shaping ecosystems and plant life. Scott ends by examining the relationship between fire and the climate, and considering the future of wildfire in a warming world.</description>
                  <author>Andrew C. Scott</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705206683.mp3" length="8014397" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436072</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705206683.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:46:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Andrew C. Scott
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire is rarely out of the headlines, from large natural wildfires raging across the Australian or Californian countrysides to the burning of buildings such as the disasters of Grenfell tower and Notre Dame. Fire on these scales can represent a serious risk to human life and property. But the advent of fire made and controlled by humans also represented a crucial point in our evolution, allowing us to cook our food, forge our weapons, and warm our homes. This Very Short Introduction covers the fundamentals of fire, whether wild or under human control, starting with the basics of ignition, combustion, and fuel. Andrew Scott considers both natural wildfires and the role of humans in making and suppressing fire. Despite frightening reports of wildfire destruction, he also shows how landscape fires have been part of our planet&amp;#039;s history for 400 million years, and do not always have to be extinguished. He also considers the problem of fires in urban settings, including new ways to prevent fires. The cost of wildfire can be steep—as well as the burning, post-fire erosion and flooding can have a great impact on both humans and the environment. It can also have a lasting effect in shaping ecosystems and plant life. Scott ends by examining the relationship between fire and the climate, and considering the future of wildfire in a warming world.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Andrew C. Scott
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire is rarely out of the headlines, from large natural wildfires raging across the Australian or Californian countrysides to the burning of buildings such as the disasters of Grenfell tower and Notre Dame. Fire on these scales can represent a serious risk to human life and property. But the advent of fire made and controlled by humans also represented a crucial point in our evolution, allowing us to cook our food, forge our weapons, and warm our homes. This Very Short Introduction covers the fundamentals of fire, whether wild or under human control, starting with the basics of ignition, combustion, and fuel. Andrew Scott considers both natural wildfires and the role of humans in making and suppressing fire. Despite frightening reports of wildfire destruction, he also shows how landscape fires have been part of our planet&amp;#039;s history for 400 million years, and do not always have to be extinguished. He also considers the problem of fires in urban settings, including new ways to prevent fires. The cost of wildfire can be steep—as well as the burning, post-fire erosion and flooding can have a great impact on both humans and the environment. It can also have a lasting effect in shaping ecosystems and plant life. Scott ends by examining the relationship between fire and the climate, and considering the future of wildfire in a warming world.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The New Climate War: The Fight to Take Back Our Planet by Michael E. Mann</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Climate War: The Fight to Take Back Our Planet
Author: Michael E. Mann
Narrator: Tim Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the FT/McKinsey Business Book of the Year award A renowned climate scientist shows how fossil fuel companies have waged a thirty-year campaign to deflect blame and responsibility and delay action on climate change, and offers a battle plan for how we can save the planet. Recycle. Fly less. Eat less meat. These are some of the ways that we&amp;#039;ve been told can slow climate change. But the inordinate emphasis on individual behavior is the result of a marketing campaign that has succeeded in placing the responsibility for fixing climate change squarely on the shoulders of individuals. Fossil fuel companies have followed the example of other industries deflecting blame (think &amp;quot;guns don&amp;#039;t kill people, people kill people&amp;quot;) or greenwashing (think of the beverage industry&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;Crying Indian&amp;quot; commercials of the 1970s). Meanwhile, they&amp;#039;ve blocked efforts to regulate or price carbon emissions, run PR campaigns aimed at discrediting viable alternatives, and have abdicated their responsibility in fixing the problem they&amp;#039;ve created. The result has been disastrous for our planet. In The New Climate War, Mann argues that all is not lost. He draws the battle lines between the people and the polluters-fossil fuel companies, right-wing plutocrats, and petrostates. And he outlines a plan for forcing our governments and corporations to wake up and make real change, including:  - A common-sense, attainable approach to carbon pricing- and a revision of the well-intentioned but flawed currently proposed version of the Green New Deal; - Allowing renewable energy to compete fairly against fossil fuels - Debunking the false narratives and arguments that have worked their way into the climate debate and driven a wedge between even those who support climate change solutions - Combatting climate doomism and despair-mongering  With immensely powerful vested interests aligned in defense of the fossil fuel status quo, the societal tipping point won&amp;#039;t happen without the active participation of citizens everywhere aiding in the collective push forward. This book will reach, inform, and enable citizens everywhere to join this battle for our planet.</description>
                  <author>Michael E. Mann</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549157004.mp3" length="928599" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549157004.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:48:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Climate War: The Fight to Take Back Our Planet
Author: Michael E. Mann
Narrator: Tim Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the FT/McKinsey Business Book of the Year award A renowned climate scientist shows how fossil fuel companies have waged a thirty-year campaign to deflect blame and responsibility and delay action on climate change, and offers a battle plan for how we can save the planet. Recycle. Fly less. Eat less meat. These are some of the ways that we&amp;#039;ve been told can slow climate change. But the inordinate emphasis on individual behavior is the result of a marketing campaign that has succeeded in placing the responsibility for fixing climate change squarely on the shoulders of individuals. Fossil fuel companies have followed the example of other industries deflecting blame (think &amp;quot;guns don&amp;#039;t kill people, people kill people&amp;quot;) or greenwashing (think of the beverage industry&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;Crying Indian&amp;quot; commercials of the 1970s). Meanwhile, they&amp;#039;ve blocked efforts to regulate or price carbon emissions, run PR campaigns aimed at discrediting viable alternatives, and have abdicated their responsibility in fixing the problem they&amp;#039;ve created. The result has been disastrous for our planet. In The New Climate War, Mann argues that all is not lost. He draws the battle lines between the people and the polluters-fossil fuel companies, right-wing plutocrats, and petrostates. And he outlines a plan for forcing our governments and corporations to wake up and make real change, including:  - A common-sense, attainable approach to carbon pricing- and a revision of the well-intentioned but flawed currently proposed version of the Green New Deal; - Allowing renewable energy to compete fairly against fossil fuels - Debunking the false narratives and arguments that have worked their way into the climate debate and driven a wedge between even those who support climate change solutions - Combatting climate doomism and despair-mongering  With immensely powerful vested interests aligned in defense of the fossil fuel status quo, the societal tipping point won&amp;#039;t happen without the active participation of citizens everywhere aiding in the collective push forward. This book will reach, inform, and enable citizens everywhere to join this battle for our planet.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Climate War: The Fight to Take Back Our Planet
Author: Michael E. Mann
Narrator: Tim Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the FT/McKinsey Business Book of the Year award A renowned climate scientist shows how fossil fuel companies have waged a thirty-year campaign to deflect blame and responsibility and delay action on climate change, and offers a battle plan for how we can save the planet. Recycle. Fly less. Eat less meat. These are some of the ways that we&amp;#039;ve been told can slow climate change. But the inordinate emphasis on individual behavior is the result of a marketing campaign that has succeeded in placing the responsibility for fixing climate change squarely on the shoulders of individuals. Fossil fuel companies have followed the example of other industries deflecting blame (think &amp;quot;guns don&amp;#039;t kill people, people kill people&amp;quot;) or greenwashing (think of the beverage industry&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;Crying Indian&amp;quot; commercials of the 1970s). Meanwhile, they&amp;#039;ve blocked efforts to regulate or price carbon emissions, run PR campaigns aimed at discrediting viable alternatives, and have abdicated their responsibility in fixing the problem they&amp;#039;ve created. The result has been disastrous for our planet. In The New Climate War, Mann argues that all is not lost. He draws the battle lines between the people and the polluters-fossil fuel companies, right-wing plutocrats, and petrostates. And he outlines a plan for forcing our governments and corporations to wake up and make real change, including:  - A common-sense, attainable approach to carbon pricing- and a revision of the well-intentioned but flawed currently proposed version of the Green New Deal; - Allowing renewable energy to compete fairly against fossil fuels - Debunking the false narratives and arguments that have worked their way into the climate debate and driven a wedge between even those who support climate change solutions - Combatting climate doomism and despair-mongering  With immensely powerful vested interests aligned in defense of the fossil fuel status quo, the societal tipping point won&amp;#039;t happen without the active participation of citizens everywhere aiding in the collective push forward. This book will reach, inform, and enable citizens everywhere to join this battle for our planet.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Second-Chance Cats: True Stories of the Cats We Rescue and the Cats Who Rescue Us by Callie Smith Grant</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434807</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Second-Chance Cats: True Stories of the Cats We Rescue and the Cats Who Rescue Us
Author: Callie Smith Grant
Narrator: Emily Ellet, Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s no feeling quite like that of getting a second chance and a fresh start. When we adopt a homeless cat—or that cat decides to adopt us—we&amp;#039;re not just giving one of earth&amp;#039;s most beautiful and inscrutable creatures a chance at a good life, we&amp;#039;re giving ourselves the gift of companionship, solace, and love. And plenty of laughter too! This heartwarming collection includes more than thirty true, contemporary stories told by a variety of writers, including Melody Carlson, Lauraine Snelling, and Kristin Billerbeck. Each feel-good story involves cat rescue, some in a typical way and others in surprising—even miraculous—ways. Sometimes the question becomes: Really, who rescued whom? A thoughtful gift for the cat lover in your life, Second-Chance Cats is the purrfect companion for cozy nights, lazy weekends, and any time you need a pick-me-up.</description>
                  <author>Callie Smith Grant</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545915967.mp3" length="1435889" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434807</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545915967.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:23:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Second-Chance Cats: True Stories of the Cats We Rescue and the Cats Who Rescue Us
Author: Callie Smith Grant
Narrator: Emily Ellet, Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s no feeling quite like that of getting a second chance and a fresh start. When we adopt a homeless cat—or that cat decides to adopt us—we&amp;#039;re not just giving one of earth&amp;#039;s most beautiful and inscrutable creatures a chance at a good life, we&amp;#039;re giving ourselves the gift of companionship, solace, and love. And plenty of laughter too! This heartwarming collection includes more than thirty true, contemporary stories told by a variety of writers, including Melody Carlson, Lauraine Snelling, and Kristin Billerbeck. Each feel-good story involves cat rescue, some in a typical way and others in surprising—even miraculous—ways. Sometimes the question becomes: Really, who rescued whom? A thoughtful gift for the cat lover in your life, Second-Chance Cats is the purrfect companion for cozy nights, lazy weekends, and any time you need a pick-me-up.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Second-Chance Cats: True Stories of the Cats We Rescue and the Cats Who Rescue Us
Author: Callie Smith Grant
Narrator: Emily Ellet, Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s no feeling quite like that of getting a second chance and a fresh start. When we adopt a homeless cat—or that cat decides to adopt us—we&amp;#039;re not just giving one of earth&amp;#039;s most beautiful and inscrutable creatures a chance at a good life, we&amp;#039;re giving ourselves the gift of companionship, solace, and love. And plenty of laughter too! This heartwarming collection includes more than thirty true, contemporary stories told by a variety of writers, including Melody Carlson, Lauraine Snelling, and Kristin Billerbeck. Each feel-good story involves cat rescue, some in a typical way and others in surprising—even miraculous—ways. Sometimes the question becomes: Really, who rescued whom? A thoughtful gift for the cat lover in your life, Second-Chance Cats is the purrfect companion for cozy nights, lazy weekends, and any time you need a pick-me-up.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Journeys of Trees: A Story about Forests, People, and the Future by Zach St. George</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434780</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Journeys of Trees: A Story about Forests, People, and the Future
Author: Zach St. George
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Forests are restless. Any time a tree dies or a new one sprouts, the forest that includes it has shifted. When new trees sprout in the same direction, the whole forest begins to migrate, sometimes at astonishing rates. Today, however, an array of obstacles—humans felling trees by the billions, invasive pests transported through global trade—threaten to overwhelm these vital movements. Worst of all, the climate is changing faster than ever before, and forests are struggling to keep up. A deft blend of science reporting and travel writing, The Journeys of Trees explores the evolving movements of forests by focusing on five trees: giant sequoia, ash, black spruce, Florida torreya, and Monterey pine. Journalist Zach St. George visits these trees in forests across continents, finding sequoias losing their needles in California, fossil records showing the paths of ancient forests in Alaska, domesticated pines in New Zealand, and tender new sprouts of blight-resistant American chestnuts in New Hampshire. Everywhere he goes, St. George meets lively people on conservation&amp;#039;s front lines, from an ecologist studying droughts to an evolutionary evangelist with plans to save a dying species. He treks through the woods with activists, biologists, and foresters, each with their own role to play in the fight for the uncertain future of our environment.</description>
                  <author>Zach St. George</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696600019.mp3" length="8206900" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434780</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696600019.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Journeys of Trees: A Story about Forests, People, and the Future
Author: Zach St. George
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Forests are restless. Any time a tree dies or a new one sprouts, the forest that includes it has shifted. When new trees sprout in the same direction, the whole forest begins to migrate, sometimes at astonishing rates. Today, however, an array of obstacles—humans felling trees by the billions, invasive pests transported through global trade—threaten to overwhelm these vital movements. Worst of all, the climate is changing faster than ever before, and forests are struggling to keep up. A deft blend of science reporting and travel writing, The Journeys of Trees explores the evolving movements of forests by focusing on five trees: giant sequoia, ash, black spruce, Florida torreya, and Monterey pine. Journalist Zach St. George visits these trees in forests across continents, finding sequoias losing their needles in California, fossil records showing the paths of ancient forests in Alaska, domesticated pines in New Zealand, and tender new sprouts of blight-resistant American chestnuts in New Hampshire. Everywhere he goes, St. George meets lively people on conservation&amp;#039;s front lines, from an ecologist studying droughts to an evolutionary evangelist with plans to save a dying species. He treks through the woods with activists, biologists, and foresters, each with their own role to play in the fight for the uncertain future of our environment.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Journeys of Trees: A Story about Forests, People, and the Future
Author: Zach St. George
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Forests are restless. Any time a tree dies or a new one sprouts, the forest that includes it has shifted. When new trees sprout in the same direction, the whole forest begins to migrate, sometimes at astonishing rates. Today, however, an array of obstacles—humans felling trees by the billions, invasive pests transported through global trade—threaten to overwhelm these vital movements. Worst of all, the climate is changing faster than ever before, and forests are struggling to keep up. A deft blend of science reporting and travel writing, The Journeys of Trees explores the evolving movements of forests by focusing on five trees: giant sequoia, ash, black spruce, Florida torreya, and Monterey pine. Journalist Zach St. George visits these trees in forests across continents, finding sequoias losing their needles in California, fossil records showing the paths of ancient forests in Alaska, domesticated pines in New Zealand, and tender new sprouts of blight-resistant American chestnuts in New Hampshire. Everywhere he goes, St. George meets lively people on conservation&amp;#039;s front lines, from an ecologist studying droughts to an evolutionary evangelist with plans to save a dying species. He treks through the woods with activists, biologists, and foresters, each with their own role to play in the fight for the uncertain future of our environment.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Freshwater Aquariums For Dummies: 3rd Edition by Madelaine Francis Heleine</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434769</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freshwater Aquariums For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Madelaine Francis Heleine
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Give your underwater pets the best aquatic life ever! Aquarium fish are one of the most popular pets in America, with close to 150 million fish owned in nearly 13 million households. They seem like easy pets to care for, but there&amp;#039;s more than meets the eye when it comes to keeping your freshwater friends healthy and happy! In Freshwater Aquariums For Dummies, you&amp;#039;ll find basic information to start your own freshwater aquarium, purchase and maintain healthy fish and plants, and find tips and tricks on how to introduce new fish and systems into your aquatic family. ● Understand the best aquarium set-up practices ● Build the luxury tanks of your dreams ● Maintain a thriving aquatic environment   ● Discover many different ways to expand your hobby</description>
                  <author>Madelaine Francis Heleine</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705249420.mp3" length="8068799" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434769</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705249420.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:16:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freshwater Aquariums For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Madelaine Francis Heleine
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Give your underwater pets the best aquatic life ever! Aquarium fish are one of the most popular pets in America, with close to 150 million fish owned in nearly 13 million households. They seem like easy pets to care for, but there&amp;#039;s more than meets the eye when it comes to keeping your freshwater friends healthy and happy! In Freshwater Aquariums For Dummies, you&amp;#039;ll find basic information to start your own freshwater aquarium, purchase and maintain healthy fish and plants, and find tips and tricks on how to introduce new fish and systems into your aquatic family. ● Understand the best aquarium set-up practices ● Build the luxury tanks of your dreams ● Maintain a thriving aquatic environment   ● Discover many different ways to expand your hobby</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freshwater Aquariums For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Madelaine Francis Heleine
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Give your underwater pets the best aquatic life ever! Aquarium fish are one of the most popular pets in America, with close to 150 million fish owned in nearly 13 million households. They seem like easy pets to care for, but there&amp;#039;s more than meets the eye when it comes to keeping your freshwater friends healthy and happy! In Freshwater Aquariums For Dummies, you&amp;#039;ll find basic information to start your own freshwater aquarium, purchase and maintain healthy fish and plants, and find tips and tricks on how to introduce new fish and systems into your aquatic family. ● Understand the best aquarium set-up practices ● Build the luxury tanks of your dreams ● Maintain a thriving aquatic environment   ● Discover many different ways to expand your hobby</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Building Beehives For Dummies by Howland Blackiston</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434759</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Beehives For Dummies
Author: Howland Blackiston
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The easy way to build your own beehives and beekeeping equipment Building Beehives For Dummies is the follow-up book to the bestselling Beekeeping For Dummies. It provides everything you need to learn how to build some of the world&amp;#039;s most popular hives and beekeeping accessories. For each design the book includes a detailed materials list (what lumber, hardware, and fasteners you&amp;#039;ll need) and step-by-step building instructions. There are over a dozen plans in all, including the traditional Langstroth hive, the eight frame garden hive, designs for elevated hive stands, the Warre hive, screened bottom board, the Kenya top-bar hive, four-frame observation hive, hive top feeders, and more. The book contains introductory chapters that teach you the basic carpentry skills necessary to build any of the plans in the book.   Whether you are a new beekeeper or a seasoned ol&amp;#039;timer, Building Beehives For Dummies provides you with the information you need to plan and succeed at building beehives (and other cool accessories). You&amp;#039;ll discover what type of hive to build, hints on how to maintain your equipment, what bees need to stay happy and healthy, where to locate your hive, and much more.</description>
                  <author>Howland Blackiston</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705248287.mp3" length="8249111" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434759</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705248287.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:38:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Beehives For Dummies
Author: Howland Blackiston
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The easy way to build your own beehives and beekeeping equipment Building Beehives For Dummies is the follow-up book to the bestselling Beekeeping For Dummies. It provides everything you need to learn how to build some of the world&amp;#039;s most popular hives and beekeeping accessories. For each design the book includes a detailed materials list (what lumber, hardware, and fasteners you&amp;#039;ll need) and step-by-step building instructions. There are over a dozen plans in all, including the traditional Langstroth hive, the eight frame garden hive, designs for elevated hive stands, the Warre hive, screened bottom board, the Kenya top-bar hive, four-frame observation hive, hive top feeders, and more. The book contains introductory chapters that teach you the basic carpentry skills necessary to build any of the plans in the book.   Whether you are a new beekeeper or a seasoned ol&amp;#039;timer, Building Beehives For Dummies provides you with the information you need to plan and succeed at building beehives (and other cool accessories). You&amp;#039;ll discover what type of hive to build, hints on how to maintain your equipment, what bees need to stay happy and healthy, where to locate your hive, and much more.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Beehives For Dummies
Author: Howland Blackiston
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The easy way to build your own beehives and beekeeping equipment Building Beehives For Dummies is the follow-up book to the bestselling Beekeeping For Dummies. It provides everything you need to learn how to build some of the world&amp;#039;s most popular hives and beekeeping accessories. For each design the book includes a detailed materials list (what lumber, hardware, and fasteners you&amp;#039;ll need) and step-by-step building instructions. There are over a dozen plans in all, including the traditional Langstroth hive, the eight frame garden hive, designs for elevated hive stands, the Warre hive, screened bottom board, the Kenya top-bar hive, four-frame observation hive, hive top feeders, and more. The book contains introductory chapters that teach you the basic carpentry skills necessary to build any of the plans in the book.   Whether you are a new beekeeper or a seasoned ol&amp;#039;timer, Building Beehives For Dummies provides you with the information you need to plan and succeed at building beehives (and other cool accessories). You&amp;#039;ll discover what type of hive to build, hints on how to maintain your equipment, what bees need to stay happy and healthy, where to locate your hive, and much more.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Building Chicken Coops For Dummies by Rob Ludlow, Dave Zook, Todd Brock</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434760</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Chicken Coops For Dummies
Author: Rob Ludlow, Dave Zook, Todd Brock
Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As the popularity of urban homesteading and sustainable living increases, it&amp;#039;s no wonder you&amp;#039;re in need of trusted, practical guidance on how to properly house the chickens you&amp;#039;re planning (or have already begun) to keep. Building Chicken Coops For Dummies gives you the information you need to build the most cost-efficient, safe, and easy-on-the-eye enclosures for your backyard flock. This practical guide gives you easy-to-follow and customizable plans for building the backyard chicken coop that works best for you. You&amp;#039;ll get the basic construction know-how and key information you need to design and build a coop tailored to your flock, whether you live in a small city loft, a suburban backyard, or a small rural farm. ● Includes detailed material lists, instructions, and schematic plans for building a host of different chicken coops ● Step-by-step guidance on how to build a coop—or design your own ● Accessible for every level of listener</description>
                  <author>Rob Ludlow, Dave Zook, Todd Brock</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705248300.mp3" length="7270393" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434760</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705248300.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:46:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Chicken Coops For Dummies
Author: Rob Ludlow, Dave Zook, Todd Brock
Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As the popularity of urban homesteading and sustainable living increases, it&amp;#039;s no wonder you&amp;#039;re in need of trusted, practical guidance on how to properly house the chickens you&amp;#039;re planning (or have already begun) to keep. Building Chicken Coops For Dummies gives you the information you need to build the most cost-efficient, safe, and easy-on-the-eye enclosures for your backyard flock. This practical guide gives you easy-to-follow and customizable plans for building the backyard chicken coop that works best for you. You&amp;#039;ll get the basic construction know-how and key information you need to design and build a coop tailored to your flock, whether you live in a small city loft, a suburban backyard, or a small rural farm. ● Includes detailed material lists, instructions, and schematic plans for building a host of different chicken coops ● Step-by-step guidance on how to build a coop—or design your own ● Accessible for every level of listener</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Chicken Coops For Dummies
Author: Rob Ludlow, Dave Zook, Todd Brock
Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As the popularity of urban homesteading and sustainable living increases, it&amp;#039;s no wonder you&amp;#039;re in need of trusted, practical guidance on how to properly house the chickens you&amp;#039;re planning (or have already begun) to keep. Building Chicken Coops For Dummies gives you the information you need to build the most cost-efficient, safe, and easy-on-the-eye enclosures for your backyard flock. This practical guide gives you easy-to-follow and customizable plans for building the backyard chicken coop that works best for you. You&amp;#039;ll get the basic construction know-how and key information you need to design and build a coop tailored to your flock, whether you live in a small city loft, a suburban backyard, or a small rural farm. ● Includes detailed material lists, instructions, and schematic plans for building a host of different chicken coops ● Step-by-step guidance on how to build a coop—or design your own ● Accessible for every level of listener</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Terra Incognita: 100 Maps to Survive the Next 100 Years by Ian Goldin, Robert Muggah</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434676</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terra Incognita: 100 Maps to Survive the Next 100 Years
Author: Ian Goldin, Robert Muggah
Narrator: Al Weaver
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. ‘Fascinating, beautiful, alarming and revelatory use of mapping and infographics’ – Stephen Fry From the global impact of the Coronavirus to exploring the vast spread of the Australian bush fires, join authors Ian Goldin and Robert Muggah as they trace the ways in which our world has changed and the ways in which it will continue to change over the next hundred years.    Map-making is an ancient impulse. From the moment homo sapiens learnt to communicate we have used them to make sense of our surroundings. But as Albert Einstein once said, ‘you can’t use old maps to explore a new world.’ And now, when the world is changing faster than ever before, our old maps are no longer fit for purpose.  Welcome to Terra Incognita. Based on decades of research, and combining mesmerising, state-of-the-art satellite maps with enlightening and passionately argued analysis, Ian and Robert chart humanity’s impact on the planet, and the ways in which we can make a real impact to save it, and to thrive as a species.  Learn about: fires in the arctic; the impact of sea level rise on cities around the world; the truth about immigration - and why fears in the West are a myth; the counter-intuitive future of population rise; the miracles of health and education that are waiting around the corner, and the reality about inequality, and how we end it. The book traces the paths of peoples, cities, wars, climates and technologies, all on a global scale. Full of facts that will confound you, inform you, and ultimately empower you, Terra Incognita guides readers to a new place of understanding, rather than to a physical location. © Ian Goldin, Robert Muggah 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
                  <author>Ian Goldin, Robert Muggah</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473587182.mp3" length="1387966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434676</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473587182.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>13:41:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terra Incognita: 100 Maps to Survive the Next 100 Years
Author: Ian Goldin, Robert Muggah
Narrator: Al Weaver
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. ‘Fascinating, beautiful, alarming and revelatory use of mapping and infographics’ – Stephen Fry From the global impact of the Coronavirus to exploring the vast spread of the Australian bush fires, join authors Ian Goldin and Robert Muggah as they trace the ways in which our world has changed and the ways in which it will continue to change over the next hundred years.    Map-making is an ancient impulse. From the moment homo sapiens learnt to communicate we have used them to make sense of our surroundings. But as Albert Einstein once said, ‘you can’t use old maps to explore a new world.’ And now, when the world is changing faster than ever before, our old maps are no longer fit for purpose.  Welcome to Terra Incognita. Based on decades of research, and combining mesmerising, state-of-the-art satellite maps with enlightening and passionately argued analysis, Ian and Robert chart humanity’s impact on the planet, and the ways in which we can make a real impact to save it, and to thrive as a species.  Learn about: fires in the arctic; the impact of sea level rise on cities around the world; the truth about immigration - and why fears in the West are a myth; the counter-intuitive future of population rise; the miracles of health and education that are waiting around the corner, and the reality about inequality, and how we end it. The book traces the paths of peoples, cities, wars, climates and technologies, all on a global scale. Full of facts that will confound you, inform you, and ultimately empower you, Terra Incognita guides readers to a new place of understanding, rather than to a physical location. © Ian Goldin, Robert Muggah 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terra Incognita: 100 Maps to Survive the Next 100 Years
Author: Ian Goldin, Robert Muggah
Narrator: Al Weaver
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. ‘Fascinating, beautiful, alarming and revelatory use of mapping and infographics’ – Stephen Fry From the global impact of the Coronavirus to exploring the vast spread of the Australian bush fires, join authors Ian Goldin and Robert Muggah as they trace the ways in which our world has changed and the ways in which it will continue to change over the next hundred years.    Map-making is an ancient impulse. From the moment homo sapiens learnt to communicate we have used them to make sense of our surroundings. But as Albert Einstein once said, ‘you can’t use old maps to explore a new world.’ And now, when the world is changing faster than ever before, our old maps are no longer fit for purpose.  Welcome to Terra Incognita. Based on decades of research, and combining mesmerising, state-of-the-art satellite maps with enlightening and passionately argued analysis, Ian and Robert chart humanity’s impact on the planet, and the ways in which we can make a real impact to save it, and to thrive as a species.  Learn about: fires in the arctic; the impact of sea level rise on cities around the world; the truth about immigration - and why fears in the West are a myth; the counter-intuitive future of population rise; the miracles of health and education that are waiting around the corner, and the reality about inequality, and how we end it. The book traces the paths of peoples, cities, wars, climates and technologies, all on a global scale. Full of facts that will confound you, inform you, and ultimately empower you, Terra Incognita guides readers to a new place of understanding, rather than to a physical location. © Ian Goldin, Robert Muggah 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Easy Peasy Doggy Squeezy: Even more of your dog training dilemmas solved! by Steve Mann</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434645</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Doggy Squeezy: Even more of your dog training dilemmas solved!
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE BRAND NEW BOOK FROM THE UK&amp;#039;S NO.1 DOG TRAINER! Steve Mann, the UK&amp;#039;s no.1 dog trainer, takes it beyond the basics and tackles even more of your dog dilemmas! When it comes to dog training, there is no &amp;#039;one size fits all&amp;#039; solution. In Easy Peasy Doggy Squeezy, Steve&amp;#039;s seven active ingredients will teach you how to solve any problem behaviours by giving you the tools you need to ask the right questions. You&amp;#039;ll discover step-by-step guides on how to teach the most useful and practical techniques and improve your life with your dog by following simple exercises as well as more advanced training techniques and ideas. Learn crucial exercises such as RECALL and LOOSE LEAD WALKING, insights into BODY LANGUAGE, fun ideas to enjoy relaxing with your dog, as well as ways to help with problem behaviours such as SEPARATION ANXIETY, FEAR OF FIREWORKS and AGGRESSION TOWARDS STRANGERS - all covered in an easy-to-follow and fun style. With an emphasis on ethical, scientifically proven methods garnered from training over 100,000 dogs and owners worldwide, this is the audiobook your dog would want you to listen to!</description>
                  <author>Steve Mann</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781788703581.mp3" length="1288869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434645</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781788703581.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Doggy Squeezy: Even more of your dog training dilemmas solved!
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE BRAND NEW BOOK FROM THE UK&amp;#039;S NO.1 DOG TRAINER! Steve Mann, the UK&amp;#039;s no.1 dog trainer, takes it beyond the basics and tackles even more of your dog dilemmas! When it comes to dog training, there is no &amp;#039;one size fits all&amp;#039; solution. In Easy Peasy Doggy Squeezy, Steve&amp;#039;s seven active ingredients will teach you how to solve any problem behaviours by giving you the tools you need to ask the right questions. You&amp;#039;ll discover step-by-step guides on how to teach the most useful and practical techniques and improve your life with your dog by following simple exercises as well as more advanced training techniques and ideas. Learn crucial exercises such as RECALL and LOOSE LEAD WALKING, insights into BODY LANGUAGE, fun ideas to enjoy relaxing with your dog, as well as ways to help with problem behaviours such as SEPARATION ANXIETY, FEAR OF FIREWORKS and AGGRESSION TOWARDS STRANGERS - all covered in an easy-to-follow and fun style. With an emphasis on ethical, scientifically proven methods garnered from training over 100,000 dogs and owners worldwide, this is the audiobook your dog would want you to listen to!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Doggy Squeezy: Even more of your dog training dilemmas solved!
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE BRAND NEW BOOK FROM THE UK&amp;#039;S NO.1 DOG TRAINER! Steve Mann, the UK&amp;#039;s no.1 dog trainer, takes it beyond the basics and tackles even more of your dog dilemmas! When it comes to dog training, there is no &amp;#039;one size fits all&amp;#039; solution. In Easy Peasy Doggy Squeezy, Steve&amp;#039;s seven active ingredients will teach you how to solve any problem behaviours by giving you the tools you need to ask the right questions. You&amp;#039;ll discover step-by-step guides on how to teach the most useful and practical techniques and improve your life with your dog by following simple exercises as well as more advanced training techniques and ideas. Learn crucial exercises such as RECALL and LOOSE LEAD WALKING, insights into BODY LANGUAGE, fun ideas to enjoy relaxing with your dog, as well as ways to help with problem behaviours such as SEPARATION ANXIETY, FEAR OF FIREWORKS and AGGRESSION TOWARDS STRANGERS - all covered in an easy-to-follow and fun style. With an emphasis on ethical, scientifically proven methods garnered from training over 100,000 dogs and owners worldwide, this is the audiobook your dog would want you to listen to!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Clearing the Air: The Beginning and the End of Air Pollution by Tim Smedley</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434102</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Air: The Beginning and the End of Air Pollution
Author: Tim Smedley
Narrator: Tim Bentinck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
**SHORTLISTED FOR THE ROYAL SOCIETY INSIGHT INVESTMENT SCIENCE BOOK PRIZE 2019** &amp;#039;Read this book and join the effort to terminate air pollution.&amp;#039; Arnold Schwarzenegger Air pollution has become the world&amp;#039;s greatest environmental health risk, and science is only beginning to reveal its wide-ranging effects. Globally, 19,000 people die each day from air pollution, killing more than HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and car accidents combined. What happened to the air we breathe? Sustainability journalist Tim Smedley has travelled the world to try and find the answer, visiting cities at the forefront of the fight against air pollution, including Delhi, Beijing, London and Paris. With insights from the scientists and politicians leading the battle against it, and people whose lives have been affected by it, Clearing the Air tells the full story of air pollution for the first time: what it is, which pollutants are harmful, where they come from and - most importantly - what we can do about them. Air pollution is a problem that can be solved. The stories uncovered on this journey show us how. Clearing the Air is essential reading for anyone who cares about the air they breathe. And this much becomes clear: in the fight against air pollution, we all have a part to play. The fightback has begun. &amp;#039;Compulsory reading&amp;#039; Chris Boardman</description>
                  <author>Tim Smedley</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004012381.mp3" length="808340" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434102</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004012381.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>12:47:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Air: The Beginning and the End of Air Pollution
Author: Tim Smedley
Narrator: Tim Bentinck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
**SHORTLISTED FOR THE ROYAL SOCIETY INSIGHT INVESTMENT SCIENCE BOOK PRIZE 2019** &amp;#039;Read this book and join the effort to terminate air pollution.&amp;#039; Arnold Schwarzenegger Air pollution has become the world&amp;#039;s greatest environmental health risk, and science is only beginning to reveal its wide-ranging effects. Globally, 19,000 people die each day from air pollution, killing more than HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and car accidents combined. What happened to the air we breathe? Sustainability journalist Tim Smedley has travelled the world to try and find the answer, visiting cities at the forefront of the fight against air pollution, including Delhi, Beijing, London and Paris. With insights from the scientists and politicians leading the battle against it, and people whose lives have been affected by it, Clearing the Air tells the full story of air pollution for the first time: what it is, which pollutants are harmful, where they come from and - most importantly - what we can do about them. Air pollution is a problem that can be solved. The stories uncovered on this journey show us how. Clearing the Air is essential reading for anyone who cares about the air they breathe. And this much becomes clear: in the fight against air pollution, we all have a part to play. The fightback has begun. &amp;#039;Compulsory reading&amp;#039; Chris Boardman</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Air: The Beginning and the End of Air Pollution
Author: Tim Smedley
Narrator: Tim Bentinck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
**SHORTLISTED FOR THE ROYAL SOCIETY INSIGHT INVESTMENT SCIENCE BOOK PRIZE 2019** &amp;#039;Read this book and join the effort to terminate air pollution.&amp;#039; Arnold Schwarzenegger Air pollution has become the world&amp;#039;s greatest environmental health risk, and science is only beginning to reveal its wide-ranging effects. Globally, 19,000 people die each day from air pollution, killing more than HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and car accidents combined. What happened to the air we breathe? Sustainability journalist Tim Smedley has travelled the world to try and find the answer, visiting cities at the forefront of the fight against air pollution, including Delhi, Beijing, London and Paris. With insights from the scientists and politicians leading the battle against it, and people whose lives have been affected by it, Clearing the Air tells the full story of air pollution for the first time: what it is, which pollutants are harmful, where they come from and - most importantly - what we can do about them. Air pollution is a problem that can be solved. The stories uncovered on this journey show us how. Clearing the Air is essential reading for anyone who cares about the air they breathe. And this much becomes clear: in the fight against air pollution, we all have a part to play. The fightback has begun. &amp;#039;Compulsory reading&amp;#039; Chris Boardman</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Dance of the Dung Beetles: Their role in our changing world by Helen Lunn, Marcus Byrne</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434059</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dance of the Dung Beetles: Their role in our changing world
Author: Helen Lunn, Marcus Byrne
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The sweeping scientific and social history of the humble dung beetle In this sweeping history of more than 3,000 years, beginning with Ancient Egypt, scientist Marcus Byrne and writer Helen Lunn capture the diversity of dung beetles and their unique behavior patterns. Dung beetles&amp;#039; fortunes have followed the shifts from a world dominated by a religion that symbolically incorporated them into some of its key concepts of rebirth, to a world in which science has largely separated itself from religion and alchemy. With over 6,000 species found throughout the world, these unassuming but remarkable creatures are fundamental to some of humanity&amp;#039;s most cherished beliefs and have been ever present in religion, art, literature, science and the environment. They are at the center of current gene research, play an important role in keeping our planet healthy, and some nocturnal dung beetles have been found to navigate by the starry skies. Outlining the development of science from the point of view of the humble dung beetle is what makes this charming story of immense interest to general readers and entomologists alike.</description>
                  <author>Helen Lunn, Marcus Byrne</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705246788.mp3" length="8237289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434059</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705246788.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:25:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dance of the Dung Beetles: Their role in our changing world
Author: Helen Lunn, Marcus Byrne
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The sweeping scientific and social history of the humble dung beetle In this sweeping history of more than 3,000 years, beginning with Ancient Egypt, scientist Marcus Byrne and writer Helen Lunn capture the diversity of dung beetles and their unique behavior patterns. Dung beetles&amp;#039; fortunes have followed the shifts from a world dominated by a religion that symbolically incorporated them into some of its key concepts of rebirth, to a world in which science has largely separated itself from religion and alchemy. With over 6,000 species found throughout the world, these unassuming but remarkable creatures are fundamental to some of humanity&amp;#039;s most cherished beliefs and have been ever present in religion, art, literature, science and the environment. They are at the center of current gene research, play an important role in keeping our planet healthy, and some nocturnal dung beetles have been found to navigate by the starry skies. Outlining the development of science from the point of view of the humble dung beetle is what makes this charming story of immense interest to general readers and entomologists alike.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dance of the Dung Beetles: Their role in our changing world
Author: Helen Lunn, Marcus Byrne
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The sweeping scientific and social history of the humble dung beetle In this sweeping history of more than 3,000 years, beginning with Ancient Egypt, scientist Marcus Byrne and writer Helen Lunn capture the diversity of dung beetles and their unique behavior patterns. Dung beetles&amp;#039; fortunes have followed the shifts from a world dominated by a religion that symbolically incorporated them into some of its key concepts of rebirth, to a world in which science has largely separated itself from religion and alchemy. With over 6,000 species found throughout the world, these unassuming but remarkable creatures are fundamental to some of humanity&amp;#039;s most cherished beliefs and have been ever present in religion, art, literature, science and the environment. They are at the center of current gene research, play an important role in keeping our planet healthy, and some nocturnal dung beetles have been found to navigate by the starry skies. Outlining the development of science from the point of view of the humble dung beetle is what makes this charming story of immense interest to general readers and entomologists alike.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Great Adaptations: Star-Nosed Moles, Electric Eels, and Other Tales of Evolution&amp;#039;s Mysteries Solved by Kenneth Catania</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Adaptations: Star-Nosed Moles, Electric Eels, and Other Tales of Evolution&amp;#039;s Mysteries Solved
Author: Kenneth Catania
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From star-nosed moles that have super-sensing snouts to electric eels that paralyze their prey, animals possess unique and extraordinary abilities. In Great Adaptations, Kenneth Catania presents an entertaining and engaging look at some of nature&amp;#039;s most remarkable creatures. Telling the story of his biological detective work, Catania sheds light on the mysteries behind the behaviors of tentacled snakes, tiny shrews, zombie-making wasps, and more. He shows not only how studying these animals can provide deep insights into how life evolved, but also how scientific discovery can be filled with adventure and fun. Beginning with the star-nosed mole, Catania reveals what the creature&amp;#039;s nasal star is actually for, and what this tells us about how brains work. He explores how the deceptive hunting strategy of tentacled snakes leads prey straight to their mouths, how eels use electricity to control other animals, and why emerald jewel wasps make zombies out of cockroaches. He also solves the enigma of worm grunting—a traditional technique in which earthworms are enticed out of the ground—by teaming up with professional worm grunters. Catania demonstrates the merits of approaching science with an open mind, considers the role played by citizen scientists, and illustrates that most animals have incredible, hidden abilities that defy our imagination.</description>
                  <author>Kenneth Catania</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705242667.mp3" length="8372329" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705242667.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:8:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Adaptations: Star-Nosed Moles, Electric Eels, and Other Tales of Evolution&amp;#039;s Mysteries Solved
Author: Kenneth Catania
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From star-nosed moles that have super-sensing snouts to electric eels that paralyze their prey, animals possess unique and extraordinary abilities. In Great Adaptations, Kenneth Catania presents an entertaining and engaging look at some of nature&amp;#039;s most remarkable creatures. Telling the story of his biological detective work, Catania sheds light on the mysteries behind the behaviors of tentacled snakes, tiny shrews, zombie-making wasps, and more. He shows not only how studying these animals can provide deep insights into how life evolved, but also how scientific discovery can be filled with adventure and fun. Beginning with the star-nosed mole, Catania reveals what the creature&amp;#039;s nasal star is actually for, and what this tells us about how brains work. He explores how the deceptive hunting strategy of tentacled snakes leads prey straight to their mouths, how eels use electricity to control other animals, and why emerald jewel wasps make zombies out of cockroaches. He also solves the enigma of worm grunting—a traditional technique in which earthworms are enticed out of the ground—by teaming up with professional worm grunters. Catania demonstrates the merits of approaching science with an open mind, considers the role played by citizen scientists, and illustrates that most animals have incredible, hidden abilities that defy our imagination.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Adaptations: Star-Nosed Moles, Electric Eels, and Other Tales of Evolution&amp;#039;s Mysteries Solved
Author: Kenneth Catania
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From star-nosed moles that have super-sensing snouts to electric eels that paralyze their prey, animals possess unique and extraordinary abilities. In Great Adaptations, Kenneth Catania presents an entertaining and engaging look at some of nature&amp;#039;s most remarkable creatures. Telling the story of his biological detective work, Catania sheds light on the mysteries behind the behaviors of tentacled snakes, tiny shrews, zombie-making wasps, and more. He shows not only how studying these animals can provide deep insights into how life evolved, but also how scientific discovery can be filled with adventure and fun. Beginning with the star-nosed mole, Catania reveals what the creature&amp;#039;s nasal star is actually for, and what this tells us about how brains work. He explores how the deceptive hunting strategy of tentacled snakes leads prey straight to their mouths, how eels use electricity to control other animals, and why emerald jewel wasps make zombies out of cockroaches. He also solves the enigma of worm grunting—a traditional technique in which earthworms are enticed out of the ground—by teaming up with professional worm grunters. Catania demonstrates the merits of approaching science with an open mind, considers the role played by citizen scientists, and illustrates that most animals have incredible, hidden abilities that defy our imagination.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Nature of Animal Healing: The Definitive Holist Medicine Guide to Caring for Your Dog and Cat by Martin Goldstein</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433540</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature of Animal Healing: The Definitive Holist Medicine Guide to Caring for Your Dog and Cat
Author: Martin Goldstein
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Nature of Animal Healing is a groundbreaking, inspirational contribution to animal care. Dr. Martin Goldstein, one of the most successful and best-known holistic veterinarians in the country, offers here, for the first time, invaluable insights into how to give our pets a healthy, happy, and long life. Dr. Goldstein--a graduate of the Cornell University College of Veterinary Medicine who runs a renowned clinic in South Salem, New York--begins by explaining his approach to alternative treatment: what it is, how it works, and why it&amp;#039;s especially important that animals be treated holistically. Holistic pet care essentially revolves around the notion that the best way to cure an animal who is ill is to help the animal cure itself. We are not the true healers of our pets--they are. By treating the root of the problem instead of its symptoms, holistic medicine enables our pets to regain and maintain their own health. In this comprehensive and accessible book, Dr. Goldstein not only shares his philosophy of how animals should--must--be treated, but also shows us exactly what to do. With moving and often entertaining examples from his years of practice, he offers prescriptive advice for the pet lover of every stripe: why we shouldn&amp;#039;t feed our animals commercial pet food; why vaccines can actually do more harm than good; how acupuncture and homeopathic medicine can be used to help our pets; why pets need to experience a &amp;quot;healing crisis&amp;quot; in order to get well; and much, much more. In his practice, Dr. Goldstein has had extraordinary success treating cancer and leukemia. Here, he begins to decipher the riddle of those killer diseases and shows us how best to treat them, as well as how to prevent them from occurring. Included is the exhaustive &amp;quot;Alphabet of Ailments,&amp;quot; a list that tackles common afflictions one by one--the most useful guide ever published in a book on animal care. Dr. Goldstein also turns to the spiritual realm, addressing how the emotional bonds we form with our animals have the power to provoke and cure disease. In his smart, helpful, and comforting style, he tells us how to deal with the inevitable death of a pet--both physically and psychologically. Finally, there is an indispensable source guide: a complete listing of pet health-care centers, doctors, and products. So wherever you live, you will be able to act on the advice and recommendations you are sure to take to heart. The Nature of Animal Healing is a revolutionary guide that no pet owner should be without.</description>
                  <author>Martin Goldstein</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593345351.mp3" length="2675214" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433540</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593345351.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>16:6:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature of Animal Healing: The Definitive Holist Medicine Guide to Caring for Your Dog and Cat
Author: Martin Goldstein
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Nature of Animal Healing is a groundbreaking, inspirational contribution to animal care. Dr. Martin Goldstein, one of the most successful and best-known holistic veterinarians in the country, offers here, for the first time, invaluable insights into how to give our pets a healthy, happy, and long life. Dr. Goldstein--a graduate of the Cornell University College of Veterinary Medicine who runs a renowned clinic in South Salem, New York--begins by explaining his approach to alternative treatment: what it is, how it works, and why it&amp;#039;s especially important that animals be treated holistically. Holistic pet care essentially revolves around the notion that the best way to cure an animal who is ill is to help the animal cure itself. We are not the true healers of our pets--they are. By treating the root of the problem instead of its symptoms, holistic medicine enables our pets to regain and maintain their own health. In this comprehensive and accessible book, Dr. Goldstein not only shares his philosophy of how animals should--must--be treated, but also shows us exactly what to do. With moving and often entertaining examples from his years of practice, he offers prescriptive advice for the pet lover of every stripe: why we shouldn&amp;#039;t feed our animals commercial pet food; why vaccines can actually do more harm than good; how acupuncture and homeopathic medicine can be used to help our pets; why pets need to experience a &amp;quot;healing crisis&amp;quot; in order to get well; and much, much more. In his practice, Dr. Goldstein has had extraordinary success treating cancer and leukemia. Here, he begins to decipher the riddle of those killer diseases and shows us how best to treat them, as well as how to prevent them from occurring. Included is the exhaustive &amp;quot;Alphabet of Ailments,&amp;quot; a list that tackles common afflictions one by one--the most useful guide ever published in a book on animal care. Dr. Goldstein also turns to the spiritual realm, addressing how the emotional bonds we form with our animals have the power to provoke and cure disease. In his smart, helpful, and comforting style, he tells us how to deal with the inevitable death of a pet--both physically and psychologically. Finally, there is an indispensable source guide: a complete listing of pet health-care centers, doctors, and products. So wherever you live, you will be able to act on the advice and recommendations you are sure to take to heart. The Nature of Animal Healing is a revolutionary guide that no pet owner should be without.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature of Animal Healing: The Definitive Holist Medicine Guide to Caring for Your Dog and Cat
Author: Martin Goldstein
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Nature of Animal Healing is a groundbreaking, inspirational contribution to animal care. Dr. Martin Goldstein, one of the most successful and best-known holistic veterinarians in the country, offers here, for the first time, invaluable insights into how to give our pets a healthy, happy, and long life. Dr. Goldstein--a graduate of the Cornell University College of Veterinary Medicine who runs a renowned clinic in South Salem, New York--begins by explaining his approach to alternative treatment: what it is, how it works, and why it&amp;#039;s especially important that animals be treated holistically. Holistic pet care essentially revolves around the notion that the best way to cure an animal who is ill is to help the animal cure itself. We are not the true healers of our pets--they are. By treating the root of the problem instead of its symptoms, holistic medicine enables our pets to regain and maintain their own health. In this comprehensive and accessible book, Dr. Goldstein not only shares his philosophy of how animals should--must--be treated, but also shows us exactly what to do. With moving and often entertaining examples from his years of practice, he offers prescriptive advice for the pet lover of every stripe: why we shouldn&amp;#039;t feed our animals commercial pet food; why vaccines can actually do more harm than good; how acupuncture and homeopathic medicine can be used to help our pets; why pets need to experience a &amp;quot;healing crisis&amp;quot; in order to get well; and much, much more. In his practice, Dr. Goldstein has had extraordinary success treating cancer and leukemia. Here, he begins to decipher the riddle of those killer diseases and shows us how best to treat them, as well as how to prevent them from occurring. Included is the exhaustive &amp;quot;Alphabet of Ailments,&amp;quot; a list that tackles common afflictions one by one--the most useful guide ever published in a book on animal care. Dr. Goldstein also turns to the spiritual realm, addressing how the emotional bonds we form with our animals have the power to provoke and cure disease. In his smart, helpful, and comforting style, he tells us how to deal with the inevitable death of a pet--both physically and psychologically. Finally, there is an indispensable source guide: a complete listing of pet health-care centers, doctors, and products. So wherever you live, you will be able to act on the advice and recommendations you are sure to take to heart. The Nature of Animal Healing is a revolutionary guide that no pet owner should be without.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Sustainable Economy: The Hidden Costs of Climate Change and the Path to a Prosperous Future by Robert S. Devine</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433539</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sustainable Economy: The Hidden Costs of Climate Change and the Path to a Prosperous Future
Author: Robert S. Devine
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An original, engaging guide to creating a sustainable economy that will combat global warming while also improving our quality of life. Pick an environmental issue. Maybe air pollution, toxic waste, or deforestation. These all seem like solid choices, but none of these is actually an environmental problem--at least, not at its heart. Deep down, they are economic problems. Nearly all the issues we classify as environmental stem from defects in the DNA of America&amp;#039;s current market system. This is emphatically true of our greatest environmental threat: global warming. With a focus on climate change, journalist and author Robert S. Devine reveals the fundamental flaws in the economy that enable environmental degradation. The Sustainable Economy is a book about economics, but it skips the equations and eases through the jargon, opting instead for compelling stories and surprising humor. Readers will encounter high-tech narwhals, struggling coal workers, orbiting giant mirrors, the kids who are suing the U.S. government over climate policy, and vanishing Alaskan towns. The Sustainable Economy looks at many of the most pressing climate issues, such as melting ice caps and farm-killing droughts, but by viewing them through the revealing lens of economics, the book delivers a fresh perspective. Devine shows how the basic mechanisms of supply and demand fail when it comes to global warming and the environment. Fortunately, he also lays out a path to an improved economy that can boost our well-being while also fostering a healthy environment. Most importantly, The Sustainable Economy shows how we can overcome the political and personal obstacles blocking progress toward a sustainable, just, and prosperous economy.</description>
                  <author>Robert S. Devine</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593345238.mp3" length="2933243" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433539</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593345238.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:1:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sustainable Economy: The Hidden Costs of Climate Change and the Path to a Prosperous Future
Author: Robert S. Devine
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An original, engaging guide to creating a sustainable economy that will combat global warming while also improving our quality of life. Pick an environmental issue. Maybe air pollution, toxic waste, or deforestation. These all seem like solid choices, but none of these is actually an environmental problem--at least, not at its heart. Deep down, they are economic problems. Nearly all the issues we classify as environmental stem from defects in the DNA of America&amp;#039;s current market system. This is emphatically true of our greatest environmental threat: global warming. With a focus on climate change, journalist and author Robert S. Devine reveals the fundamental flaws in the economy that enable environmental degradation. The Sustainable Economy is a book about economics, but it skips the equations and eases through the jargon, opting instead for compelling stories and surprising humor. Readers will encounter high-tech narwhals, struggling coal workers, orbiting giant mirrors, the kids who are suing the U.S. government over climate policy, and vanishing Alaskan towns. The Sustainable Economy looks at many of the most pressing climate issues, such as melting ice caps and farm-killing droughts, but by viewing them through the revealing lens of economics, the book delivers a fresh perspective. Devine shows how the basic mechanisms of supply and demand fail when it comes to global warming and the environment. Fortunately, he also lays out a path to an improved economy that can boost our well-being while also fostering a healthy environment. Most importantly, The Sustainable Economy shows how we can overcome the political and personal obstacles blocking progress toward a sustainable, just, and prosperous economy.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sustainable Economy: The Hidden Costs of Climate Change and the Path to a Prosperous Future
Author: Robert S. Devine
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An original, engaging guide to creating a sustainable economy that will combat global warming while also improving our quality of life. Pick an environmental issue. Maybe air pollution, toxic waste, or deforestation. These all seem like solid choices, but none of these is actually an environmental problem--at least, not at its heart. Deep down, they are economic problems. Nearly all the issues we classify as environmental stem from defects in the DNA of America&amp;#039;s current market system. This is emphatically true of our greatest environmental threat: global warming. With a focus on climate change, journalist and author Robert S. Devine reveals the fundamental flaws in the economy that enable environmental degradation. The Sustainable Economy is a book about economics, but it skips the equations and eases through the jargon, opting instead for compelling stories and surprising humor. Readers will encounter high-tech narwhals, struggling coal workers, orbiting giant mirrors, the kids who are suing the U.S. government over climate policy, and vanishing Alaskan towns. The Sustainable Economy looks at many of the most pressing climate issues, such as melting ice caps and farm-killing droughts, but by viewing them through the revealing lens of economics, the book delivers a fresh perspective. Devine shows how the basic mechanisms of supply and demand fail when it comes to global warming and the environment. Fortunately, he also lays out a path to an improved economy that can boost our well-being while also fostering a healthy environment. Most importantly, The Sustainable Economy shows how we can overcome the political and personal obstacles blocking progress toward a sustainable, just, and prosperous economy.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Second Nature: Scenes from a World Remade by Nathaniel Rich</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433448</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Nature: Scenes from a World Remade
Author: Nathaniel Rich
Narrator: John Pirhalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Losing Earth, a beautifully told exploration of our post-natural world that points the way to a new mode of ecological writing. We live at a time in which scientists race to reanimate extinct beasts, our most essential ecosystems require monumental engineering projects to survive, chicken breasts grow in test tubes, and multinational corporations conspire to poison the blood of every living creature. No rock, leaf, or cubic foot of air on Earth has escaped humanity&amp;#039;s clumsy signature. The old distinctions—between natural and artificial, dystopia and utopia, science fiction and science fact—have blurred, losing all meaning. We inhabit an uncanny landscape of our own creation. In Second Nature, ordinary people make desperate efforts to preserve their humanity in a world that seems increasingly alien. Their stories—obsessive, intimate, and deeply reported—point the way to a new kind of environmental literature, in which dramatic narrative helps us to understand our place in a reality that resembles nothing human beings have known. From Odds Against Tomorrow to Losing Earth to the film Dark Waters (adapted from the first chapter of this book), Nathaniel Rich’s stories have come to define the way we think of contemporary ecological narrative. In Second Nature, he asks what it means to live in an era of terrible responsibility. The question is no longer, How do we return to the world that we’ve lost? It is, What world do we want to create in its place? A Macmillan Audio production from MCD</description>
                  <author>Nathaniel Rich</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250792334.mp3" length="1479477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433448</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250792334.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:1:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Nature: Scenes from a World Remade
Author: Nathaniel Rich
Narrator: John Pirhalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Losing Earth, a beautifully told exploration of our post-natural world that points the way to a new mode of ecological writing. We live at a time in which scientists race to reanimate extinct beasts, our most essential ecosystems require monumental engineering projects to survive, chicken breasts grow in test tubes, and multinational corporations conspire to poison the blood of every living creature. No rock, leaf, or cubic foot of air on Earth has escaped humanity&amp;#039;s clumsy signature. The old distinctions—between natural and artificial, dystopia and utopia, science fiction and science fact—have blurred, losing all meaning. We inhabit an uncanny landscape of our own creation. In Second Nature, ordinary people make desperate efforts to preserve their humanity in a world that seems increasingly alien. Their stories—obsessive, intimate, and deeply reported—point the way to a new kind of environmental literature, in which dramatic narrative helps us to understand our place in a reality that resembles nothing human beings have known. From Odds Against Tomorrow to Losing Earth to the film Dark Waters (adapted from the first chapter of this book), Nathaniel Rich’s stories have come to define the way we think of contemporary ecological narrative. In Second Nature, he asks what it means to live in an era of terrible responsibility. The question is no longer, How do we return to the world that we’ve lost? It is, What world do we want to create in its place? A Macmillan Audio production from MCD</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Nature: Scenes from a World Remade
Author: Nathaniel Rich
Narrator: John Pirhalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Losing Earth, a beautifully told exploration of our post-natural world that points the way to a new mode of ecological writing. We live at a time in which scientists race to reanimate extinct beasts, our most essential ecosystems require monumental engineering projects to survive, chicken breasts grow in test tubes, and multinational corporations conspire to poison the blood of every living creature. No rock, leaf, or cubic foot of air on Earth has escaped humanity&amp;#039;s clumsy signature. The old distinctions—between natural and artificial, dystopia and utopia, science fiction and science fact—have blurred, losing all meaning. We inhabit an uncanny landscape of our own creation. In Second Nature, ordinary people make desperate efforts to preserve their humanity in a world that seems increasingly alien. Their stories—obsessive, intimate, and deeply reported—point the way to a new kind of environmental literature, in which dramatic narrative helps us to understand our place in a reality that resembles nothing human beings have known. From Odds Against Tomorrow to Losing Earth to the film Dark Waters (adapted from the first chapter of this book), Nathaniel Rich’s stories have come to define the way we think of contemporary ecological narrative. In Second Nature, he asks what it means to live in an era of terrible responsibility. The question is no longer, How do we return to the world that we’ve lost? It is, What world do we want to create in its place? A Macmillan Audio production from MCD</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Science of the Ocean: The Secrets of the Seas Revealed by Dk</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433003</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of the Ocean: The Secrets of the Seas Revealed
Author: Dk
Narrator: Amy Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into this uniquely elegant exploration of the sea. An exploration of marine life and the ocean environment, this audiobook makes marine biology and oceanography accessible and enjoyable. The Science of the Ocean offers up riches from every corner of the ocean, from coral reefs and mangrove swamps to icy fjords and deep-ocean trenches, and from great whales to the microscopic beauty of plankton. Along the way, it explains how the ocean itself works, including tides, currents, hurricanes, tsunamis, and the global processes of oceanography and climate. An informative and utterly beautiful introduction to the ocean, this audiobook brings the wealth of the sea to your ears. Maya Plass (consultant) A lifelong passion for natural history and the great outdoors led Maya to pursue a career in marine biology. After a BSc in Marine Biology and Coastal Ecology, followed by an MSc in Integrated Coastal Zone Management, Maya worked as a project officer as she developed sustainable coastal management projects, then set up her own marine education business - Learn To Sea. She is a regular guest presenter on the BBC&amp;#039;s Springwatch, Autumnwatch, and Coast and is author of the RSPB Handbook of the Seashore (2013). She is patron of three marine conservation charities - Sea-changers, MARINElife, and The Blue Mile. © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio</description>
                  <author>Dk</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241473900.mp3" length="1268762" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433003</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241473900.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of the Ocean: The Secrets of the Seas Revealed
Author: Dk
Narrator: Amy Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into this uniquely elegant exploration of the sea. An exploration of marine life and the ocean environment, this audiobook makes marine biology and oceanography accessible and enjoyable. The Science of the Ocean offers up riches from every corner of the ocean, from coral reefs and mangrove swamps to icy fjords and deep-ocean trenches, and from great whales to the microscopic beauty of plankton. Along the way, it explains how the ocean itself works, including tides, currents, hurricanes, tsunamis, and the global processes of oceanography and climate. An informative and utterly beautiful introduction to the ocean, this audiobook brings the wealth of the sea to your ears. Maya Plass (consultant) A lifelong passion for natural history and the great outdoors led Maya to pursue a career in marine biology. After a BSc in Marine Biology and Coastal Ecology, followed by an MSc in Integrated Coastal Zone Management, Maya worked as a project officer as she developed sustainable coastal management projects, then set up her own marine education business - Learn To Sea. She is a regular guest presenter on the BBC&amp;#039;s Springwatch, Autumnwatch, and Coast and is author of the RSPB Handbook of the Seashore (2013). She is patron of three marine conservation charities - Sea-changers, MARINElife, and The Blue Mile. © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of the Ocean: The Secrets of the Seas Revealed
Author: Dk
Narrator: Amy Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into this uniquely elegant exploration of the sea. An exploration of marine life and the ocean environment, this audiobook makes marine biology and oceanography accessible and enjoyable. The Science of the Ocean offers up riches from every corner of the ocean, from coral reefs and mangrove swamps to icy fjords and deep-ocean trenches, and from great whales to the microscopic beauty of plankton. Along the way, it explains how the ocean itself works, including tides, currents, hurricanes, tsunamis, and the global processes of oceanography and climate. An informative and utterly beautiful introduction to the ocean, this audiobook brings the wealth of the sea to your ears. Maya Plass (consultant) A lifelong passion for natural history and the great outdoors led Maya to pursue a career in marine biology. After a BSc in Marine Biology and Coastal Ecology, followed by an MSc in Integrated Coastal Zone Management, Maya worked as a project officer as she developed sustainable coastal management projects, then set up her own marine education business - Learn To Sea. She is a regular guest presenter on the BBC&amp;#039;s Springwatch, Autumnwatch, and Coast and is author of the RSPB Handbook of the Seashore (2013). She is patron of three marine conservation charities - Sea-changers, MARINElife, and The Blue Mile. © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Marine Biology: A Very Short Introduction by Philip V. Mladenov</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432233</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Marine Biology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Philip V. Mladenov
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The oceans are our planet&amp;#039;s most distinctive and imposing natural habitat. They cover seventy-one percent of its surface; support a remarkably diverse and exquisitely adapted array of life forms; and possess many of Earth&amp;#039;s most significant, intriguing, and inaccessible ecosystems. In an era in which humans are significantly altering the global environment, the oceans are undergoing rapid and profound changes. The study of marine biology is thus taking on added importance and urgency as people struggle to understand and manage these changes to protect our marine ecosystems. Healthy oceans produce half of the oxygen we breathe; stabilize our climate; create ecosystems that protect our coasts from storms; provide us with abundant food; and host diverse organisms that provide us with natural products for medicine and biotechnology. In this Very Short Introduction, marine biologist Philip Mladenov provides an accessible and up-to-date overview of marine biology, offering a tour of marine life and marine processes that ranges from the unimaginably abundant microscopic organisms that drive the oceans&amp;#039; food web to the apex predators that we exploit for food; from polar ocean ecosystems to tropical coral reefs; and from the luxurious kelp beds of the coastal ocean to deep-ocean hydrothermal vents where life exists without the energy of the sun.</description>
                  <author>Philip V. Mladenov</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601412.mp3" length="8231246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432233</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601412.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:18:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Marine Biology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Philip V. Mladenov
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The oceans are our planet&amp;#039;s most distinctive and imposing natural habitat. They cover seventy-one percent of its surface; support a remarkably diverse and exquisitely adapted array of life forms; and possess many of Earth&amp;#039;s most significant, intriguing, and inaccessible ecosystems. In an era in which humans are significantly altering the global environment, the oceans are undergoing rapid and profound changes. The study of marine biology is thus taking on added importance and urgency as people struggle to understand and manage these changes to protect our marine ecosystems. Healthy oceans produce half of the oxygen we breathe; stabilize our climate; create ecosystems that protect our coasts from storms; provide us with abundant food; and host diverse organisms that provide us with natural products for medicine and biotechnology. In this Very Short Introduction, marine biologist Philip Mladenov provides an accessible and up-to-date overview of marine biology, offering a tour of marine life and marine processes that ranges from the unimaginably abundant microscopic organisms that drive the oceans&amp;#039; food web to the apex predators that we exploit for food; from polar ocean ecosystems to tropical coral reefs; and from the luxurious kelp beds of the coastal ocean to deep-ocean hydrothermal vents where life exists without the energy of the sun.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Marine Biology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Philip V. Mladenov
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The oceans are our planet&amp;#039;s most distinctive and imposing natural habitat. They cover seventy-one percent of its surface; support a remarkably diverse and exquisitely adapted array of life forms; and possess many of Earth&amp;#039;s most significant, intriguing, and inaccessible ecosystems. In an era in which humans are significantly altering the global environment, the oceans are undergoing rapid and profound changes. The study of marine biology is thus taking on added importance and urgency as people struggle to understand and manage these changes to protect our marine ecosystems. Healthy oceans produce half of the oxygen we breathe; stabilize our climate; create ecosystems that protect our coasts from storms; provide us with abundant food; and host diverse organisms that provide us with natural products for medicine and biotechnology. In this Very Short Introduction, marine biologist Philip Mladenov provides an accessible and up-to-date overview of marine biology, offering a tour of marine life and marine processes that ranges from the unimaginably abundant microscopic organisms that drive the oceans&amp;#039; food web to the apex predators that we exploit for food; from polar ocean ecosystems to tropical coral reefs; and from the luxurious kelp beds of the coastal ocean to deep-ocean hydrothermal vents where life exists without the energy of the sun.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Inner Coast: Essays by Donovan Hohn</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432226</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inner Coast: Essays
Author: Donovan Hohn
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Prize-winning essays on our changing place in the natural world by the bestselling author of Moby-Duck. Writing in the grand American tradition of Annie Dillard and Barry Lopez, Donovan Hohn is an &amp;#039;adventurous, inquisitive, and brightly illuminating writer&amp;#039; (New York Times). Since the publication of Moby-Duck a decade ago, Hohn has been widely hailed for his prize-winning essays on the borderlands between the natural and the human. The Inner Coast collects ten of his best, many of them originally published in such magazines as the New York Times Magazine and Harper&amp;#039;s, which feature his physical, historical, and emotional journeys through the American landscape. By turns meditative and comic, adventurous and metaphysical, Hohn writes about the appeal of old tools, the dance between ecology and engineering, the lost art of ice canoeing, and Americans&amp;#039; complicated love/hate relationship with Thoreau. The Inner Coast marks the return of one of our finest young writers and a stylish exploration of what Guy Davenport called &amp;#039;the geography of the imagination.&amp;#039;</description>
                  <author>Donovan Hohn</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684579129.mp3" length="7922212" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432226</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684579129.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>7:8:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inner Coast: Essays
Author: Donovan Hohn
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Prize-winning essays on our changing place in the natural world by the bestselling author of Moby-Duck. Writing in the grand American tradition of Annie Dillard and Barry Lopez, Donovan Hohn is an &amp;#039;adventurous, inquisitive, and brightly illuminating writer&amp;#039; (New York Times). Since the publication of Moby-Duck a decade ago, Hohn has been widely hailed for his prize-winning essays on the borderlands between the natural and the human. The Inner Coast collects ten of his best, many of them originally published in such magazines as the New York Times Magazine and Harper&amp;#039;s, which feature his physical, historical, and emotional journeys through the American landscape. By turns meditative and comic, adventurous and metaphysical, Hohn writes about the appeal of old tools, the dance between ecology and engineering, the lost art of ice canoeing, and Americans&amp;#039; complicated love/hate relationship with Thoreau. The Inner Coast marks the return of one of our finest young writers and a stylish exploration of what Guy Davenport called &amp;#039;the geography of the imagination.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inner Coast: Essays
Author: Donovan Hohn
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Prize-winning essays on our changing place in the natural world by the bestselling author of Moby-Duck. Writing in the grand American tradition of Annie Dillard and Barry Lopez, Donovan Hohn is an &amp;#039;adventurous, inquisitive, and brightly illuminating writer&amp;#039; (New York Times). Since the publication of Moby-Duck a decade ago, Hohn has been widely hailed for his prize-winning essays on the borderlands between the natural and the human. The Inner Coast collects ten of his best, many of them originally published in such magazines as the New York Times Magazine and Harper&amp;#039;s, which feature his physical, historical, and emotional journeys through the American landscape. By turns meditative and comic, adventurous and metaphysical, Hohn writes about the appeal of old tools, the dance between ecology and engineering, the lost art of ice canoeing, and Americans&amp;#039; complicated love/hate relationship with Thoreau. The Inner Coast marks the return of one of our finest young writers and a stylish exploration of what Guy Davenport called &amp;#039;the geography of the imagination.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>On the Backs of Tortoises: Darwin, the Galapagos, and the Fate of an Evolutionary Eden by Elizabeth Hennessy</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Backs of Tortoises: Darwin, the Galapagos, and the Fate of an Evolutionary Eden
Author: Elizabeth Hennessy
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An insightful exploration of the iconic Galápagos tortoises, and how their fate is inextricably linked to our own in a rapidly changing world.   The Galápagos archipelago is often viewed as a last foothold of pristine nature. For sixty years, conservationists have worked to restore this evolutionary Eden after centuries of exploitation at the hands of pirates, whalers, and island settlers. This book tells the story of the islands&amp;#039; namesakes—the giant tortoises—as coveted food sources, objects of natural history, and famous icons of conservation and tourism. By doing so, it brings into stark relief the paradoxical, and impossible, goal of conserving species by trying to restore a past state of prehistoric evolution. The tortoises, Elizabeth Hennessy demonstrates, are not prehistoric, but rather microcosms whose stories show how deeply human and nonhuman life are entangled. In a world where evolution is thoroughly shaped by global history, Hennessy puts forward a vision for conservation based on reckoning with the past, rather than trying to erase it.</description>
                  <author>Elizabeth Hennessy</author>
                  <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705242582.mp3" length="2702716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705242582.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:37:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Backs of Tortoises: Darwin, the Galapagos, and the Fate of an Evolutionary Eden
Author: Elizabeth Hennessy
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An insightful exploration of the iconic Galápagos tortoises, and how their fate is inextricably linked to our own in a rapidly changing world.   The Galápagos archipelago is often viewed as a last foothold of pristine nature. For sixty years, conservationists have worked to restore this evolutionary Eden after centuries of exploitation at the hands of pirates, whalers, and island settlers. This book tells the story of the islands&amp;#039; namesakes—the giant tortoises—as coveted food sources, objects of natural history, and famous icons of conservation and tourism. By doing so, it brings into stark relief the paradoxical, and impossible, goal of conserving species by trying to restore a past state of prehistoric evolution. The tortoises, Elizabeth Hennessy demonstrates, are not prehistoric, but rather microcosms whose stories show how deeply human and nonhuman life are entangled. In a world where evolution is thoroughly shaped by global history, Hennessy puts forward a vision for conservation based on reckoning with the past, rather than trying to erase it.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Backs of Tortoises: Darwin, the Galapagos, and the Fate of an Evolutionary Eden
Author: Elizabeth Hennessy
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An insightful exploration of the iconic Galápagos tortoises, and how their fate is inextricably linked to our own in a rapidly changing world.   The Galápagos archipelago is often viewed as a last foothold of pristine nature. For sixty years, conservationists have worked to restore this evolutionary Eden after centuries of exploitation at the hands of pirates, whalers, and island settlers. This book tells the story of the islands&amp;#039; namesakes—the giant tortoises—as coveted food sources, objects of natural history, and famous icons of conservation and tourism. By doing so, it brings into stark relief the paradoxical, and impossible, goal of conserving species by trying to restore a past state of prehistoric evolution. The tortoises, Elizabeth Hennessy demonstrates, are not prehistoric, but rather microcosms whose stories show how deeply human and nonhuman life are entangled. In a world where evolution is thoroughly shaped by global history, Hennessy puts forward a vision for conservation based on reckoning with the past, rather than trying to erase it.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>In the Company of Crows and Ravens by Tony Angell, John M. Marzluff</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432182</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Company of Crows and Ravens
Author: Tony Angell, John M. Marzluff
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the cave walls at Lascaux to the last painting by Van Gogh, from the works of Shakespeare to those of Mark Twain, there is clear evidence that crows and ravens influence human culture. Yet this influence is not unidirectional, say the authors  of this fascinating book: people profoundly influence crow culture, ecology, and evolution as well. John Marzluff and Tony Angell examine the often surprising ways that crows and humans interact. The authors contend that those interactions reflect a process of &amp;#039;cultural coevolution.&amp;#039; They offer a challenging new view of the human-crow dynamic—a view that may change our thinking not only about crows but also about ourselves. In the Company of Crows and Ravens takes a close look at the influences people have had on the lives of crows throughout history and at the significant ways crows have altered human lives. This book illuminates the entwined histories of crows and people and concludes with an intriguing discussion of the crow-human relationship and how our attitudes toward crows may affect our cultural trajectory.</description>
                  <author>Tony Angell, John M. Marzluff</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705240366.mp3" length="2715378" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432182</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705240366.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Company of Crows and Ravens
Author: Tony Angell, John M. Marzluff
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the cave walls at Lascaux to the last painting by Van Gogh, from the works of Shakespeare to those of Mark Twain, there is clear evidence that crows and ravens influence human culture. Yet this influence is not unidirectional, say the authors  of this fascinating book: people profoundly influence crow culture, ecology, and evolution as well. John Marzluff and Tony Angell examine the often surprising ways that crows and humans interact. The authors contend that those interactions reflect a process of &amp;#039;cultural coevolution.&amp;#039; They offer a challenging new view of the human-crow dynamic—a view that may change our thinking not only about crows but also about ourselves. In the Company of Crows and Ravens takes a close look at the influences people have had on the lives of crows throughout history and at the significant ways crows have altered human lives. This book illuminates the entwined histories of crows and people and concludes with an intriguing discussion of the crow-human relationship and how our attitudes toward crows may affect our cultural trajectory.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Company of Crows and Ravens
Author: Tony Angell, John M. Marzluff
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the cave walls at Lascaux to the last painting by Van Gogh, from the works of Shakespeare to those of Mark Twain, there is clear evidence that crows and ravens influence human culture. Yet this influence is not unidirectional, say the authors  of this fascinating book: people profoundly influence crow culture, ecology, and evolution as well. John Marzluff and Tony Angell examine the often surprising ways that crows and humans interact. The authors contend that those interactions reflect a process of &amp;#039;cultural coevolution.&amp;#039; They offer a challenging new view of the human-crow dynamic—a view that may change our thinking not only about crows but also about ourselves. In the Company of Crows and Ravens takes a close look at the influences people have had on the lives of crows throughout history and at the significant ways crows have altered human lives. This book illuminates the entwined histories of crows and people and concludes with an intriguing discussion of the crow-human relationship and how our attitudes toward crows may affect our cultural trajectory.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>What We Need to Do Now: For a Zero Carbon Future by Chris Goodall</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431955</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What We Need to Do Now: For a Zero Carbon Future
Author: Chris Goodall
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The UK has declared a &amp;#039;climate emergency&amp;#039; and pledged to become carbon neutral by 2050. So how do we get there? Drawing on actions, policies and technologies already emerging around the world, Chris Goodall sets out the ways to achieve this. His proposals include: -Building a huge over-capacity of wind and solar energy, storing the excess as hydrogen. -Using hydrogen to fuel our trains, shipping, boilers and heavy industry, while electrifying buses, trucks and cars. -Farming - and eating - differently, encouraging plant-based alternatives to meat -paying farmers to plant and maintain woodlands. -Making fashion sustainable and aviation pay its way, funding synthetic fuels and genuine offsets. -Using technical solutions to capture CO2 from the air, and biochar to lock carbon in the soil. What We Need To Do Now is an urgent, practical and inspiring book that signals a green new deal for Britain. “This is exactly the kind of mapping out that we need to make the zero carbon world happen. Chris Goodall&amp;#039;s plan is well argued.” MIKE BERNERS-LEE “Chris Goodall is the kind of person we need to lead us to safety faced with climate change. I learned so much. It&amp;#039;s crisp, superbly researched - and remarkably calm. We can do this.” TIM HARFORD</description>
                  <author>Chris Goodall</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004010660.mp3" length="797042" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431955</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004010660.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What We Need to Do Now: For a Zero Carbon Future
Author: Chris Goodall
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The UK has declared a &amp;#039;climate emergency&amp;#039; and pledged to become carbon neutral by 2050. So how do we get there? Drawing on actions, policies and technologies already emerging around the world, Chris Goodall sets out the ways to achieve this. His proposals include: -Building a huge over-capacity of wind and solar energy, storing the excess as hydrogen. -Using hydrogen to fuel our trains, shipping, boilers and heavy industry, while electrifying buses, trucks and cars. -Farming - and eating - differently, encouraging plant-based alternatives to meat -paying farmers to plant and maintain woodlands. -Making fashion sustainable and aviation pay its way, funding synthetic fuels and genuine offsets. -Using technical solutions to capture CO2 from the air, and biochar to lock carbon in the soil. What We Need To Do Now is an urgent, practical and inspiring book that signals a green new deal for Britain. “This is exactly the kind of mapping out that we need to make the zero carbon world happen. Chris Goodall&amp;#039;s plan is well argued.” MIKE BERNERS-LEE “Chris Goodall is the kind of person we need to lead us to safety faced with climate change. I learned so much. It&amp;#039;s crisp, superbly researched - and remarkably calm. We can do this.” TIM HARFORD</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What We Need to Do Now: For a Zero Carbon Future
Author: Chris Goodall
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The UK has declared a &amp;#039;climate emergency&amp;#039; and pledged to become carbon neutral by 2050. So how do we get there? Drawing on actions, policies and technologies already emerging around the world, Chris Goodall sets out the ways to achieve this. His proposals include: -Building a huge over-capacity of wind and solar energy, storing the excess as hydrogen. -Using hydrogen to fuel our trains, shipping, boilers and heavy industry, while electrifying buses, trucks and cars. -Farming - and eating - differently, encouraging plant-based alternatives to meat -paying farmers to plant and maintain woodlands. -Making fashion sustainable and aviation pay its way, funding synthetic fuels and genuine offsets. -Using technical solutions to capture CO2 from the air, and biochar to lock carbon in the soil. What We Need To Do Now is an urgent, practical and inspiring book that signals a green new deal for Britain. “This is exactly the kind of mapping out that we need to make the zero carbon world happen. Chris Goodall&amp;#039;s plan is well argued.” MIKE BERNERS-LEE “Chris Goodall is the kind of person we need to lead us to safety faced with climate change. I learned so much. It&amp;#039;s crisp, superbly researched - and remarkably calm. We can do this.” TIM HARFORD</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Dog Who Healed a Family: And Other True Animal Stories That Warm the Heart and Touch the Soul by Jo Coudert</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431852</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dog Who Healed a Family: And Other True Animal Stories That Warm the Heart and Touch the Soul
Author: Jo Coudert
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this charming collection of nineteen stories, you can&amp;#039;t help but fall in love with the unlucky fawn who is saved by a nursing home, the troublesome rabbit who warms her way into a new family and the good (German) shepherd who comforts the sick. These are stories of hope, humor, triumph, loyalty, compassion, life and even death—but most of all, these are stories of love and the extraordinary animals who make our lives the richer for it.</description>
                  <author>Jo Coudert</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488209499.mp3" length="1379620" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431852</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488209499.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:56:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dog Who Healed a Family: And Other True Animal Stories That Warm the Heart and Touch the Soul
Author: Jo Coudert
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this charming collection of nineteen stories, you can&amp;#039;t help but fall in love with the unlucky fawn who is saved by a nursing home, the troublesome rabbit who warms her way into a new family and the good (German) shepherd who comforts the sick. These are stories of hope, humor, triumph, loyalty, compassion, life and even death—but most of all, these are stories of love and the extraordinary animals who make our lives the richer for it.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dog Who Healed a Family: And Other True Animal Stories That Warm the Heart and Touch the Soul
Author: Jo Coudert
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this charming collection of nineteen stories, you can&amp;#039;t help but fall in love with the unlucky fawn who is saved by a nursing home, the troublesome rabbit who warms her way into a new family and the good (German) shepherd who comforts the sick. These are stories of hope, humor, triumph, loyalty, compassion, life and even death—but most of all, these are stories of love and the extraordinary animals who make our lives the richer for it.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Ship and the Storm: Hurricane Mitch and the Loss of the Fantome by Jim Carrier</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431549</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431549">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431549</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ship and the Storm: Hurricane Mitch and the Loss of the Fantome
Author: Jim Carrier
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Captain Guyan March had spent his entire professional career aboard Windjammer Barefoot Cruises’ fleet of extravagant tall ships that carry passengers on weeklong fantasy cruises spiced with rum and sun. When he agreed to command the Fantome, Windjammer’s marquee ship, a beautiful 282-foot schooner that “sailed like a pig” in the Gulf of Honduras, he knew that a storm would leave him little space to run. In the southern reaches of the Caribbean, Tropical Storm Mitch whirled to life like a nebula and became Captain March’s worst nightmare—a category five storm with 180-mile-per-hour winds and fifty-foot seas. After discharging his passengers in Belize, Captain March and his crew, most of them West Indians, took the $20 million uninsured tall ship out to sea to dodge the approaching storm. What ensued was a deadly game of cat and mouse that confounded experts’ predictions and cornered the Fantome with eerie precision. Based on journalist Jim Carrier’s exhaustive research and hundreds of interviews, The Ship and the Storm explores the story of the Fantome and Hurricane Mitch from every angle. From the deck of the ship, to the research planes flying into the eye of the hurricane, to islanders and coastal villagers in a desperate battle for survival, The Ship and the Storm is the heartbreaking and horrifying story of the most destructive hurricane in Western Hemisphere history.</description>
                  <author>Jim Carrier</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094131825.mp3" length="847598" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431549</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094131825.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431549">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431549</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ship and the Storm: Hurricane Mitch and the Loss of the Fantome
Author: Jim Carrier
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Captain Guyan March had spent his entire professional career aboard Windjammer Barefoot Cruises’ fleet of extravagant tall ships that carry passengers on weeklong fantasy cruises spiced with rum and sun. When he agreed to command the Fantome, Windjammer’s marquee ship, a beautiful 282-foot schooner that “sailed like a pig” in the Gulf of Honduras, he knew that a storm would leave him little space to run. In the southern reaches of the Caribbean, Tropical Storm Mitch whirled to life like a nebula and became Captain March’s worst nightmare—a category five storm with 180-mile-per-hour winds and fifty-foot seas. After discharging his passengers in Belize, Captain March and his crew, most of them West Indians, took the $20 million uninsured tall ship out to sea to dodge the approaching storm. What ensued was a deadly game of cat and mouse that confounded experts’ predictions and cornered the Fantome with eerie precision. Based on journalist Jim Carrier’s exhaustive research and hundreds of interviews, The Ship and the Storm explores the story of the Fantome and Hurricane Mitch from every angle. From the deck of the ship, to the research planes flying into the eye of the hurricane, to islanders and coastal villagers in a desperate battle for survival, The Ship and the Storm is the heartbreaking and horrifying story of the most destructive hurricane in Western Hemisphere history.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431549">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431549</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ship and the Storm: Hurricane Mitch and the Loss of the Fantome
Author: Jim Carrier
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Captain Guyan March had spent his entire professional career aboard Windjammer Barefoot Cruises’ fleet of extravagant tall ships that carry passengers on weeklong fantasy cruises spiced with rum and sun. When he agreed to command the Fantome, Windjammer’s marquee ship, a beautiful 282-foot schooner that “sailed like a pig” in the Gulf of Honduras, he knew that a storm would leave him little space to run. In the southern reaches of the Caribbean, Tropical Storm Mitch whirled to life like a nebula and became Captain March’s worst nightmare—a category five storm with 180-mile-per-hour winds and fifty-foot seas. After discharging his passengers in Belize, Captain March and his crew, most of them West Indians, took the $20 million uninsured tall ship out to sea to dodge the approaching storm. What ensued was a deadly game of cat and mouse that confounded experts’ predictions and cornered the Fantome with eerie precision. Based on journalist Jim Carrier’s exhaustive research and hundreds of interviews, The Ship and the Storm explores the story of the Fantome and Hurricane Mitch from every angle. From the deck of the ship, to the research planes flying into the eye of the hurricane, to islanders and coastal villagers in a desperate battle for survival, The Ship and the Storm is the heartbreaking and horrifying story of the most destructive hurricane in Western Hemisphere history.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Nature Remedy: A restorative guide to the natural world by Faith Douglas</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431478</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature Remedy: A restorative guide to the natural world
Author: Faith Douglas
Narrator: Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Packed with beautiful images, recipes, remedies, meditations, fascinating ideas’. The Telegraph                                   A beautiful, illustrated modern guide to nature for a new generation (including city-dwellers) and how it can impact our mental and physical wellbeing.                      Reconnect with nature and learn everything about the wonderful wild.           Curator of the Thorp Perrow arboretum, Faith Douglas takes us on an adventure, and spans across all areas of nature to show how trees, birds, insects, seasons, the weather can impact us for the better, how they can heal and improve our mental and physical wellbeing.           Modern day life puts pressures on us all. For city dwellers, getting to the great outdoors is never an easy feat. Faith shows you how to embrace it from right where you are, whether it’s making the most of your garden or creating your own inner sanctum in a tiny flat.           From foraging for herbs and nutritious pick-me-ups, outdoor meditation, growing your own therapeutic urban garden to making simple remedies and recipes, this practical and inspiring guide will take you back to nature wherever you are.           Filled with beautiful photography and line drawings, this is a book for those who want to discover more about the natural world and want to bring a little piece of the outdoors into their own home.</description>
                  <author>Faith Douglas</author>
                  <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008421700.mp3" length="1304108" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431478</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008421700.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>5:55:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature Remedy: A restorative guide to the natural world
Author: Faith Douglas
Narrator: Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Packed with beautiful images, recipes, remedies, meditations, fascinating ideas’. The Telegraph                                   A beautiful, illustrated modern guide to nature for a new generation (including city-dwellers) and how it can impact our mental and physical wellbeing.                      Reconnect with nature and learn everything about the wonderful wild.           Curator of the Thorp Perrow arboretum, Faith Douglas takes us on an adventure, and spans across all areas of nature to show how trees, birds, insects, seasons, the weather can impact us for the better, how they can heal and improve our mental and physical wellbeing.           Modern day life puts pressures on us all. For city dwellers, getting to the great outdoors is never an easy feat. Faith shows you how to embrace it from right where you are, whether it’s making the most of your garden or creating your own inner sanctum in a tiny flat.           From foraging for herbs and nutritious pick-me-ups, outdoor meditation, growing your own therapeutic urban garden to making simple remedies and recipes, this practical and inspiring guide will take you back to nature wherever you are.           Filled with beautiful photography and line drawings, this is a book for those who want to discover more about the natural world and want to bring a little piece of the outdoors into their own home.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature Remedy: A restorative guide to the natural world
Author: Faith Douglas
Narrator: Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Packed with beautiful images, recipes, remedies, meditations, fascinating ideas’. The Telegraph                                   A beautiful, illustrated modern guide to nature for a new generation (including city-dwellers) and how it can impact our mental and physical wellbeing.                      Reconnect with nature and learn everything about the wonderful wild.           Curator of the Thorp Perrow arboretum, Faith Douglas takes us on an adventure, and spans across all areas of nature to show how trees, birds, insects, seasons, the weather can impact us for the better, how they can heal and improve our mental and physical wellbeing.           Modern day life puts pressures on us all. For city dwellers, getting to the great outdoors is never an easy feat. Faith shows you how to embrace it from right where you are, whether it’s making the most of your garden or creating your own inner sanctum in a tiny flat.           From foraging for herbs and nutritious pick-me-ups, outdoor meditation, growing your own therapeutic urban garden to making simple remedies and recipes, this practical and inspiring guide will take you back to nature wherever you are.           Filled with beautiful photography and line drawings, this is a book for those who want to discover more about the natural world and want to bring a little piece of the outdoors into their own home.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Nature&amp;#039;s Best Hope: A New Approach to Conservation that Starts in Your Yard by Douglas W. Tallamy</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431235</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature&amp;#039;s Best Hope: A New Approach to Conservation that Starts in Your Yard
Author: Douglas W. Tallamy
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Douglas W. Tallamy’s first book, Bringing Nature Home, awakened thousands of individuals to an urgent situation: wildlife populations are in decline because the native plants they depend on are fast disappearing. His solution? Plant more natives. In this new book, Tallamy takes the next step and outlines his vision for a grassroots approach to conservation. Nature’s Best Hope shows how homeowners everywhere can turn their yards into conservation corridors that provide wildlife habitats. Because this approach relies on the initiatives of private individuals, it is immune from the whims of government policy. Even more important, it’s practical, effective, and easy—you will walk away with specific suggestions you can incorporate into your own yard. If you’re concerned about doing something good for the environment, Nature’s Best Hope is the blueprint you need. By acting now, you can help preserve our precious wildlife—and the planet—for future generations.</description>
                  <author>Douglas W. Tallamy</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666598339.mp3" length="860448" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431235</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666598339.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>6:31:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature&amp;#039;s Best Hope: A New Approach to Conservation that Starts in Your Yard
Author: Douglas W. Tallamy
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Douglas W. Tallamy’s first book, Bringing Nature Home, awakened thousands of individuals to an urgent situation: wildlife populations are in decline because the native plants they depend on are fast disappearing. His solution? Plant more natives. In this new book, Tallamy takes the next step and outlines his vision for a grassroots approach to conservation. Nature’s Best Hope shows how homeowners everywhere can turn their yards into conservation corridors that provide wildlife habitats. Because this approach relies on the initiatives of private individuals, it is immune from the whims of government policy. Even more important, it’s practical, effective, and easy—you will walk away with specific suggestions you can incorporate into your own yard. If you’re concerned about doing something good for the environment, Nature’s Best Hope is the blueprint you need. By acting now, you can help preserve our precious wildlife—and the planet—for future generations.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature&amp;#039;s Best Hope: A New Approach to Conservation that Starts in Your Yard
Author: Douglas W. Tallamy
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Douglas W. Tallamy’s first book, Bringing Nature Home, awakened thousands of individuals to an urgent situation: wildlife populations are in decline because the native plants they depend on are fast disappearing. His solution? Plant more natives. In this new book, Tallamy takes the next step and outlines his vision for a grassroots approach to conservation. Nature’s Best Hope shows how homeowners everywhere can turn their yards into conservation corridors that provide wildlife habitats. Because this approach relies on the initiatives of private individuals, it is immune from the whims of government policy. Even more important, it’s practical, effective, and easy—you will walk away with specific suggestions you can incorporate into your own yard. If you’re concerned about doing something good for the environment, Nature’s Best Hope is the blueprint you need. By acting now, you can help preserve our precious wildlife—and the planet—for future generations.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Power Resources Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Solar Power, Electric Car by George J. Astley, Mark J Carlton</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431080</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Resources Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Solar Power, Electric Car
Author: George J. Astley, Mark J Carlton
Narrator: Jesse Gross, Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a greener way to live? Are you concerned about the state of the planet and what we are doing to it? Do you want to try an alternative to power that damages the environment? The last 100 years has seen a much greater awareness that we humans are causing lasting and irreparable damage to our planet, through a reckless disregard of its resources and how we use them. Climate change, damage to the ozone layer and associated problems are all contributing to it and new energy sources are needed. Solar power is now gaining more and more popularity and understanding as millions look to it to solve our energy problems and help improve the health of the planet at the same time. And this bundle will show how you can be a part of that too.   This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks:  1.	Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use 2.	Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars   Get your copy Power Resources Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
                  <author>George J. Astley, Mark J Carlton</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662106453.mp3" length="846487" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431080</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662106453.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Resources Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Solar Power, Electric Car
Author: George J. Astley, Mark J Carlton
Narrator: Jesse Gross, Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a greener way to live? Are you concerned about the state of the planet and what we are doing to it? Do you want to try an alternative to power that damages the environment? The last 100 years has seen a much greater awareness that we humans are causing lasting and irreparable damage to our planet, through a reckless disregard of its resources and how we use them. Climate change, damage to the ozone layer and associated problems are all contributing to it and new energy sources are needed. Solar power is now gaining more and more popularity and understanding as millions look to it to solve our energy problems and help improve the health of the planet at the same time. And this bundle will show how you can be a part of that too.   This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks:  1.	Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use 2.	Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars   Get your copy Power Resources Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Resources Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Solar Power, Electric Car
Author: George J. Astley, Mark J Carlton
Narrator: Jesse Gross, Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a greener way to live? Are you concerned about the state of the planet and what we are doing to it? Do you want to try an alternative to power that damages the environment? The last 100 years has seen a much greater awareness that we humans are causing lasting and irreparable damage to our planet, through a reckless disregard of its resources and how we use them. Climate change, damage to the ozone layer and associated problems are all contributing to it and new energy sources are needed. Solar power is now gaining more and more popularity and understanding as millions look to it to solve our energy problems and help improve the health of the planet at the same time. And this bundle will show how you can be a part of that too.   This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks:  1.	Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use 2.	Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars   Get your copy Power Resources Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Brilliant Green: The Surprising History and Science of Plant Intelligence by Alessandra Viola, Stefano Mancuso</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431014</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brilliant Green: The Surprising History and Science of Plant Intelligence
Author: Alessandra Viola, Stefano Mancuso
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are plants intelligent? Can they solve problems, communicate, and navigate their surroundings? Or are they passive, incapable of independent action or social behavior? Philosophers and scientists have pondered these questions since ancient Greece, most often concluding that plants are unthinking and inert: they are too silent, too sedentary—just too different from us. Yet discoveries over the past fifty years have challenged these ideas, shedding new light on the extraordinary capabilities and complex interior lives of plants. In Brilliant Green, Stefano Mancuso, a leading scientist and founder of the field of plant neurobiology, presents a new paradigm in our understanding of the vegetal world. Combining a historical perspective with the latest in plant science, Mancuso argues that, due to cultural prejudices and human arrogance, we continue to underestimate plants. In fact, they process information, sleep, remember, and signal to one another—showing that, far from passive machines, plants are intelligent and aware. Through a survey of plant capabilities from sight and touch to communication, Mancuso challenges our notion of intelligence, presenting a vision of plant life that is more sophisticated than most imagine.</description>
                  <author>Alessandra Viola, Stefano Mancuso</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705240861.mp3" length="8478985" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431014</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705240861.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brilliant Green: The Surprising History and Science of Plant Intelligence
Author: Alessandra Viola, Stefano Mancuso
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are plants intelligent? Can they solve problems, communicate, and navigate their surroundings? Or are they passive, incapable of independent action or social behavior? Philosophers and scientists have pondered these questions since ancient Greece, most often concluding that plants are unthinking and inert: they are too silent, too sedentary—just too different from us. Yet discoveries over the past fifty years have challenged these ideas, shedding new light on the extraordinary capabilities and complex interior lives of plants. In Brilliant Green, Stefano Mancuso, a leading scientist and founder of the field of plant neurobiology, presents a new paradigm in our understanding of the vegetal world. Combining a historical perspective with the latest in plant science, Mancuso argues that, due to cultural prejudices and human arrogance, we continue to underestimate plants. In fact, they process information, sleep, remember, and signal to one another—showing that, far from passive machines, plants are intelligent and aware. Through a survey of plant capabilities from sight and touch to communication, Mancuso challenges our notion of intelligence, presenting a vision of plant life that is more sophisticated than most imagine.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brilliant Green: The Surprising History and Science of Plant Intelligence
Author: Alessandra Viola, Stefano Mancuso
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are plants intelligent? Can they solve problems, communicate, and navigate their surroundings? Or are they passive, incapable of independent action or social behavior? Philosophers and scientists have pondered these questions since ancient Greece, most often concluding that plants are unthinking and inert: they are too silent, too sedentary—just too different from us. Yet discoveries over the past fifty years have challenged these ideas, shedding new light on the extraordinary capabilities and complex interior lives of plants. In Brilliant Green, Stefano Mancuso, a leading scientist and founder of the field of plant neurobiology, presents a new paradigm in our understanding of the vegetal world. Combining a historical perspective with the latest in plant science, Mancuso argues that, due to cultural prejudices and human arrogance, we continue to underestimate plants. In fact, they process information, sleep, remember, and signal to one another—showing that, far from passive machines, plants are intelligent and aware. Through a survey of plant capabilities from sight and touch to communication, Mancuso challenges our notion of intelligence, presenting a vision of plant life that is more sophisticated than most imagine.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Dog Training For Dummies: 4th Edition by Mary Ann Rombold-Zeigenfuse, Wendy Volhard</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430940</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Training For Dummies: 4th Edition
Author: Mary Ann Rombold-Zeigenfuse, Wendy Volhard
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Make your buddy a top dog for life, be your Best Friend&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Friend,&amp;#039; by training together.   Obedience training is one of the most important aspects of raising a dog. In fact, a well-trained dog is a free dog! Why? Because a trained dog requires fewer restrictions. The more reliable the dog, the more freedom he is given.    Dog Training for Dummies shows dog owners how to select the right training method for their puppy, adult, or senior dog. Whether you want to teach Buddy to sit or master retrieving, this hands-on guide provides training to ensure a mutually respectful relationship with your four-legged family members.   ● Eliminate unwanted behavior   ● Find step-by-step instruction on basic commands   ● Strengthen your bond with your dog   ● Build communication, understanding, and mutual respect</description>
                  <author>Mary Ann Rombold-Zeigenfuse, Wendy Volhard</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705213186.mp3" length="8550663" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430940</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705213186.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>15:48:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Training For Dummies: 4th Edition
Author: Mary Ann Rombold-Zeigenfuse, Wendy Volhard
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Make your buddy a top dog for life, be your Best Friend&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Friend,&amp;#039; by training together.   Obedience training is one of the most important aspects of raising a dog. In fact, a well-trained dog is a free dog! Why? Because a trained dog requires fewer restrictions. The more reliable the dog, the more freedom he is given.    Dog Training for Dummies shows dog owners how to select the right training method for their puppy, adult, or senior dog. Whether you want to teach Buddy to sit or master retrieving, this hands-on guide provides training to ensure a mutually respectful relationship with your four-legged family members.   ● Eliminate unwanted behavior   ● Find step-by-step instruction on basic commands   ● Strengthen your bond with your dog   ● Build communication, understanding, and mutual respect</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Training For Dummies: 4th Edition
Author: Mary Ann Rombold-Zeigenfuse, Wendy Volhard
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Make your buddy a top dog for life, be your Best Friend&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Friend,&amp;#039; by training together.   Obedience training is one of the most important aspects of raising a dog. In fact, a well-trained dog is a free dog! Why? Because a trained dog requires fewer restrictions. The more reliable the dog, the more freedom he is given.    Dog Training for Dummies shows dog owners how to select the right training method for their puppy, adult, or senior dog. Whether you want to teach Buddy to sit or master retrieving, this hands-on guide provides training to ensure a mutually respectful relationship with your four-legged family members.   ● Eliminate unwanted behavior   ● Find step-by-step instruction on basic commands   ● Strengthen your bond with your dog   ● Build communication, understanding, and mutual respect</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Unnatural Companions: Rethinking Our Love of Pets in an Age of Wildlife Extinction by Peter Christie</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430918</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unnatural Companions: Rethinking Our Love of Pets in an Age of Wildlife Extinction
Author: Peter Christie
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We love our pets. Dogs, cats, birds, reptiles, and other species have become an essential part of more families than ever before—in North America today, pets outnumber people. Pet owners are drawn to their animal companions through an innate desire to connect with other species. But there is a dark side to our domestic connection with animal life: the pet industry is contributing to a global conservation crisis for wildlife—often without the knowledge of pet owners. In Unnatural Companions, journalist Peter Christie issues a call to action for pet owners. If we hope to reverse the alarming trend of wildlife decline, pet owners must acknowledge the pets-versus-conservation dilemma and concede that our well-fed and sheltered cats too often prey on small backyard wildlife and seemingly harmless reptiles released into the wild might be the next destructive invasive species. We want our pets to eat nutritionally healthy food, but how does the designer food we feed them impact the environment? Christie&amp;#039;s book is a cautionary tale to responsible pet owners about why we must change the ways we love and care for our pets. It concludes with the positive message that the small changes we make at home can foster better practices within the pet industry that will ultimately benefit our pets’ wild brethren.</description>
                  <author>Peter Christie</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541430303.mp3" length="8413087" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430918</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541430303.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>9:33:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unnatural Companions: Rethinking Our Love of Pets in an Age of Wildlife Extinction
Author: Peter Christie
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We love our pets. Dogs, cats, birds, reptiles, and other species have become an essential part of more families than ever before—in North America today, pets outnumber people. Pet owners are drawn to their animal companions through an innate desire to connect with other species. But there is a dark side to our domestic connection with animal life: the pet industry is contributing to a global conservation crisis for wildlife—often without the knowledge of pet owners. In Unnatural Companions, journalist Peter Christie issues a call to action for pet owners. If we hope to reverse the alarming trend of wildlife decline, pet owners must acknowledge the pets-versus-conservation dilemma and concede that our well-fed and sheltered cats too often prey on small backyard wildlife and seemingly harmless reptiles released into the wild might be the next destructive invasive species. We want our pets to eat nutritionally healthy food, but how does the designer food we feed them impact the environment? Christie&amp;#039;s book is a cautionary tale to responsible pet owners about why we must change the ways we love and care for our pets. It concludes with the positive message that the small changes we make at home can foster better practices within the pet industry that will ultimately benefit our pets’ wild brethren.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unnatural Companions: Rethinking Our Love of Pets in an Age of Wildlife Extinction
Author: Peter Christie
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We love our pets. Dogs, cats, birds, reptiles, and other species have become an essential part of more families than ever before—in North America today, pets outnumber people. Pet owners are drawn to their animal companions through an innate desire to connect with other species. But there is a dark side to our domestic connection with animal life: the pet industry is contributing to a global conservation crisis for wildlife—often without the knowledge of pet owners. In Unnatural Companions, journalist Peter Christie issues a call to action for pet owners. If we hope to reverse the alarming trend of wildlife decline, pet owners must acknowledge the pets-versus-conservation dilemma and concede that our well-fed and sheltered cats too often prey on small backyard wildlife and seemingly harmless reptiles released into the wild might be the next destructive invasive species. We want our pets to eat nutritionally healthy food, but how does the designer food we feed them impact the environment? Christie&amp;#039;s book is a cautionary tale to responsible pet owners about why we must change the ways we love and care for our pets. It concludes with the positive message that the small changes we make at home can foster better practices within the pet industry that will ultimately benefit our pets’ wild brethren.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>The Amazon: What Everyone Needs to Know by Mark J. Plotkin</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430135</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Amazon: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Mark J. Plotkin
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The complex ecosystem of the Amazon covers an area about the size of the continental US. Approximately one of every four flowering plant species on earth resides in the Amazon. A single Amazonian river may contain more fish species than all the rivers in Europe combined. The rainforest, which contains approximately 390 billion trees, plays a vital role in stabilizing the global climate by absorbing massive amounts of carbon dioxide—or releasing it into the atmosphere if the trees are destroyed. Severe droughts in both Brazil and Southeast Asia have been linked to Amazonian deforestation, as have changing rainfall patterns in the US, Europe, and China. The Amazon also serves as home to millions of people. Approximately seventy tribes of isolated and uncontacted people are concentrated in the western Amazon, completely dependent on the land and river. These isolated groups have been described as the most marginalized peoples in the western hemisphere, with no voice in the decisions made about their futures and the fate of their forests. In this addition to the What Everyone Needs to Know® series, ecologist and conservation expert, Mark J. Plotkin, who has spent forty years studying Amazonia, its peoples, flora, and fauna. The Amazon offers an engaging overview of this irreplaceable ecosystem and the challenges it faces.</description>
                  <author>Mark J. Plotkin</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705239261.mp3" length="1343733" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430135</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705239261.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>8:8:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Amazon: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Mark J. Plotkin
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The complex ecosystem of the Amazon covers an area about the size of the continental US. Approximately one of every four flowering plant species on earth resides in the Amazon. A single Amazonian river may contain more fish species than all the rivers in Europe combined. The rainforest, which contains approximately 390 billion trees, plays a vital role in stabilizing the global climate by absorbing massive amounts of carbon dioxide—or releasing it into the atmosphere if the trees are destroyed. Severe droughts in both Brazil and Southeast Asia have been linked to Amazonian deforestation, as have changing rainfall patterns in the US, Europe, and China. The Amazon also serves as home to millions of people. Approximately seventy tribes of isolated and uncontacted people are concentrated in the western Amazon, completely dependent on the land and river. These isolated groups have been described as the most marginalized peoples in the western hemisphere, with no voice in the decisions made about their futures and the fate of their forests. In this addition to the What Everyone Needs to Know® series, ecologist and conservation expert, Mark J. Plotkin, who has spent forty years studying Amazonia, its peoples, flora, and fauna. The Amazon offers an engaging overview of this irreplaceable ecosystem and the challenges it faces.</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Amazon: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Mark J. Plotkin
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The complex ecosystem of the Amazon covers an area about the size of the continental US. Approximately one of every four flowering plant species on earth resides in the Amazon. A single Amazonian river may contain more fish species than all the rivers in Europe combined. The rainforest, which contains approximately 390 billion trees, plays a vital role in stabilizing the global climate by absorbing massive amounts of carbon dioxide—or releasing it into the atmosphere if the trees are destroyed. Severe droughts in both Brazil and Southeast Asia have been linked to Amazonian deforestation, as have changing rainfall patterns in the US, Europe, and China. The Amazon also serves as home to millions of people. Approximately seventy tribes of isolated and uncontacted people are concentrated in the western Amazon, completely dependent on the land and river. These isolated groups have been described as the most marginalized peoples in the western hemisphere, with no voice in the decisions made about their futures and the fate of their forests. In this addition to the What Everyone Needs to Know® series, ecologist and conservation expert, Mark J. Plotkin, who has spent forty years studying Amazonia, its peoples, flora, and fauna. The Amazon offers an engaging overview of this irreplaceable ecosystem and the challenges it faces.</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Cats For Dummies: 3rd Edition by Dr. Lauren Demos, Dr. Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430051</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cats For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Dr. Lauren Demos, Dr. Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Heather Wynne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Everything you need to take care of your feline friend   Cats are the purrfect pets: they&amp;#039;re relatively easy to care for, a blast to play with, and sure to win the heart of every member of your family with their loving nature—and sometimes sassy demeanor!   Cats For Dummies gives you expert insight into everything from cat behavior to what makes each type of feline unique. With this easy-to-understand guide, you&amp;#039;ll be able to tackle those tough cat-astrophes from dealing with problem behaviors like scratching the furniture and missing the litter box—all while learning to understand what your cat is trying to tell you.   ● Happily bring a cat or kitten into your life   ● Keep your new four-legged family member comfortable and safe   ● Live a happy feline-friendly life   ● Keep your cat in prime health</description>
                  <author>Dr. Lauren Demos, Dr. Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705213162.mp3" length="8312501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430051</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705213162.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cats For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Dr. Lauren Demos, Dr. Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Heather Wynne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Everything you need to take care of your feline friend   Cats are the purrfect pets: they&amp;#039;re relatively easy to care for, a blast to play with, and sure to win the heart of every member of your family with their loving nature—and sometimes sassy demeanor!   Cats For Dummies gives you expert insight into everything from cat behavior to what makes each type of feline unique. With this easy-to-understand guide, you&amp;#039;ll be able to tackle those tough cat-astrophes from dealing with problem behaviors like scratching the furniture and missing the litter box—all while learning to understand what your cat is trying to tell you.   ● Happily bring a cat or kitten into your life   ● Keep your new four-legged family member comfortable and safe   ● Live a happy feline-friendly life   ● Keep your cat in prime health</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cats For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Dr. Lauren Demos, Dr. Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Heather Wynne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Everything you need to take care of your feline friend   Cats are the purrfect pets: they&amp;#039;re relatively easy to care for, a blast to play with, and sure to win the heart of every member of your family with their loving nature—and sometimes sassy demeanor!   Cats For Dummies gives you expert insight into everything from cat behavior to what makes each type of feline unique. With this easy-to-understand guide, you&amp;#039;ll be able to tackle those tough cat-astrophes from dealing with problem behaviors like scratching the furniture and missing the litter box—all while learning to understand what your cat is trying to tell you.   ● Happily bring a cat or kitten into your life   ● Keep your new four-legged family member comfortable and safe   ● Live a happy feline-friendly life   ● Keep your cat in prime health</content:encoded>
            </item>
            <item>
                  <title>Horseback Riding For Dummies by Audrey Pavia</title>
                  <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430050</link>
                  <description>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430050">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430050</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horseback Riding For Dummies
Author: Audrey Pavia
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ve always dreamed of riding horses. So what are you waiting for? It&amp;#039;s time you realized your equestrian dreams and learned to ride like a pro on the back of a noble steed. Don&amp;#039;t know a horse&amp;#039;s head from its tail, a trot from a canter, withers from a fetlock? No problem. Coauthored by a medal-winning equestrian and nationally respected equestrian trainer, Horseback Riding for Dummies tells you what you need to know about that elegant animal, body and soul, to become an accomplished rider. You&amp;#039;ll learn the technical basics of riding for fun or competition, including how to: ● Find a good stable and instructor ● Select riding gear ● Warm up and keep riding muscles fit ● Establish a rapport with a horse ● Cue a horse to walk, jog, trot, lope, and cantor</description>
                  <author>Audrey Pavia</author>
                  <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
                  <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705213148.mp3" length="8046669" type="audio/mpeg"/>
                  <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430050</guid>
                  <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
                  <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705213148.jpg"/>
                  <itunes:duration>10:56:00</itunes:duration>
                  <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
                  <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
                  <itunes:summary>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430050">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430050</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horseback Riding For Dummies
Author: Audrey Pavia
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ve always dreamed of riding horses. So what are you waiting for? It&amp;#039;s time you realized your equestrian dreams and learned to ride like a pro on the back of a noble steed. Don&amp;#039;t know a horse&amp;#039;s head from its tail, a trot from a canter, withers from a fetlock? No problem. Coauthored by a medal-winning equestrian and nationally respected equestrian trainer, Horseback Riding for Dummies tells you what you need to know about that elegant animal, body and soul, to become an accomplished rider. You&amp;#039;ll learn the technical basics of riding for fun or competition, including how to: ● Find a good stable and instructor ● Select riding gear ● Warm up and keep riding muscles fit ● Establish a rapport with a horse ● Cue a horse to walk, jog, trot, lope, and cantor</itunes:summary>
                  <content:encoded>Please visit                         <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430050">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430050</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horseback Riding For Dummies
Author: Audrey Pavia
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ve always dreamed of riding horses. So what are you waiting for? It&amp;#039;s time you realized your equestrian dreams and learned to ride like a pro on the back of a noble steed. Don&amp;#039;t know a horse&amp;#039;s head from its tail, a trot from a canter, withers from a fetlock? No problem. Coauthored by a medal-winning equestrian and nationally respected equestrian trainer, Horseback Riding for Dummies tells you what you need to know about that elegant animal, body and soul, to become an accomplished rider. You&amp;#039;ll learn the technical basics of riding for fun or competition, including how to: ● Find a good stable and instructor ● Select riding gear ● Warm up and keep riding muscles fit ● Establish a rapport with a horse ● Cue a horse to walk, jog, trot, lope, and cantor</content:encoded>
            </item>
      </channel>
</rss>
